Plastics Handbook PDF

PLASTIC
PLASTICS REFERENCE HANDBOOK

REGAL PLASTIC SUPPLY COMPANY
PLASTICS REFERENCE HANDBOOK
Copyright 1999—2000
Regal Plastic Supply Company,
a division of Regal Supply Company
INTRODUCTION
Established in 1954, Regal Plastic Supply Company is considered one of the foremost
pioneers in the plastic distribution industry. Throughout the years, the innovative “customer-
oriented plan for success” thinking has become a credible trademark our customers rely on.
Fortifying that philosophy, Regal introduced its Plastic Materials Reference Guide in 1984.
As products and industries continue to evolve, so does this compilation of technical data.
We view providing our customers with tools for effective planning and purchasing as
important as meeting product “supply and demand”. You will find this guide an invaluable
reference source for researching or finding the answer pertaining to your plastic application.
The product information contained herein covers the most commonly used materials; it does
not reflect our total capacity.
True customer service is a thought process not developed overnight. Our experience
and stability in the industry gives Regal the opportunity to assist you in your plastics
endeavors as you utilize staff who are accessible, knowledgeable and resourceful with
regard to all inquiries.
We invite you to visit the Regal Plastic Supply Company location in your vicinity. All
locations maintain generous inventories of plastic sheet, rod, tube, film, and numerous
finished products.
Regal Plastic Supply Company thanks all of our customers for their patronage over the
years. We will continue in our efforts to provide the best in JIT inventory and personal
service. Plastic is in your future and Regal Plastic Supply Company is your best source.
Sincerely yours,
Regal Plastic Supply Company
National Association
2
Administrative Offices and Distribution Centers
CORPORATE OFFICE
N. KANSAS CITY, MO 64116

111 E. 10th Ave.
816-421-6290 800-627-2102 816-421-8206 FAX
DISTRIBUTION CENTERS
N. KANSAS CITY, WICHITA, KS 67214 DES MOINES, IA 50325

MO 64116 329 North Indiana 8165 University Blvd.
1500 Burlington 316-263-1211 515-223-8080
816-471-6390 800-444-1211 800-867-8347
800-444-6390 316-263-4641 FAX 515-223-8062 FAX
816-221-5822 FAX
JOPLIN, MO 64801 OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73127 WATERLOO, IA 50707

601 East 9th 9342 West Reno 117 Industrial Dr.
417-782-1420 405-495-7755 319-232-8757
800-444-1420 800-444-7755 800-373-8757
417-782-8924 FAX 405-787-3211 FAX 319-234-6509 FAX
SPRINGFIELD, MO 65802 TULSA, OK 74145 NASHVILLE, TN 37210

1956 East Phelps 11612 E. 58th St. South 1055 Elm Hill Pike
417-831-3110 918-249-0775 615-242-4800
800-444-3110 800-444-2925 888-615-6155
417-831-1386 FAX 918-249-9708 FAX 615-256-5600 FAX
ST. LOUIS, MO 63132 OMAHA, NE 68108 LA CROSSE, WI 54603

1456 Ashby Road 2324 Vinton 3160 Airport Road
314-427-7722 402-344-4446 608-784-2337
800-666-0084 800-333-4446 608-784-2336 FAX
314-427-7717 FAX 402-344-4451 FAX
Visit Regal Plastic Supply Company

on the Worldwide Web:
www.regalplastic.com
REGAL GRAPHICS - FILM DIVISION

NORTH KANSAS CITY, NASHVILLE, TN 37210 LA CROSSE, WI 54603 SHERWOOD, OR 97140
MO 64116 1055 Elm Hill Pike 3160 Airport Road 13565 S.W.
111 E. 10th Avenue 615-242-8200 608-784-2337 Tualatin-Sherwood Rd.
816-842-1090 888-615-6155 608-784-2336 FAX Building 200
800-627-3425 FAX 615-256-5600 503-625-2262
FAX 816-421-0445 800-627-3425
503-625-4568 FAX
INTRODUCTION
Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................... 1-9
INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS
ACRYLIC................................................................................................................................................................ 10 - 41
atoglas™ (Plexiglas®, Implex®) ...................................................................................................................... 11 - 20
CYRO Industries .............................................................................................................................................. 21 - 26
Ineos Acrylics .................................................................................................................................................. 27 - 29
Polycast High Performance Plastics, Inc. ......................................................................................................... 30 - 31
Fabrication ....................................................................................................................................................... 33 - 35
Forming ........................................................................................................................................................... 37
Painting ........................................................................................................................................................... 38 - 39
Miscellaneous
Mirror Products ......................................................................................................................................... 40
Shapes ..................................................................................................................................................... 41
Rod & Tube .............................................................................................................................................. 41
PETG ...................................................................................................................................................................... 42 - 46
POLYCARBONATE ............................................................................................................................................... 47 - 65
Miscellaneous
Mirror Products ......................................................................................................................................... 66
Shapes ..................................................................................................................................................... 66
Rod & Tube .............................................................................................................................................. 66
CONSTRUCTION SEALANTS
GE (Construction Silicones) ............................................................................................................................. 67 - 69
Vulkem® .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
FLEXIBLE TUBING ................................................................................................................................................ 70
FABRICS, BELTS, TAPES .................................................................................................................................... 71 - 73
MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
Convex Mirrors ................................................................................................................................................ 74
Vinyl Strip ........................................................................................................................................................ 74 - 75
Chairmats ....................................................................................................................................................... 76
Lighting Panels ............................................................................................................................................... 76 - 77
Polishes & Cleaners......................................................................................................................................... 78
Fabrication Tools ............................................................................................................................................. 79
Welding Tools .................................................................................................................................................. 80 - 82
Camie-Campbell .............................................................................................................................................. 83
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
ABS ........................................................................................................................................................................ 84
Acetal ..................................................................................................................................................................... 85 - 88
Kydex® ................................................................................................................................................................... 89 - 90
Fluorocarbons ......................................................................................................................................................... 91 - 94
Nylon ...................................................................................................................................................................... 95 - 97
Phenolics ................................................................................................................................................................ 99 - 100
Polyamide-imide ..................................................................................................................................................... 101 - 102
Polybenzimidazole (PBI) ......................................................................................................................................... 103
Polycarbonate ......................................................................................................................................................... 104 - 106
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) ................................................................................................................................. 107 - 108
Polyetherimide (PEI) ............................................................................................................................................... 109 - 110
Polyethylene ........................................................................................................................................................... 111 - 117
Polyimide ................................................................................................................................................................ 118 - 119
Polyphenylene Oxide .............................................................................................................................................. 120
Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS) .................................................................................................................................. 121 - 122
Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) ...................................................................................................................................... 123
Polypropylene ......................................................................................................................................................... 124 - 125
INTRODUCTION
Table of Contents
ENGINEERED PLASTICS (continued)
Polysulfone ............................................................................................................................................................. 126
Polyurethane........................................................................................................................................................... 127
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) ......................................................................................................................................... 128 - 129
Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) .............................................................................................................................. 130
Thermoplastic Polyesters (PBT) - (PET) ................................................................................................................. 131 - 132
ADHESIVES & SEALANTS

GE Silicones ........................................................................................................................................................... 133 - 141
One Part .......................................................................................................................................................... 134 - 137
Two Part .......................................................................................................................................................... 138 - 141
Shin-Etsu Silicones ................................................................................................................................................. 142 - 146
One-Part .......................................................................................................................................................... 142 - 143
Two-Part .......................................................................................................................................................... 144 - 145
Anaerobics .............................................................................................................................................................. 147
Cyanoacrylates ....................................................................................................................................................... 147 - 148
Epoxies ................................................................................................................................................................... 148
Hot Melts ................................................................................................................................................................ 148 - 149
Solvent Cements .................................................................................................................................................... 149
Urethane ................................................................................................................................................................. 149
GRAPHIC ARTS PRODUCTS

Reel Materials ......................................................................................................................................................... 150 - 151
Sheet Material......................................................................................................................................................... 152 - 160
Acrylic .............................................................................................................................................................. 152
Polycarbonate .................................................................................................................................................. 153
ABS ................................................................................................................................................................. 153
PVC ................................................................................................................................................................. 154 - 155
Foamboards .................................................................................................................................................... 156 - 158
Coroplast®....................................................................................................................................................... 159 - 160
PETG............................................................................................................................................................... 160
Film Materials ......................................................................................................................................................... 161 - 174
Miscellaneous
Computer Vinyl (Spar-Cal®) ............................................................................................................................ 174
Application Tape (R-Tape) ............................................................................................................................... 175-177
Digital Media Films (Spar-Cal®) ....................................................................................................................... 178 - 179
Seal Laminating Systems and Materials .......................................................................................................... 180 - 181
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................................. 182 - 201
Comparative Materials Chart .................................................................................................................................. 202 - 207
Explanation of Mechanical Properties ..................................................................................................................... 208 - 209
Explanation of Thermal Properties .......................................................................................................................... 210
Explanation of Electrical Properties ......................................................................................................................... 211 - 212
Bonding Basics ....................................................................................................................................................... 213 - 215
Machining Chart...................................................................................................................................................... 216
Machining Basics .................................................................................................................................................... 217 - 218
Welding Basics ....................................................................................................................................................... 219 - 220
Conversion Chart (fraction / decimal / millimeter) .................................................................................................... 221
Conversion Tables (miscellaneous) ........................................................................................................................ 222
Plastics Identification Chart ..................................................................................................................................... 223
Specifications (Military, ASM, ASTM) ...................................................................................................................... 224 - 229
Comparative Prices................................................................................................................................................. 230
Appendix
Index & Cross Reference ........................................................................................................................................... 231
Trademarks ................................................................................................................................................................ 232
Acknowledgements .................................................................................................................................................... 233
INTRODUCTION
The Origins of Plastic Materials
Alkylamines
Low density polyethylene
Polyvinyl chloride
Polytetrafluoroethylene
VCM
Ethylene oxide derivatives
x ide
ylene O Plasticizers
t hy lene Et h
l co hols
E A
icizer
Plast Polypropylene
Polyurethanes
s Propyle
ne e Oxide
Olefin Propylen
Resins
Butadiene
Petrol
Crude Oil Naphtha
Phenol
Arom Cumene Phenolic derivatives

atics Benzen
e
Acetone
Acrylics
Tolu
ene Cycl Adipic acid
Xyle ohex
ne a ne
Nylon salt
Par Nylon
axy
lene
Pure terephthalic acid
Polyester Film
6
INTRODUCTION
Preface
Introduction
PLASTIC-(per Webster)- “Any numerous organic, synthetic, or processed materials that are high molecular weight
polymers.”
Polymers are a tribute to man’s creativity and inventiveness. They are truly man-made materials. Like any other material,
they have their origins in nature, in such basic chemical elements as carbon, oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen, chlorine, and
sulfur. These elements in turn are extracted from the air, water, gas, oil, coal, or even plant life.
It was man’s inspiration to take these elements and combine them, via various chemical reactions, in an almost unending
series of combinations, to produce the rich variety of materials we know today as plastics.
The possibilities of combining chemical elements to create plastics with different properties are almost endless. It is this
diversity that has made plastics so applicable to such a broad range of end uses and products today.
In the Beginning
Given this kind of versatility and the role that plastics play in modern living, it’s surprising to realize that a little over a
century ago there was no such thing as commercial plastic in the United States. During the 1850's and 60's,
developmental work was going on with hard rubbers and cellulose materials, but the U.S. plastics industry officially dates
its beginnings back to 1868, when a product called Celluloid was created as the first commercial plastic in the U.S. The
development was in response to a competition sponsored by a manufacturer of billiard balls. It came about when a
shortage developed in ivory from which the billiard balls were made, and the manufacturer sought another production
method. Celluloid was one of the materials considered, and the U.S. plastics industry was born.
As has been typical of new plastic materials ever since, Celluloid quickly moved into other markets. The first photographic
film used by Eastman was made of celluloid: producing the first motion picture film in 1882. The material is still in use
today under its chemical name Cellulose nitrate, for making products like eyeglass frames.
Forty years were to pass before the plastics industry took its second major step forward. In 1909, Dr. Leo Hendrik
Baekeland introduced Phenol formaldehyde plastics (or Phenolics as they are more popularly known), the first plastic to
achieve world wide acceptance.
The third big thrust in plastics development took place in the 1920's with the introduction of Cellulose acetate,
ureaformaldehyde, polyvinyl chloride, or Vinyl, and Nylon.
Evolution
In the World War II years of the 1940’s, the demand for plastics accelerated, as did research into new plastics that could
aid in the defense effort.
7
INTRODUCTION
Preface
By the start of the 1950’s plastics were on their way to being accepted by designers and engineers as basic materials,
along with the more conventional ones.
Nylon, Teflon, Acetal, and Polycarbonate became the nucleus of a group in the plastics family known as the engineering
thermoplastics. Their outstanding impact strength and thermal and dimensional stability enabled them to compete directly
with metals. This group has grown since then to include a number of new plastics, as well as improved variations of older
plastics that could similarly qualify for inclusion.
The Monomers & Polymers
Many plastics are derived from fractions of petroleum or gases that are recovered during the refining process. For
example: ethylene monomer, one of the more important feedstocks, or starting materials for plastics, is derived in a
gaseous form from petroleum refinery gas, liquefied petroleum gases, or liquid hydrocarbons. Although petroleum gas
derivatives are not the only basic source used in making feedstocks for plastics, they are among the most popular and
economical in use today. Coal is another excellent source in the manufacturing of feedstocks for plastics.
From these basic sources come the feedstocks we call monomers. The monomer is subjected to a chemical reaction
known as polymerization; it causes the small molecules to link together into ever increasingly long molecules. Chemically,
the polymerization reaction gas turns the monomer into a polymer, and thus a given type of plastic resin.
The Product as We See It
The polymer or plastic resin must next be prepared for use by the processor, who will turn it into a finished product. In
some instances, it is possible to use the plastic resin as it comes out of the polymerization reaction. More often, however,
it goes through other steps which turn it into a form that can be more easily handled by the processor and processing
equipment. The more popular forms of resin for processing are pellet, granule, flake, and powder.
In the hands of the processor, these solids are generally subjected to heat and pressure. They are melted, forced into the
desired shape (sheets, rods, and tubes) and then allowed to cure into a finished product. Resins are most readily
available in their natural color, but by adding coloring agents, most any color can be achieved during the processing.
Plastics are a family of materials, not a single material. Each has its own distinct and special advantages.
Each day brings new plastic compounds, and new uses for the old compounds.
8
INTRODUCTION
Chronology of Plastic
DATE MATERIAL ORIGINAL TYPICAL USE

1868 Cellulose Nitrate Eye Glass Frames
1909 Phenol-Formaldehyde Telephone Handsets
1926 Alkyd Electrical Bases
1926 Analine-Formaldehyde Terminal Boards
1927 Cellulose Acetate Tooth Brushes, Packaging
1927 Polyvinyl Chloride Raincoats
1929 Urea-Formaldehyde Lighting Fixtures
1935 Ethyl Cellulose Flashlight Cases
1936 Acrylic Brush Backs, Displays
1936 Polyvinyl Acetate Flash Bulb Lining
1938 Cellulose Acetate Butyrate Irrigation Pipe
1938 Polystyrene or Styrene Kitchen Housewares
1938 Nylon (Polyamide) Gears
1938 Polyvinyl Acetal Safety Glass Interlayer
1939 Polyvinylidene Chloride Auto Seat Covers
1939 Melamine-Formaldehyde Tableware
1942 Polyester Boat Hulls
1942 Polyethylene Squeezable Bottles
1943 Fluorocarbon Industrial Gaskets
1943 Silicone Motor Insulation
1945 Cellulose Propionate Automatic Pens and Pencils
1947 Epoxy Tools and Jigs
1948 Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene Luggage
1949 AIlylic Electrical Connectors
1954 Polyurethane or Urethane Foam Cushions
1956 Acetal Automotive Parts
1957 Polypropylene Safety Helmets
1957 Polycarbonate Appliance Parts
1959 Chlorinated Polyether Valves and Fittings
1962 Phenoxy Bottles
1962 Polyallomer Typewriter Cases
1964 lonomer Skin Packages
1964 Polyphenylene Oxide Battery Cases
1964 Polymide Bearings
1964 Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate Heavy Gauge Flexible Sheeting
1965 Parylene Insulating Coatings
1965 Polysulfone Electrical/Electronic Parts
1970 Thermoplastic Polyester Electrical/Electronic Parts
1973 Polybutylene Piping
1975 Nitrile Barrier Resins Containers
9
DISCLAIMER
The information contained herein provides product data, suggestions, and

guidelines we believe to be reliable. They are offered in good faith but without
any guarantee, as conditions, type of product, and methods of product use
are beyond our control.
Regal Plastic Supply Company makes no warranties either expressed or

implied and expressly disclaims any implied warranty of fitness for a
particular purpose or procedure.
Sufficient verification and testing to determine the

suitability for their own particular purpose of any
information or products referred to herein, is strongly
recommended.
10
ACRYLIC
Basic Information
Acrylic plastics, introduced in 1936, have an unusual There can be slight inconsistencies in the thickness of
combination of properties, outstanding weather resistance, the sheet from one end to the other because of the
brilliant clarity, “light-piping” and “edge-lighting” qualities, contraction and weight of the material during the curing
chemical resistance, smooth, easy-clean surface, and ease process. Cell cast acrylic provides the clarity of glass at half
of forming and machining. Compared to all other types of the weight and four times the impact resistance.
transparent thermoplastics, acrylic sheet has outstanding
Continuous Cast
resistance to the damaging effects of sunlight and outdoor
The manufacturing method for continuous cast utilizes
weathering. the same material as cell cast, with the material poured
These desirable properties of acrylic sheet account for its between two stainless steel conveyor belts. Less expensive
wide acceptance for varied end uses such as: than cell cast, it offers more uniform thickness, but less
clarity.
• boat windshields
• camera lenses Continuously Manufactured
• commercial aircraft windows An economically priced acrylic sheet with optical
properties close to cell cast and uniform thickness.
• contact lenses
The manufacturing process involves feeding polymethyl
• display cases methacrylate pellets into one end of an extruder. The pellets
• display fixtures are heated to liquid, extruded through a die for an exact
• dome skylights thickness, then laid on highly polished rolls to change from a
• lighting fixture diffusers and lenses liquid to a solid state. The polished rolls simulate the
• machine windows smoothness of glass, resulting in its high-grade optical
properties.
• models Continuously manufactured acrylic also offers an
• outdoor luminous signs excellent surface quality, free of pitting and internal
• pediatric incubators contaminants.
• street lighting shields
• safety guards Extruded
The manufacturing method is like continuously
• transparent equipment
manufactured sheeting, except the melted liquid is pulled out
• transparent lids of the die at a given rate. The combination of pulling and die
• transparent product demonstration opening determines the sheet’s thickness. The least
• transparent tanks expensive of the acrylic sheets, optics and thickness are not
• windows and housings as consistent as in other methods of manufacturing.
• window glazing Thickness of acrylic sheet ranges from 0.060 inches up,
depending on formulation. Cell cast sheet is produced in
sizes as large as 72 inches by 96 inches; continuous process
There are four manufacturing processes that produce
sheet is available on reels in widths up to 100 inches and
acrylic sheeting: cell cast, continuous cast, continuously lengths up to 500 feet.
manufactured, and extruded.
Acrylic sheet is supplied either as preshrunk or unshrunk
Each process yields acrylic sheet products with specific
characteristics at varying costs. In addition, all types are sheet. Unshrunk sheet will shrink about 2% in length and
available with value-added features such as ultraviolet width, and will increase in thickness by about 4% when
filtering or glare reduction. heated to forming temperatures and cooled unrestrained.
This shrinkage factor must be considered when cutting sheet
Cell Cast blanks for thermoforming. Preshrunk sheets undergo little or
This type of acrylic sheet is made by pouring a methyl no shrinkage on heating and cooling.
methacrylate mixture between two lites (plates) of glass,
giving the sheet a smooth, glass-like surface. Cell cast
sheets are made one by one and cured in ovens.
11
ACRYLIC
Basic Information Plexiglas® Acrylic Sheet
With any of these types of acrylic sheet you can specify Plexiglas® Acrylic Sheet
ultraviolet filtering, glare-free / matte finish or abrasion-
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is produced by Elf Atochem
resistant coating. Ultraviolet filtering will help keep UV light
North America, Inc., atoglas™ division. Plexiglas® is a
from harming any materials subject to fading or aging. UV
registered trademark and atoglas™ is a trademark of Elf
radiation, water and oxygen are key components in a chain
Atochem S.A.
reaction that causes color breakdown and material
In its natural form,
deterioration. The biggest advancement in acrylic technology
Plexiglas® acrylic
has been ultraviolet-filtering additives which block the harmful
sheet is a crystal clear
UV rays.
(with transparency
None of these value added features cause loss of light
equal to optical glass),
transmission or a shift in color. In fact, these are only two of
lightweight material
the many misconceptions about acrylic. While some plastics
having outstanding
will yellow over time when exposed to the weather, acrylic
weatherability, high
sheet will not. It is inherently a weather-resistant plastic.
impact resistance,
While handling can dull acrylic sheet, the material itself
good chemical resis-
does not haze or film over. Dulling is created by abrasion
tance, and excellent
from constant, improper cleaning or touching, which produces
thermoformability and
tiny hairline scratches. However, if you use proper cleaning
machinability.
techniques and materials, acrylic will retain its clarity for life.
The sheet is supplied in general purpose grades and in
Knowing which manufacturing process and value-added
a number of special grades formulated to meet specific phys-
features to request, you can order the acrylic sheeting that
ical requirements.
suits your application best which saves time and money.
Most formulations are supplied in a great variety of
transparent, translucent, and opaque colors as well as
NOTES ON IMPORTED ACRYLIC SHEET colorless transparent. The material is also supplied in a
When purchasing imported acrylic sheet your supplier number of surface patterns.
should be able to answer the following questions:
• Are there thickness variances? If so, how much?

• How consistent is the quality from shipment to shipment?
• Is delivery reliable?
• What about code approvals?
• Is UV absorber available?
• Are the colors stable and consistent?
• Have there been any experiences with problems of:
- Gluing
- Crazing
- Yellowing
12
ACRYLIC
Plexiglas® Acrylic Sheet
Plexiglas® G Acrylic Sheet Plexiglas® UVT Acrylic Sheet

Premium architectural-grade sheet satisfying the Provides same general physical properties as Plexiglas®
requirements for all high performance acrylic sheet G acrylic sheet with increased tramsmittance of UV light in
applications. Plexiglas® G acrylic sheet is made by a cell- the wavelengths between 280 and 360 nanometers. Not
casting process which provides the following characteristics: recommended for outdoor use or for use in tanning
best optical-quality, highest long-term design stress, superior applications.
weatherability, ease of fabrication, and the highest degree of
chemical resistance available in an acrylic sheet.
Plexiglas® UF-3 Acrylic Sheet
Ultraviolet-filtering formulation of acrylic absorbing all
Plexiglas® MC Acrylic Sheet ultraviolet radiation (390 nanometers and below) as well as a
Plexiglas® MC acrylic sheet is an economical sheet portion of the relatively harmful visible light in the critical violet
made by a proprietary process known as melt calendaring. It (400-450 nanometers) region. The Plexiglas® UF-3 acrylic
offers many of the same high quality features as Plexiglas® sheet does absorb some visible light which produces a very
G acrylic sheet. In addition, it has exceptional thickness faint yellow edge tint. This tint is not objectionable in most
tolerance and can be thermoformed to greater detail. applications.
Plexiglas® Q Acrylic Sheet

Designed primarily for use in the sign market,
Plexiglas® Q acrylic sheet is made by the same proprietary Ultraviolet-filtering formulation recommended for those
continuous process used to make original Plexiglas® MC applications in which the slight yellow tint of UF-3 is
acrylic sheet. This process ensures exceptional surface objectionable. Plexiglas® UF-4 acrylic sheet does transmit
finish, optical quality and thickness uniformity. Plexiglas® Q slightly more UV energy than its counterpart, and, as a result,
acrylic sheet has all the attributes of original Plexiglas® MC it is somewhat less effective in retarding fading or darkening
acrylic sheet. In addition, it offers enhanced solvent craze of colors caused by visible light in the 400 to 500 nanometer
resistance. range.

Plexiglas® T Acrylic Sheet This sheet is an MC grade, ultraviolet-filtering,
Plexiglas® T acrylic sheet combines the beauty of formulation filtering the maximum of harmful UV radiation.
Plexiglas® MC acrylic sheet with additional toughness Used for framing applications.
gained from the use of our advanced impact acrylic
chemistry. This union produces the aesthetics desired with
increased toughness. Plexiglas® T acrylic sheet is more Plexiglas® Frosted
than fifty percent tougher than standard acrylic sheet. Acrylic Sheet
This acrylic sheet is matte finished on one side, smooth
on the other, providing a translucent, frosted look.
NOTE: For product colors, thicknesses and sheet

size availability, see pages 16, 17, and 18.
ACRYLIC
BREAKAGE RESISTANCE Breakage resistance is maximum when the edges of
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet has greater impact resistance saw-cut sheets or of drilled holes in the sheet are free of
than all types of glass. Test samples, for data displayed in notches. Saw blades and drill bits that meet manufacturer’s
Table I, were one foot square with edges loosely clamped. specifications will provide notchfree edges, but it may be
desirable to finish edges by sanding or scraping, particularly
Weight of free- F50 energy where the sheet is to be subjected to high impact.
Nominal thickness falling steel ball to break
Product in mm lb ft-lb
Plexiglas Sheet .098 2.5 .25 3.0
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
.118 3.0 2.00 4.7 Plexiglas® acrylic sheet has excellent resistance to most
.177 4.5 2.00 11.1 chemicals, including solutions of inorganic alkalies and acids,
.236 6.0 5.00 18.1
such as ammonia and sulfuric acid, and aliphatic
Window Glass hydrocarbons, such as hexane, octane and VM & P naphtha.
Single Strength .100 .25 0.8
Double Strength .125 .25 1.8
Plate Glass .187 .25 2.0 DIMENSIONAL STABILITY
Plate Glass .250 .25 1.0 Plexiglas® acrylic sheet will expand and contract with
Laminated Glass .250 .25 1.1 changes in temperature and humidity. Different temperature
Rough Wire Glass and/or humidity conditions on the inner and outersurfaces of
Impact Rough Side .250 .25 2.2 Plexiglas® acrylic sheet may cause it to bow slightly in the
Impact Smooth Side .250 .25 0.2 direction of the higher temperature and/or humidity. This type
Polished Wire Glass .250 .25 0.4 of bowing is reversible. The sheet will return to its original flat
state when the temperature and humidity differentials
Table 1 become zero.
The hardness of an object striking Plexiglas® acrylic Comparison of Coefficients of Thermal Expansion
Plexiglas vs. Other Materials
sheet affects its impact resistance. The air-cannon impact
test gives a practical measure of impact strength that Inches/Inch/°F.
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet can be expected to display in Plexiglas .0000410
service. This procedure measures the velocity and energy Aluminum .0000129
required for a projectile of specified weight and tip radius,
Copper .0000091
shot from an air cannon, to break a specimen. Test samples
for data in Table 2 are 14 x 20 inch Plexiglas® G acrylic Steel .0000063
sheet, with edges tightly clamped. Plate Glass .0000050
Pine, along grain .0000030
Nominal F-50 energy (ft-lb) to break
Thickness impacted with Pine, across grain .0000190
Baseball Steel-tipped dart

in mm 0.32 lb 0.6 lb, 1/2 in. rad. tip To ensure good performance in environments where
temperature varies widely, Plexiglas® acrylic sheet should be
.118 3.0 24 (47 mph ) 5
installed in a channel frame that permits the sheet to expand
.236 6.0 84 (84 mph) 6 and contract freely. The channel frame should be deep
.354 9.0 113 (105 mph) 27
enough for the sheet to contract fully and still stay within the
frame.
.472 12.0 224 (147 mph) 40 Avoid inflexible fasteners such as bolts that do not permit
.708 18.0 390 (104 mph) 53 expansion and contraction. Tapes and sealants that adhere
to both the acrylic sheet and the frame should be sufficiently
.944 24.0 505 (220 mph) 68
extensible to accommodate thermal expansion of both.
Table 2
14
ACRYLIC
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet may develop permanent In all ordinary thicknesses, the light absorbance of
deformation under long-term continuous loading. This cold colorless Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is not significant. Even at a
flow characteristic may be minimized by using thicker sheet, thickness of one inch, absorbance is less than 0.5%.
reducing the size of unsupported areas, or using
thermoformed configurations. Infrared Transmittance
Colorless Plexiglas® acrylic sheet transmits most of the
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY invisible near-infrared energy in the 700 to 2,800 nanometer
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is an excellent electrical region. All standard formulations of colorless Plexiglas®
insulator with a high dielectric constant. This property, acrylic sheet have the same general infrared transmittance
however, causes a static charge on the sheet surface which characteristics.
attracts dust particles and lint. Antistatic compounds can be
employed when static buildup and high dust concentration X-Ray Transmittance
create a cleaning problem. Colorless Plexiglas® acrylic sheet readily transmits X-
rays in all ordinary thicknesses. Plexiglas® acrylic sheet has
FORMING essentially the same X-ray absorption coefficient as water.
Listed below are various forming methods for use with
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet . For more details on each method Radio Frequency Transmittance
please see Forming Section, pages 36 and 37. Most formulations of colorless Plexiglas® acrylic sheet
readily transmit standard broadcast and television waves as
Two-Dimensional well as most radar bands.
Three-Dimensional
Vacuum Snapback
High-Energy Radiation
Vacuum Drawing or Blowing
Although Plexiglas® acrylic sheet possesses unusual
Manual Stretch
resistance to discoloration from exposure to all ordinary light
Slip
Plug & Ring sources, special sources that emit a combination of intense,
Vacuum Assist Plug & Ring high-energy radiation plus visible light may in time discolor
Blowback and even physically degrade Plexiglas® acrylic sheet.
Billow
Ridge Nuclear Radiation Transmittance
Male/Female Colorless Plexiglas® G acrylic sheet has the following
nuclear transmittance characteristics:
PAINTING Alpha rays - generally opaque, exhibiting essentially
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet can be painted as easily as its 100% absorption at all thicknesses.
non-plastic counterparts, wood & metal. Detailed section Beta rays - essentially opaque at thicknesses of 0.334
found on pages 38 and 39. in. or more.
Gamma rays - transparent to gamma rays in all
ordinary thicknesses. Colorless Plexiglas® acrylic sheet has
RESPONSE TO about the same gamma ray absorption coefficient as water;
ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION however, high dosage and intensity, as is common in
Visible Light Transmittance sterilizing, may cause discoloration or even the loss of some
In colorless form, Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is as physical properties.
transparent as the finest optical glass. Its total light Neutrons - opaque to neutrons: Plexiglas® acrylic
transmittance is 92%, and haze measurement for colorless sheet serves as a neutron stopper with stopping power that
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet averages only 1%. The wavelengths varies directly with hydrogen content (8%).
of visible light fall between approximately 400 and 700
nanometers in the electromagnetic spectrum.
ACRYLIC
RIGIDITY In other tests, colorless samples exposed outdoors in
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is not as rigid as many other Arizona, Florida, and Pennsylvania for 20 years or more
materials used in building and construction. The sheet may showed no significant discoloration, crazing, surface dulling,
buckle under load and contract as a result. Users can avoid loss of light transmission, or development of haze or turbidity.
problems of this sort by adhering to the following guidelines:
WEIGHT
Channels engaging the edges of Plexiglas® acrylic sheet Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is less than 50% as heavy as
must be sufficiently deep to allow for contraction from glass and 43% as heavy as aluminum.
deflection under load, as well as thermal expansion and
contraction.
Thickness Weight
Forming Plexiglas® acrylic sheet increases its rigidity. in lb/sq ft
Wherever practical, specify formed Plexiglas® acrylic 0.118 0.73
sheet panels in large unsupported areas where wind or
snow loads are possible. 0.177 1.09
0.236 1.46
If it is not practical to form Plexiglas® acrylic sheet ,
increasing the thickness of the flat Plexiglas® acrylic
sheet will guarantee greater rigidity.
SERVICE TEMPERATURE
The allowable service temperatures for Plexiglas®
acrylic sheet range up to 200º F, sufficiently high for
fluorescent lighting and exterior applications. But, unless the
designer takes certain precautions, Plexiglas® acrylic sheet
should not be installed in applications with incandescent or
mercury vapor lamps that exceed these limits.
SOUND TRANSMISSION
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet offers sound loss characteristics
that are equal to or better than those of glass.
TRANSPARENCY
In colorless form, Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is as
transparent as the finest optical glass. Its total light
transmission is 92% and its measured haze averages only
1%.
WEATHER RESISTANCE
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet formulations have a proven DO YOU KNOW?
ability to withstand the effects of weather, sun, and a wide
range of temperatures in outdoor use. This permanence 1948 - translucent Plexiglasis used for an
derives from the acrylic resin’s inherent stability. A large internally illuminated sign.
number of clear samples, after more than 10 years of outdoor
exposure in Pennsylvania, show an average of more than
90% light transmission, which represents a loss of only 2%.
Inspection reveals that very few test samples exhibit any
obvious damage due to weathering.
16
ACRYLIC
COLORS AND PATTERNS

Translucent Colors
Sixteen translucent and three semi-opaque
colors are available only in Plexiglas® MC acrylic
sheet. Translucent sheet transmits diffused light
which prevents objects behind the sheet from
being clearly distinguishable. This luminous
quality makes translucent sheet ideal for most sign
applications.
White Translucent Densities

Available in Plexiglas® G and MC acrylic
sheet with seven densities providing a wide range
of varying percentages of light transmittance,
diffusion and lamp hiding power. Unlike the
colored translucents, white translucent densities
vary in light transmittance with the thickness of the
sheet.
Transparent Colors
Ten “see-through” standard colors are
available. Transparent tints vary from color to
color in light transmittance, but the transmittance
of any single color is approximately equal for any
sheet thickness.
Solar Control Tints

Gray and Bronze solar tints were designed as
a solution for solar heat and glare control
problems. Both colors are available in a number
of standard densities. As in transparent color
sheet, the transmittance of any single solar tint
color is approximately equal for any sheet
thickness.
Sheet Patterns
Standard patterns of Plexiglas® acrylic sheet
refract or bend transmitted light by means of
various surface textures. These textures provide
decorative effects, diffuse annoying surface
reflections, and allows privacy by eliminating see-
through. Of the seven pattern choices, 5 are
single-sided; 2 are double-sided.
17
ACRYLIC
Thicknesses 96” Length Extra Large Sheets
COLORS
0.118 0.177 0.236 0.354 0.472 48” 60” 72” 75” x 100” 48” x 120” 60” x 120” 72” x 120”
Amber - 2422
Black - 2025
Black - 2025
Blue - 2050
Blue - 2051
Blue - 2069
Blue - 2114
Blue - 2424
Blue - 2648
Blue - 3120
Bronze - 2370
Bronze - 2370
Bronze - 2404
Bronze - 2404
Bronze - 2540
Bronze - 2412
Bronze - 2412
Brown - 2418
Gray - 2064
Gray - 2064
Gray - 2074
Gray - 2074
Gray, Neutral - 2094
Gray - Neutral - 2515
Gray - 3001
Green - 2030
Green - 2108
Green - 2111
Green - 3030 (edge color)
Green - 3030 (edge color)
Ivory - 2146
Orange - 2119
Red - 2129
Red - 2157
Red - 2283
Red - 2415
Red - 2423
Red - 2423
Red - 2662
Red - 2711
Red - 2904
Red - 2793
White - W2067
White - W2447
White - W2447
White - W7138
White - W7328
White - W7328
White - W7420
White - W7508
White - 3015
Yellow - 2016
Yellow - 2037
Yellow - 2208
Yellow - 2465
RED - Premium Plexiglas® G: Made-to-order basis BLUE - Standard Plexiglas® MC - sheet size available only in 0.177” GREEN - Standard Plexiglas® G
18
ACRYLIC
PRODUCT 0.060 0.080 0.100 0.118 0.177 0.220 0.236 24” x 48” 48” x 96” 72” x 96”
Plexiglas® G Patterns
(Colorless)
P-4
P5
P-95*
*NOTE - P-95 is available in all Plexiglas G colors on a made-to-order basis.
Plexiglas® MC
Patterns
(Colorless)
P-12 **
DP-30
DP-32
Non-Glare
**NOTE - pallets only.
Plexiglas® Frosted Acrylic Sheet is available in Plexiglas® Q Acrylic Sheet is available on reels
clear with colors considered on a special request and as palletized sheet stock, in colorless and sign
basis. Run-to-size in not available with this product. white in the following thicknesses and sizes:
Thicknesses: .118, .177, .220, .236, .354 Thicknesses - .118, .150, .177, .220
Standard Sheet Sizes: 48” x 96”; 60” x 96”; Palletized sheet stock - from 30” to 108” (9’)
72” x 96”; 51” x 100”; 63” x 100”; 75” x 100”;
72” x 100”* Plexiglas® T Acrylic Sheet is available in
colorless, white and black, in the following
* - This sheet size is only available in .354 (9.0mm) thicknesses and sizes:
thickness.
Thicknesses
Clear - .080, .098, .118, .150, .177, .220, .236
Colors - .118, .177, .236
EXTRA LARGE SHEETS
are available in all Standard Standard Sheet Sizes:
Plexiglas® MC colors on a Clear - 48” x 96”; 60” x 96”; 72” x 96”; 51” x 100”
Custom Order basis only.
Colors - 48” x 96”; 60” x 96”; 72” x 96”
This excludes Bronze 2412,
White W2447, & White
W7328 which have standard
availability in these sizes.
19
ACRYLIC
PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS
All grades and colors of Plexiglas® acrylic sheet are
classified as a CC-2 light transmitting thermoplastic material
under the model building codes. Typical values for
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet are: self-ignition temperature (ASTM
D1929) in a range of 740° to 880°F; smoke density rating
(ASTM D2843) between 4 to 12%; and horizontal burn rate
(ASTM D635) between 1.1 to 1.9 in/min. Note: these are
small-scale tests and should not be used to predict how a
material will behave in actual fire.
Copies of the approvals of Plexiglas® acrylic sheet
under various codes are available on request as are the
reports on the status of Plexiglas® acrylic sheet under
Federal Government regulations.
Approvals and research recommendations of general
interest include:
• ICBO Research Recommendation No. 1084

• BOCA Report No. 89-32
• SBCC Report No. 9082
• New York City Board of Standards and Appeals
Calendars 444-60SM, 657-63-SM
• New York City Department of Water Supply, Gas &
Electricity approval for use in signs and lighting fixtures
• New York City MEA 107-69-M, MEA 146-80-M, MEA
139-80-M
• California Fire Marshall File No. A2560-007
Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is not approved as an

interior finish material under any building code.
Both Plexiglas G and MC acrylic sheet, colorless and all

colors, are listed as recognized components by Underwriters
Laboratories with a UL flame class of 94HB. These products
are subjected to one or more of the following tests; ultra-violet
light, water exposure or immersion in accordance with UL
746C, where the acceptability for outdoor use is to be
determined by Underwriters Laboratories.
ACRYLIC
Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet
Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet, produced by Elf Atochem THERMOFORMING
North America, Inc., atoglas™ division, offers good impact
Test Cast Polycarbonate Implex®
resistance along with excellent weatherability, clarity, and Acrylic Sheet
processing characteristics. Implex® is a registered trademark
Optimum Forming 350 375 325
and atoglas™ is a trademark of Elf Atochem S.A. Temperature (°F)
Developed primarily for the sign industry, Implex® Impact
Form. Temp. 290-350 370-415 275-350
Acrylic Sheet combines the well-known weatherability of Range
acrylic with proprietary impact-resistant chemistry, eliminating (°F)
haze, surface dullness, and progressive yellowing. Heating Cycle
Processing advantages include: Hot Air, minutes 12 12 12
Infrared, minutes 5 6 4
• Shorter thermoforming cycles
• Lower forming temperatures Cooling Cycle, 2.5 1 2
minutes
• Wider forming temperature windows
Part Removal 205 275 190
Temp. (°F)
BREAKAGE RESISTANCE Forming Time, 75 15 50
seconds
Cast Implex® Sign-Grade Total Forming
Test Acrylic Sheet Polycarb Cycle 14.5 13 14
Hot Air, minutes 7.5 7 6
Falling Dart, ft-lb, Infrared, minutes
73°F 6” x 6” x 1/4”
radius, dart tip
Unpainted 1 6 >80
Standard Paint 1 2 >80
Impact Paint 1 7 >80 WEATHERABILITY
Unnotched Charpy, Light Transmittance
4” span, ft-lb/1/2” x Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet is comparable to cast
1” section acrylic sheet in performance and substantially better than
Ambient 3 11 no break
32°F 3 9 no break polycarbonate sheet.
0°F 3 4 no break
Notched Izod, ft- Percent Haze
lb/1/2” x 1” section As with light transmittance, Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet
Ambient 0.4 0.6 16
32°F 0.4 — 16 characteristics pertaining to haze are very similar to those of
0°F 0.2 — 16 standard acrylic sheet and significantly outperforms
polycarbonate.
Values reported are averages and should not be used for
specification purposes. Tests performed on 0.118” specimens. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
PAINTING .093 .118 .150 .177 .220 .236 .354
Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet is paintable using standard 48” x 96” 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

acrylic-based paints and screen inks. See Painting Section,
pages 38 and 39.
60” x 96’ 9 9 9 9 9
72” x 96” 9 9 9 9 9
RIGIDITY 51” x 100” 9 9 9 9
Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet exhibits a flexural modulus
near that of cast acrylic sheet, which is considerably higher
63” x 100” 9 9 9 9
than polycarbonate. 75” x 100” 9 9 9
Colors: Available in Standard Plexiglas® MC selection. See

chart on page 17.
ACRYLIC
ACRYLITE® acrylic sheet
ACRYLITE® acrylic sheet and its various formulations ACRYLITE® GP 1 1/4” acrylic sheet
are products of CYRO Industries, a joint venture of the US This non-laminated acrylic sheet is colorless, transparent
company CYTEC Industries, and Röhm GmbH of the and listed as a UL 752 Level 1 bullet-resistant glazing
Federal Republic of Germany. material.
ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GAR acrylic sheet

Cell cast produced acrylic sheet which provides excellent This acrylic sheet offers the added benefit of abrasion
optical characteristics, thickness tolerances, light stability, and chemical resistant coating on one or both sides. The
and low internal stress levels for consistent performance. abrasion resistant coating significantly increases the service
life of the sheet products. ACRYLITE GAR sheet is produced
The following sheets are value-added, cell cast by the cell cast method.
produced:
ACRYLITE® 249 acrylic sheet
ACRYLITE® OP-1 acrylic sheet This is an aerospace grade crosslinked acrylic sheet
This acrylic sheet transmits a high level of ultraviolet certified to meet or exceed Military Specification MIL-P-
light making it preferred for use in many scientific applications 8184F, as a Type II, Class 2 material. This specification
where a broader spectrum of sunlight transmission is desired. applies to optical quality cast acrylic sheet , which is superior
to conventional acrylic sheet in craze and heat resistance,
ACRYLITE® OP-2 acrylic sheet and water absorption.
Filtering 98% of the ultraviolet wavelengths between 250
and 400 nanometers makes this sheet a good choice for ACRYLITE® GMS acrylic sheet
display cases and protective glazing. This particular sheet This aerospace grade acrylic sheet is certified to meet or
has an almost water white edge color giving a high quality exceed Military Specification MIL-P-5425E, Type II, Finish A,
appearance. “Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Heat Resistant.”
ACRYLITE® OP-4 acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GP Sheet Fluorescents

This acrylic sheet is designed for applications requiring ACRYLITE® GP F acrylic sheet
high UV transmission and strong resistance to degradation by
This fluorescent acrylic sheet is recommended for indoor
UV light. The formulation of this particular acrylic sheet
uses only.
allows it to transmit a high percentage of light in the UV-A
and UV-B regions. It begins low level transmission at 250
nanometers and steadily increases. At 300 nanometers ACRYLITE® GP FL acrylic sheet
transmission level is typically at 80% increasing to 89% at Offering color uniformity of surface and edge, this
380 nanometers (the upper end of the UV region). It is an fluorescent acrylic sheet has an extended fluorescent life and
excellent material for use in indoor suntanning equipment. excellent thermoformability.
ACRYLITE® GP P-95 acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GP FLW acrylic sheet

Produced with matte finish on one side, this acrylic This sheet is formulated as a weatherable fluorescent
sheet reduces reflected light. In direct contact with an sheet which can be used in outdoor signs and special effect
object, transparent clarity is achieved. ACRYLITE® GP DP- applications.
9 acrylic sheet provides a two-sided matte finish giving a
sandblasted look or the appearance of frosted glass.

Specially formulated with an added proprietary flame
retardant, this sheet offers outstanding aging, corrosion and
break resistance. A transparent material, it is recommended
for use as a noise-control material for highways.
22
ACRYLIC
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE SERVICE TEMPERATURE
Exhibits excellent resistance to many chemicals Service temperatures range from -40°F (-40°C) up to
including: +200°F (93°C), depending on the application. It is
• solutions of inorganic alkalies such as ammonia recommended that temperatures not exceed 180°F for
• dilute acids such as sulfuric acid continuous service, or 200°F for short intermittent use.
• aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane Components should not be exposed to high heat sources,
such as high wattage incandescent lamps, unless the
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY finished product is ventilated to permit the dissipation of heat.
When designing, the large coefficient of expansion, 3
times that of aluminum and 8 times glass, must be taken into STRENGTHS AND STRESSES
consideration. A 48” panel will expand and contract Possessing a tensile strength of 10,000 psi (69 MPa) at
approximately .002” for each degree F change in room temperature (ASTM D638), stress crazing in acrylic
temperature. In outdoor use, a sheet can expand and sheet can be caused by continuous loads below this value.
contract approximately 3/16”. Therefore, sash rabbets must For most applications, continuously imposed design loads
be of sufficient depth to allow for both the expansion and should not exceed 1,500 psi (10.4 MPa).
contraction. Although the material will not shrink with age, There is a gradual loss of tensile strength as the
some shrinkage occurs when heated to forming temperature. temperature approaches the maximum recommended for
This material is subject to water absorption when continuous service, 180°F (82°C).
exposed to high relative humidities. Dimensional changes Localized, concentrated stresses must be avoided. Due
occuring at relative humidites of 100%, 80%, and 60% are to expansion and contraction, large sheets should never be
0.6%, 0.4%, and 0.2%. fastened with bolts, but rather installed in frames.
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY

Exhibits a higher surface resistivity than most plastic Acrylic sheet is considered a better insulator than glass
materials and is considered a good insulator. with a 10% lower heat transfer value.
FABRICATION TRANSPARENCY
See detailed section, pages 32 through 35. Colorless, ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet has a light
transmittance of 92%.
FORMING
See detailed section, pages 36 and 37. WEATHER RESISTANCE
Acrylic offers excellent weather resistance as compared
PAINTING to other types of plastics. Deterioration due to sun, cold,
See detailed section, pages 38 and 39. sudden temperature changes, salt water spray, etc., are
avoided due to the inherent stability of acrylic.
RIGIDITY
Under wind load, a sheet will bow and foreshorten as a WEIGHT
result of deflection. In glazing applications, the maximum Half the weight of glass, and 43% the weight of
wind load must be considered when determining thickness of aluminum, one square foot of 1/8” (3.0 mm) thick acrylic
the panel and the depth and width of the rabbet. sheet weighs less than 3/4 pound (1/3 kilogram).
Rigidity is increased and deflection minimized when the
sheet is formed into corrugated or domed shapes.
Sheets, particularly large and flat, must be sufficiently For product color and size availability see page 25.
supported to avoid deformation due to continuous loads such
as snow, or its own weight. Consult with your Regal Plastic
Supply representative for a particular application.
ACRYLIC
ACRYLITE® FF acrylic sheet DIMENSIONAL STABILITY
A continuously manufactured acrylic sheet which has the When designing, the large coefficient of expansion, 3
same transparency, light weight, weather resistance and times that of aluminum and 8 times glass, must be taken into
rigidity as cell cast sheet. consideration. A 48” panel will expand and contract
approximately .002” for each degree F change in
The following sheets are produced by the CYRO temperature. In outdoor use, a sheet can expand and
proprietary continuously manufactured method: contract approximately 1/4”. Therefore, sash rabbets must
be of sufficient depth to allow for both the expansion and
ACRYLITE® FF P-99 acrylic sheet contraction. Although the material will not shrink with age;
Acrylic sheet with a matte-finished, non-glare surface some shrinkage occurs when heated to forming temperature.
that can be painted or screenprinted. This product is widely This material is subject to water absorption when
used in the picture framing industry. exposed to high relative humidities. Dimensional changes
occuring at relative humidites of 100%, 80%, and 60% are
ACRYLITE® OP-3 acrylic sheet 0.5%, 0.3%, and 0.2%.
ACRYLITE® OP-3 P-99 acrylic sheet
These two acrylic sheets were developed to meet the ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY
special needs of the picture frame industry. Both offer Acrylic sheet is a good insulator with surface resistivity
ultraviolet filtering, light weight, and ease of fabrication. higher than that of most plastics.
ACRYLITE OP-3 P-99 sheet provides a matte-finished, non-
glare surface. FABRICATION
See detailed section, pages 32 through 35.
ACRYLITE® FFV acrylic sheet
Primarily used for outdoor patio furniture, this acrylic FORMING
sheet has a medium grain texture and provides 69% light See detailed section, pages 36 and 37.
transmission.
ACRYLITE® FFX acrylic sheet

PAINTING
See detailed section, pages 38 and 39.
Acrylic sheet typically used for cutting boards and
chairmats. It provides 66% light transmission and has a
decorative stippled texture. RIGIDITY
Under wind load, a sheet will bow and foreshorten as a
ACRYLITE® AR acrylic sheet result of deflection. In glazing applications, the maximum
This acrylic sheet offers the added benefit of abrasion wind load must be considered when determining thickness of
and chemical resistant coating on one or both sides. The the panel and the depth and width of the rabbet.
abrasion resistant coating significantly increases the service Rigidity is increased and deflection is minimized when
life of the sheet product. the sheet is formed into corrugated or domed shapes.
Sheets, particularly large and flat, must be sufficiently
supported to avoid deformation due to continuous loads such
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE as snow, or its own weight.
Exhibits excellent resistance to many chemicals
including:
• solutions of inorganic alkalies such as ammonia
• dilute acids such as sulfuric acid
• aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane
ACRYLIC
SERVICE TEMPERATURE CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART
ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet and ACRYLITE® FF acrylic sheet
Service temperatures range from -30°F (-34°C) up to
+190°F (+88°C), depending on the application. It is CHEMICAL FF GP CHEMICAL FF GP
recommended that temperatures not exceed 160°F (71°C) Acetic Acid (5%) LR R Hydrogen Peroxide (3%) R R
for continuous service, or 190°F (88°C) for short intermittent Acetic Acid (Glacial) N N Hydrogen Peroxide (28%) LR N
use. Components should not be exposed to high heat Acetic Anhydride LR Isooctane R
sources, such as high wattage incandescent lamps, unless Acetone N N Isopropyl Alcohol LR LR
the finished product is ventilated to permit the dissipation of Ammonium Chloride R R Kerosene R R
heat. Ammonium Hydroxide (10%) R R Lacquer Thinner N N
Ammonium Hydroxide (Conc.) R R Methyl Alcohol (30%-FF)(50%- LR LR

GP)
STRENGTHS AND STRESSES Aniline N N Methyl Alcohol (100%) N N
Possessing a tensile strength of 10,000 psi (69 MPa) at Battery Acid R R Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) N N
room temperature (ASTM D638), stress crazing in acrylic Benzene N N Methylene Chloride N N
sheet can be caused by continuous loads below this value. Butyl Acetate N N Mineral Oil R R
For glazing applications, continuously imposed design loads Calcium Chloride (Sat.) R R Naphtha (VM%P) R
should not exceed 1,500 psi (10.4 MPa). Design loads for
Calcium Hypochlorite R R Nitric Acid (10%) R R
applications subject to continuous loading should not exceed
Carbon Tetrachloride LR N Nitric Acid (40%) LR LR
750 psi (5.2 MPa) at 73°F (23°C).
Chloroform N N Nitric Acid (Conc.) N N
There is a gradual loss of tensile strength as the
temperature approaches the maximum recommended for Chromic Acid (40%-GP) LR N Oleic Acid R R
continuous service, 160°F (71°C). Citric Acid (10%) R R Olive Oil R R
Localized, concentrated stresses must be avoided. Due Cottonseed Oil (Edible) R R Phenol Solution (5%) N N
to expansion and contraction, large sheets should never be Detergent solution (Heavy Duty) R R Soap Solution (Mild dish soap) R R
fastened with bolts, but rather installed in frames. Diesel Oil R R Sodium Carbonate (2%) R R
Diethyl Ether N N Sodium Carbonate (20%) R R

THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY Dimethyl Formamide N N Sodium Chloride (10%) R R
Acrylic sheet is considered a better insulator than glass Dioctyl Phthalate N N Sodium Hydroxide (1%) R R
with a 10% lower heat transfer value. Ethyl Acetate N N Sodium Hydroxide (10%) R R
Ethyl Alcohol (30%-FF)(50%-GP) LR LR Sodium Hydroxide (60%) R R

TRANSPARENCY Ethyl Alcohol (95%) N N Sodium Hypochlorite (5%) R R
Colorless, ACRYLITE® FF acrylic sheet has a light Ethylene Dichloride N N Sulfuric Acid (3%) R R
transmittance of 92%. Ethylene Glycol R R Sulfuric Acid (30%) R R
2-Ethylhexyl Sebacate R Sulfuric Acid (Conc.) N N

WEATHER RESISTANCE Formaldehyde (40%) R Toluene N N
Acrylic offers excellent weather resistance as compared Gasoline (regular,leaded) LR LR Transformer Oil R R
to other types of plastics. Deterioration due to sun, cold, Glycerine R R Trichloroethylene N N
sudden temperature changes, salt water spray, etc., are Heptane R R Turpentine R LR
avoided due to the inherent stability of acrylic. Hexane (commercial grade) R R Water (Distilled) R R
WEIGHT Hydrochloric Acid R R Xylene N N
Hydrofluoric Acid (25%-FF)(40%- N N

Acrylic sheet is half the weight of glass and 43% the weight GP)
of aluminum.
R = Resistant
For product color and size availability see page 26. ACRYLITE GP sheet and ACRYLITE FF sheet withstand this substance for long periods
at temperatures up to 120°F (49°C).
LR = Limited Resistance
ACRYLITE GP sheet and ACRYLITE FF sheet resist the action of this substance for
short periods at room temperatures. The resistance for a particular application must be
determined.
N = Not Resistant
ACRYLITE GP sheet and ACRYLITE FF sheet are not resistant to this substance.
Exposure will cause damage in some manner.
NOTE: Plastic Materials can be attacked by chemicals in several ways. The methods of
fabrication and/or conditions of exposure of acrylic sheet, as well as the manner in which the
chemicals are applied, can influence the final results even for “R” coded chemicals.
ACRYLIC
COLOR REFERENCE TABLE
ACRYLITE ACRYLITE ACRYLITE CODE:
Code Color Sheet Code Color Sheet Code Color Sheet S Standard Color: Stocked in the
following sizes:
S Black 137-0 S Red 209-0 C Transp. Gray 143-4 ACRYLITE GP sheet - 48” x 72”; 48” x 96”; 0.118
S Black 199-0 S Red 211-1 C Transp. Gray 144-7 (3mm); 0.177 (4.5mm); 0.236 (6mm)
ACRYLITE FF sheet - 48” x 96”; 0.118 (3mm);
S Black, Hi-Gloss 199 HG* S Red 217-0 C Transp. Gray 182-2 0.177 (4.5mm)
S Blue 605-0 C Red 218-0 C Transp. Green 508-7 Other sheet sizes and thicknesses
S Blue 606-0 C Red 248-0 S Transp. Green 545-2 (ACRYLITE FF acrylic sheet only) are
S Blue 607-1 C Red 278-0 S Transp. Green 546-7 available in standard package quantities.
See your plastics’ distributor for pricing and
S Blue 613-0 C Orange 303-0 S Transp. Red 210-0 availability.
S Blue 655-0 C Orange 338-1 C Transp. Red 257-0 Note A - All transparent gray or bronze
C Blue 693-0 S Rust 262-0 C Transp. Red 257-HG colors can be used for SOLAR
CONTROL APPLICATIONS.
C Brown 324-0 S Transp. Amber 408-5 S Transp. Yellow 430-7 Note B - Black No. 137-0 is only available
S Coral 206-0 C Transp. Amber 422-1 S Turquoise 614-0 in thicknesses of 0.295, 0.354,
S Fluoresc. Green* 564-9 C Transp. Amber 436-4 C Violet 702-0 0.472, 0.591, 0.708, 0.944, and 1.5.
Note C - Black No. 199-0 is also available in
S Fluoresc. Red* 216-4 C Transp. Blue 625-5 S White 015-2* thicknesses of 0.295, 0.354, 0.472.
S Fluoresc. Yellow* 411-5 S Transp. Blue 668-0 S White, Hi-Gloss 020HG** * - Also available in 0.354 & 0.472.
S Glass Green 5110-9** S Transp. Bronze 126-4* S White 020-4 ** - ONLY available in 0.354 & 0.472.
S Gold 455-8 C Transp. Bronze 131-2* S White 048-2 ACRYLITE GP FL sheet is available in 6
S Green 506-0 C Transp. Bronze 145-5 S White 049-3 colors: Blue 6122-8; Green 5119-8,
C Green 507-0 S Transp. Bronze 146-7 S White 051-6 Orange 3100-5, Red, dark 2123-2;
C Green 518-0 S Transp. Bronze 311-1* C White 054-3 Red, light 2124-3, Yellow 468-7.
ACRYLITE GP FLW sheet is available in 2
C Green 519-0 S Transp. Gray 103-2* C White 076-0 colors: Red 2130-2; Yellow 3105-5
C Green 534-0 S Transp. Gray 104-1* S White 030-7 C Custom Color: Can be manufactured to
C Ivory 047-2 S Transp. Gray 115-0 S White 097-0 order in metric or imperial thicknesses,
subject to minimum order requirements and
S Red 202-0 C Transp. Gray 140-3 S Yellow 406-1 surcharge. (ACRYLITE GP sheet custom
S Red 205-0 C Transp. Gray 141-5 S Yellow 407-2 colors only).
S Red 205 HG C Transp. Gray 142-1 S Yellow 424-3 * - Indoor Use Only
S Red 207-0 C Yellow 432-2 - ACRYLITE GP sheet only
- ACRYLITE FF sheet only
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY ACRYLITE® 237 acrylic sheet

Thicknesses: 0.500”, 0.750”
ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet Sheet Size: 48” x 96”
Thicknesses: 0.060” to 2.0”
Sheet Sizes: 40 standard sizes from 36” x 48” to 72” x 100” ACRYLITE® GP 1 1/4” acrylic sheet
Thickness: 1.25”
ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet Sheet Sizes: 48”, 60” or 72” x 96”
Exotic Edge Colors
Thicknesses: 0.118”, 0.177”, 0.236’, 0.354”, 0.472”, 0.708”, ACRYLITE® AR acrylic sheet
0.944” ACRYLITE® GAR acrylic sheet
Thicknesses: 0.060”, 0.080”, 0.098”, 0.118”, 0.177”,
ACRYLITE® OP-1 acrylic sheet 0.236”, 0.354”, 0.472”, 0.625”
ACRYLITE® OP-2 acrylic sheet Sheet Sizes:
Thicknesses: 0.060”, 0.080”, 0.118”, 0.177”, 0.236”, 0.250”, ACRYLITE AR acrylic sheet - 48” or 60” x 96”
0.354” ACRYLITE GAR acrylic sheet - up to 60” x 120”
Sheet Sizes: 48” x 72” or 96”, 72” x 96”
ACRYLITE® OP-4 acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GMS acrylic sheet
Thicknesses: 0.100”, 0.125”, 0.150”, 0.170”, 0.187”, 0.250” Thicknesses: 0.060”, 0.080”, 0.100”, 0.125”, 0.150”,
Sheet Sizes: 48” x 72” or 96”, 60” x 84”, 72” x 96” 0.187”, 0.220”, 0.250”, 0.312”, 0.375”, 0.500”
Sheet Sizes:
ACRYLITE® GP P-95 acrylic sheet ACRYLITE 249 acrylic sheet - 36” x 48”, 40” x 50”, 48” x
ACRYLITE® GP DP-9 acrylic sheet 60”, 72” or 96”, 60” x 72” or 96”, 72” x 72” or 96”
Thicknesses: 0.118”, 0.177”, 0.236”, 0.354”, 0.472” ACRYLITE GMS acrylic sheet - 36” x 48”, 48” x 50”, 72” or
Sheet Sizes: 48” x 72” or 96”, 60” x 84”, 72” x 96” 96”, 60” x 72” or 96”, 72” x 96”
26
ACRYLIC
ACRYLITE® GP FL acrylic sheet  ICBO Evaluation Services, Inc., Evaluation Report
Thicknesses: 0.118”, 0.177”, 0.236”, 0.354”, 0.472” # 3715
Sheet Sizes: 48” and 72” x 96” CC2 Classification for ACRYLITE
AR and GAR sheets
ACRYLITE® GP FL acrylic sheet  SBCCI PST & ESI Evaluation Report # 95112B
ACRYLITE® GP FLW acrylic sheet City of Los Angeles, Research Report RR 24392
Thicknesses: 0.188”, 0.177”, 0.236” Wisconsin Material Approval, Approval # 950043-L
Sheet Sizes: 48” and 72” x 96” NY City MEA # 144-80-M for ACRYLITE GP sheet
MEA # 145-80-M for ACRYLITE FF sheet
ACRYLITE® FF acrylic sheet  Consumer Products Safety Commission, Safety
Thicknesses: 0.060”, 0.080”, 0.090”, 0.098”, 0.118”, 0.150”, Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials, 16
0.177”, 0.220”, 0.236”, 0.354”, 0.472”, 0.708”, 0.944”. CFR 1201, Categories 1 & 11
Extra thick: 0.354” and 0.472”
Sheet Sizes: 48”, 60” and 72” x 96”, 49” x 97”, 51” x 100”, ACRYLITE® 237 acrylic sheet
100” x 100”, 125” and 150” • ANSI Z 26.1 chemical resistance as specified by this
American National Standards Institute.
ACRYLITE® FF P-99 acrylic sheet
Thicknesses: 0.060”, 0.080”, 0.098” and 0.118” ACRYLITE® GP 1 1/4” acrylic sheet
Sheet Sizes: 48” x 96”
• ACRYLITE GP 1 1/4” acrylic sheet is UL listed (UL 752)
as a Bullet Resistant Glazing Material, Level 1
ACRYLITE® OP-3 acrylic sheet
ACRYLITE® OP-3 P-99 acrylic sheet
Thicknesses: 0.098” and 0.118” FIRE PRECAUTIONS
Sheet Sizes: 48” x 96” ACRYLITE GP sheet and ACRYLITE FF sheet are
combustible thermoplastics. Precautions should be taken to
ACRYLITE® FFV acrylic sheet protect the material from flames and high heat sources.
Acrylite GP acrylic sheet usually burns rapidly to completion if
ACRYLITE® FFX acrylic sheet
not extinguished. The products of combustion, if sufficient air
Thicknesses: 0.118”, 0.177”, 0.220”
is present, are carbon dioxide and water. However, in many
Sheet Sizes: 48” x 96”
fires sufficient air will not be available and toxic carbon
monoxide will be formed, as it is from other combustible
PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS materials. We urge good judgement in the use of this
versatile material and recommend that building codes be
ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet followed carefully to ensure it is used properly.
ACRYLITE® FF acrylic sheet
ACRYLITE® AR acrylic sheet
ACRYLITE® GAR acrylic sheet
• ANSI Z 97.1 for Safety Glazing Materials Used in
Buildings
• ANSI Z 26.1, AS-4, 5, 6 & 7 for Safety Glazing Materials
for Glazing Motor Vehicles
• Uniform Building Codes, for use as a Light Transmitting
Plastic:
 See BOCA Evaluation Serivces, Inc., Research
Report # 96-75
27
ACRYLIC
Lucite® Acrylic Sheet
Manufactured by Ineos Acrylics, Lucite® cast acrylic sheet, FABRICATION
produced from methyl methacrylate monomer, has outstanding
optical properties, excellent weather resistance, uniform See detailed section, pages 32 through 35.
caliper control, and high impact resistance. It displays NOTE: Lucite® XL acrylic sheet, due to its crosslinked
excellent resistance to warpage, cracks, scratches, blisters, structure, requires a two component cement. Weld-On 40 or
voids, foreign matter, and other defects which may affect Versilok 505 have proven to be effective adhesives for joining
appearance or serviceability. Lightweight and easily Lucite® XL acrylic sheet to itself. These adhesives are also
fabricated, Lucite® cast acrylic sheet is used where safety, recommended for use in adhering Lucite® XL acrylic sheet to
weight, optical clarity, and long-term retention of properties are other plastics and wood. For adhesion to metal, Weld-On 10
important. Lucite® continuous cast acrylic sheet is available in is suggested, although the resulting joint is white.
linear (L), crosslinked (XL), and value-added formulations.
LUCITE® L Acrylic Sheet FORMING

A linear continuous cast acrylic sheet generally used for See detailed section, pages 36 and 37.
glazing and skylight applications.
OPTICS
LUCITE® XL Acrylic Sheet Lucite® cast acrylic sheet has exceptionally low caliper
A crosslinked continuous cast acrylic sheet primarily used
variation which ensures consistent quality and very low
in reinforced laminated structures because of its improved
solvent resistance, outstanding surface appearance, and du- optical distortion. Clear Lucite® acrylic sheet provides 92-
rability. 93% light transmittance as compared to 89% for plate glass.
BREAKAGE RESISTANCE PAINTING

Lucite® cast acrylic sheet has significantly higher See detailed section, pages 38 and 39.
breakage resistance compared to traditional glazing materials.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY

Lucite® acrylic sheet is a much better thermal insulator
Lucite® cast acrylic sheet is unaffected by a wide variety of
than glass. The rate of heat transfer through glass ("K" factor)
chemicals and cleaning agents, including diluted solutions of
is four times greater than that through Lucite® sheet.
acids and alkalies, petroleum oils, aliphatic hydrocarbons and
The overall transmission coefficient or “U” factor for
dilute alcohols. However, gasoline, chlorinated solvents,
Lucite® sheet is better than that for glass as shown in the
acetone, or denatured alcohol do tend to soften the surface of
following table.
acrylic and may cause crazing.
LUCITE®
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY U-Factor for Vertical Windows
(BTU/hr. sq. ft./°F)
Comparison of Coefficients of Thermal Expansion
Winter Heat Loss1 Summer Heat Gain2
LUCITE® versus Other Building Materials
LUCITE® 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” ( 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” (
Inches/Inch/°F Thickness (.125 (.188) .250) (.125) (.188) .250)
LUCITE® 0.0000390 Single Glazed 1.06 1.01 0.96 0.98 0.93 0.89
Aluminum 0.0000129 Double Glazed 0.55 0.52 0.49 0.56 0.53 0.50
1/4” air space
Steel 0.0000063
Double Glazed 0.47 0.45 0.43 0.50 0.48 0.45
Float Glass 0.0000050
1/2” air space
1
15 mph wind velocity
2
7.5 mph wind velocity
ACRYLIC
Lucite® Acrylic Sheet
WEATHER RESISTANCE PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS
Lucite® acrylic sheet is outstanding in its ability to
withstand continuous exposure to sun and ultraviolet LUCITE® L / LUCITE® XL Acrylic Sheets
radiation. Clear Lucite® acrylic sheet meets or exceeds the
properties and quality control provisions of Federal
WEIGHT Specification L-P-391D; Lucite® L acrylic sheet meets
Type 1 (general purpose material having ultraviolet light-
Lucite® acrylic sheet is 50% lighter than glass and 43% absorbing properties).
lighter than aluminum. Lucite® L acrylic sheet complies with ANSI Z97.1a-1994
architectural glazing standard. Due to variations in local
Thickness Calculated building codes, specific building code information should
(in.) Weight/Sq. Ft. be requested from your plastic distributor or acrylic sheet
0.118 0.75 lb. manufacturer.
Lucite® acrylic sheet complies with Consumer Product
0.177 1.10 lb. Safety Commission safety standard CPSC 16 CFR 1201
for architectural glazing and can be used in Category I
0.236 1.45 lb. and Category II products.
Clear Lucite® L acrylic sheet meets the requirements of
ASTM D 4802 Category A-2, Finish 1, Type UVA
LUCITE® CP Acrylic Sheet
A continuously manufactured product, Lucite® CP acrylic LUCITE® CP Acrylic Sheet
sheet exhibits outstanding optical properties, uniform • Lucite® CP acrylic sheet complies to American National
thickness and low stress level. At half the weight of glass Standard Z97.1-1994 Safety Glazing requirements.
and 43% the weight of aluminum, this weather-resistant
thermoplastic, Lucite® CP acrylic sheet, is easily fabricated,
• Lucite® CP acrylic sheet has been accepted for use by
formed, finished, cemented, painted and decorated. the major building codes: ICBO, BOCA, and SBCC.
LUCITE-TUF™ Acrylic Sheet

LUCITE-TUF™ Acrylic Sheet Lucite-Tuf™ acrylic sheet 0.177 inch thickness has been
An extruded, high impact acrylic sheet, Lucite-Tuf™ acrylic tested by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL®) and listed for
sheet panels provide superior clarity and strength. use as “burglary resisting glazing”.
Exhibiting exceptional resistance to hazing and yellowing -
Lucite-Tuf™ acrylic sheet maintains excellent clarity as
compared to standard polycarbonate sheet. Lucite-Tuf™
acrylic sheet has impact resistance up to 100 times stronger
than glass; and up to 10 times stronger than standard acrylic.
29
ACRYLIC
Lucite®
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
LUCITE® CP and L STANDARD PRODUCTS - Clear/Colored
48 51 54 60 63 72 75 76 108
Thickness 72 96 120 98 100 125 100 108 96 120 100 96 120 98 100 125 108 126
.060 CP CP
BZ2412
.080 CP CP CP
.093 CP CP CP CP CP CP
WT2447 BZ2412
WT2447
.098 CP CP CP CP
.118 CP CP L CP WT7328 L CP CP CP CP CP BK2025 CP L L
L * L L L L L WT2447 L
WT2447 WT2447 WT7328
WT7328 BZ2412
WT2447
.150 CP CP L CP
L
.177 CP WT7328 L CP L L L CP WT7328 L CP WT7328 **** L L L L
L ** L BZ2412 L L WT2447
WT7328 WT2447
.220 CP L CP L CP CP L
L L L L
.236 CP CP L CP L CP L CP L L
L *** L L L BZ2412
WT7328
.354 CP
.472 CP
CP - Lucite® CP (Perspex CP) Continuous Process Acrylic Sheet (Clear) Lucite® CP Colors:
L - Lucite® L, Continuous Cast Acrylic Sheet (Clear) Solar Tint: BZ 2412
CP - Lucite® CP (Perspex CP) Continuous Process Acrylic Sheet (Colored) Opals: WT 2447, WT 7328
L - Lucite® L, Continuous Cast Acrylic Sheet (Colored)
* - Size available in all colors. Lucite® L Colors:
** - Colors not available: GN 3030, and Fluorescent. Solar Tint: BZ 2370, BZ 2404, BZ 2412, GN 3030, GY 2064, GY 2074, Opaque BK 2025
*** - Not available in Sign or Fluorescent colors. Sign Colors: BL 2050 BL 2114, BR 2418, GN 2108, IV 2146, OR 2119, RD 2157,
**** - Available Solar Tint, BZ2412 only; Not available: Sign Colors BL2050, BR2418, RD 2283, RD 2793, YL 2037
GN2108; No Fluorescent. Fluorescent: RD 4102
Opals: WT 2447, WT 7328
Standard Clear Lucite® CP:
.150” thru .236” standard 48”, 60”, 72”, 75” widths can be supplied in custom lengths -
minimum 38”; maximum 144”.
Standard Colored Lucite® CP:
Standard listed thicknesses of Lucite CP Bronze 2412, White 7328 and White 2447 can be
supplied in custom sizes.
30
ACRYLIC
Polycast® SAR™
Polycast® SAR™, is a super abrasion resistant acrylic Maintenance (OSHA) Museum
material manufactured by Polycast, a division of High
• Guides • Solarium Glazing
Performance Plastics, Inc. • Forklift Shields
• Conveyor Shields
POLYCAST® SAR™ •
•
Viewing Ports
Machine Guards
Super Abrasion Resistant • Equipment Enclosures
Transportation
Acrylic Sheet • School Bus Windows
Polycast® SAR™ sheet combines the physical • Automotive Sun Roofs
characteristics of acrylic sheet with an abrasion resistant, • Marine Portholes,
Windshields
cleanable surface. Polycast® SAR™ gets its super hard, • Limousine Windows
glass-like surface from a coating of crosslinked polysilicate (a • Aircraft Windows
silicon polymer or polysiloxane) resin. This unique surface
gives Polycast® SAR™ a combination of properties that
include extreme resistance to abrasion, solvents, impact, and NOTE: Polycast® SAR™ is a combustible thermoplastic
weathering (including increased resistance to the effect of and like many other synthetic materials should not be used in
ultraviolet light). It is resistant to chemicals such as acids, applications where codes or common sense would deem it
bases, hydrocarbons, esters, alcohols. Polycast® SAR™ is unsafe.
half the weight of glass and can be cut and fabricated using
standard power tools. POLYCAST® SAR™ UF-3
Formability is limited. Consult with your nearest Regal An acrylic sheet absorbing essentially all ultraviolet
Plastic Supply representative for specific details. radiation and part of the short wavelength violet light in the
Value added formulations include Polycast® SAR™ UF- visible spectrum (400nm).
3 and Polycast® SAR™ UF-4. The UF-3 formulation has a very faint yellow tint because
of its absorption in the visible range.
Typical applications include:
Architectural Appliances POLYCAST® SAR™ UF-4
This acrylic sheet absorbs most of the ultraviolet
• Schools • Gas Pump Glazing
• Hospitals • Electronic Game Faces
radiation. It is essentially colorless and transmits all of the
• Office Buildings • Baby Incubators visible spectrum. When the slight yellow tint of UF-3 is
• Service Stations • Vending Machine Glazing objectionable, UF-4 is the product of choice.
• Libraries • Blood Analyzer Panels
• Restaurants • Solar Cell Covers
The absorption for both formulations, UF-3 & UF-4, is
• Doors (storm, revolving • Food Sneeze Guards independent of thickness.
entrance) • TV Face Screens
• Bus Shelters • Menu Boards
• Press Box Glazing BREAKAGE RESISTANCE
• Hockey Spectator Guards
• Skylights (flat) Breakage Resistance as a Function of
• Zoo Enclosures Sheet Thickness
• Sound Barriers
5.0 lb. pointed dart of 12 in. x 12 in. SAR™ sheet
Display Equipment
• Merchandise Covers Case • Computer Panels
Nominal Maximum Drop Relative Break
• Directory Panels • Tape Drive Windows Thickness Height (in.) (in.) Resistance
• Memo Boards • Disc Drive Covers
0.125 7.5 1
• Scanner Panels • Printer Covers
• Terminal Screen Faces 0.250 42.4 6
• Jig for Printed Circuit
• Manufacture 0.465* 87.9 25
• Laser Scanners
*10 lb. dart

ACRYLIC
Polycast® SAR™
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
Time until visual attack
Polycast® SAR™ acrylic sheet is a much better thermal
Chemical Resistance - insulator than glass. The rate of heat transfer through glass
ASTM D1308; 5.2
SAR™
Uncoated
Acrylic
Plate
Glass
(“K” Factor) is four times greater than that through acrylic
10% sodium hydroxide >16 hr. >1 hr. >16 hr.
sheet. This means that the overall transmission coefficient
(“U” factor) for Polycast® SAR™ will be better than that for
40% sulfuric acid >16 hr. >16 hr. >16 hr.
glass.
gasoline >16 hr. >16 hr. >16 hr.
Polycast® SAR™
acetone >1 hr. >1 min. >16 hr.
U-Factor for Vertical Windows
methylene chloride >1 hr. >1 min. >16 hr. (BTU/hr. sq. ft./°F)
methyl alcohol >16 hr. >4 hr. >16 hr. Winter Heat Loss1 Summer Heat Gain2
methyl methacrylate >16 hr. >10 min. >16 hr. 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” ( 1/8” 3/16” 1/4”
Thickness (.125) (.188) .250) (.125) (.188) (.250)
Single Glazed 1.06 1.01 0.96 0.98 0.93 0.89
Additionally, there is no visual attack on Polycast®
Double Glazed 0.55 0.52 0.49 0.56 0.53 0.50
SAR™ when exposed to soap, kerosene, denatured acohol, 1/4” air space
or gasoline as prescribed by ANSI Z26.1 Chemical Double Glazed 0.47 0.45 0.43 0.50 0.48 0.45
Resistance Tests. 1/2” air space
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY 1
15 mph wind velocity 2
7.5 mph wind velocity
Comparison of Coefficients of Thermal Expansion

Polycast® SAR™ versus Other Building Materials
Inches/Inch/°F Sheet Size Thickness Colors / Formulations /
Finishes
Polycast® SAR™ 0.0000390
48” x 72” to 0.060” to 2.000” A wide variety of colors are available
Aluminum 0.0000129 72” X 120” including green, gray, and bronze. Ultra-
Steel 0.0000063 violet radiation, filtering formulations and
Float Glass 0.0000050
FABRICATION PRODUCT CODE APPROVALS

• Polycast® SAR™ sheet complies with ANSI Z97.1-1984
See detailed section, pages 32 through 35. architectural glazing standard. Due to variations in local
building codes, specific building code information should
FORMING be requested from your plastic distributor or acrylic sheet
See detailed section, pages 36 and 37. manufacturer.
• Polycast® SAR™ sheet complies with ANSI Z26.1-1990
NOTE: The polysilicate coating of Polycast® SAR™ Safety Code for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing
acrylic sheet is a thermoset material, which is considerably Motor Vehicles Operating on Land Highways; Items 4 and
harder and less flexible than the thermoplastic acrylic 5, rigid plastics > 0.125 inch thickness.
substrate, even at forming temperatures. The degree to • ASTM D 4802-88 Standard Specifications for Polymethyl
which the sheet can be formed without causing the surface to Methacrylate sheet.
craze or crack is limited. Thermoforming processes must be • Consumer Product Safety Commission safety standard
performed under more carefully controlled conditions than are CPSC 16 CFR 1201 for architectural glazing, and can be
necessary with uncoated acrylic sheet. Consult with your used in Category I and II products.
• Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 205,
nearest Regal Plastic Supply representative for detailed
Glazing Materials as per ANSI Z26.1-1990. It also
thermoforming information. comples iwth FMVSS No,. 302, Flammability of Interior
Materials.
OPTICS • Polycast® SAR™ sheet (in 1.250 inch thickness) is listed
Polycast® SAR™ in 1.250” thickness transmits 93% by Underwriters’ Laboratories as a level 1 bullet-resisting
white light, compared to 66% for an all polycarbonate sheet glazing material (UL-752). SAR™ also complies with
and 55% for bullet-resistant glass. Underwriters’ Laboratories flame classification UL 94 HB.
ACRYLIC
Fabricating
Cutting Typical Circular Saw Cutting Problems and
Acrylic plastic may be cut by sawing or routing with Possible Corrections
power equipment saws or by scribing and breaking. Scribing
is limited to straight cuts in thin pieces, 0.236 inch or less. Chipping Burning
Sawing and routing may be used for straight and curved cuts Slow Feed Rate Increase Feed Rate
on any thickness of material. Masking should be kept intact
during fabrication to protect the surfaces and provide Decrease Blade Increase Blade Penetration
lubrication. Acrylic sheet is a combustible thermoplastic Penetration
material. Fire precautions, as are appropriate for comparable Support Material Insure Fence Is Parallel to
forms of wood and paper products, should be observed. Continuously (Narrow Blade
The kind of cutting to be done should determine the type Saw Slot)
of sawing equipment to be used. Circular blade saws are
Provide Hold Down Use Blade Stiffener
limited to straight cuts; scroll and sabre saws for rough
cutting small-radius curves in thin sheet; band saws for rough Increase Tooth Rake Decrease Tooth Rake Angle
cutting larger-radius curves or for making rough straight cuts Angle
in thick sheet. Routers and woodworking shapers are used Ensure Teeth Are of Ensure Blade Has Been
for cutting and trimming the edges of flat and formed parts of Uniform Height Properly Sharpened
any configuration and provide the best overall fabricated
edge. Use Blade With Greater
Most steel blades are made of alloy steel tempered to Side Clearance
permit filing and have teeth with 0° to 10° rake. All teeth
should have uniform height. Teeth of uneven height will Whenever holes in acrylic sheet penetrate the stock,
cause excessive chipping and possibly cracked blades standard twist drills should be modified up to a 1.00 inch
because of the cutting strain being concentrated on a few diameter. A 60° tip angle allows the drill to emerge from the
teeth rather than distributed evenly over all the teeth. second surface without fracturing the sheet. If holes are to
Similarly, all teeth should be the same shape. The hook or be drilled that do not penetrate the sheet, the rake and lip
"rake" of the teeth should be uniform and preferably in radial clearance angles of the drill should be modified, however tip
line with the center of the blade. Saws should be machine angles larger than 60° clear chips from the hole better.
filed or ground. Large diameter holes can be cut with hollow end mills,
To minimize both chipping and overheating tendencies, circle cutters or trepanning tools. The cutters of the latter
circular saw blades should protrude approximately 1/2 inch should be ground to 0° rake angle and adequate back
more than the thickness of the sheet. The work must be held clearance, just as lathe tools are ground.
firmly against the fence, which must be parallel to the saw Any of the conventional drilling tools may be used:
blade. portable electric drills or flexible shafts, drill presses or lathes.
The drill should always run true since wobble will affect the
Drilling finish of the hole. When drilling holes that penetrate the
Twist drills commonly used for metals can be used for second surface, it is desirable to back up the sheet with wood
acrylic, but best results are achieved by modifying the drill bit and slow the feed as the drill point breaks through. For
to produce a scraping action rather than a cutting action. accuracy and safety, the sheet should be clamped during
Complete instructions for correct sharpening of bits may be drilling.
obtained from your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor.
Bit modification produces good quality surfaced holes, Routing and Shaping
eliminating the problem of bottom surface breaking out and Utilizing standard woodworking routers, acrylic sheet is
the pickup of masking paper adhesive.
routed much the same way as wood. Single-fluted bits for
inside circle routing and double-fluted bits for edge routing
are recommended.
33
ACRYLIC
Fabricating
Turning Buffing
Acrylic sheet can be turned on almost any type lathe. The sheet should be clean and dry at the start of each
Bits designed especially for cutting acrylic are available, but buffing operation. Some polishing compounds leave the
most high-speed tool bits with a 0° to -4° rake will work very surface clean after buffing. If these materials are not used,
well. Clearance angles should be from 5° to 10°. washing should follow the last step in polishing.
If required, due to sanding or scratching, an abrasive
FINISHING coated wheel is used first. The abrasive is a standard
polishing compound composed of very fine alumina or similar
Scraping abrasive and tallow.
Scraping is the easiest technique for smoothing or The second wheel used is charged only with tallow for
squaring the edge of an acrylic sheet. A scraper can be buffing purposes only. The wheels used should be air-
almost any piece of metal with a sharp, flat edge. Examples
are the back of a hacksaw blade, the back of a knife blade, or ventilated cotton muslin rag wheels and should operate at
a tool steel blank. A sharp, square edge is the key when 3,000 to 4,500 surface foot per minute (SFPM).
choosing an appropriate scraping tool. SFPM Calculation: 1/4 the diameter of buffing wheel in
inches multiplied by the spindle speed in rpm.
Filing
Acrylic sheet may be filed using almost any type Polishing
commercial file. The quality of hte finish will depend on the After buffing, the acrylic plastic can be brought to a high
file coarseness. A 10 to 12 inch (250 to 300 mm) smooth-cut polish on a soft, loose buff of imitation chamois or flannel on
file is recommended for filing edges and removing tool marks. which no abrasive or tallow is used. The wheels should be
Half round, rat tail, triagular, and small jewelers’ files are 10 to 12 inches in diameter and should run at 3,000 to 4,500
good for smoothing insides of holes, cutting grooves and SFPM. A hand-applied coat of wax may be used in place of
notches, or finishing detail. buffing on the finish wheel, if desired.
Sanding Cementing
If there is a scratch in the sheet, it should not be sanded Pieces fabricated from acrylic sheet may be joined using
unless the surface imperfections are too deep to be removed mechanical methods such as bolts, thermal methods such as
by light buffing and the resultant optical distortion can be welding, or chemical methods such as cementing.
tolerated. The way to tell if sanding is necessary is to rub The two types of cement used for acrylic sheet are
your fingernail over the scratch. If it can be felt, then sanding solvent cements and polymerizable cements. The solvent
is required. The finest sandpaper that will remove the cements may be used as supplied or may be thickened with
imperfection(s) should be used. Coarse paper can cause acrylic sheet chips or molding resin. Polymerizable cements
scratches deeper than the original imperfection, and are viscous as supplied.
additional finishing operations will be needed. Solvent cements work by softening and swelling the
It is recommended using a 600 grit sandpaper wrapped sheet, permitting actual cohesion of the parts. After
around a rubber-padded sanding block. If this does not assembly, the solvents evaporate or dissipate through the
readily remove the scratch, step down to 400 grit. The material, leaving a hard, clear joint.
sanding should be done in directions mutually 30 apart to Thickened solvent cements work the same way with a
produce a diamond pattern. After sanding and stepping up to longer solvent action time due to slower evaporation.
600 grit, the sheet should be polished. Thickened solvent cements limit capillary flow between two
DO NOT USE Disc or belt sanders dry. The greater closely fitted surfaces and provide limited gap-filling
danger of heat generation with mechanical sanders makes capability.
the use of water or oil coolants doubly desirable. Wet The polymerizable cements have little or no solvent
sanders are preferred, but dry orbital sanders can be used action, but actually form new polymer in the joint, thus
with care. Open coat sandpaper should be used, since it holding the parts together.
does not become clogged as fast as closed coat sandpaper.
ACRYLIC
Fabricating
Basic Cementing Techniques ACRYLIC THICK SHEET
1. Capillary Action Method. To use this method, the
parts must be closely fitted with no visible gaps. The parts to
Cutting
Circular saw blade height for material thicknesses above
be cemented are either unclamped or very lightly clamped
12 mm (0.472”), should be set with space between the
together. The cement is dispensed (from a hypodermic
bottom of the tooth pattern (the gullet) and the surface of the
needle, eye dropper or similar instrument) along the edge of
sheet between 0.250” and 0.375”. Increasing the space to
the joint. Capillary action draws the cement between the
0.500” or more increases the probability of chipping,
parts. The time for the joint to set will vary from two to five
particularly when working with old or dull saw blades.
minutes (sometimes longer), depending on the solvent used
and temperature and humidity conditions. DO NOT flow or To obtain optimum edge quality, thick sheet should be
drip solvent cement on a flame-polished, strip heated or dry- cut at lower feed rates than thinner gauge sheet. Thick
belt sanded surface since these conditions show the sheet acrylic is more resistant to chipping because of the
maximum amount of fabrication stress possible in plastic additional stiffness created by the increased thickness. Feed
sheet. It is recommended to use a minimum amount of rates will vary for different saws, different blades, and
solvent and pressure in the joint since it is more readily equipment set-ups. However, for a standard 25.4 cm (10”)
attached by solvents, resulting in longer set times, lower joint tablesaw, optimum feed rate is approximately 2.4 to 3 meters
strength, whitening in the joint and increased risk of crazing per minute (8 to 10 feet per minute) for sheet thicknesses of
because the solvent takes longer to evaporate. 18 to 24 mm (0.708 to 0.944 inch).
2. Soak or Dip Method. With this method, parts must
also fit closely. One of the parts is placed in a container Drilling
holding a solvent cement until the edge softens into a Sufficient cooling is critical when drilling thick acrylic
cushion. When the parts are assembled, the cushion from sheet. Generally an optimum quality hole will be possible for
the first part forms a cushion on the other part by solvent drill bits of over 4.5 mm (0.177 inch) in diameter. The larger
action. bits act as a heat sink, conducting the heat inwards and away
Masking may be required near the edges to be from the cutting surface, generating less melt. When using
cemented to prevent excessive softening. The parts should the smaller bits, such as 3 mm (0.125 inch) diameter, a
be allowed to set for 24 hours before handling. coolant is recommended to reduce heat build up.
Peck drilling is necessary for thick sheet. The bit must
3. Viscous Cementing. Viscous cements are used to be backed out when partially through the thickness to allow
cement joints that can’t be easily cemented by capillary or for the clearing of chips and cooling of the cutting surface.
solvent soak methods. Viscous cement is thick. It will fill Use of compressed air on the bit, as it is backed out, will
small gaps and can make strong, transparent joints where clear the melt and chips and cool the cutting surface. For 24
solvent cements can’t. mm (0.944 ich) sheet, it may be necessary to back out the bit
Masking tape should be applied to protect the area twice, particularly with the smaller diameter bits. When end
around the joint but should be removed carefully 5 minutes cutting, if drilling deeper than 25.4 mm (1 inch), back the bit
after application of the cement. The parts shouldn’t be out 1 time for every 8 to 10 mm of depth (2 to 3 times per
disturbed at all for the first 3 minutes, or the joint will not hold. inch of depth), continue to clear the bit of chips, and provide
After approximately 30 minutes the part may be moved, but cooling to the cutting surface. Stack drilling is not
no additional work should be performed for 12 to 24 hours. recommended.
NOTE: Using a sheet of wood as a back-up sheet can
help prevent break-out on the back side of the drilled hole.
Optimum rotational speed for conventional bits is 700
rpm. Faster speeds will create a melting problem, especially
with the smaller diameter bits. Slower speeds are more likely
to cause chipping.
ACRYLIC
Fabricating
The large diameter bits, such as 10 mm or 0.375 inch
and 13 mm or 0.500 inch are more prone to chipping,
• When using a hand held router for contour or plow
routing, feed rates should be between 1.5 to 4.5
therefore, the hole must be initiated gently. Optimum results
meters or 5 to 15 feet per minute. The preferred bit
are achieved at 700 rpm. Rotational speeds as low as 400 to
geometry is sharp, two fluted.
500 rpm lead to chipping. If chipping is a problem, the
rotational speed may be increased to as high as 1000 rpm for
10 mm or 0.375 inch, and 13 mm or 0.500 inch diameter bits. • Backing material with appropriate openings is always
The large diameter bits are less susceptible to melting the recommended when using a hand held router to cut
surface (which normally is increased at higher rotational slots.
speed), resulting in a broader operating window for rotational
speed. 5 to 10 seconds for a hole 18 mm (0.708 inch) deep
is considered an appropriate feed rate on a drill press. This
• Maximum rotational speeds for thicknesses of 18 mm
translates to approximately 4 seconds per centimeter or 10 (0.708 inch) and 24 mm (0.944 inch) are 20,000 and
seconds per inch of depth. 16,000 rpm, respectively
CNC Routers
Routing The recommendations offered above were developed on
The following are suggested guidelines when using thick
(stationary) inverted and hand held equipment. CNC routing
sheet acrylic:
equipment offers a wide adjustability in feed rates and in
rotational speeds. This versatility may widen the window of
• Minimum cutter diameter of 12.7 mm (0.500 inch) is fabrication, and improve the performance of bit designs or
recommended geometries which yield unsatisfactory results when used on
more conventional routing equipment
• Minimize cutoff by sizing blanks as closely as possible
to final part
• Coolant maybe necessary for cooling the cutter and

clearing chips from cutter path
• For slot routing, use end mill with 2 to 4 spiral flutes,

allowing a 180° turn per 25 mm (per inch) of length
• Feed rates for slot routing with recommended bits: 1 to

1.5 meters or 3 to 5 feet per minute for a 6 mm (0.250
inch) deep slot, and 0.5 to 1 meter or 2 to 3 feet per
minute for a 12.7 mm (0.500 inch) deep slot.
• If slot routing with a straight, single, or double fluted DO YOU KNOW?

bit, minimum shank diameter should remain at 12.7
mm (0.500 inch), and feed rates should be slowed to In the early 1900s hoping to create a substitute
for shellac, chemist Leo Baekeland invents a
0.5 to 1 meter or 2 to 3 feet per minute for a 6mm liquid resin that hardens into a transparent solid
(0.250 inch) deep slot. that won’t burn, boil, melt or dissolve even in
acid. It was the first completely man-made
substance.
36
ACRYLIC
Forming
One of the most useful properties of acrylic sheet is its Free Forming
thermoformability. Thermoplastic materials become soft and This method is used to form 3-D shapes entirely by the
pliable when heated and can be formed to almost any desired use of air pressure differentials - vacuum or positive
shape. As the material cools, it stiffens and retains the shape pressures without the use of male or female forms. Parts
to which it has been formed. produced by this method usually have excellent optical
The size, shape, and optical requirements of the formed properties.
part generally govern the forming method to be used. The heated sheet is clamped over a vacuum pot or
pressure head and drawn or blown to shape. Since the sheet
TWO DIMENSIONAL does not come in contact with a form, there is no mark-off to
Cold Forming contend with.
Acrylic sheet can be bent while cold into simple shapes by
springing the material into a curved frame. The radius of the VACUUM SNAPBACK FORMING
frame curvature depends on the formulation of the acrylic This method is preferred when the desired part varies
sheet and the thickness. To avoid possible crazing , check from a true surface tension shape. Like vacuum forming,
with your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor for specifics. snapback forming is done in a vacuum pot. The sheet is
heated and then drawn into a vacuum pot to a larger bubble
Strip Heat Bending than the male mold. A male form which reproduces the
This is the simplest method of forming acrylic sheet along inside contour of the desired part is then lowered and locked
a straight line. A strip heater is used to heat the sheet to inside the formed bubble. As the vacuum is gradually
forming temperature so that the bend can be made. The released, the sheet snaps back slowly against the form.
process is usually used for small parts where the length of the
bend is relatively short. Bends of more than 24 inches have a VACUUM DRAWING OR BLOWING
tendency to bow. Into A FORM
Using air-pressure differentials, a heated acrylic sheet
Drape Forming clamped directly to the edges of a female form can be drawn
This method of forming is used for two-dimensional and by vacuum or forced by air pressure down into the form.
mild three-dimensional shapes. The acrylic sheet is heated to
the proper temperature, then carefully draped over the form.
The edges of the sheet should be held against the form by a MANUAL STRETCH FORMING
clamping ring or rubber bands to prevent curling. Reducing This method is often used when the compound curvature
mark-off can be achieved by using a female drape form; is not great, optical distortion is not objectionable, and the
allowing the part to lay into the mold by the weight of the number of parts to be made does not warrant setting up
sheet. mechanical equipment.
The sheet is heated to forming temperature, and clamps
are fastened to the edges six to ten inches apart. With the
THREE-DIMENSIONAL FORMING sheet held by the clamps, the forming crew draws the sheet
3-D shapes in acrylic sheet are formed by stretching the down over the form. Slow, steady tension should be used to
heated material to the required contour. The force required to allow the sheet to stretch gradually. After stretching, a
stretch the sheet can be supplied by manual labor, mechanical clamping ring can be placed in position around the edges.
pressure, hydraulic pressure, vacuum, air pressure, or
combinations of these depending on the forming method being
used.
37
ACRYLIC
Forming
SLIP FORMING Compressed air, 50-100 psi, is admitted to the pressure
Acrylic sheet is usually clamped around the edges after box forcing the heated sheet back against the male form.
heating but before it is formed. This puts the whole sheet in The parts are held in this position by air pressure until the
tension and stretches it more uniformly so wrinkles are less sheet cools and becomes rigid.
apt to form. In the cases where a thicker finished part is The forming cycles must be fast enough to insure the
required, a predetermined amount of sheet is allowed to slip acrylic sheet is still well above the minimum forming
under the clamping ring to reduce sheet thinning. temperature as it is blown back against the male form.
Wrinkles tend to form outside the ring around the edge of
the piece, limiting the amount of material that can be allowed BILLOW FORMING
to slip in. When sufficient material has slipped in, the rings The main advantage of billow forming is good control of
are clamped more tightly, and the draw is completed. Hot or wall thickness. A heated acrylic blank, larger than the
insulated clamping rings may be used to avoid chilling the projected area of the part, is clamped to a pressure box. The
material. box must be strong and airtight. A bubble is blown in the
clamped sheet by admitting air into the box. The male mold
PLUG AND RING FORMING is then forced down into the bubble. Contact with the mold
For this method, hot acrylic sheet is clamped over a ring tends to prevent further thinning due to friction and cooling.
and the center of the suspended material is pushed in with a The air pressure maintained in the box forces the bubble to
tapered plug. Allowing for the thickness of the sheet, the ring wrap around the mold as it descends. The pressure should
is made larger than the outside of the male form or plug. be relief-valved so there is no build-up as the mold and sheet
The disadvantage of this method is the production of displace the volume.
excessive mark-off, particularly at the inside corners of the
formed part. RIDGE FORMING
These are open or skeletal rather than solid forms.
VACUUM ASSIST PLUG AND RING Generally they are easier and less costly to construct than
FORMING solid forms.
Deeply drawn parts (ratio of width of opening to depth of Ridge forms may be used with nearly all methods of
part is one or less) with little thickness can be made if forming, including press, vacuum or pressure, snapback or
vacuum is used to assist the draw. The ring support is made reverse blow and vacuum plate. Mark-off is minimal with
into an airtight box in which the heated acrylic sheet is these forms since the heated sheet only comes in contact
clamped. Vacuum is applied to draw the sheet to about half along the ridges necessary to determine the size and shape
the desired depth. The plug is then forced into the drawn of the formed part.
sheet to secure the desired shape. When the plug is in
place, air is vented into the box to allow the sheet to shrink MALE AND FEMALE FORMING
onto the plug. Utilizing this method produces a more uniform This technique is used to form acrylic sheet by surface
final part thickness than with slip, plug & ring, or vacuum molding and embossing the material between matched male
snapback techniques. and female dies. Both surfaces of the acrylic sheet are in
continuous contact with the forms, and will reproduce the
BLOWBACK FORMING mold surfaces when high enough pressures are used.
This technique is preferred for reproduction of complex
drawn shapes. This method consists of clamping a heated For additional information on method, type or procedural
acrylic sheet between a pressure box and an oversize properties, contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply
clamping ring. A male form shaped to the inside contour of Distributor.
the part is then pressed into the sheet to the required depth
and locked in this position, stretching the sheet.
ACRYLIC
Painting
Acrylic sheet can be painted easily to create an almost As with any painting project, for optimum results the
unlimited variety of decorative and functional products. As surface must be free from contaminates. Solvents for dirt
with any material, however, proper techniques and paint and grease must be carefully chosen to avoid those that are
suited to the application are necessary to obtain successful harmful to acrylic sheet. Harmful solvents include chlorinated
results. hydrocarbons, acetone, toluene, xylene, lacquer thinners,
It is important that the paint selected for use on acrylic and some paint thinners. All of these craze acrylic sheet.
sheet be designed expressly for acrylic plastics. Ordinary Crazing may not be apparent immediately; however,
house paints and water based paints have poor adhesion to surfaces that have been treated with these solvents become
acrylic sheet. Some paints contain organic solvents which sensitized to crazing and may craze once in service.
may craze acrylic sheet. Therefore, for assurance that a
specific paint formulation is suitable for use on acrylic sheet STATIC ELECTRICITY
in the intended application, consulting with the paint The charges of static electricity that accumulate on the
manufacturer is highly recommended. surfaces of acrylic sheet during processing cause uneven
Second surface painting offers the most protection from paint deposition and paint crawling. These static charges are
weathering deterioration. However, the exposure of the paint most common under dry winter atmospheric conditions of low
to full sunlight carries with it possible loss of adhesion and relative humidity. At 70 percent relative humidity, there are
flaking. The weathering results on first surface films are more normally no problems in painting except for the possibility of
severe with resultant surface dulling, chalking, and erosion to moisture condensation on the surface of the sheet. Anti-
the degree that repainting is often needed to restore static solutions affect paint adhesion and cannot be used on
appearance. an acrylic sheet surface that will be painted.
There are a number of recognized ways to eliminate
CLEANING BEFORE PAINTING static charges on acrylic sheet. One effective method is to
The table below lists the most common contaminants wipe the side that is not to be painted with a mixture of 10
and recommended cleaning methods. parts isopropyl alcohol in 90 parts water, applied with a well
Type of wrung out clean chamois to minimize spotting on drying. If
Contamination Cleaning Method the surface to be painted is wiped with the alcohol-water
Masking Paper Dab with the gummed surface of the masking paper. If this solution, the moisture must be removed from that surface by
Adhesive fails, wipe with VM&P naptha on a clean cloth and rinse with blowing with a dry-air gun. Care must be taken , however, to
a dilute water-detergent solution or wipe with 99 percent
isopropyl alcohol and rinse with clean water.*
not generate a new static charge.
Water-soluble Wash with a detergent-water solution followed by a fresh
Contaminants water rinse. For additional suggested methods of static
neutralization, please contact your nearest Regal Plastic
Fingerprints Wipe with solft clean cloth dampened with 99 percent
isopropyl alcohol. Supply Distributor.
Oil-soluble Use a hydrocarbon solvent such as VM&P naphtha,
Contaminants kerosene, or mineral spirits. Follow with a detergent-water
wash and a clean water* rinse.
Spray-masking Wipe the area with a damp synthetic sponge then wipe the
Compounds surface with VM&P naphtha or isopropyl alcohol.
Grease-forming Wash with kerosene or mineral spirits. Follow by washing
Compounds with a detergent-water solution and a clean water* rinse.
Silicone Oils Avoid contact completely. Once contaminated with
and Greases silicones, acrylic is virtually impossible to clean.
*Note: When a clean water rinse is specified, use distilled or deionized water to prevent water
spotting, which may adversely affect adhesion.
ACRYLIC
Painting
PAINT MIXING / APPLYING PAINT REMOVAL
Mixing Paint may be removed from acrylic sheet utilizing
Paint must be thoroughly stirred to obtain uniform solvents, Trialene soap, or sandblasting.
pigment distribution. When pressure-feed tanks are used,
they should be equipped with continuous air-operated stirrers Solvents
to prevent pigment settling, which can cause high pigment The best solvent for paint removal is cyclohexanone.
volume concentration in the paint film and lead to failure of
The acrylic sheet should be wiped with a solvent-soaked rag.
the paint. It is important to use the proper type and amount
of thinner. Excessive thinner can reduce the durability of the The sheet itself should not be soaked in cyclohexanone.
paint. The paint supplier’s instructions for mixing should be When solvent is used to remove paint from acrylic
followed stringently. sheet, the sheet should be annealed to remove the residual
The colorfastness of the paint film depends on the quality solvent which may cause crazing. While the initial solvent
of the paint. Poor color stability, however, may result from treatment may not craze the acrylic sheet, subsequent
mixing or reducing two normally stable colors. It is contact with other solvents may cause crazing unless the
recommended consulting with the paint manufacturer for an
sheet is properly annealed.
opinion on the color stability of specific mixtures of paints.
Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply
Applying Distributor for further details.
Acrylic sheet may be painted by spraying, screening, or
brushing. Each paint manufacturer makes grades of paint Trialene Soap
matched to each type of application. Trialene soap is particularly useful for paint removal
when the paint has not been on the acrylic sheet for a long
Color Coat time. Once the paint has been removed, the soap must be
The color coat should be at least one mil thick for best thoroughly cleaned from the sheet surface by rinsing with
durability. When painted acrylic sheets are thermoformed at fresh water. The sheet must be completely dry before
high forming temperatures, some colors may bleed. This can painting.
be overcome by limiting forming temperatures to 340°F or Caustic soda and trisodium phosphate may also be used
less. for removing paint.
Top Coat CAUTION: Trialene soap, caustic soda, and trisodium

Applying a clear topcoat over the color coat not only phosphate attack human skin very quickly so appropriate
protects the paint from abrasion during cleaning and measures should be taken when using these compounds.
handling, but also adds life to the paint job.
Second surface painted sign faces may be topcoated Sandblasting
with a fine mist coat of white mixed with 30 percent clear. This method removes paint, but is generally more
This will improve the diffusion and inner reflectance of the expensive and leaves the acrylic sheet with a frosted surface.
sign lighting, and will help wash out pinholes and protect the Only a fine grade of sand should be used. Sandblasted
decoration. surfaces sometimes have a grayish tone when they are
repainted with white paint.
ACRYLIC
Mirror
Acrylic is the most widely used polymer for plastic mirror. IMAGE DISTORTION
Considered to have the highest optical quality and scratch Somewhat flexible and subject to thermal expansion,
resistance of its mirror counterparts (P.E.T.G. and care in selecting adequate panel thickness and utilizing
polycarbonate), acrylic mirror has 14 times the impact proper installation techniques can minimize visual distortion.
resistance of glass, is one-half the weight., and has higher
reflectivity making it the brighter of the two. Manufactured in FABRICATION
cell cast or extruded form, it is the most economical of the Acrylic mirror is generally fabricated using the same
mirror products. procedures and techniques as standard acrylic plastic with
Acrylic mirror should be used where precise image the exception of strip heating and bending. Acrylic mirror
reflectance is not required except in relatively small cannot be thermoformed.
components.
BUILDING CODE CONSIDERATIONS
Typical Applications Acrylic mirror is classified as a slow burning plastic
• Plaques material with combustibility comparable to Red Oak. Use of
acrylic mirror on walls and ceilings is subject to limits
• Display, Exhibit and Fixture Manufacturers
applicable to combustible interior finish. Contact your
• Laser Cutters nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor for specific
• P.O.P. Fabricators and Novelty Manufacturers compliances.
• Slatwall and Tambour Manufacturers
• Ceiling Panels PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Hotels, Casinos, and Theme Parks Available in standard sheet size of 48” x 96”, varying
• Movie studios thicknesses from .060 to .250, and a wide range of colors.
• Advertising specialties
• Name plates
• Plaques
• Signage
Acrylic mirror is also produced in a wide variety of

formulations to address application-specific needs:
• Metalized See-Thru Mirror

• First Surface Mirror, a dual mirror product, clear/colored,
for use in back lite applications, laser cutting, and
specialty manufacturing
• Textured
• See-Thru Mirror, semi-transparent, designed for interior
surveillance
• Marine Grade DO YOU KNOW?
• Hard Coated, scratch resistant
In the early 1900s chemist Jacques Edwin
B r and enbe r ge r dev el op s v i c os e, an
i mpermeabl e fi lm l ate r marketed as
Cellophane .
ACRYLIC
Cast / Extruded Rod Tube Shapes
Acrylic rod and tube are available in both extruded and FABRICATION
cast grades. Heat formable, acrylic rod and tube may be printed,
Casting is the most expensive of the two, but is preferred embossed, plated, metalized or hot-stamped with metal or
for many industrial and commercial applications because of its plastic foils. They can be sawed, drilled, milled, engraved and
optical quality, higher tensile strength, greater resistance to finished with sharp, carbide-tipped woodworking or metal-
heat distortion and better machinability. Cast rod and tube are working tools. Rod and tube ends can be heated, upset and
manufactured from raw mononers which are cast or poured molded to fit brackets or other parts. Refer to pages 32
into molds. The material is then ground to size and polished to through 35 for general acrylic fabrication reference material.
finished dimensions. Cast acrylic rod and tube have excellent
light transmission and outstanding weatherability. Unaffected Typical Applications:
by sunlight, the cast products resist aging and maintain good P.O.P. displays Jewelry displays
stability under variable conditions of heat, cold, moisture and Museum exhibits Towel bars
other exposure. There is no indication of warpage, cracking, Chandeliers Model
crazing, or corroding when subjected to prolonged exposure Novelty items Furniture
outdoors. Trophies Drink stirrers
Extruded rod and tube are manufactured by extruders that Decorative Architecturals Rulers
push acrylic pellets through a highly polished extrusion die to Keychains Eye glass holders
produce the finished product. Less expensive than casting,
the extrusion process does not produce optimum optical clarity
but is optically clear and prismatic.
SHAPES / PROFILES
Acrylic can also be fabricated into shapes such as cubes,
Acrylic rods and tubes are shatterproof, break resistant,
balls, triangles, domes, and other geometric designs.
half the weight of and more economical than glass.
Applications for these shapes include: machine parts,
decorative knobs, check-valve components, tube containers
for food and liquid, toy pieces, display elements, household
accessories components, and medical and scientific
instrument parts.
There are a wide variety of profiles and shapes available.
Consult with your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor for
current availabilities.
Cast Acrylic Rod:
1/4" to 2” diameters, 8.0 ft. average length
2 1/8 " to 3" diameters, 6.0 ft. average length
3 1/4" to 6" diameters, 4.0 ft. average length
6 1/2” to 12” diameters, 2-4 ft. average length
Cast Acrylic Tube:
1 1/2 " to 1 7/8" O.D. - wall thicknesses of 1/8", 3/16" ,1/4"
2" through 27 5/8" O.D. - wall thicknesses of 1/8", 3/16”, 1/4”, 3/8”,
1/2”
Large Diameter Seamless Acrylic Tube:
7” to 12”, 42.5”, 44.7” O.D. - wall thicknesses of 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”
13” to 36” O.D. - wall thicknesses of 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1”
Minimum Length: 4 feet
Extruded Rod: Extruded Tube:
1/16 to 1 1//2 in. dia. x 6 ft. 1/4 to 6 in. OD x 6 ft.
Photo courtesy of Thermoplastic Processes, Inc.
1/8 & 1/4 in. wall
42
PETG
Basic Information
PETG or Copolyester, is a clear amorphous Key features are:
thermoplastic material with high impact strength. A hard, and • Resistant to a variety of chemicals
tough material, it is easily die, saw, or laser cut, drilled or • No pre-drying required prior to thermoforming
fabricated. PETG is available as extruded sheet, film, rod, • Excellent clarity, gloss, and light transmission
tubing, and profile shapes. Extruding PETG with additives
provides a tinted, translucent, or opaque product. Co-
• Minor surface scratches may be removed by using a
extruding with similar or compatible copolymers brings a heat gun
variety of value-added materials to the PETG market. • Can be painted or printed with conventional systems
PETG can be blow or injection molded, thermoformed • Edges can be ground polished, and buffed to a high
at low temperatures with reduced cycle times, and cold- gloss finish
formed without crease whitening. In medical applications it
can be sterilized by gamma radiation, E-beam and ethylene Copolyester is available in formulations that withstand
oxide methods without discoloration. This material is FDA ethylene oxide and gamma ray sterilization and are approved
certified for food industries, and a variety of PETG sheet and by both the USDA and FDA for use in medical device,
film products have obtained other regulatory ratings such as pharmaceutical, and food applications. These formulations
those tested by Underwriters Laboratories (UL). are also available with added chemical inertness and
Flammability testing has yielded a UL94 V-2 rating in .118” electrical insulation properties.
thickness and UL94 HB in .045" thickness.
PETG is widely used for the following types of PETG is available in electrostatic dissipative sheet for
applications: use in applications requiring ESD safe packaging material.
• Packaging for shampoos, detergents, Cost effective, PETG ESD safe packaging and “one way”
toiletries, mineral oil, food products, shipping materials are suitable for applications including
electronics, etc. protective packaging clamshells for electronic and
• Blister packaging telecommunication components and products that are ESD
sensitive.
• P.O.P. displays NOTE: Care must be taken in the handling and
• Channel letter faces thermoforming of this material to preserve the static
• Canopies dissipative characteristics. Contact your nearest Regal
• Indoor and outdoor signs Plastic Supply Distributor for proper handling techniques.
• Tote bins, covers, and trays
• Store Fixtures PETG sheet with electrostatic dissipative polymeric
coating is specifically designed for disk drive and electronics
• Face shields packaging applications such as:
• Hard Disk Drive Components
A variety of PETG products are manufactured from the
Spectar™ and Eastar® lines of copolyester resins produced • MR and GMR Technology
by Eastman Chemical. • Telecommunication Equipment
The various value-added formulations of PETG provide • High-End Electronic Boards
sheets which exhibit the numerous physical, mechanical and • Products Entering Static Controlled Environment
electrical characteristics needed for the best possible • Products with a High Risk of Static Failure
application suitability.
PETG sheet offers more impact strength and toughness
than acrylic over a broad temperature range; and 70% of the PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
impact strength of polycarbonate under realistic indoor use. Gauges: 0.005” to 0.236”
With better chemical resistance than acrylic and Widths: 60” ± 1/32”
polycarbonate, PETG can be cut, welded, drilled, bent hot or Roll Diameters: Slit Rolls 24” O.D. maximum
cold, die punched and joined by screws, rivets, or bolts. Mill Rolls - 30” O.D. maximum
Copolyester typically withstands the rough handling of Core Sizes: 3” or 6” I.D.
shipping, unlike acrylic, so the chances of breakage are Colors / Tints: Clear, Custom Colors, Medical Blue
reduced.
Custom Sizes Availaable
PETG
Fabrication
CUTTING Double bevel blades provide adequate edges for most
Tools commonly used for wood or metal should produce applications, however, if a finer edge finish is required, a flush
satisfactory results when properly used on PETG. type of blade is suggested. Under normal conditions, 3 point
(.042”) thick blades provide satisfactory results.
Type of Cut Tool Blade Type Blade Blade Speed
Parameters
Straight Circular Saw 18.4 cm (7 1/4 in.) 4,500 rpm
DRILLING
diam., 40 tooth Drills designed specifically for plastics are available and
carbide-tipped
cutoff
recommended, however, standard twist drills for wood or
metal can be used. When using a standard twist drill, slower
18.4 cm (7 1/4 in.)
diam., 200 tooth speeds and feed rates are necessary to produce, clean, non-
plywood gummed holes. Twist drills designed for plastic use have 2
Band Saw 1.27 cm (1/2 in.) 3 to 6 teeth per 25 610 m/min flutes, a point with an included angle of 60° to 90°, and a lip
mm (1 in.), skip (2,000 ft./min.)
clearance of 12° to 18°. Using wide, highly polished flutes
Saber Saw Finish cutting blade 7 teeth per 25 mm expels the chips with lower friction, thereby avoiding
or Jigsaw (1 in.)
overheating and the resultant gumming. Drills should also be
Handsaw Crosscut 8 or 10 pt. backed out frequently to free chips, especially when drilling
holes with any depth. Peripheral speeds of twist drills for
Curved Band Saw 1.27 cm (1/2 in.) 3 to 6 teeth per 25 610 m/min. plastics ordinarily range from 30.5 to 61 m (100 to 200 ft.) per
mm (1 in.) (2,000 ft./min.)
minute. The rate of drill feed into the plastic sheet generally
Trimming and
Deflanging
Router Carbide-tipped,
double fluted
0.95 cm (3/8 in.)
diam.
23,000 rpm varies from 0.254 to 0.635 mm (0.010 to 0.025 in.) per
straight revolution.
Radial Arm 25.4 cm (10 in.) 72 teeth, triple chip 3,450 rpm
or Table
Saw
grind
TAPPING
Conventional 4-flute taps can be used for cutting internal
threads in plastic sheet, however they do generate
NOTE: The part must be held or clamped securely while considerable heat during the process. A high-speed, 2-flute
sawing to prevent chattering, which can result in cracking. tap will offer longer life and greater tapping speed, as well as
clearance for chip discharge. For the thread to be uniform, it
is important both flutes be ground so that both edges cut
SHEARING, BLANKING, PUNCHING simultaneously. Recommended cutting edges should be 85°
These are all methods of cutting suitable for PETG sheet from centerline, giving a negative rake of 5° on the front face
up to .100” thickness. Shears produce straight-edged cuts. of the lands so the tap won’t bind in the hole when it is
Blanking dies and punches produce a variety of holes and backed out.
shapes. When using sheet metal power shears, it is
important to adjust the blade clearance in relationship to the
bed knife. Recommended is .001” to avoid a rough edge cut. MILLING
PETG sheet can be machined with standard high-speed
milling cutters for metal, provided the cutters have sharp
LASER CUTTING edges and adequate clearance at the heel. Favorable results
PETG sheet can be laser cut in thicknesses up to .187”. can be achieved using a 5/8” diameter bit at 500 rpm with a
Care must be taken to optimize laser power and travel speed travel of 5 inches per minute.
to minimize whitening during cutting.
ROUTING
DIE CUTTING Routers with sharp 2-flute straight cutters produce very
Steel rule or matched metal dies can be effectively used smooth edges. Bits of 3/8” to 1/2” diameter and a minimum 1
on PETG sheets up to .100” in thickness. h.p. motor should be used for best results. Cooling the bit
with compressed air during operation will aid chip removal
and prolong sharpness.
PETG
Fabrication Forming
FINISHING HOT STAMPING
SANDING Hot stamping is accomplished on PETG sheet with head
(die) temperatures of 375° F at 60 psi pressure and dwell
PETG is best sanded wet to avoid gumming caused by
time of 2 -3 seconds.
the frictional heat buildup of dry sanding. Sanding is done
progressively just as with wood. An 80-grit silicon-carbide
abrasive would be used for rough sanding, followed by a FORMING
medium 280-grit, to a final of 400 to 600-grit. In most STRIP HEATING
instances, the part will require further finishing to restore the PETG has a low thermoforming temperature, 280° to
high gloss. 320°F making it an easy product to strip heat and line bend.
ASHING, BUFFING, POLISHING THERMOFORMING

Ashing uses a wet abrasive on a loose muslin wheel, PETG is capable of deeper draws without the webbing
applied at surface speeds of 19.8 to 21.3 m (65 to 70 ft.) per often associated with acrylic.
second, to remove shallow scratches. Standard thermoforming techniques are used with
Buffing is an operation which uses a grease or wax-filled PETG. Male/Female molds of plaster, wood, gypsum, epoxy,
abrasive bar applied to a rotating muslin wheel. The most cast aluminum and water-cooled steel all give acceptable
common abrasives are tripoli, rouge, or other fine silica. results.
Polishing uses wax compounds containing fine abrasives Forming processes used most frequently are vacuum,
such as levigated alumina or whiting. Polishing wheels are drape, matched-mold, pressure-bubble plug-assist, plug-
generally made of loose flannel or chamois. This operation assist pressure, vacuum snap-back, pressure-bubble vacuum
fills many imperfections and protects the polished surface. snap-back, trapped-sheet contact-pressure, free, and
mechanical. Examples of items produced by these methods
JOINTING-PLANING include light fixtures, instrument panel components, tote
Edge finishing may be done using a standard trays, housewares, toys, and a variety of different transparent
woodworking jointer-planer. Blades must be carbide or high- enclosures.
speed steel. The cleanest edge can be produced by
removing 1/64” or less on each pass. VACUUM FORMING
This method is the most versatile and widely used
FLAME POLISHING forming process. The sheet is clamped in a frame, heated,
PETG sheet can be successfully flame-polished using a and placed over the female mold cavity. Air is then removed
standard propane torch or a hot-nitrogen welder. For best from the cavity by vacuum and atmospheric pressure forces
results, the edges should first be sanded or jointed to remove the hot sheet against the contours of the mold.
the deep tool or saw marks.
DRAPE FORMING
SOLVENT POLISHING In this process the sheet is framed and heated, then
For a smoother, glossier edge after sanding, polish with mechanically stretched and a pressure differential applied to
MEK or methylene dichloride. To prevent humidity blush form the sheet over a male mold. This method can also be
after drying, a small amount of a slow-drying component such used with gravitational force alone. For multi-cavity forming,
as diacetone alcohol or glacial acetic acid should be added. female molds are preferred because they do not require as
Due to PETG’s good chemical resistance, this method should much spacing as male molds.
not be expected to totally eliminate sand marks from the
sheet edge.
45
PETG
Forming Bonding/Fastening
MATCHED-MOLD FORMING PRESSURE-BUBBLE VACUUM
In this method a heated sheet is trapped between male SNAP-BACK FORMING
and female dies made of wood, plaster, epoxy, or numerous This method stretches a heated sheet 35 to 40 percent
other materials. For parts with close tolerances, water-cooled by air pressure. The male mold is then lowered and vacuum
matched molds produce the best results. is applied to the male mold while air pressure is forced into
the female cavity. The heated sheet snaps back around the
PRESSURE-BUBBLE PLUG-ASSIST male mold. Pressure-bubble vacuum snap-back forming
VACUUM FORMING permits deep drawing and forming of complicated parts.
This technique is preferred when a sheet is to be formed
into deep articles that must have good uniform thickness. TRAPPED-SHEET CONTACT-HEAT
The sheet is placed in a frame and heated and controlled air PRESSURE FORMING
pressure is used to created a bubble. When the bubble has A similar technique to straight vacuum forming, air
been stretched to a predetermined height, the male plug- pressure and a vacuum assist are used to forced the heated
assist (normally heated) is lowered to force the stretched sheet into a female mold.
sheet into the cavity.
FREE FORMING
PLUG-ASSIST PRESSURE FORMING In free forming, air pressures of approximately 2.76 MPa
This method uses air pressure applied from the plug to (400 psi) can be used to blow a heated sheet through the
force the heated sheet against the walls of the mold. silhouette of a female mold. Air pressure causes the sheet to
form a smooth bubble-shaped article such as used in skylight
PLUG-ASSIST VACUUM FORMING panels or window well covers. With this type of forming there
Corner or periphery thinning of cup or box-shaped isn’t any mark-off unless a stop is used to form a special
articles can be prevented by use of a plug-assist to contour in the bubble.
mechanically stretch and pull additional plastic material into
the female cavity. The plug should be 10 to 20 percent MECHANICAL FORMING
smaller than the mold and should be heated to just under the This process can be classed as a fabrication or
forming temperature of the sheet. Once the plug has forced postforming operation in that simple wooden jig is used to
the hot sheet into the mold cavity, air is drawn from the mold produce the required shape. Flat stock is heated and
to form the part. wrapped in cylindrical fashion or bent at a right angle.
Both Plug-Assist Pressure and Vacuum Forming allow
deep drawing and permit shorter cooling cycles and good
wall thickness control. Both processes require close BONDING AND FASTENING
temperature control. SOLVENT BONDING
The two most common types of solvent bonding are
VACUUM SNAP-BACK FORMING needle-type applicator capillary action and edge dipping.
This process places a heated sheet over a box and Both methods rely on smooth edge preparation, pressure and
vacuum is drawn to force a bubble into the box. The male curing. For smaller items with flat surfaces, the pieces to be
mold is then lowered and vacuum is released, causing the bonded are placed together and solvent is applied along the
plastic sheet to snap-back around the mold. A vacuum assist edges using a needle applicator or hypodermic syringe. The
may also be drawn in the male mold. The method is useful solvent must flow along the entire joint. Larger items require
for complex parts with recesses. immersion of the surfaces to be joined in the solvent until the
material is softened. They are then clamped in position and
held until the bond is set.
46
PETG
Bonding/Fastening
TRANSFER TAPE BONDING
A strong solvent bond using thin-gauge thermoplastics is
difficult due to the reduced size of the bond area. Structural
bonding of thin-gauge PETG can be accomplished by using
acrylic based transfer tapes. A small return on the
appropriate part to be fastened is bent approximately the
width of the transfer tape. The contact areas must be
cleaned with a solution of 50/50 isopropyl alcohol and water.
Transfer tape is applied to the return, the masking is removed
and the part pressed into place.
WELDING
While mechanical fastening and solvent bonding are the
most common and recommended methods for joining
plastics; ultrasonic spot welding has proven to be an effective
alternative method.
MECHANICAL FASTENING
Self-closing rivets and machine screws can be used to
join parts. Using oversized holes at least 1/64” larger than
the fastener and a cushion-type washer will avoid localized
stress. Plastic or aluminum fasteners should be used.
Mechanical fastening is considered to produce a stronger
part than solvent bonded parts and allows for easier
disassembly and cleaning.
DO YOU KNOW?
In 1948 Peter Goldmark, a research scientist for
Columbia Broadcasting System, developed a 12-inch
disc that played at a much slower rate, 33 1/3 rpm,
than the then standard 78 rpm.. Made of vinyl, it was
not only tougher and less noisy, but also allowed for
narrower grooves and therefore more music, up to
half an hour per side.
47
POLYCARBONATE
Polycarbonate Basic Information LEXAN® Sheet
Polycarbonates are tough, transparent, engineering Polycarbonate extruded sheets are used for a wide
thermoplastics with high molecular weight and impact variety of applications. These sheets can be tinted and cold-
strength. They have good electrical and insulating formed to tight radii (as low as 100 times the material
characteristics, and are normally not affected by greases, oils thickness) or thermo-formed to complex shapes.
or acids. They can, in unreinforced states, withstand Polycarbonate sheets have 250 times the impact
temperatures as low as -65°F, and once molded, be exposed strength of glass, and 30 times the impact of acrylic. They
to boiling water without dimensional changes of more than have 40% better thermal efficiency than glass, and lower
0.001 in. / in. after being returned to room temperature. maintenance costs than both glass and acrylic.
Polycarbonate resins are available in a variety of
formulas including those for molding, extruding and blow LEXAN® Sheet
molding. Grades with improved chemical resistance and
LEXAN sheet is manufactured by and is a registered
those with special coatings are also available, as well as
trademark of the General Electric Company.
structural-foam, glass-reinforced, flame-retardant, and FDA
Manufactured by extruded method, LEXAN sheet is
approved grades.
available in a wide range of special formulations to meet
Typical end uses for the desired properties innate in
specific physical requirements and applications.
polycarbonates are:
There are three categories of LEXAN sheet; Monolithic,
• Automotive instrument panels Profile, and Laminated.
• Boat hatch covers
• Bowls and cutting wheels for food processors
• Business machine housings Monolithic sheets are solid
• Computer disk packs extruded sheets, Figure A.
• Connectors
• Door and window hardware
• Face plates
• Food-service wear Figure. A
• Grills for fans and air conditioners

• Indoor and outdoor lighting diffusers
Profile sheets are
• Kidney dialysers multi-walled, Figure B.
• Meter covers
• Microwave wear
• Milk and baby bottles
• Patio door thresholds
• Power-tool housings Figure B.
• RV windhields
• Safety and vandal-resistant windows for schools, Laminated sheets are a composite of LEXAN sheet and
banks, public buildings, gas stations, trains, and a mar-resistant sheet bonded together with a resin interlayer
armored cars. film, Figure C.
• Safety and prescription eyewear
• Safety helmets LEXAN® MR Mar-Resistant
LEXGARD® SP 1250
• Skylights and oudoor signs Sheet
• Solar cell covers Resin Interlayer

• Storage modules LEXAN® Sheet
• Telephone finger wheels
• Terminal block
Figure C.
• Vacuum-cleaner impellers and housings
48
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
High Added UV Added Mar Tints or Energy Cold Thermo- Privacy Physical Ballistic
Impact Resistance Resistance Colors
Available
Saving Formable Formable Glazing Attack Attack
Protection Protection
LEXAN® 9440
LEXAN®
MR10 Sheet * * * * * * Sheet
An uncoated polycarbonate
LEXAN®
* * * * * * sheet, the LEXAN 9440 sheet
XL 10 Sheet
offers high impact protection,
LEXAN®
9034 Sheet * * * * * thermoformability, transparency,
and dimensional stability. Developed
LEXAN®
PROTECT - * * * * *
Textured
Surface
to meet the requirements of
A-GLAZE® speciality applications such as food
Sheet
handling/contact, medical device/
LEXGARD® Prismatic
Laminates * * * * * Laminates * * apparatus, and other cleanroom
needs, this sheet meets USP-VI
THERMO-
CLEAR® * * * * * *
Internal
Ribbing
criteria and FDA food additive
Sheet regulation 21 CFR 177.1580.
LEXAN® Texture Available in clear, it is both
Corrugated * * * * * Available
paintable and printable as well as
Sheet
LEXAN® vacuum, pressure, twin sheet, and

Sheet for * * * * * drape formable.
Signs
LEXAN® 9034 Sheet LEXAN® CTG Sheet

The LEXAN 9034 sheet is a general purpose, This sheet offers excellent impact resistance, optical
polycarbonate glazing sheet, possessing excellent light clarity, and abrasion resistance. Two-sided hard-coated
transmission qualities and high impact strength. With no LEXAN CTG sheet is easily fabricated and can be drape
added abrasion protection or UV resistance, this sheet is formed to simple curvatures. It is typically used for
thermoformable, easily cold-formable and energy efficient. applications such as:
Typical end uses include: • face shields
• machine guards • safety glasses
• sound panels • goggles
• utility glazing material
LEXAN® 9030 Sheet

LEXAN 9030 sheet is a clear, general purpose,
polycarbonate with the same basic properties as the Lexan®
9034 sheet. This sheet can be colored, tinted, painted,
printed and is formable by vacuum, pressure, twin sheet, and
LEXAN® FMR Sheet
LEXAN FMR sheet is a clear, two-sided, hard-coated
drape methods.
product offering excellent impact resistance, optical clarity,
Typically used for:
and abrasion resistance. With the ability to be cold-formed or
• machine guards heat-drape formed to soft radii, LEXAN FMR sheet is typically
• lenses used for:
• motorcycle windscreens
• race car windshields
• industrial conveyor covers
49
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® MR10 Sheet Typical end uses include:
• restrooms
with Margard® II UV and • locker rooms
Abrasion-Resistant Coating • industrial window glazing
Designed to be the most UV / abrasion-resistant • breezeways
polycarbonate available, this sheet is virtually unbreakable, • carports
easily maintained without marring, hazing, or yellowing, and • patios
exhibits high light transmission.
Recommended for high-traffic LEXAN® Sheet for Signs
and high-impact areas, typical LEXAN sheet for signage offers a large selection of
applications are: colors, sizes, finishes and weights. Designed for backlighted
• educational institutions pole signs, groundmounts, canopies, and fascias, LEXAN
• psychiatric hospitals sheet has 30 times the impact strength of acrylic and 10
• storefronts and windows times the impact strength of modified acrylic.
• low-level physical attack
areas Performance LEXAN LEXAN LEXAN LEXAN LEXAN LEXAN
Capability S-100 S-300 SGC-100 SG-300 SG-404 MR10
• entrance doors and patios
High impact
• hurricane protection resistance
• railings Formability
• sound barriers Add UV *See your
resistance
plastic
Available in distributor
colors for details
Available in on limited
LEXAN® XL10 Sheet spools warranties.
Designed for sloped Matte finish on

one side
glazing and overhead
*Warranted
applications, this lightweight, against breakage
thermoformable sheet is *Warranted

virtually unbreakable with against
weathering
high insulation values and
one-sided UV resistance.
Applications include: LEXAN® ColorQuik™ Sheet
• skylights This product is a pre-laminated sign material offering
• barrel vaults durable 3M™ Scotchcal™ translucent film applied to impact-
• covered walkways resistant LEXAN sign white polycarbonate sheet. Providing
• canopies enhanced color consistency and durability, this product
reduces the need to paint sign blanks and can eliminate the
manual application of color film as the key base color.
LEXAN® PROTECT-A-GLAZE®
90318 Sheet
Considered the most economical of the LEXAN sheet
product line, Protect-A-Glaze is a translucent, pebble finished
sheet which displays
excellent light transmission
and impact resistance.
This sheet has no UV
resistance.
50
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® S-100 Sheet LEXAN® SG-300
This clear, extruded polycarbonate sheet is designed for: Sheet
• interior signage
This extruded polycarbonate
• exterior signage
sheet has polished / matte sides
• flat sign faces
with UV resistant surface treatment
• formed sign faces
on one side. Available in clear,
• backlighted pole signs
transparent, and opaque custom
• pole signs groundmounts colors, the suggested applications
• canopies are the same as the SGC-100
• building fascias sheet.
• electronic message sign covers
The LEXAN S-100 sheet has a polished surface on both
sides with a glossy finish. Compatible with most decorating LEXAN® SG-404 Sheet
and forming methods, it is available in transparent and A pigmented translucent sheet, UV resistant on one side,
custom colors. glossy on both, LEXAN SG-404 sheet can be easily formed
and decorated. UL recognized as an electrical enclosure
material in channel letter
LEXAN® S-300 Sheet diffuser applications, the
This extruded polycarbonate sheet differs from the sheet is available in
LEXAN S-100 sheet only in the surface texture. The LEXAN standard and custom colors.
S-300 sheet has a matte first surface and a polished second Applications include:
surface. • first-surface decorated outdoor signs
NOTE: LEXAN S-100 and LEXAN S-300 sheets are not • signs where color shift is not acceptable
recommended for applications requiring high abrasion • flat signs
resistance or for outdoor signs that are predominantly white • formed signs
or where color shift is objectionable. • backlighted pole signs
• opaque pole signs
• groundmounts
LEXAN® SGC-100 Sheet • price signs
Available in clear only, this co-extruded polycarbonate • canopies
sheet is polished on both sides wtih a glossy surface and UV • fascias
resistant on one side. Easily formed and decorated, typical • channel letters
uses include: SG-404 Average Light Transmission Values
• second surface decorated outdoor signs
Color Value
• light or white screened / decorated signs
.118 gauge .177 gauge
• flat or formed sign faces
• backlighted or opaque pole signs L2051 Blue 16% 16%
L2114 Blue 1.5% 1.5%
• groundmounts L2283 Red 13% 8.5%
• canopies L2793 Red 3.5% 3.5%
L2108 Green 1.5% 1.5%
• building fascias L7328 White 25% 25%
• electronic message sign covers L2119 Orange 5% 5%
L2037 Yellow 25% 25%
L2025 Black 0% 0%
NOTE: LEXAN SGC-100, LEXAN SG-300, and LEXAN

SG-404 sheets are not recommended for applications
requiring high abrasion resistance. The solar grade treated
surface must face outward.
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® MR10 Sheet LEXGARD® LAMINATES
This LEXAN sheet has a Margard® II surface which Designed and manufactured specifically for security
keeps the material from marring and hazing while preventing glazing applications, LEXGARD Laminates are composites of
graffiti from sticking. UV and abrasion resistant, LEXAN polycarbonate sheets and a resin interlayer film. These multi-
MR10 sheet resists
LEXGARD® SP 1250
yellowing, breakage, LEXAN® MR Mar-Resistant
Sheet
weathering and coating
failure. With a glossy Resin Interlayer
surface finish on both LEXAN® Sheet
sides, this sheet is
typically used for layer sheets are
applications such as: available in three
• flat, non-decorated protection categories;
applications where intrusion/detention, ballistics, and bomb blast. UL listed as
abrasion resistance bullet resistant, specific grades of LEXGARD Laminates
is required withstand full ballistic impact of medium to super-powered
• menu board covers small arms and high powered rifles without shattering or
• directory fronts spalling.
• display panels
LOW THREAT INTENSITY HIGH
• glazing for high traf-
INTRUSION / DETENTION BALLISTICS BOMB BLAST
fic areas and high Forcible entry by hand-held Attack by handguns Explosions to gain ac-
security areas tools or weapons other than
guns or explosives.
and rifles of various
power.
cess, destroy property, or
harm people.
NOTE: LEXAN MR10 sheet should be used for flat,
transparent applications only. Paint, adhesives and other INTRUSION / DETENTION BALLISTICS BOMB BLAST
materials commonly used in the sign industry will not adhere
to the highly mar-resistant surface of the sheet. If a second-
surface decorated application is desired, a one-side, hard- Laminate Low Med High Low Med High Low Med High
RS 1250 9 9 9
coated LEXAN MR10 sheet is available.
SP 1250 9 9 9
LEXAN® THERMOCLEAR®
MP 1000 9 9 9
Sheet
MP 875 9 9
LEXAN Thermoclear sheet is a multi-walled
polycarbonate sheet with a UV-protected surface and RC 750 9 9
exceptional strength. LEXAN Thermoclear sheet is available
MP 750 9 9
in extruded lengths up to 39 feet, however edge-to-edge
cambering (slight arching) of up to 1/4” does occur MPC 500 9 9 9
approximately every 10 feet. Consult with your nearest Regal
MPC 375 9 9
Plastic Supply Distributor when considering an application
utilizing long lengths. Suggested LEXAN Thermoclear sheet PAG 500 9 9 9
sign application uses: PL 500 9 9 9
• flat architectural fascias
• canopy signs PL 375 9 9
Standard Colors Clear White Bronze Opal PL 250 9
Number 112 825075 5109 825074

Light Transmission (Avg.) 80% 20% 50% 40%
For further product information, please refer to page 52.

POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® THERMOCLEAR® LEXAN® Dripgard™ Sheet
Sheet With basic properties identical to the Thermoclear®
sheet, the LEXAN Dripgard sheet has an added coating on
Designed for energy efficient, thermal
the inner surface which reduces the formation of
glazing, LEXAN Thermoclear sheet is a
condensation droplets. Designed for glazing applications in
multi-wall polycarbonate sheet with vertical
which dripping water is a problem, typical end uses are:
interior ribbing.
Possessing high impact strength • commercial greenhouses
and light transmission, and are weather • sunrooms
and UV resistant. Weighing • swimming pool enclosures
only 15% of double-pane glass, • industrial roofs
LEXAN Thermoclear sheet
insulates up to 40% better than
3.50
single-pane glass, and Weight Comparison (lbs./ft.2)
transmits up to 83% of visible 3.00
light. Weather and UV
2.50
resistant with high impact
strength and light transmission, 2.00
this sheet can be cold-formed
1.50
on site (up to 175 times the
material thickness) and meets 1.00
major building codes. .50
Applications include:
• industrial roofs and sidewalls 0
• shopping center and football stadium roofing 6mm 8mm 10mm

LEXAN THERMOCLEAR Sheet
6mm 1/4” 6mm
Alucobond* Acrylic Aluminum
• greenhouses and sunrooms
LEXAN® Corrugated Sheet

Used anywhere fiberglass panels would be considered,
Available in six structures: LEXAN Corrugated sheet has 20 times the impact strength of
• Twin-Wall Rectangular fiberglass. Transmitting up to 90% of visible light, LEXAN
• Triple-Wall Tunnel Corrugated sheet is UV resistant, lightweight, and easily cold-
• Twin Wall ‘N’ formable.
NOTE: Corrugated enclosures must be vented. For
• Four Wall Rectangular
high wind load applications, 24” on center is required, 36” on
• Five-Wall Rectangular center is acceptable for applications requiring less loading.
• Six-Wall Rectangular
DIMENSIONAL STABILITY
Coefficients of Thermal Expansion
Building Material Inches/Inch/°F
Glass .0000050
Aluminum .0000129
LEXAN Thermoclear sheet is available in a variety of
LEXAN Sheet .0000375
thicknesses and sheet sizes. Standard colors include Clear, Opal
Acrylic .0000410
White, White, and Solar Bronze. Custom colors are available upon
Steel .0000063
request.
*Registered Trademark of Consolidated Aluminum
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
IMPACT STRENGTH ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT
LEXAN sheet has 30 times the impact strength of acrylic. TRANSMISSION*
Cell cast acrylic tests impact resistance at 2 to 3 ft. - lbs.
Modified acrylic tests at 10 to 20 ft. - lbs. maximum. Refer to
Drop Dart Test diagram below.
40
30
Impact energy in
20
10 WEATHERING*
0 Yellowness
Visibly
6 8 10 16 20 25 Acrylic Glass Detectable
*QUV-G53
accelerated
Gauge in mm LEXAN® XL10 / MR10 Sheet

weathering
equivalent to
approximately
and Lexgard® Laminates 10 years outdoor
exposure.
SERVICE TEMPERATURE
Remaining rigid and resisting warpage at a heat
deflection temperature of 270°F @ 264 psi, LEXAN sheet
also maintains its impact properties down to -40°F.
* All grades of LEXAN® sheet are essentially opaque at all wavelengths below 385 nanometers, making LEXAN
U.L. Temperature Ratings UL746Bx sheet excellent for protecting art objects, display merchandise and fabrics from damaging effects of UV light.
(Continuous-use Temperature Rating)
LEXAN Polycarbonate Sheet 212°F
Acrylic 122°F
PVC 122°F WEIGHT
LEXAN Sheet Glass
Thickness (lbs./ft.2) (lbs./ft.2) LEXAN Monolithic
SOUND TRANSMISSION .080” .50 1.02 Sheet
LEXAN Monolithic Sheet .093” .58 1.20
.118” .73 1.60
STC Rating .177” 1.10 2.40
.236” 1.46 3.20
Thickness Lexan® Sheet Float Glass .375” 2.34 4.80
.500” 3.12 6.40
.118” 25 23
.177” 29 —
.236” 31 27
.375” 34 — Thermoclear® Sheet Glass
.500” 34 32 Thickness (lbs./ft.2) (lbs./ft.2) LEXAN
1.0” 39 — Thermoclear
1.25” 42 — 6mm (.236”) .27 3.02
8mm (.315”) .35 4.03 Sheet
10mm (.395”) .41 5.03
Thermoclear Sheet 16mm (.629”) .57 8.05
20mm (.787”) .68 8.64
Material Thickness STC 25mm (.984”) .72 12.59
mm Rating
Thermoclear 6 17
Sheet 8 19
10 21
16 22
54
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
STANDARDS PRODUCT COMPLIANCE CODESA
LEXGARD® Laminates Code
Listing/Standard
Sheet
MR10
Sheet
9034
Sheet
XL10
Sheet
Thermoclear
Sheet
LEXGARD
Laminates
Approvals and research recommendations of general Major Model Approved Light
interest: Building Codes
(BOCA, ICBO,
Transmitting Plastic
X X X X X
SBCCI) and
ASTM F1233 Dade County
American Society for Testing and Materials
Underwriters Burglary-resistant
Laboratories glazing per UL 972 X X X X X
UL Standard 752 Min. thickness .080”
Bullet-Resisting Equipment
Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated CPSC:16 Safety glazing
CFR 1201, I, II material for X X X X X
HPW-TP-0500.00 ANSI Z97.1 architectural
applications
A forced entry resistant testing of glazing materials
with optional ballistic-resistance testing. Horizontal CC1 Rating Per X X X XB XC
Burn Rate Per ASTM D635 at
H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. Major Model gauges above .080”
Building Codes
German Standard
DIN 52290 Part 2: Bullet Resistance FRA and NFPA Flammability and XE XE Not Not Tested Not Tested
DIN Smoke guidelines Tested
for Passenger
railcar glazing
European Standard
draft prEN 35: Glass in building A
Compliance data may be in various forms (some products have research reports or
Security Glazing listings, while others have test data)
Specification for security glazing -
B
Specific 6,8, and 10 mm gauges
C
LEXGARD MPC-375, MP-500, MP-1000, SP-1250 Laminates
Testing and classification of resistance E
Transportation Grades
against manual attack.
NBR
European Standard GLAZING

draft prEN 1063 Designing with LEXAN sheet requires consideration of
Specification for security
glazing - Bullet-resistant and planning for its
Rabbet Depth Detail
glazing - Classification thermal expansion
and test method. and flexibility. The
NINI
following charts
Royal Hong Kong Police Force, and tables are
Crime Prevention Bureau (Ref. DID/CPB 5/2), provided to help
using Type 54 Chinese military pistol
(7.62mm) and Type 51-1 solid steel, determine possible
banded ammunition application design.
(3 rounds).
Royal Hong Kong Police Force
Crime Prevention Bureau
Sheet Thickness, Edge Engagement*, Expansion Allowance** and Rabbet Depth***
NIJ Standard - 0108.01 (Based on ± 50°F temperature shift from installation)
Ballistic-Resistant Protective Materials
U. S. Department of Justice Glazing Dimensions Up to 24” 25” - 36” 37” - 48” 49” - 60” 61” - 72” 73” - 96” 97” - 120”
BS 5051 Part 1: 1988 LEXAN Sheet Thickness .118” .177” .236” .375” .500” .500” .500”
(use short dimension)
Bullet-resistant glazing
Part 1: Specification for Edge Engagement 5/16” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1” 1 1/4”
(use long dimension)
glazing for interior use.
British Standards Institute Expansion 1/32” 1/16” 3/32” 3/32” 1/8” 5/32” 3/16”
Contraction 1/32” 1/16” 3/32” 3/32” 1/8” 5/32” 3/16”

Australian Standard
2343-1980 Total Rabbet Depth 3/8” 5/8” 13/16” 15/16” 1 1/8” 1 5/16” 1 5/8”
Bullet-Resistant Glazing Panels for
Interior Use
Standards Association of Australia *Based on 40 PSF design load. **Trim the sheet by the amount indicated in the expansion
column. ***Expansion + contraction + edge engagement = Total Rabbet Depth.
55
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
Windload Chart Calculating Rabbet Depth
DRY SYSTEMS
When sheet expansion may exceed sealant limitations, resulting in application (i.e., sloped, curved Dry Glazing Details
skylights) failure, dry glazing should be considered. Gaskets for dry glazing applications should be
EPDM, silicone, or neoprene. Individual gasket manufacturers should be contacted to verify the correct
use of their products with polycarbonate sheet.
Note: PVC gaskets typically are not compatible with polycarbonate.
DUAL
In dual-glazed window systems, double-channeled sash units, and for overglazing and
backglazing, it is important to always allow for the greater flexibility and expansion of Lexan® sheet.
Dual-Glazed Window Details
WET SYSTEMS
Only high-grade silicone sealants and fully-cured butyl tapes are recommended.
Wet Glazing Details

POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
INTERMEDIATE / LARGE LITES DRY SYSTEMS
Only high-grade silicone sealants and fully-cured butyl In applications where sheet expansion might exceed the
tapes are recommended for this type of glazing application. sealant limitations, dry glazing systems provide a workable
Spacers between the LEXAN® sheet panels may be required solution. In dry systems, the rubber gaskets are snapped
to maintain the dead air space. into the glazing strips and thereby allowing free movement of
Note: Although LEXAN sheet is a permeable glazing the sheet during expansion and contraction.
material and should not be used in a sealed, insulated unit, Note: PVC gaskets typically are not compatible with
properly vented, dual-glazed systems are acceptable. polycarbonate.
SMALL LITES Dry

Glazing
For small lite glazing applications, high grade silicone
sealants are preferred , however, non-hardening compounds
such as acrylic latex caulks can be used.
TEMPERATURE-HUMIDITY BOWING
LEXAN sheet is susceptible to slight bowing in certain
temperature and humidity conditions. Consult with your
nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor for correct
application thickness.
LEXAN® THERMOCLEAR®
Sheet WET SYSTEMS
As with LEXAN monolithic sheet, it is important to allow Commonly used in applications such as carports,
for thermal expansion to minimize bowing. Thermoclear warehouses, conservatories and similar glass replacement
sheet should be mounted with the ribs running vertically and situations.
the bottom edge sealed with a permeable tape to promote Silicone sealants are the glazing compound normally
condensed water vapor drainage. recommended for Thermoclear sheet.
Note: Amino or Benzamid curing silicone sealants are
Channel / Weeping Detail
not compatible with LEXAN sheet and result in micro-cracks
under stress.
Wet Glazing
For recommended sealants, gaskets, and tapes refer to

table on adjacent page or contact your nearest Regal Plastic
Supply Distributor.
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® Sheet / Laminates for Glazing
PRODUCTS GAUGES WIDTHS LENGTHS COLORS
LEXAN XL10 Sheet .093”, .118”, .177”, .236”, . 48” min. 96” max. 150” max. Clear, Grey, Greylite, Bronze, and
*¥ 375”, .500” Light Green
LEXAN MR10 Sheet .118”, 48” min. 72” max 96” max. Clear, Grey, Greylite, Bronze, and
*¥ 177”, .236”, .375”, .500” Light Green
LEXAN 9034 Sheet .118”, .177”, .236”, .375”, . 48” min. 96” max. 150” max. Clear, Gray, Greylite, Bronze, and
*¥ 500” depending on gauge Light Green
Thermoclear 6mm, 8mm, 10mm, 36”. 47.25”, 48”, 71.25” 72” 96” min. Clear, Bronze, Dark Bronze,
Multi-Wall Sheet 16mm and 83” 51’ max. White, Opal and custom
¥ colors
LEXAN Protect-A-Glaze Sheet .118”, .177”, .236” 48” - 72” up to 144” Clear and Bronze
*
LEXAN Corrugated Sheet .033” 27” and 51” 96” - 480” Clear, Gray, Opaque, Forest
Green, White and Bronze
LEXGARD .250” to 1.25” 60” max. 96” max. Clear, Grey, and Bronze
Bullet-Resistant
Laminates
* = Custom gauges and sizes available

¥ = Custom sizes and colors available
Sealants, Gaskets and Tapes
Type Manufacturer Product Name
Silicone General Electric Company Ultrapruf Sealant
Waterford, NY Silpurf® Sealant
CONSTRUCTION
1200® Sealant
1000® Sealant
Gasket/Tape Norton Company NORRENE* Foam
Granville, NY V-2100 Urethane Series
Gasket Tremco Silicone (70 Durometer)
Columbus, OH EPDM (60, 70 Durometer)
Tape Tremco 440 Tape
Cleveland, OH
Butyl Tape PTI 303, 606
Dayton, OH
Schnee-Morehead Isocryl 5600 Series

Irving, TX
Aluminum / DRG Sellotape Sellotape BV Vent Tape
Mesh Tape Utrecht, Holland
Vent Tape 3M Tape 394, 3294
Minneapolis, MN
ITP Muerifire AD 3429

Annapolis, MN
*Registered Trademark of Norton
58
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® Sheet for Signs
SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL SHEET SHEET SHEET
PRODUCTS THICKNESS WIDTHS LENGTHS GAUGES WIDTHS LENGTHS COLORS
(inches) (inches)
LEXAN .118”,.150”, . 52” .118 - 504’ .118”,.150”, . 52 36” - 150” Sunflower Yellow, Green,
ColorQuik™ 177” .150 - 400’ 177” Red, Cardinal Red, Blue,
Sheet .177 - 304’ Bright Blue
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .060, .080, .0 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150” Clear *
S-100 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, 93, .118, .125 86, 100**
Sheet 624’, 800’, , .150, .177, .
1000’ 236
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150” Clear *
S-300 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, .093, .118, .1 100**
Sheet 624’, 800’, 25, .150, .177
1000’ , .236
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .1 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150” Clear *
SGC-100 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, 25, .150, .177 100**
Sheet 624’, 800’, , .236
1000’
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .1 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150” Transparent *
SG-300 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, 25, .150, .177 100** Texture
Sheet 624’, 800’, , .236
1000’
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .1 52, 64,76, 36” - 150” Two shades of red, two
SG-404 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, 25,150, .177, 100** shades of blue, yellow,
Sheet 624’, 800’, .236 orange, black, white and
1000’ green.
LEXAN .118,.177, 48”, 60”, 36” - 96” Clear, gray, bronze, greylite
MR10 ——- ——- ——- .236 72”, 96” and green
Sheet
LEXAN .236, .312, .3 36”, 48”, 96”, 120”, Clear, White, and Bronze *
Thermoclear ——- ——- ——- 95” 72”, 83” and 144”
Sheet ¥
* = Custom colors upon request

¥ = Custom sizes upon request
** = 100” wide roll / sheets only available in gauges .125 and higher
59
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
LEXAN® sheet is fabricated using standard procedures In hollow ground punching, provisions for hole shrinkage
and equipment. may have to be made if hole diameter tolerance is critical.
For example, 1/8” sheet will have typical shrinkage of .007” in
CUTTING a hole diameter of 1/2” and .004” for 1/4” diameter.
The ductile nature of polycarbonate allows clean edged
Teeth Blade
Type Sheet Per Speed (feet blanking with conventional steel rules and clicker dies. The
Saw Gauge Blade Inch per minute)
best edges are achieved by using sharp tools.
Circular 1/16” - Hollow Ground Panel Blade 10 - 12
3/32”
Circular 1/8” - Triple chip cut carbide blades with 3 DRILLING

1/2” alternating bevel and straight
teeth. Polycarbonate can be drilled using standard high-speed
Band All 10 - 18 2500 - 3000 or carbide-tipped twist drill bits.
Gauges
Hole Speed Feed Time
Diameter (in.) (rpm) (mils/rev.) (sec.)
1/8 1750 1/2 - 3 25 - 30
1/4 1000-1500 1 1/2 - 3 30
3/8 550-1000 1 1/2 - 3 30
1/2 325-650 3 45 - 50
3/4 350 3 50 - 60
To minimize the drill’s tendency to pull into the material,

the standard twist design can be modified by grinding a small
flat on the cutting edge as shown below.
MILLING AND ROUTING

When end milling, using a high rotating speed or low
feed rate is recommended. Without increased milling speed,
a high feed rate isn’t permissible.
Right or left-handed spiral router bits are preferred. Two
or three-fluted carbide tipped bits, 3/8” to 1/2” diameter, can
also be used. Router (no-load) speeds of 25,000 to 30,000
rpm are suggested.
SHEARING, PUNCHING, BLANKING

When shearing polycarbonate sheet, remove the STRIP HEATING AND BENDING
sheared edge by a secondary routing operation to remove Strip heating may be used for localized bending of
high-stress areas. Shear blades should have a 45° angle or polycarbonate sheet. While heating the entire sheet is not
less. A clearance of 0.0005” to 0.001” should be maintained necessary, heating both sides at the bend area yields the
between the top and bed blade. best results. The temperature for strip heating should be
approximately 315°F. Pre-drying is not necessary for sheets
Guillotine Shear up to 1/8”. To eliminate the need for pre-drying for thicker
sheets, back-routing or V-grooving may be used. This
removes material in the area of the bend where the heat is
applied to allow sharper corners and minimize warpage.
Radius cutters for back-routing or V-grooving are
recommended to minimize high stress areas and ensure high
impact strength.
60
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
Top and bottom strip heaters or bending machines Recommended Radii
equipped with temperature controlled radiation heaters on Product Sheet Thickness Recommended Minimum Radius in
both sides of the sheet are also recommended. Inches
LEXAN Sheet 1/8” 12.5

3/16” 18.5
1/4” 25.0
3/8” 37.5
1/2” 50.0
Thermoclear 6mm 41”

Sheet 8mm 55”
10mm 69”
16mm 110”
THERMOCLEAR® Sheet
In most cases, Thermoclear sheet fabricates the same
as monolithic LEXAN sheet. Specifics on fabrication
methods are obtainable from your plastics distributor.
FORMING
LEXAN sheet may be formed using conventional forming
equipment that is capable of quickly transferring the sheet
from the heating station to the mold or forming table. The
material must be transferred quickly as polycarbonate sheet
cools rapidly and becomes form-stable at a higher
COLD FORMING temperature than other materials.
Polycarbonate sheet can be cold bent to tighter curves Note: Avoid using separate heating and forming
than is possible with acrylic. devices.
PRE-DRYING
Polycarbonate sheet must be dried prior to vacuum
forming to prevent moisture bubbles, loss of forming detail
and visually unattractive surface. To dry, the sheet is placed
in a 250°F oven with a minimum distance of 1” between
sheets. Suggested Drying Times
Thickness (inches) Drying Time (hours)
.093 4
LEXAN® .118 4
Sheet
.150 8
.177 12
LEXAN® Sheet .236 24
After drying, the sheets may be used for up to 12 hours

without re-drying.
EQUIPMENT
Canopy, Shuttle, or Rotary type conventional vacuum
Cold forming may be used for shapes that have a radius forming equipment is suitable for forming polycarbonate
of 100 times the material thickness or greater. Bends with sheet.
radii less than 100 times the material thickness will require
heat forming.
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
Shuttle type ovens either move over the sheet or the Heavy-duty metal screening is used to shade the major
sheet moves in and out from between the ovens. The double portion of the clamped sheet leaving several inches along the
oven shuttle balances the intensity of the heat, facilitating the edges unshaded to allow for cooler areas.
forming of undried thin gauge material. Thick material also When using shading, heat slowly, especially with thicker
forms more easily and quickly on double oven type machines. gauged sheet. This will prevent gradient heating and provide
Rotary type machines normally handle heavier gauge more opportunity for heat to be conducted to the center of the
materials easier because of hteir longer cooling cycles. sheet. Heat should be reduced by lowering the intensity or
Canopy type heaters, utilizing either electric or gas by moving the sheet away from the heaters.
heaters with movable vacuum tables and automatic or
manual clamping systems, keep the travel distance of the
heated sheet to the tool short and takes place under the heat
source.
HEATING CYCLE
Vacuum forming LEXAN® sheet requires a sheet
temperature of 350° - 400°F range. When the sheet reaches
this forming range, uniform sag occurs. The amount of sag
depends on the size and thickness of the sheet. Once
uniform temperature has been achieved and proper sag has
been determined through a manual cycle, timers or installed
electric eyes, can accurately reproduce the condition for part-
to-part consistency.
Note: In thicker gauges of LEXAN sheet to ensure a flat
flange, the frames should be pre-heated and maintained at
250°F. This can be accomplished by shading the center of
the sheet or by adding heaters immediately above the clamps MOLD MATERIALS AND DESIGN
or in the clamps themselves. An advantage of working with polycarbonate is that a
variety of mold materials may be used including wood, filled
and unfilled polyesters, epoxies and metal.
The following are some general rules to follow in mold
design and selection:
Typical Mold Materials Thermal Conductivity Properties
Material Heat Transfer K Value BTU /
Rate Factor HR/ SF/ F/ FT
Aluminum 6190 130
Steel 1238 26
Aluminum filled 24 - 47 .52 - .87
epoxy
Plaster of Paris 8.29 .17
Epoxy 6.24 .13
Wood (maple) 4.48 .09
• Pre-heat the molds: 200° to 250°F for metal

• Make draft angles as generous as possible for easy part
removal: 1) Male molds should have a minimum draft
SHADING OR SCREENING angle of 5° to 7°. 2) Female molds require less - 2° to 3°
This is a technique commonly used to balance out the is usually sufficient.
hot spots in an oven for temperature uniformity and also may • Avoid sharp edges on molds. A minimum radius of 1x
be used to control the sag of the sheet. thickness is required for proper part performance.
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
• Allow at least 1/16” per foot of part dimension for mold FREE DRAWN VACUUM DOME
shrinkage. FORMING
• Provide sufficient holes for fast removal of all air between In this type of forming, when desired sag is reached, the
the sheet and mold to allow the sheet to form as rapidly plastic is removed from the heat source, placed on a vacuum
as possible. In female molds, provide air evacuation seal box and vacuum pressure is applied. Using an electric
holes at all deep areas, especially around the perimeter eye or microswitch will assure consistency of dome depth. A
of the mold. Keep the diameter of the holes small to small amount of vacuum pressure should be retained until
avoid marking the sheet. Holes 0.30” to 0.50” in dome sets up. Remove and trim.
diameter are adequate. Long slots instead of holes may
also be used to remove air. Slots are most commonly PLUG ASSISTS
used in female tooling with a loose bottom insert. The thinning of material in deep-mold cavities can be
• Trim the flange immediately after forming to reduce part overcome by use of plug assists designed for fast
warpage. penetration.
AIR-SLIP FORMING SNAP-BACK VACUUM FORMING

Similar to vacuum snap-back except in air-slip forming Vacuum forming with snap-back can reduce starting
the heated sheet is billowed up and the mold rises to meet it. sheet size, aid material distribution and minimize chill marks.
KEY THERMOFORMING POINTS

BILLOW PLUG FORMING • Pre-dry LEXAN sheet before forming (remove
Forming with billow plug is often used to produce thin- protective masking before pre-drying).
wall items with depth-to-diameter draw ratios up to 1.5:1.
• Suggested heat sources - calrod, nichrome wire, gas,
infrared, quartz, and ceramic.
DRAPE FORMING • Pre-heat the clamp frames. Cold clamp frames will act
This technique is used to form simple contours. Drape as a heat-sink and draw the heat away from the edges
forming over a male or female mold are both acceptable tech- of the LEXAN sheet. Ideal clamp frame temperature is
niques. between 200° - 250°F.
• Pre-heat the molds.
FEMALE MOLD VACUUM FORMING • Heat metal molds to 200° - 250°F.

Straight vacuum forming in a female mold is • Allow at least 1/2” between the clamp frames and the
recommended for low-profile parts where deep draw is not a vacuum box to assure proper heating and to promote
a good vacuum seal.
requirement.
• Make draft angles as generous as possible for easy
part removal: 1) Male molds should have a minimum
FREE BLOWN BILLOW FORMING draft angle of 5° to 7°. 2) Female molds require less -
OF DOMES 2° to 3° is usually sufficient.
This process is used to form domes. The procedures • Avoid sharp edges on molds. A minimum radius of 1x
and equipment are the same as vacuum forming with the thickness is required for proper part performance.
exception of the mold. Billow forming can be done with • Control drape of sheet sag by shading the center of
postive air pressure (free blown) or negative pressure the sheet with metal window screen.
(vacuum). Here, after sag is reached, the heat source is • Trim the flange immediately after forming to reduce
removed. The pressure box is then lowered to seal air supply part warpage.
pressure. High air pressure is applied and then reduced as • Provide sufficient vacuum holes for fast removal of air
the dome is created. When the desired height is achieved, between the sheet and mold. In female molds, provide
positive air pressure is maintained until the part cools. evacuation holes at all deep areas - especially the
Remove and trim. mold perimeter. Keep hole diameters small - .030” -
.050”. Long slots can be used instead of holes.
63
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
Thermoforming Troubleshooter
Problem Possible Causes Suggested Solutions
Voids or Bubbles in • Excessive moisture in sheet • Dry as recommended - 250°F for specified time with minimum separation of one inch
Formed Parts
Crazed or Brittle Parts • Mold design. • Mold radii should be at least the thickness of material.
• Part left on mold too long. • Remove part from mold as soon as it becomes form stable.
• The use of incompatible mold • Use compatible powdered mold release.
Part Warpage • Mold too cold. • Preheat mold 200°-260°F.

• Clamp frames too cold. • Preheat clamp frames.
Non-Uniform • Uneven heating of sheet. • Check heater section and adjust. Use selective screening if necessary.
Drape
Difficult Part • Insufficient draft angle mold • Increase draft angle. Use strip rings or cam action mold.
Removal undercuts.
• Mold finish perpendicular to • Resurface mold. Sand mold sides vertically.
direction of part removal.
Poor Surface \Finish • Mold surface too rough. • Draw-polish mold or use different mold material.
• Mold mark-off. • Use silicone or powdered mold lubricant sparingly.
Insufficient Draw • Improper sheet heating. • Increase heating time and temperature.
Down • Insufficient vacuum. • Check vacuum system for leakage.
Poor Definition • Poor Mold design. • Add more vacuum holes. Check for good seal between clamp frames and vacuum box.
Webbing or Bridging • Improper mold layout. • Increase spacing between molds. Use grid or ring assist.
• Blank too large for mold. • Leave minimum of material around mold. 2” is a good rule of thumb.
• Material overheated. • Shorten heat cycles.
• Improper mold design. • Increase radii and draft angle.
Chill Marks • Mold too cold. • Mold should be heated (250°-260°F).
Loss of Vacuum Seal • Cold clamp frames. • Preheat clamp frames (250°-260°F)
• Improper spacing between clamp • Minimum space between clamps and vacuum box 1/2” to 3/4”.
Material Pulling Out of • Insufficient clamp area. • Adjust clamp points uniformly at sheet perimeter.
Frame • Inadequate clamp pressure. • Increase clamp pressure to maximum.
Excess Thinning • Drape speed too fast. • Drape speed should be set between 4-9 inches per second.
Severe Necking • Improper forming temperature. • Ideal forming temperature 375°F.
Poor Surface
Finish • Mold design. • Increase upper radii.
Uneven Material • Excess thickness variation. • Check gauge tolerances.

Distribution • Uneven heating. • Check uniformity of heater output. Screen if necessary.
• Non-uniform clamp pressure. • Maintain uniform clamp pressure to avoid pull-out.
Wrinkles on Flat • Uneven cooling due to slow • Drape at higher speed 6-8 in/sec.
Horizontal Surfaces drape speed.
• Material too hot (too much sag or • Screen center of sheet allowing edges to heat first. Use taller vacuum box to provide
Texture Washout and • Forming termperature too high. • Reduce heater inputs and cycle time.
Excess Gloss • Improper heating technique. • Heat sheet from smooth side. Keep texture cool.
Pinholing or Pimples • Vacuum holes too large. • Use 50-mil holes or smaller.
• Dust on mold or sheet. • Clean mold and sheet with deionizing airgun.
• Mold too cold/too smooth surface • Keep mold temperature at 250°F. Sand mold surface with medium grit paper.
finish.
64
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
Bonding and Fastening Silicone should not be considered a structural adhesive.
Polycarbonate sheet can be joined or bonded to itself It should only be used in conjunction with mechanical
and other substrates with the use of adhesives and fasteners or when bonding large surface areas.
mechanical fasteners. Selecting the correct adhesive and
avoiding stress (such as sharp notches), brittle components MECHANICAL FASTENERS
and regions of potential stress crazing, will maximize the Non-rusting, aluminum pop rivets with back-up washers,
benefits of the polycarbonate and the success of the plastic and metal bolts, and type 23 or 25 pan head screws
application. are recommended fasteners for LEXAN sheet. For all types
NOTE: In general, structural-type bonding requires a of fasteners the sheet should be pre-drilled with 1/16”
combination adhesive bond and mechanical fastener backup. oversized holes to allow for expansion. An approved RTV
silicone sealant is used in the hole with the fastener to
ADHESIVE BONDING prevent possible stress or fatigue cracking at the hole around
Suitable adhesives are elastomeric, touch, impact the fastener.
absorbing, vibrational and thermal stresses without fracturing. NOTE: The mechanical fasteners should be spaced so
Adhesives inherently brittle or with chemically incompatible the expected load is carried without localized overstressing.
properties should be avoided.
Adhesive Bonds Comments Color One or Two Application Set-up Cure Supplier
Lexan® Sheet Part System Method Time Time
To
Urethane Virtually A clear, flexible Clear Two Flow 30 mins. 5 hrs. @ • Hartel
anything high-impact bond. to 8 hrs. 150°F or • Enterprises Inc.
(specific Excellent peel & @ 75°F 7 days @ • Ciba-Geigy
grades bond to shear strength. 75°F • Hartrenn Corp.
• IPS Weld-On
butyrate)
RTV Metal Plastic Excellent heat • Clear One Flow 60 mins. 24 hrs. General Electric
Silicone Wood resistance. Good • Red Brush @ 75°F
thermal • Black
expansion. • White
Signbond LEXAN sheet A clear, fast- Clear One Flow 20 secs. 24 hrs. General Electric
Acrylic setting bond. @ 75°F
Moderate impact
resistance.
Methylene LEXAN sheet A clear solvent Clear One Flow 20 secs. 48 hrs. Any chemical
Chloride Acrylic that produces high @ 75°F company
tensile strength
bonds. Low
impact resistance.
Weld-On #35 Butyrate Thin syrup Clear One Flow 1 min. 24 hrs. IPS
offering quick
bonds.
Weld-On #55
Medium syrup.
Channelbond Butyrate Clear Solvent Clear One Flow 15 min. 24 hrs. ASE
Urethane is an outstanding adhesive for polycarbonate FINISHING

to polycarbonate use with its flexible impact-resisting bonds SANDING
and characteristic optical clarity, high peel and lap shear Polycarbonate can be sanded using both wet and dry
strength. Required with Urethane is critical accuracy in the techniques. While dry sanding can cause gumming, wet
mixing of the two components. sanding produces a smooth surface. Utilizing either method
NOTE: Urethane has limited UV stability. should not be considered an end finishing. Buffing can be
done using a 2-wheel system, first wheel with a buffing
compound to remove shallow scratches, the second to polish.
POLYCARBONATE
LEXAN® Sheet
PAINTING • Use water-moistened chamois or soft cloths to
A clean surface is all the preparation necessary for avoid abrasion and scratching when cleaning
polycarbonate sheet. Paint systems compatible with and destaticizing sheet prior to painting.
polycarbonate are available as standard items from various • Thin paints to desired viscosity with
manufacturers. recommended polycarbonate screen thinner.
Use super retarder thinners only where needed
CUT AND SPRAY PAINTING and in minimal amount needed. Excessive super
When using this technique, avoid deep cuts in the sheet retarder can slow drying unnecessarily.
surface when cutting through the masking layer. Cuts should • Use proper paint for color and degree of opacity
not be deeper than 3 mils. It should also be noted that needed.
notches may cause sheet failure. Best results are obtainable • Do Not use an excessively thick paint film to
by using the following guidelines: gain opacity.
• Clean sheet and remove static with damp • Use the correct screen for intended job. The
chamois. screen functions as a metering device and
• Avoid too wet a “mist coat” when spraying. should be selected to apply the wet paint
• Be careful to avoid too high a delivery rate and too thickness needed.
heavy a wet coat thickness, especially at corners • Provide good air circulation and ventilation
and bends. during drying. Drying conditions which favor
• Allow enough pre-dry time before applying spray rapid evaporation from the wet paint film are
mask over painted areas. important to trouble-free screening. Large
Excessive residual paint solvents can absorb water from surface areas release large quantities of solvent
the spray mask system and affect adhesion and paint film during drying. Maintain adequate ventilation to
toughness. insure removal. Provide at least 1 to 2 inches of
• Do Not expose painted faces to chill or high air space where sheets are stacked for drying.
humidity while drying. Forced air ventilation is desirable. These
• Use dry air in all compressed air lines. Drain procedures speed drying and increase
water taps regularly. production rates.
• Try to evaporate paint solvents from the painted
face as rapidly as possible by providing maximum CLEANING
air flow. Wet the sheet thoroughly with warm water then using a
• Follow recommended machining and trimming soft cloth or sponge wash with mild soap or detergent then
practices for finishing of post-decorated faces. rinse with clean water. Do Not use abrasive cleaners.
When used according to the manufacturer’s
SCREEN PROCESS PRINTING recommendations, the following cleaning agents have been
LEXAN® sheet screen paints when properly applied to shown to be compatible with polycarbonate sheet:
flat uniformed sheet. For best results see the following • Formula 409*
guidelines: • Top Job**
• Use only approved screen paints and thinners • Joy**
developed for screen printing on Lexan® sheet. • Palmolive Liquid***
• Do Not blend paints from different • Windex with Ammonia D****
manufacturers.
• Do Not blend screen paints into spray paints.
• Do Not substitute spray thinners for screen
thinners.
• Do Not add solvents such as tolulene or xylene,
methylethylketones or other ketones, cellosolve * Registered Trademark of Clorox Company
acetate or other related homologues to any **
***
Registered Trademark of Proctor & Gamble
Registered Trademark of Colgate Palmolive
paints used on LEXAN sheets. **** Registered Trademark of Drackett Products Company
66
POLYCARBONATE
Mirror Rod, Tube and Shapes
Polycarbonate mirror is more expensive than acrylic or With high molecular weight, excellent impact strength,
PETG, but while rivaling acrylic optically, it is 30 times and good electrical and insulating characteristics,
tougher than the latter, fire resistant with a rating of UP 94 polycarbonate rod and tube lend themselves well to a wide
V2 and CC1, and self extinguishing. Therefore, applications variety of engineering applications. Inherently tough,
include areas where vandalism is a threat, such as schools, transparent, heat and flame resistant, and normally not
prisons, jails, and public restrooms. It may be die cut and is affected by greases, oils or acids, there are numerous
FAA approved at .118” for 9600 type commercial aircraft. formulations available which supply improved chemical
resistance, flame-retardance, radiation resistance, colors,
tints, and meet with FDA approval.
Polycarbonate See-Thru Mirror
This mirror, designed for interior surveillance purposes,
Key Properties
is semi-transparent providing 5/6% light transmission
allowing observation from one side while appearing to be a • High impact strength
plain mirror on the other. • Superior dimensional stability
• Good transparency (not optical grade)
• Thermal properties from below -40F to 270F
First Surface Mirror
Made of extruded polycarbonate, the sheet is • Stain resistant and non-toxic
hardcoated to protect the mirror and provide a clear finish.
Applications include light reflectors, two-sided mirrors, Polycarbonate parts can be easily machined using
display and cut parts. standard metal working tools. Annealing is always
recommended when substantial machining is involved.
CARE AND CLEANING Typical Applications
Mirror products should be cleaned with a soft damp cloth
or chamois, wiping gently. Cleaning compounds, gritty • Electrical/electronic components
cloths, leaded or ethyl gasolines or strong solvents such as • Cable guides
alcohol, acetone, carbon tetrachloride, etc. should never be • Parts where impact strength is critical
used. To remove tar, grease, paint, etc., use a good grade of • Aircraft & missile components
naphtha or kerosene. • Gauges, instrumentation and precision components
A periodic waxing with a good grade of automotive paste • Medical - special grades meet U. S. Pharmacopeia
wax (not a cleaner-wax combination) will protect the surface
regulations
of the mirror product and help maintain the luster.
• FDA - wet and dry applications
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY • Electric insulators
This product is available in gauges from .060” to .236”
and standard sheet size of 48” x 96”. Contact your nearest SHAPES
Regal Plastic Supply Distributor for current availability. As with Acrylic, there are a wide variety of profiles and
shapes available such as cubes, balls, triangles, domes and
other geometric designs. Consult with your nearest Regal
Plastic Supply Distributor for current availabilities.
PRODUCT AVAILABILTY
Rod:
1/8” to 12” diameters, 2’, 4’, and 8’ standard lengths.
Tube:
1/8” - 3 3/4” I.D. - wall thicknesses of 1/16” & 1/8”
3/16” - wall thicknesses of 5/32”
Standard Length - 8’
67
GE Silicones
General Electric manufactures one and two part silicone IGS 3713 / IGS 3719
construction sealants for use in the building industry. These
Designed for secondary seals, structural glazing, and
sealants, which are resistant to weather, have become very
conventionally glazed installations in insulated glass units,
popular for glazing, weather sealing, and general purpose
this sealant offers high strength and modulus, a short tooling
adhesive applications.
time, low odor, and super hydrolytic stability.
ONE-PART CONSTRUCTION Contractors SCS 1000®

SEALANTS & ADHESIVES Silicone Adhesive Sealant
The SCS 1000® series is a general glazing sealant that
ACS10 Series - Acryseal™ will adhere to glass, most metals, and plastics. It is resistant
A one-part acrylic latex sealant, this product is to U.V. and ozone light as well as other environmental
recommended for interior and exterior caulking. The addition conditions, and retains cured properties from 40°F to 400°F.
of silicone polymer to the sealant gives this product SCS 1001 (translucent), SCS 1002 (white), SCS 1003
exceptional weatherability, tooling and gunning. Acryseal™ (black), and SCS 1009 (aluminum), have USDA status, and
is mildew and UV resistant with proven adhesion to many all of those as well as SCS 1097(bronze), have FDA status.
substrates including precast concrete planks, window/door
frames, vinyl, aluminum, steel, plywood, sheet rock, marble, Sanitary SCS 1700® Sealant
ceramic tiles, mortar joints, glass and painted surfaces.
This sealant is mildew resistant for bathtubs, sinks, and
NOTE: Acryseal™ is not intended for use in aquariums
general maintenance, and remains flexible without cracking,
or structural glazing applications.
crumbling or drying out. Available in clear, white, almond,
and marble.
Construction SCS 1200 Silicone
Sealant SilGlaze® II SCS 2800 Silicone
This is a high strength acetoxy-cure sealant for structural Sealant
glazing and general purpose sealing applications. Weather,
This product is a saw kerf sealant for the setting of
U.V., and ozone resistant with a rapid cure time, it adheres to
dimensional stone panels, and a perimeter weatherseal for
glass, ceramic, steel, granite, aluminum, many plastics, and
field glazing, window installation, and general purpose
painted surfaces. Applications include sealing building joints,
sealing applications. It adheres to many substrates including
curtain walls, windows, and other general maintenance tasks.
Kynar* 500, Hylar** 5000, resin-based paints, glass, PVC,
Construction SCS 1201 (translucent), SCS 1202 (white), SCS
CPVC, wood, painted and anodized aluminum. It has a
1203 (black), and SCS 1209 (aluminum), have FDA status,
medium modulus, neutral cure, a 6-12 minute tool time, and
and all of those plus SCS 1297(bronze), meet USDA
a 2-4 days cure time. Available in translucent, white, black,
standards.
blue beige, brown, gray, aluminum, and bronze.
Insulating Glass Sealant SilPruf® Sealant

IGS 3703 This weatherseal and general purpose glazing sealant
Designed as an insulating secondary glass seal, this can be used on metal, masonry, concrete, coated surfaces,
product has a low odor, neutral cure with excellent filling and plastics, wood and other common construction materials.
tooling characteristics. It has low sag and adheres to glass, Available in white, black, limestone, dark and light gray,
most reflective glass coatings, aluminum and galvanized aluminum, precast white, and bronze.
steel spacers.
*KYNAR IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF ELF ATOCHEM S.A.

**HYLAR 5000 IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF AUSIMONT USA, INC.
GE Silicones
SilPruf® LM SCS2700 Sealant UltraPruf™ II SCS 2900 Sealant
A one-part, neutral cure, low-modulus, matte-finish seal- This weather resistant, matte finish, sealant is designed
ant, SilPruf® LM SCS2700 provides adhesion to a wide vari- for perimeter seals around windows, curtain wall joints, and
ety of materials, including Exterior Insulation Finish Systems other weatherseal applications between metals, masonry,
(EIFS), concrete, metals, and plastics. concrete, glass, paints, and plastic substrates.
Typical applications include:
• Glass, metal, and plastics in glazing and curtainwall
assemblies
TWO-PART CONSTRUCTION
• EIFS to EIFS joints and where EIFS abuts to metals or SEALANTS & ADHESIVES
other substrates
• Assemblies of metals, masonry, concrete, coated sur- IGS3723 Insulating Glass
faces, plastics, wood and other common construction
materials
Sealant
As a secondary seal for insulating glass, this product
NOTE: SilPruf® LM SCS2700 is not recommended for: adheres to glass as well as most reflective glass coatings,
• structural glazing applications aluminum and galvanized steel spacers. It has a variable
• applications where abrasion or physical abuse is en- ratio for cure rate adjustment, a high application rate at low
countered in horizontal or below-grade joints pumping pressures, low sag and low odor.
• locations subject to continuous water immersion
• surfaces which will be painted UltraGlaze® SSG4400 Structural
• food contact surfaces
Silicone Glazing Sealant, Black
Created for in-shop structural glazing applications
Available in six colors: SCS2700.02 (White);
including that of curtain-wall units and modules for unitized
SCS2700.03 (Black); SCS2700.04 (Limestone); SCS2700.09
and panelized systems, this product adheres to a variety of
(Grey); SCS2700.20 (Precast White); and SCS2700.97
substrates, glass, reflective glass coatings, anodized
(Bronze), all meet with the standards for :
aluminum and most paints. It has a variable mix ratio for cure
• Federal Specifications TT-S-001543A
adjustment and no kit matching.
• Federal Specifications TT-S-00230C
• ASTM C920, Type S, NS, Class 25
• EIMA 300.01 PRIMER
• ASTM C1382 Tensile Adhesion Test for EIFS
SS4179 Primer
UltraGlaze® SSG4000 Structural This product enhances the adhesion of various GE
sealants.
Silicone Glazing Sealant, Black
This is a one part, high strength neutral cure sealant for
structurally glazed curtain wall and weather sealing SS4044 Primer
applications. With a long tool time, it adheres to both coated This primer is a blend of organic chemicals and solvent
and uncoated glass, metals, and other substrates. It is also formulated to enhance the adhesion of GE Silicones
compatible with one or two-part silicone edge seals on construction products on surfaces such as; concrete,
insulating glass units. limestone, various types of paints and coatings, aluminum,
stainless steel, copper, galvanized metals, ceramics, and
wood.
UltraGlaze® SSG4000AC
Structural Glazing Sealant
Designed for structural glazing applications like in-shop
or field glazing of curtain wall modules, it also is used as a
weatherseal in glass-to-glass butt joints.
GE Silicones Vulkem®
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY VULKEM® 116
Product Container Vulkem® 116 is a one-part, moisture curing, gun-grade
Acryseal™ 10.1 oz. cartridge, 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum
polyurethane joint sealant recommended for pre-cast and
ACS 10XX masonry joints; window frame perimeters; moving joints; and
Construction 10.1 oz. cartridge, 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum general purpose use. USDA approved, Vulkem® 116 also
SCS 1200 conforms to U.S. Federal Specification TT-S-00230C, Type II,
IGS 3703 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum Class A and ASTM C920-94, Type S Grade N S, Class 25,
IGS 3713-D1 / IGS (3713-D1) 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum Use NT, M, T, A, and O.
IGS 3719-D1 IGS (3719-D1) 55 gal. drum
SCS 1000® 10.1 oz. cartridge, 55 gal. drum VULKEM® 921
Sanitary 10.1 oz. cartridge
Vulkem® 921 is a low modulus, smooth, one-part, mois-
SCS 1700® ture curing, gun-grade polyurethane joint sealant. USDA ap-
SilGlaze® II 10.1 oz., 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum proved Vulkem® 921 conforms to U.S. Federal Specification
SCS 2800 TT-S-00230C, Type II, Class A; ASTM C 920-94, Type S,
SilPruf® Sealant 10.1 oz. cartridge, 20 oz. sausage packs, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT, M, A, and O; and CAN/CGSB
2 gal. pail, 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum 19.13-M87, Type MCG-2-25-A-N with QPL #81050.
SilPruf LM SCS2700 10.1 oz. cartridge, 20 oz. sausage packs, Vulkem® 921 white is listed by the NSF for use in contact
2 gal. pail
UltraGlaze® 10.1 oz. cartridge, 20 oz. sausage pack,
with potable water.
SSG 4000/ 2 gal. pail, 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum
SSG 4000AC VULKEM® 45
UltraPruf™ II 10.1 oz. cartridge, 20 oz. sausage pack, This product is a one-part, self-leveling, moisture curing,
SCS 2900 Sealant 2 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum pour grade, polyurethane joint sealant. Recommended uses
SS4179 1 pint, 1 gal. pail, 5 gal. pail, 55 gal. drum for Vulkem® 45 are sealing expansion and control joints in
SS4404 1 pint, 1 gal. pail, 5 gal. pail parking garages, plazas, terraces, highways, bridges, swim-
IGS 3723 55 gal. drum (part A) with 5 gal. pail (Part B)
ming pool decks, reservoirs, sewage treatment plants, floor
and sidewalk joints. Vulkem® 45 meets the requirements of
UltraGlaze® (A) 1 gal. pail or 55 gal. drum U. S. Federal specification TT-S-230C, Type 1, Class A and
SSG4400 (B) 5 gal. pail
ASTM C920-94, Type S, Grade P, Class 25 Use T, M, A, and
O. Vulkem® 45 passes Canadian Standard 19 GP16a. This
NOTE: Container sizes may vary with colors. Consult product is USDA approved and tested and certified to ANSI/
with your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor for current NSF Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components
availabilities. Health Effects.
NOTE: The above products, Vulkem® 45, 116, and 921,
should all be used with adequate ventilation and should not
be applied over damp or contaminated surfaces.
Product Container Size Colors
VULKEM® Vulkem® 45 Quart Cartridge, 2 Gallon and White, Limestone, Gray,
Vulkem® is the tradename for the polyurethane sealant 5 Gallon Pails, 55 Gallon Drum Dark Tan, and Black
product line provided by Tremco®, Inc. Vulkem® 116 1/12 Gallon Cartridge, 20 oz. Almond, Aluminum, Black,
Envirochubs, 2 and 5 Gallon Bronze, Brown, Dark Tan,
Pails, 55 Gallon Drum Gray, Limestone, Redwood,
Polyurethane sealants effectively bond to all common Tan and White
construction substrates and are primerless, paintable, and Vulkem® 921 1/12 Gallon Cartridge, 20 oz. Almond, Aluminum, Black,
suitable for continuous total water immersion. These seal- Envirochubs, 2 and 5 Gallon Bronze, Brown, Dark Tan,
Pails, 55 Gallon Drum Gary, Limestone, Redwood,
ants are available in one– and two-part formulations and a Tan and White
variety of colors.
NOTE: A variety of glazing tapes are available. Contact your

nearest Regal Plastic Supply Representative for assistance.
FLEXIBLE TUBING
Basic Information
Plastic tubing is available to meet almost any application Tubing is available in braid-reinforced grades for in-
requirement. With varying formulations manufactured out of creased pressure resistance and in black color for resistance
PVC, polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), polyurethane to the ozone, UV light and weathering. Platinum-cured sili-
(PUR), and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), and Teflon® FEP cone tubing is produced without peroxide or plasticizers.
and PFA, tubing is widely used in industry: Working temperature range varies from a low of –400°F
• Food and Beverage (-240°C) to as high as 500°F (287°C) with continuous use
temperature as high as 400°F (204°C).
• Chemical Processing Vacuum tubing typically withstands up to 30” Hg at ambi-
• Environmental ent temperature and 27” Hg at 140°F (60°C).
• Industrial
• Laboratory PRODUCT COMPLIANCE CODES
• Medical Standards found within the tubing industry include:
• FDA
• Peristaltic Pump
• NSF
• Pharmaceutical / Biotech • USDA
• Semiconductor Processing • U.S.P. Class IV and 3A
• U.S.P. Class VI
PVC tubing exhibits excellent elongation and drape. It
is typically used for lower pressure applications and for OEM PRODUCT AVAILABILITIES
designs with complex tubing pathways. Several grades are Tubing comes is a wide range of inside diameters,
available for vacuum, fuel and high pressure applications. outside diameters, and wall thicknesses. It is virtually
impossible to list all the availabilities in one chart. Listed
PE tubing has chemical resistance, is semi-rigid, trans- below are standard gauges available. Please consult with
lucent and low in extractables. your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distributor on current
specific product availabilities and for customized
PP tubing exhibits corrosion resistance to many acids formulations.
and alkalies, is semi-rigid, offers higher operating tempera-
tures and working pressures than PVC, PE, or PUR and is Inside Diameters: 1/32” to 4”
unaffected by most solvents at ambient temperature. Outside Diameters: 3/32” to 5”
Wall Thicknesses: 1/32” to 1/2”
PUR tubing is resistant to abrasion, flex fatigue, ali-
phatic hydrocarbons, petroleum products, weak acids, and STERILIZATION GUIDELINES
alkalies. It remains transparent and flexible at low tempera- Testing of product using the specific conditions of the
tures. Pure polyurethane tubing contains no plasticizers and application prior to specifying a particular tubing formulation
low levels of extractables which make it ideal for high-purity is highly recommended.
applications. • Autoclaving (250°F / 121°C, 15 psig for 20 - 30
minutes) - clean and rinse item with distilled water
PVDF tubing is semi-rigid exhibiting corrosive, UV before autoclaving. Certian chemicals which have no
appreciable effect on resins at room temperature may
light, weathering, fungi, and abrasion resistance. Non-toxic,
cause deterioration at autoclaving temperatures
this tubing has a low level of extractables.
unless removed with distilled water beforehand.
• Gas - ethylene oxide formaldehyde
Teflon® FEP tubing is semi-rigid with low ex-
tractables and excellent for all concentrations of acids, ali- • Disinfectants - benzalkonium chloride, formalin,
phatic alcohols, aldehydes, bases, esters, hydrocarbons ethanol, etc.
(aliphatic, aromatic and halgenated), ketones, and strong oxi- • Dry Heat - 170°C (338°F)
dizing agents. • Radiation - gamma irradiation at 2.5 Mrad with
unstabilized plastic.
Teflon® PFA tubing is semi-rigid with a very low
water absorption and high chemical and corrosion resistance. Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Representa-
tive for specific tubing properties and additional information.
FABRICS, BELTS, AND TAPES
Basic Information
W. F. Lake Corp. manufactures fabric, belting, and tapes
for industrial purposes. Available are a wide variety of stan-
PTFE Coated Mesh
dard fabrics, adhesive tapes, belts, and fabricated parts, pro- Fiberglass Belts
duced with chemically resistant Teflon® (PTFE) coatings to Manufactured from woven fiberglass and Kevlar® sub-
meet the varied requirements of textile / flexible composite strate, these belts are designed to operate in extremes of hot
materials. temperature and chemical exposure. Exhibiting excellent
abrasion resistance, low coefficient of friction, and resistance
to most acids and alkalis, these belts are suitable for gas or
Belting electric fired hot air, ultra violet, radio frequency and micro-
High temperature conveyor belts produced from PTFE wave conveyorized drying operations.
coated fiberglass products, are available for standard and NOTE: UV resistant coatings are pigmented black and
specialized belt applications: should not be used with microwave or radio frequency based
drying operations due to the nature of the pigment and poten-
Application Typical Construction
tial reaction with microwave or RF systems, which may result
Screen Printing / PTFE coated fiberglass mesh. Sewn & in excess heat build up.
Process Drying Sealed fabric reinforced edge with metal
alligator splice.
Options: U. V. resistant black coating, PTFE Coated Kevlar® Belting
film edge, cover flap over seam. PTFE
coated Kevlar® mesh or Nomex mesh fabric.
Manufactured specifically for industrial applications re-
quiring high tensile strengths with minimum weight, this belt-
Food Processing / High build 10 mil PTFE coated fiberglass ing combines the non-stick and chemically resistant proper-
Tortilla Press belt. Kevlar® reinforced fabric hinge splice
to accept customer supplied rod. ties of PTFE with the strength and flex fatigue resistance of
Options: Cover flap over seam. Kevlar®.
Band Sealing / PTFE coated fiberglass fabric, 3 or 5 mil,
Package Closure formed to make an endless belt. Usually 1 PTFE Coated Two-Ply
ply with overlap seam or 2 ply offset seam.
Options: PTFE coated Kevlar® carcass, Sealing Belts
Butt splice. Two-ply rotary band sealing belts for continuous rotary
packaging / sealing applications are available in a wide vari-
Fusing Press / 10 mil Anti-Static Black PTFE coated fiber- ety of standard styles and sizes. The seamless overlap belt
Apparel Mfg. glass fabric. 1” x 45° overlap seam with
rounded corners to prevent lifting of seam.
provides uniform thickness and heat transfer, eliminating
Options: Film over seam, film reinforced bumps and seams as well as adding strength to the overall
edges to prevent fraying. belt by spreading seam stresses over a larger area than in a
standard overlap belt.
Shrink Wrapping
Teflon Mesh PTFE coated fiberglass mesh belt with 1” Silicone Coated
fabric sewn & sealed edge reinforcement,
metal alligator splice and cover flap. Fiberglass Belting and Fabric
Options: Film edge, fabric hinge seam Silicone coated fabrics are designed for applications re-
Silicone / Glass quiring excellent release characteristics with high surface fric-
Red Silicone coated fiberglass, single ply,
single side coated with metal alligator splice tion. They impact well and are highly wear and tear resistant.
and cover flap. Operable to 450°F, this fabric works well in casting opera-
Options: 2 or 3 ply carcass, two side tions.
coated, other colors.
Typical uses include:
Hayssen Wrapper Tear resistant, 5 or 6 mil PTFE coated fiber- • high temperature conveyor belting
glass fabric, 45° overlap seam with rein- • gasketing
forced edge and continuous silicone edge
guide extrusion for tracking. • heat covers release sheets
Options: Heavier fabric or Kevlar®. • shrink tunnel belts and heat curtains
Other / Specialty Consult with your nearest Regal Plastic Sup- • electrical insulation
ply Representative for details concerning
customized construction.
• heat sealing
• tray liners for holding parts in high temperature
processing
Basic Information
Fabrics Semi-Conductive Grade
High performance PTFE coated textile / flexible compos- PTFE Coated Fiberglass Fabric
ites are available in several different grades; premium, me- The semi-conductive grade fabrics are ideal where some
chanical, tear-resistant, semi-conductive, translucent, and degree of static dissipation is required.
FDA approved release sheets.
Translucent Grade
Premium Grade PTFE Coated
PTFE Coated Fiberglass Fabric
Fiberglass Fabric Translucent grade fabrics are produced to provide maxi-
Premium grade fabrics are typically used for applications mum visibility through the material to eliminate the problem of
requiring smooth, non-stick surfaces in a dimensionally sta- transfer or laminate misalignment and sticking.
ble form at extreme temperatures and in chemically aggres-
sive environments. Typical uses include:
Release film for heat sealer bars and laminating / ther- Food Process Release Sheets
mal transfer presses PTFE Coated Fiberglass Fabric
• high temperature or chemically resistant gaskets Food process release sheets meet with FDA regulations
• diaphrams or seals for repeated food contact use. These sheets operate at ex-
• cooking sheets tremes of temperature from cryogenic to 500°F and resists
• high performance belting greases, oils, and fungus or mold growth.
Mechanical Grade PTFE Coated Tapes

Fiberglass Fabric PTFE coated tapes are available with high temperature
Mechanical grade fabrics are well suited for applications silicone or high tack acrylic adhesive systems designed to
where increased surface texture is required. Typical uses operate in a wide variety of extreme environments, both tem-
include: perature and chemical.
• packaging where increased heat seal texture is
needed
• liming of tables or trays not requiring premium sur- PTFE Coated Fiberglass
face coating Pressure Sensitive
• high temperature mold releases where surface tex-
ture is not a problem AdhesiveTape
• mechanical slide surfaces or chute lining
ACRYLIC ADHESIVE
Tear Resistant Grade PTFE coated fiberglass tapes with high tack acrylic ad-
hesive are designed to operate in a wide variety of environ-
PTFE Coated Fiberglass Fabric ments where higher initial tack and holding power are re-
Tear resistant grade fabric is specially treated to provide quired.
5 times the tear strength of standard fabrics. Typical uses
include: SILICONE ADHESIVE
• removable safety spray shields
PTFE coated fiberglass tapes with silicone adhesive are
• insulation jackets
designed to operate in a wide variety of extreme environ-
• flange and valve covers
ments, both temperature and chemical.
• retractable splash curtains for chemical process tanks
• reusable release liner sheets
• Sewn welder pockets and curtains
• Conveyor belting
73
Basic Information
PRODUCT COATED POROS- WIDTH COLOR OPERATING STANDARDS OR INSULATION

THICKNESS ITY TEMPERATURE SPECIFICATIONS CLASS
PTFE Coated Mesh 3/16” Mesh 550°F Max. Temperature

Fiberglass Belts
PTFE Coated 0.003” - 0.030” 3/16” Mesh 550°F Max. Temperature

Kevlar® Belting 450° F Continuous
PTFE Coated 2 Ply 0.0055”, 2 ply, 3 mil 550°F Continuous

Rotary Band 0.007”, 1 ply, 3 & 5 mil Temperature
Sealing Belts 0.009”, 2 ply, 5 mil
0.011”, 2 ply, 6 mil
0.019”, 2 ply, 10 mil
Silicone Coated 0.015”—0.060” Red 38” Std. Gray, 550°F Max. Temperature
Fiberglass Belting Silicone Up to 50” Red, -400°F to 450°F
and Fabric Non-Porous Available White Continuous
PTFE Coated .003” - 0.028” 38” Std. 600°F Max. Temperature

Fiberglass Fabric 41”, 50”, 60”, -400°F to 550°F
Premium Grade 72”, and 82” Continuous
are available
PTFE Coated .003” - .014” 38” Std. 600°F Max. Temperature
Mechanical Grade 72”, and 82” Continuous
are available
PTFE Coated .003” - 0.10” 38” Std. 600°F Max. Temperature
Tear-Resistant and 72”, and 82” Continuous
are available
Semi-Conductive
PTFE Coated 0.005” and 0.006 38” Std. 550°F Max. Temperature
Fiberglass Fabric Other widths
Transparent are available
on request.
PTFE Coated 0.003” - 0.010” 18 to 36 yard 600°F Max. Temperature FDA Compliance 21
Fiberglass Fabric rolls slit to -400°F to 550°F CFR 175.300 (xxv)
Food Process width, or in Continuous (U.S. Code of Federal
sheet form for Regulations).
Release Sheets pre-cut sizes. Polytetrafluoroethyl-
ene is cleared for use
0.005” and 0.010” Black under 177.1550, per-
fluorocarbon resins.
PTFE Coated 0.005” - 0.013” 1/4” to 18” Natural -40°F to +375°F Mil-I-18746 155
Fiberglass Tapes (Tan) Continuous
with Acrylic
Liner:
Pressure Sensitive Blue Poly
Adhesive
PTFE Coated 0.005” - 0.013” 1/4” to 18” Natural -100°F to +550°F Mil-I-18746 180
Fiberglass Tapes (Tan) Continuous
with Silicone
Liner:
Pressure Sensitive Yellow
Adhesive Bubble
74
MISCELLANEOUS
Convex Mirror Vinyl Strip Doors
Convex Mirrors for Indoor and Vinyl Strip Doors
Outdoor Use Vinyl Strip Doors are constructed from a series of
transparent, overlapping vinyl strips, which part to let traffic
Available in acrylic or polycarbonate, these mirrors can
through, then close automatically, keeping heated and cooled
be placed anywhere that requires maximum safety from
air in and pollution out.
breakage. Designed for security and safety applications,
Easily installed and adaptable, these doors can cover
convex mirrors are used in stores to view isles from
any shape or size from two feet square up to 25 feet high,
overhead, and in hospitals, schools, factories, libraries and
and any width. Designed for low maintenance, individual
offices at blind intersections to prevent injuries.
strips can be replaced quickly and inexpensively.
Indoor mirrors come with chrome plated mounting
Tough enough to withstand heavy traffic and constant
brackets and are available in 6 sizes from 12” to 48”.
use, these doors are used for interior and exterior
Outdoor mirrors also come with 3 adjustable chrome plated
applications in industrial, commercial, and institutional
wind brackets and are available in 5 sizes from 18” to 48”.
structures.
These strips are UV stabilized to prevent yellowing,
Hemispherical Domes and resistant to most inorganic acids, bases, and salts, and
Segments approved by the GSA for federal government purchase.
Hemispherical domes and segments are available in full, The strips are available in both flat and ribbed styles.
half, and quarter sizes. The flat style has smoothly beveled, rounded edges that will
The full hemisphere safety and security mirror, 360°, is not cut, snag, or scratch anything they come in contact with.
designed for viewing a 200° area from any direction allowing The ribbed style provides maximum structural strength and
visibility of blind spots. energy savings. The reinforcing ribs on each side interlock
The half-hemisphere, 180°, is designed for “T” for a tighter thermal seal and prolong the clarity by reducing
intersections where a three-way view is needed. marring and scratching on the strip surface.
The quarter size, 90°, is designed for “L” intersections
where a two-way view is needed, such as elevators. Product Advantages
Smaller security mirrors are available with view fields as • Transparent strips allow visibility of oncoming
wide as 160°. These are designed for situations where store pedestrians and vehicles
employees need additional vision without leaving their • Minimizes the chances of birds, flying insects, and
positions. rodents from entering building
• Reduces compressor running times in walk-in
See-Thru Surveillance Mirror coolers by 45%
Lighter mirrored, but with all the qualities of the full • Dampens noise by reducing sound transmission
hemispherical convex mirror, this product allows a camera to
focus through the dome while reflecting images in its mirror. STANDARD STRIP
Fits standard suspended ceiling grids. Available in flat or ribbed, and in four thicknesses and
widths, this strip is used in 9 out of 10 installations for both
light and heavy applications. They have an operating
temperature of -10°F to 140°F and meet CPAI-84 and
California State Fire Marshall requirements for flame
resistance. Meets USDA, FDA, and Agriculture Canada
requirements.
75
MISCELLANEOUS
Vinyl Strip Doors
LOW TEMPERATURE STRIP Typical Applications
Designed for the food processing industry, this product • Shipping and receiving closures on loading docks
meets USDA, FDA, and Agriculture Canada requirements, • Traffic doors
and has been approved by the National Sanitation • Conveyor openings
Foundation. Recommended for freezer use, this strip helps • Craneway enclosures
sustain sub-zero temperatures while remaining flexible from
50°F to 140°F.
• Temperature control between rooms
• Partitions between buildings
WELDING STRIP • Storage area enclosures
Designed for welding booths as well as spraying, • Cooler or freezer secondary doors
grinding, and sand blasting enclosures, this strip is fire • Inside doors on refrigerated trucks
retardant, transparent, noise deadening, and blocks over • Spray booths
99% of UV radiation. This strip, polarized, also meets CPAI- • Welding screens, partitions, and booths
84 and California State Fire Marshall requirements for flame
• Car wash exits
resistance (sparks won’t burn through).
• Sound barriers and noise-reducing enclosures for
Application Thickness Width Overlap
machinery
• Hood enclosures for fume containment
For lightweight traffic closures only, such .060” 6” Full (3”)
as conveyor doors (not for exterior
openings).
Determine the Strip Quantity Required
For freezers, coolers, refrigerated trucks, .080” 8” 2”
and personnel doors. 6” wide strip with 2” overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 3.0
6” wide strip with full (3”) overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 4.0.
For interior doors to 10’ high. Not .080” 8” Full (4”) 8” wide strip with 2” overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 2.0.
recommended for exterior opening. 8” wide strip with full (4”) overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 3.0.
For minimum protection for interior/ .120” 12” 4” 12” wide strip with a 4” overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 1.5.
exterior openings from 9’ to 14’ high. 12” wide strip with a full (6”) overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 2.0.
16” wide strip with a 4” overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 1.0.
For better protection for interior/exterior .120” 12” Full (6”) 16” wide strip wtih a full 8” overlap; multiply sq. ft. of opening by 1.5.
openings from 9’ to 14’ high, severe
temperature and windy conditions.
For exterior doors up to 25’ high with .160” 16” 4”
heavy vehicular traffic. NOTE: On WALL MOUNT installations, remember to allow an extra 3” on
top and 6” on each side. Wall mount installations are preferred due to less
For exterior doros up to 25’ high with .160” 16” Full (8”) risk of tearing strips from the mount and less risk of damaging door
constant heav-duty equipmen ttraffic.
Best for sound control. Not
hardware.
recommended for frequent personnel
SELF-STANDING
Self-standing welding screens, 76” by 78”, are made of
80 gauge polarized strips with a frame constructed of heavy
gauge steel on freewheeling casters. Butting together at 90°
angles without gaps, a two, three, or four sided booth can be
constructed. These screens block 99% of UV and near UV
radiation.
MISCELLANEOUS
Chairmats Light Diffusers
Clearview CoPolymer Lexan® To enhance understanding of lighting

cause and effects, the following
Mats terminology definitions are offered:
These rigid, cleated (studded) mats are designed for medium
to high pile carpet. They are curl, dent and dimple resistant, Luminaire - A complete lighting unit (fixture, lamps, ballast,
and offer excellent mobility for most chair casters. These diffuser).
textured mats can be custom cut to fit any dimension or
Diffuser - A device to redirect or control the light from its
pattern. Not for use on very low carpets or uncarpeted
source.
surfaces.
Lens - A clear or translucent glass or plastic diffuser that
utilizes prisms or other shapes to refract light.
Rolite Vinyl UltraMat or
Louver - A plastic or metal diffuser consisting of a series of
UltraMat TBS flat or parabolic blades arranged in a geometric pattern, most
This mat comes in a studded version (UltraMat) or an often square or rectangular.
unstudded version that is textured on both sides
Eggcrate Louver - A louver with straight blades.
(UltraMatTBS). These mats are designed for padded,
medium pile, or unpadded, high pile carpets. Parabolic Louver - A louver with parabolically shaped
Stocked in blanks or rolls, these mats can be cut to any blades.
pattern or dimension. Baffle - A diffuser consisting of parallel, one-directional
blades.
Acrylic Mat
Chairmat cut to size and pattern out of Plexiglas®. Parabolic Louvers
Parabolic louvers are the most sophisticated and
UltraStat Anti-Static Mat optically precise lighting panel available for fluorescent
This is the thickest anti-static mat offered. In addition to lighting fixtures and lighted ceilings. With their parabolically
having all of the qualities of UltraMat and UltraMat TBS, it is shaped blades, they redirect light downward out of the 60° to
also chemically formulated to stop static electricity from 90° visual discomfort zone, and direct it to the 0° to 45°
harming sensitive electronic equipment and computers zone, deadening the glare of fluorescent lights. These blades
without the use of a ground cord. also affect the Visual Comfort Probability (V.C.P.). This is a
rating based on the percentage of 100 people in a room who
find the brightness visually pleasant and not glaring. Most
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY parabolic louvers provide a V.C.P. index of 90%.
Parabolic louvers are available with either a specular or
semi-specular surface. Each of these surfaces will render a
Product Thickness Width Length slightly different light distribution, intensity, and source
brightness. The darker the louver color, the less efficient the
Clearview .187” 72” 96” lighting output. Specular finishes provide the most precise
CoPolymer lighting and brightness control. They direct all light to the 0°-
Lexan® 45° area and usually have V.C.P. ratings of 95%+ for most
Rolite Vinyl 1/4” Up to 60” Any room sizes. Semi-specular finishes are not as glossy, and
Ultramat or therefore result in omni directional diffused light which gives
Ultramat TBS off a warm, halo effect around the louver.
Economical as well as attractive, these are designed to
Acrylic 3/8” 72” 96” retrofit existing fixtures without additional electrical work.
Ultrastat 1/4” Up to 60” 96” Because of the open grid, temperatures stay lower in the
Antistatic Mat luminaries, resulting in lamps and ballasts that last 50%
longer.
77
MISCELLANEOUS
Light Diffusers
With many variations of parabolic louvers to choose from PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
for different lighting needs, these lighting panels can be used Parabolic Louvers
in many applications including: Standard Sizes
• Medical facilities 1’ x 4’, 2’ x 2’, 2’ x 4’
• Department stores Custom Sizes Available
• Conference rooms
• Commercial and municipal buildings Colors
Gold, Silver, White and Black
• Entries and corridors
• Perimeter lighting Grids
• Banks Circle, Square, Hexagon, Paracircle
• Office task areas
• VDT Computer rooms Eggcrate Louvers
• Elevators Standard Sizes
2’ x 4’, 2.5’ x 5’, 3’ x 4’
Eggcrate Louvers Colors
Eggcrate louvers are louvers with straight blades that are Black and White
designed for economy and ease of fit. They are open celled
for improved ventilation, lamp performance, and increased Ceiling Panels
ballast life. Injection molded in a single piece for added Standard Sizes
strength, they have the appearance of a typical eggcrate, and 1’ x 4’, 2’ x 2’, 2’ x 4’, 4’ x 4’, 4’x 8’
are designed to fit together to form a uniform shape. Additional Sizes Available
Like parabolic louvers, they provide glare reduction,
lower brightness levels, and improved visual comfort. These Colors
also have a minimum horizontal surface to collect dust while Clear and White
the open cell areas enable sprinklers to be concealed and
operate through the louver. Patterns
Cracked Ice, Crushed Ice, Prismatic, Smooth Flat
Ceiling Light Panels
These are designed for recessed ceiling fixtures or
luminous ceilings. Made of polystyrene or acrylic, they are
normally available in clear or translucent white in "Cracked
Ice" or "Prismatic” patterns.
The “Cracked Ice” pattern, while providing a sparkling,
crystal overhead effect, also provides complete lamp
obscuration. The "Prismatic” pattern provides low brightness
with high light output and control.
DO YOU KNOW?
By using plastic in packaging, product

manufacturers save enough energy each year to
power a city of 1 million homes for three and a half
years.
78
MISCELLANEOUS
Plastic Polishes and Cleaners
There are numerous cleaners and polishes on the PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
market suitable for plastics maintenance and restoral. Plastic Polish #1 Plastic Polish #2
2 oz. bottles (24 per case) 2 oz. bottles (24 per case)
Meguiar’s® Mirror® Glaze 8 oz. bottles (12 per case) 8 oz. bottles (12 per case)
For use on clear plastics, these polish, clean, and
remove hairline scratches from cast acrylic, extruded acrylic, Plastic Polish #3 Kits
continuously processed acrylic, polystyrene and 8 oz. bottles (12 per case) Novus 1 and 2 - 2 oz. size,
polycarbonate sheet. It is available in the following formulas: 5 cloths
Clear Plastic Cleaner / Polish Tend® Cleaner and

(M-1808) Reconditioner
This is a spray on cleaner and polish with an anti-static
This cleaner gently rubs out most minor surface
and dust repellent formula to restore optical clarity.
blemishes and prepares plastic surfaces for polishing and
Plastic Cleaner (M-1708) buffing. It can be used on many materials including: ceramic,
This has a non-abrasive cleaning action that wipes away formica, wood, acrylic, ABS, butyrate, fiberglass, phenolic,
dirt while safely removing hairline scratches. polycarbonate, polystyrene, and vinyl.
Plastic Polish (M-1008) Tend® Plastic Cleaner and

For use after M-1708, this hand applied polish with an Polish
anti-static formula is designed for restoring and maintaining For normal cleaning, maintenance, and protection of
optical clarity. ceramic and plastic tile, formica tops, plastic furniture, wood,
cabinets, paneling, vinyl upholstery, plastic windows, range
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY tops and more. It can be used on acrylics, ABS, butyrate,
M-11008, M-1708 and M-1808 are all available in 8 oz. fiberglass, phenolic, polycarbonate, polystyrene, and vinyl.
bottles (12 per case)
Tend® Anti-Static Plastic
Cleaner
Novus® Plastic Clean This cleaner is designed to combat static, repel dust, and
and Shine #1 resist fingerprints as well as clean and polish. Safe for all
This product cleans and shines while protecting against plastics and other hard, shiny surfaces, this cleaner is also
future smudges and scratches. It repels dust, resists fogging, non-toxic and non-flammable.
and eliminates static.
Novus® Plastic Polish #2 Anti-Static Plastic Cleaner
This removes fine scratches, haziness, and abrasions 1 gal. containers (4 per case)
from most plastics. With repeated use, it restores faded and 1 pint containers (12 per case)
discolored plastics.
Plastic Cleaner and Polish
Novus® Plastic Polish #3 8 oz. containers (12 per case)
This removes heavy scratches and abrasions from most
plastics. Requires the use of No. 2 for final finish. Not Cleaner and Reconditioner
intended for use on coated plastics or polycarbonates. 8 oz. containers (12 per case)
79
MISCELLANEOUS
Fabrication Tools
Drills Recommended Sawing Guide
Specially manufactured drill bits with modified rake angle
of 0° and cutting edge clearance of 10° produce smoother, Product Maximum Sheet Teeth
chip-free holes in acrylic. Availability runs from standard Cutting Thickness
sizes of 1/16” - 1” to metric sizes of 2mm - 13mm.
Acrylic - 1/16” 72, 80
Cell Cast and 1/8” -1/4” 72, 80
Router Bits Continuous 1/2” 60, 72, 80
Carbide Tipped Cast 1” - 2” 60, 72
Flush Trim: 3/8”- 1/2” cutting edge dia.
1” - 1 1/2” cutting edge length Acrylic - 1/16” 80, 90
Chamfer: 25° - 45° Bevel Extruded 1/8” - 1/4” 72, 80, 90, 100
5/8” - 3/4” cutting edge length 1/2” 72, 80, 100
Corner Rounding: 3/16” - 3/4” radius 1” - 2” 72, 80, 90
7/16” - 1 1/16” cutting edge length Polycarbonate 1/16” 72, 80, 100
Solid Carbide 1/8” - 2” 90
V Bottom: 1/4” - 1/2” cutting edge dia.
3/4” cutting edge length Nylon / 1/16” - 2” 24, 30, 36, 45
Upcut - Double Edge: 1/4” - 1/2” cutting edge dia. Polypropylene
3/4” - 1” cutting edge length / Teflon
Double Edge Straight: 3/16” - 1/2” cutting edge dia. Polyethylene / 1/16” - 1/8” 72, 80, 100
5/8” - 1” cutting edge length PVC / ABS 1/4” - 2” 60, 72, 80
Downcut - Double Edge: 1/4” - 1/2” cutting edge dia.
3/4” - 1 1/8” cutting edge length Polyurethane 1/16” - 2” 24, 30
Three-Edge Finisher: 1/2” cutting edge dia. (durometer 85
1 1/8”-1 5/8” cutting edge length or denser)
Single Edge Straight: 3/16” - 1/2” cutting edge dia.
5/8” - 1” cutting edge length Foamboard - 1/16” - 2” 96
paper masking
Saw Blades - Carbide Teeth Foamboard - 1/16” - 2” 80, 96
film masking
Phenolic 1/16” - 2” 48
Diameter Teeth Bore
UHMW 1/16” - 1/4” 72, 80, 100
8”, 10” 24 5/8” 1/2” - 2” 72, 80, 90
12” 30 1” Styrene / 1/16” - 2” 90
14” 36 1” Rigid Vinyl
16” 45 1” Sintra 1/16” - 2” 60, 72, 80
8”, 10”, 12” 48 5/8”, 1”
8”, 10”, 12”, 14” 60 5/8”, 1”
8”, 10”, 16” 72 5/8”, 1”
8”, 10”, 12”, 14”, 80 5/8”, 1”
16”
10”, 12”, 14” 90 5/8”, 1”
10” 96 5/8”
12” 100 1”
80
MISCELLANEOUS
Welding Tools
Welders are hand tools used to fuse thermoplastics Weg 5 (Quick L)
together with heat and pressure. The heat softens both the With built in sensors to prevent heating element burn-outs
welding rod (made of the same plastic as the substrate), and and self-contained blower, this 1300 watt welder weighs only
the substrate, joining the two. Thermoplastics which can be 3 pounds, is 12” long, and has an airflow of up to 10.6 CFM.
welded in this manner include PVC, PP (polypropylene), PE Good for all thermoplastics, it is designed for heat seaming
(polyethylene), polystyrene (PS), acrylics, polycarbonates, roofing and geomembranes, pond liners and tarpaulins, as
some blends of ABS, and other thermoplastic blends. For well as field and repair work.
general material welding specifics see the machining section,
page .
WEG 3000 Power Air
Wegener North America, Inc. As with the Weg 5, this model has built in sensors and self-
contained blower, is 4 pounds, 14” long, has a working
EXTRUSION WELDERS temperature up to 1300°F. A good tool for heat seaming
Extrusion welders were originally developed to replace thermoplastic roofing and geomembranes, pond liners and
multiple pass hand welds in thermoplastic tank construction. tarpaulins.
Their ease of adaptability has allowed their usage to branch
out into many other fields.
Working on the same principle as a sheet or rod extru- Wegener Standard Welding Tips
sion machine, they create a large bead which reduces weld- RD and HD
ing time and labor while providing a stronger weld. RD is for freehand welding, and HD is a tack welding tip
Typical applications include: for tacking without rod. The combination RD/HD is also
• HDPE and PP pipe and tank fabrication available as a freehand / tacking tip.
• welding of HDPE manholes, headers, sumps and
covers SSD
• installation and repair of HDPE membranes This is a high-speed welding tip for welding round rod at
• UHMWPE liners the highest speeds
• PVC tanks and scrubbers
• concrete protective liners, etc.
There are a variety of models available. Contact your
SSD / HD
nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center for current This combination is a high-speed tacking tip.
availability.
SSD / Profile
HOT AIR WELDERS These are for high-speed welding of triangular rod.
Available in standard sizes and custom designs.
Weg 08
This hand welder is designed for welding any SSD / Band
thermoplastic (PP, PE, PVC, CPVC, PVDF). It has an For use with cap strip in standard sizes 12mm, 15mm,
electronic temperature control with a working temperature and 18mm. Available with or without rollers.
range from ambient to 1200°F, an automatic shut-off in case
of air loss, and a cool touch barrel.
SSD / WL
This is designed for use with Westlake Halar cap strip.
Autotherm Hot Air Welding
Torch SSD / Roller
This was designed for sensitive materials such as PVC, This is to be used with round welding rod where
CPVC, PVDF, and fluoropolymers. Like Weg 08, this has an additional pressure is required.
electronic temperature control, automatic shut-off in case of
air loss, and a cool barrel touch. It also has a blinking light to
signal when the desired temperature is set.
81
MISCELLANEOUS
Welding Tools
SSD / Oval Seeyle, Inc.
This tip is to be used with oval profile welding rod. WELDERS
Seelye Guardian
This welder has a 400 watt element, in-line air filter,
Round Nozzle Model RD
pressure switch, indicator light, on/off switch, infinite heat
1/8”, 5/32”, and 3/16”
control, cool-to-the-touch barrel, regulator, air pressure
gauge, tacking an round tips.
Combination Round and Tacking Tip RD / HD
1/8” and 5/32”
Seelye Guardian PortaWelder
High Speed Welding Tip Model SSD and SSD/HD A self-contained welder, this unit has a 300 watt element
1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”, and 1/4” with compressor, cool-to-the-touch barrel, tacking and round
tips.
Triangular Speed Welding Tip Model SSD/Profile
1/8” x 1/8” x 3/16” Seelye Guardian PortaWelder
5/32” x 5/32” x 1/4”
3/16” x 3/16” x 5/16” With Variable Heat Control
1/4” x 1/4” x 5/16” A completely portable self-contained welder with heat
control, on/off switch, indicator light, cool-to-the-touch barrel,
Custom styles and sizes are available for SSD tips. heavy-duty compressor, tacking and round tips, stainless
steel clad 300 watt element.
Seelye Super Welder

This welder has an adjustable temperature range from
400°F to 900°F, a 575 watt element , gauge regulator and
round tip.
Seelye Model 63 Welder

A basic welder for fast and economical plastic welds. Is
equipped with a 500 watt element, gauge, heavy-duty air
regulator and round tip.
Seeyle SI-1197CH
A controlled heat welder, this unit has an 800 watt
element, pressure switch, indicator light, on/off switch,
pressure gauge, air regulator, air filter, infinite heat settings, a
temperature range of 625°F to 1300°F, tack and #10 tips.
DO YOU KNOW?
Norwood, Massachusettes, 1956-59, Stanley J.

Kaminsky develops high-speed tools for an
electric hand-held hot-air gun that becomes the
beginning of plastics welding as we know it today.
82
MISCELLANEOUS
Welding Tools Rods
HEAT GUNS #11 Triangle Automatic Feed Tip 1/8”, 5/32”
SI-1164, SI-1165, SI-1166 #12 Shrink Tubing Tip for Heat Shrinking Plastic Tubing
#13 Round/Triangle Automatic Feed Tip 3/16”
Heavy-duty industrial-quality heat guns with
#30RT Triangle Automatic Feed Tip with Roller 3/16”
temperatures to 1000°F and power ratings to 1740 watts.
#14 Triangle Automatic Feed Tip 1/4”
Reliable heat sources for working with freezer coils, plastic
laminates, circuit boards, PVC, fiberglass, or heat-shrinkable #15 Automatic Feed Tip for Strip or Ribbon Rod
materials. #9A Round Automatic Feed Tip “New Style” 1/8”, 5/32”
#40RT Triangle Automatic Feed Tip with Roller 1/8”, 5/32”
Model # Approx. Temp. Watts
Nozzle #10A Round Automatic Feed Tip “New Style” 3/16”
#17 Automatic Feed Tip for Ribbon 3/4”

SI-1164 300°F - 500°F 1440
#50RTH Triangle Automatic Feed Tip with Roller and 1/8”, 5/32”
(149°C - 260°C) Handle
SI-1165 500°F - 750°F 1680 #60RTH Triangle Automatic Feed Tip with Roller and 3/16”
Handle
(260°C - 399°C)
#60RH Round Automatic Reed Tip with Roller and Handle 3/16”
SI-1166 750°F - 1000°F 1740
(399°C - 538°C)
WELDING RODS
PVC
SI-6005 Round - Clear, Gray & White - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
A lightweight, economical heat gun featuring two heat Triangular - Gray & White - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
settings: 500°F (260°C) and 1000°F (538°C). Styrene - High Impact - SAN
Round - Natural - 1/8”
SI-6003, SI-6004 Polypropylene
The SI-6003 features temperature settings of 570°F and Round - Natural & White - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
1050°F. The SI-6004 has variable temperature control from Round - White Coils - 1/8”, 5/32”
ambient to 1050°F. Triangle - White - 1/8”
Triangle - Natural - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
Seeyle Standard Welding Tips Polycarbonate
Round - Clear & White - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
Description Size PVDF
#30R Round Automatic Feed Tip with Roller 3/16”
Round - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
#40R Round Automatic Feed Tip with Roller 1/8”, 5/32” ABS
#50RH Round Automatic Feed Tip with Roller and 1/8”, 5/32” Round - Black, Natural & White - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
Handle
CPVC
#4 Tacking Tip for Assembling Items Prior to Welding No Rod Used
Round - Gray - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16”
For current
#5 Round Tip for Hand Welding 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16” HDPE availabilities of
#6R Strip Feeder Tip for Welding Triangular Flexible Round - Black - 1/8”, 5/32” Ribbon and
PVC Strips
Round - Natural - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16” Specialty Rods,
#6G Strip Feeder Tip for Welding Flat Flexible PVC
Strips LDPE Assortments, and
#7 Flat Tip for Welding of Flexible Strip or Ribbon Rod Round - Natural - 1/8”, 5/32”, 3/16” Spools, consult
Polyurethane your closest Regal
#8 “V” Tip for Corner Welding of Flexible Strip or Ribbon
Plastic Supply Dis-
Rod 1 lb. Coil - Natural - 1/8”, 5/32”
#9 Round Automatic Feed Tip 1/8”, 5/32”
tribution center.
#10 Round Automatic Feed Tip 3/16”
83
MISCELLANEOUS
Camie-Campbell
Camie-Campbell has been manufacturing specialty Compatible with most substrates including painted
chemical products for 50 years. A wide range of formulations surfaces, glass, porcelain, concrete, and some plastics, it is
are available. Camie-Campbell adhesive, lubricant, mainte- water washable and available in aerosol (20 oz) and bulk (5
nance, screen printing, plastic molding, furniture, sewing, and gal pail, 55 gal drum).
upholstery products, are free of chlorofluorocarbons and
ozone depleting chemicals. Camie products are designed for 22/90 Heavy Duty Cleaner and
most plastic resins used in thermal plastic and thermal set
processes. Below is a sampling of Camie-Campbell prod-
Degreaser
Designed for heavy duty cleaning jobs, this product can
ucts, for a complete product listing, sizes, and availability, be used on machinery, floors, work areas and metal parts. It
contact your closest Regal Plastic Supply Distribution Center. is not recommended for energized electrical components or
contacts. Bulk is available.
ADHESIVES
LUBRICANTS
300 General Purpose Spray
Adhesive 100 Heavy Duty Silicone
This colorless adhesive, tacks instantly for a temporary Lubricant
or permanent bond, adheres to metal, plastic, wood, paper, Used primarily for general maintenance applications, this
cardboard, fabric, leather, and other substrates. It is used in multi-purpose, 6%, high viscosity, silicone spray can prevent
the garment, furniture, and upholstery industries, and in friction, sticking, ink or adhesive build up and the formation of
shipping room applications for sealing and palletizing of bags. rust. Available in aerosol (24 oz) B, C
Available in aerosol (24 oz) and bulk (5 gal pail, 55 gal drum).
888 Silicone Release Agent and
303 Foam and Fabric Adhesive
Soft, pliable, and orange, this adhesive emits a lace Lubricant
spray pattern for low soak-in on polyurethane foam, and Odorless and nonstaining, this product is recommended
works well on urethane foam, fabric, metal, supported vinyl, for use in the upholstery, foam and furniture industry. Avail-
wood, paper, and leather. Available in aerosol (24 oz) and able in aerosol (20 oz) A, C
bulk (1 and 5 gal pails, 55 gal drums).
999 Dry Silicone
313 Fast Tack Upholstery This all purpose lubricant is used for a variety of
applications, but is especially recommended for plastic and
Adhesive painted surfaces. Available in aerosol (20 oz) and bulk (5 gal
This product is less expensive than 303 with a faster pail, 55 gal drum) A, D
open time or set and a soft bond line without 1,1,1,
trichloroethane. Available in aerosol (20 oz) and bulk (1 and A1000 Dry Lubricant Release
5 gal pails, 55 gal drums).
Agent
393 Trim and Laminating This product leaves a dry, slick, friction-free surface
between like and unlike substrates and is useful where a wet
Adhesive lubricant might attract dust and dirt. Solvent resistant, it will
A high temperature, high strength adhesive, this product not melt below 450°F. Available in aerosol, (20 oz) and bulk,
was designed for harsh, demanding jobs found in the van (5 gal pail, 55 gal drum).
conversion, motor home, and manufactured housing
industries. Clear and non-yellowing, it is used for decorative 1380 Heavy Duty Paintable Mold
laminate work in the furniture, cabinet, and woodworking
areas. Available in aerosol (24 oz). Release
This all purpose release agent can be used on all of the
same plastic resins as 1080. FDA approved, it allows for
CLEANERS post decoration, painting, and gluing. Available in bulk.
22/80 Natural Citrus Cleaner A—Nonflammable when dry
B—Extremely flammable during application—nonflammable when dry
This product is designed to remove adhesives, grease, C—Active ingredients comply with 21 CFR 178.3570 lubricants with incidental
oil stains, road tar, rubber marks, residue from decals, heel food contact. Allow solvent to evaporate prior to possible food contact
D—Active ingredients and solvent comply with 21 CFR 178.3570 lubricants
marks, graftiti, lipstick, release agents, and soap film. with incidental food contact.
84
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
ABS Basic Information ABS Products
An amorphous terpolymer, ABS is manufactured by CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
combining three different compounds; acrylonitrile, CHEMICAL / VALUE (%) RATING CHEMICAL / VALUE (%) RATING CHEMICAL / VALUE (%) RATING
butadiene and styrene. A product that provides good
tensile strength, dimensional stability, surface hardness, Acetic Acid / 80
Acetic Acid / 10
P
G
Heptane
Hexane
F
G
Sodium Sulphate / 90
Sulfur
E
E
rigidity, electrical characteristics, with heat, chemical and Acetone
Aluminum Chloride / 10
P
E
Hydrochloric Acid / 2
Hydrochloric Acid / 10
E
E
Sulphuric Acid / 90
Tar
P
—
abrasion resistance; specific grades of ABS exhibit good Ammonia / 10
Ammonium Chloride / 10
E
E
Hydrogen Peroxide / 0.5
Hydroflouric Acid
—
—
Tataric Acid / 90
Tetrachlorethylene
—
P
impact strength at temperatures as low as -40°F. Amyl Acetate
Barium Sulphide / 10
P
E
Hydrogen Sulfide
Iodine
—
P
Toluene
Trichlorethylene
P
P
Typically translucent to opaque, ABS can be produced in Benzene
Boric Acid / 10
P
—
Isopropyl Alcohol
Isopropyl Ether
F
—
Turpentine
Urea
P
E
transparent grades and colors. Bleach / 10 E Lactic Acid / 10 E Vaseline E
Bromine / 30 P Linsee Oil E Vinegar E
Numerous formulations of ABS allow this product to Butyl Acetate P Magnesium Chloride / 10 G Water E
Butylene Glycol — Methanol P Wax Molten E
be used for applications requiring injection molding, Butyric Acid Conc. P Methyl Acetate P Wine G
Calcium Chloride E Methyl Ethyl Ketone P Xylene P
extrusion, blow molding, foam molding, and Camphor G Methyl Chloride P Zinc Chloride / 10 E
thermoforming. Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Tetrachloride
P
P
Milk
Mineral Oil
G
E
Using conventional fabrication methods, ABS can be Chlorine Gas / 100
Chloroform
P
P
Nitric Acid / 90
Nitric Acid / 10
P
P
sawed, drilled, routed, punched and die-cut, joined by Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol
P
E
nitro Benzene
Oxalic Acid / 10
P
—
adhesive or solvent bonding, and mechanically fastened. Chromic Acid / 20
Cotton Seed Oil
G
E
Parafin
Perchlorethylene
—
P
Easily bonded, ABS is frequently the product of choice in Dimethylformamide
Diesel Fuel
P
—
Phenol AQ.
Phosphoric Acid / 90
P
—
prototyping applications. Dioctyl Phthalate P Potassium Bromide / 10 —
Dioxane P Potassium Carbonate / 60 —
Typical Applications: Edible Oils — Potassium Hydroxide / 90 E
Ethanol / 90 F Potassium Nitrate / 90 E
• Camper tops Ether
Ethyl Acetate
—
P
Potassium Permanganate AQ. / 1
Propanol
E
E
• Housings for small appliances Ethylene Chloride
Flourine
G
P
Salicyllic Acid
Silicone Oils
E
E
• Communications equipment Freon / 12
Formaldehyde / 30
P
F
Soap Solutions
Sodium Bicarbonate AQ. / 50
G
E
• Business machines Formaldehyde / 40
Formic Acid / 10
P
G
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Carbonate / Saturated
E
E
• Automotive instrument panels Fruit Juices
Gasoline
E
E
Sodium Chloride / Saturated
Sodium Hydroxide / 10
E
E
Gasohol W / 10 Ethanol — Sodium Hydroxide / 90 E
• Pipes and fittings Gasohol W / 20 Ethanol — Sodium Nitrate / 90 E
Glycerine E Sodium Phosphate / 90 G
• Home security devices
• Refrigerator liners All concentrations shown above are 100% unless otherwise noted. All ratings are for room
• Luggage shells temperature only. Ratings do not take into consideration in-service stress.
• Tote trays E = EXCELLENT G = GOOD F = FAIR P = POOR

• Mower shrouds RATINGS LEGEND:
• Boat hulls EXCELLENT: The material appeared to be unaffected by the chemical during the test.
GOOD: The material appeared to be only very slightly affected by the chemical
• Large components for recreational vehicles FAIR: The material was substantially affected by the chemical.
POOR: The material was severely attacked by the chemical.
PRODUCT AVAILABILITIES
With the wide range of formulations on the market, the following is strictly a general range of product availability. Custom-
ized sizes are available. For specific needs, please contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center.
PLATE: Natural, Beige, Black, Flame Retardant, EXT. TUBE: Natural, Black, Flame Retardant
Machining Grade Diameters: 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and 1” to 7.87” I.D.
Thicknesses: 1/32” to 4” Lengths: 10’
Sizes: 12” x 48”, 24” x 48”
SHEET: Natural, Flame Retardant, Anti-Static, Conductive.
ROD: Natural, Beige, Black, Flame Retardant, Anti- Available in a wide variety of standard and custom colors,
Static, Conductive grain textures, gauges, and blank sizes.
Diameters: 3/16” to 8” Maximum Widths: 58”, 63” capped, 88”, 96” uncapped
Lengths: 2’ to 10’ Thicknesses: 0.040” to 2.000”
Std. Sizes: 48” x 96” & 120”; 54” x 94”
85
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Acetal Basic Information Acetal Products
Acetal polymers, referred to chemically as • Pumps
polyoxymethylene, are semi-crystalline engineering • Faucets
thermoplastics made by the polymerization of formaldehyde.
• Impellars
They have physical properties that are not available with
metals or most other plastics; high mechanical strength and • Shower heads
rigidity, low coefficients of fricton, low moisture absorption, • Faucet-cartridges
excellent dimensional stability, fatigue endurance, and
resistance to abrasion and creep. These materials are also Consumer Items
resistant to a wide range of solvents and have good electrical • Toys
properties, which make them good for electrical applications. • Garden sprayers
There are two types of acetals, homopolymer and • Audio and video cassette parts
copolymer. Acetal copolymers remain tough through broad
temperature ranges and are more resistant to hot water, hot • Butane lighter bodies
air, and creep than the homopolymers. Although • Zippers
homopolymers should not be used with strong caustics, they • Telephone components
generally have higher mechanical and thermal properties
than copolymers. Mechanical Components
Both types of acetals are available in several viscosity • Watch gears
ranges, in PTFE-filled or silicone grades, and many have • Conveyor links
met FDA requirements for food contact applications.
Homopolymer acetal is available in chemically lubricated low-
• Aerosols
friction formulas for self-lubricating applications. • Mechanical pen and pencil parts
Homopolymer and co-polymer acetals are available in
unreinforced and glass fiber-reinforced extrusion and FDA Approved Items
injection molding grades. The higher viscosity grades are • Milk pumps
normally used for extrusions such as extruded rod and slab, • Coffee spigots
and for molded parts that require maximum toughness. • Filter housings
Typical Applications:
• Food conveyors
Industrial and Automotive
• Gears
• Cams Ensinger Engineering
• Bushings Plastics
• Clips Ensinger Engineering Plastics manufactures a variety of
• Lugs homopolymer and copolymer acetal grades from the Delrin®,
• Door handles Celcon®, and Ultraform® resins.
• Housings
• Fuel-system Delrin®
• Seat-belt components Ensinger’s line of Delrin® homopolymer acetal products
• Steering columns includes FDA, NSF, and USDA approved Natural, Black, 20%
Glass-filled, and AF Blend (PTFE-filled) grades.
• Window-support brackets
• Cranks
• Handles
Ensital®
Ensinger’s line of copolymer acetal products include
grades of Black, Static Dissipative, and FDA, NSF, USDA,
Plumbing Products
and 3A Dairy approved Natural, produced from Celcon® or
• Valves Ultraform® resins. The Ensital, 13% PTFE-filled grade, is an
• Valve stems acetal homopolymer made from the Delrin® resin.
86
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Acetal
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY A. L. Hyde Company
Extruded Rod A.L. Hyde Company manufactures a variety of acetal
PRODUCT DIAMETERS (in) LENGTH (ft) homopolymer and copolymer grades from the Delrin®
Delrin® Natural & Black 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 9/16, 10
(Dupont) and Ultraform® (BASF) resins.
Ensital® Natural & Black 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1 1/8, 1 1/4, 1 3/8, 1
1/2, 1 5/8, 1 3/4, 1 7/8, 2, 2 1/8, 2 1/4,
2 3/8, 2 1/2, 2 5/8, 2 3/4, 2 7/8, 3, 3 Delrin® 150 SA Natural
1/4, 3 1/2, 3 3/4, 4, 4 1/4, 4 1/2, 4 3/4, This general purpose, unfilled acetal, has the best
5, 5 1/2, 6, 6 1/2, 7, 7 1/2, 8
impact and toughness properties of all the unfilled Delrin
Delrin® 570 - 20% 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2, 10 products.
Glass-filled 1 3/4, 2 1/2, 3, 3 1/2, 4, 4 1/2, 5, 6
Delrin® AF Blend
(PTFE-filled)
3/16 to 8 - Custom Order 10
Delrin® 100 Black
Ensital® Static Dissipative 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2, 2 1/2, 3 10
This is the black, UV stabilized, version of Delrin® 150
SA.
Ensital® HPV 13 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2, 1 10
(PTFE-filled) 3/4, 2, 2 1/2, 2 3/4, 3, 4, 5, 6
Extruded Plate
Delrin® 550 SA Natural
A general purpose grade, unfilled acetal, this Delrin®
PRODUCT THICKNESS (in) SIZE product provides excellent machinability requiring little to no
Delrin® Natural & Black 1/32, 1/16, 3/32, 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 24” x 48” deburring during machining and exhibiting no build up of silk.
Ensital® Natural & Black 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2,
1 3/4, 2, 2 1/4, 2 1/2, 2 3/4, 3
3 1/4, 3 1/2, 3 3/4, 4 12” x 48”

Delrin 507® Black
This is the black, UV stabilized, version of Delrin® 550
Delrin® 570 - 20% 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1 24” x 48” SA.
Glass-filled 1/4, 1 1/2, 1 3/4, 2
Delrin® AF Blend 1/32 to 3 - Custom Order 24” x 48”
(PTFE-filled) 3 1/4 to 4 - Custom Order 12” x 48” Delrin® 570
Ensital® Static Dissipative 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, 1 1/2, 2 24” x 48”
Glass-filled acetal typically provides higher mechanical
properties and better diensional stability than the unfilled
Ensital® HPV 13 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 7/8, 1, 1 24” x 48”
(PTFE-filled) 1/4, 1 1/2, 1 3/4, 2 products. Delrin® 570 is available in 15% to 20% glass-filled
grades.
Extruded Tube
All Gauges 10 Ft. Lengths
PRODUCT ID (in) OD (in) Delrin® AF Blend
*Delrin® Natural & Black 1.00 1.50 This acetal product is filled with 13% teflon fiber. It has
*Ensital® Natural & Black
1.00, 1.25 1.75 better lubricity, lower coeficients of friction, and better wear
Delrin® 570 - 20%
Glass-filled 1.00, 1.25, 1.50 2.00
characteristics than unfilled acetal. Two grades are available,
Delrin® AF Blend Delrin 500 AF and Delrin 100 AF.
1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00 2.50
(PTFE-filled)
Ensital® Static Dissipative 1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.30, 2.50 2.90
Ensital® HPV 13
1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.30, 2.50 3.00 Delrin® 500 CL
(PTFE-filled)
1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.30, 2.50 3.50, 4.00, A lubricated acetal, this grade has a lower coefficient of
3.00 4.50, 5.00 friction than unfilled Delrin®.
5.50
1.00, 1.25, 1.50, 2.00, 2.50, 3.00 6.00
* - 500 lb. Minimums
apply 4.92 7.09
5.91 7.87
7.87 9.84
7.87 11.84
87
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Acetal
DE-588 Hydel® ASD

This PTFE filled Delrin® is an acetal product meeting This electrically active composite product made of
Military Specifications. acetal and a non-carbon, non-fiber filler provides excellent
wear resistance and anti-static properties with a surface
Ultraform H4320 Natural resistivity of 1010 - 1013 ohms/sq.
A general purpose, unfilled grade of copolymer acetal, it
is the same base grade used in the black copolymer grade.
ROD - Diameters
PRODUCT 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
2 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2
3 1/4 1/2
5/8 3/4 3/4
4 1/4 1/2 3/4
5 1/2 6
Delrin® 150 SA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Delrin® 100 Black * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Delrin® 550 SA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Delrin® 507 Black * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
**Delrin® 570 * * * * * * *
Delrin® AF Blend * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Delrin® 500 CL * * * * *
DE-588 * * * * *
****Ultraform H4320 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Hydel® ASD * * * * * * * *
ROD SLAB
Diameters Lengths Tolerances Thicknesses Sizes
1/4” - 7/8” 5 ft. & 10 ft. +.002 / -.000 1/32 - 3/16 24 x 48
1” 5 ft. & 10 ft. +.004 / -.000 1/4 - 4 12 x 12, 12 x 24, 12 x 48
1 1/8” - 2” 4 ft. & 8 ft. +.005 / -.000 1/4 - 3 24 x 24, 24 x 48
2 1/8” - 2 3/4” 2 ft. & 4 ft. +.025 / -.000
3” - 12” 2 ft. & 4 ft. Oversize
SLAB - Thicknesses
PRODUCT 1/32 1/16 3/32 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4 1 1/2 1 3/4 2 2 1/4 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 3 1/2 4
*Delrin® 150 SA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Delrin® 100 Black * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
*Delrin® 550 SA * * * * *
Delrin® 507 Black * * * * * * *
**Delrin® 570 * * * * *
Delrin® AF Blend * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Delrin® 500 CL * * *
DE-588 * * * *
****Ultraform H4320 * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Hydel® ASD * * * * * * * *
* - 1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, 1 1/4 thicknesses are available in 24 x 96

** - 15% glass-filled (20% glass-filled is available on request)
**** - Available in 7, 7 1/2, and 8 inch diameters. Black is available as a stock item.
88
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Acetal
DSM Engineering Plastics PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

Products PRODUCTS ROD PLATE TUBULAR
BAR
OTHER
DSM Engineering Plastics Products (formerly the Acetron® 1/32” - 6” 1/32” - 3” hex & square rod
Polymer Corporation) manufactures and offers the following GP Acetal diameters thickness
formulations of acetal products.
Delrin® 1/32” - 6” 1/32” - 3” hex & square rod
Acetron® GP Acetal Acetal diameters thickness
As DSM’s general purpose copolymer acetal, this

Delrin® AF 1/16” - 6” 1/4” - 2” hex & square rod
product is deemed porosity free and has FDA, USDA, NSF, Blend diameters thickness
Canada AG and 3A-Dairy compliance.
Delrin® AF
Delrin® Acetal 100
This homopolymer acetal product is manufactured and Acetron® 1/4” - 6” 1/4” - 2” hex & square rod
stocked in rod and plate. Exhibiting slightly higher NS Acetal diameters thickness
mechanical properties and less chemical resistance than Semitron® 1/32” - 6” 1/32” - 3” hex & square rod
ESd 225 diameters thickness
Acetron® GP Acetal, this acetal material may contain a low-
density center in larger cross-sections. It is particularly
recommended for small diameter, thin-walled bushings. Custom sizes available
Delrin® AF Blend
This PTFE/ acetal blend product is recommended for use
in moving parts where low friction and long wear life are
required. This acetal blend retains 90% of the inherent
strength of unmodified Delrin® acetal.
Delrin® AF 100
This unblended acetal material exhibits a slightly higher
limiting PV, lower coeffiecient of friction, and decreased wear
resistance and impact strength due to the added PTFE
content.
Acetron® NS Acetal
This internally lubricated acetal grade provides high PV
cabilities, low coefficient of friction and excellent wear
resistance. Stable in both wet and dry environments, it is
recommended for precise, close tolerances.
Semitron® ESd 225

Designed for the semiconductor industry, this is a static
dissipative acetal exhibiting surface resistivity of 1010 - 1012 DO YOU KNOW?
ohms/sq., thermal performance to 225°F (107°C), broad
chemical resistance, good wear resistance, and dissipative 1960 - Celanese introduces Celcon acetal
copolymer.
rate of 5 KV in less than 2 seconds per Mil-B-8170C.
89
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Kydex®
Kydex® thermoplastic sheets for vacuum and pressure
forming applications are products of the Kleerdex Company.
• Uniform Wall Thickness
Special forming techniques and selective heating are
Based on proprietary acrylic/PVC formulations, all
seldom necessary to achieve uniform wall thicknesses.
Kydex® thermoplastic sheet grades deliver an unmatched
Because of its high hot tear strength, thermoforming with
combination of performance and cost advantages.
Kydex® sheet generally results in more uniform wall
All grades of Kydex® sheet offer the following
thicknesses than competitive materials. This frequently
characteristics:
allows for down-gauging the sheet thickness while retaining
minimum wall thicknesses in the formed part.
Physical Properties
• Modulus of Elasticity • Machinability
Kydex® thermoplastic is among the most rigid of Kydex® sheet is extremely easy to work with. It can be
thermoforming materials, resulting in parts that deform less formed on standard equipment. It can be die-cut on standard
when loaded, which is particularly important in deep formed die-cutting machines. All secondary operations are possible,
parts with thin wall sections. including: machining, sawing, shearing, drilling, punching,
brake forming, sanding, and polishing. In addition, Kydex®
• Abrasion Resistance sheet can be joined to itself or to other materials by
Kydex® sheet performs very well in abrasion resistance cementing or mechanical fastening.
tests. Parts made from it invariably last a long time and
maintain their high quality surface finish.
KYDEX® 100
• Dimensional Stability Acrylic/PVC fire retardant sheet which is used for
Very low water absorption and a relatively low coefficient vacuum and pressure forming of high performance
of thermal expansion give parts formed from Kydex® high components.
dimensional stability. Of the three standard formulations of Kydex®, Kydex®
100 offers the highest performance and the highest level of
• Chemical Resistance impact resistance, deep formability, and flammability
From sulfuric acid to hydrocarbons, Kydex® acrylic/PVC resistance.
alloy is more resistant to a wider range of concentrated
chemicals than any other thermoplastic.
KYDEX® T
A proprietary acrylic/PVC fire retardant sheet for general
Fabrication
thermoforming. Kydex® T is a cost competitive alternative to
• Wide Forming Range at Low Forming fire retardant ABS/PVC (FR-ABS) formulations while
Temperatures providing higher impact strength, rigidity, tensile strength,
Kydex® sheet can be thermoformed at temperatures abrasion resistance, and extensibility. Unlike FR-ABS,
between 320°F and 390°F. Tooling can range from wood for Kydex® T normally requires no drying, and offers significantly
quick turnarounds and prototyping to epoxy or aluminum for greater resistance to a broad range of corrosive chemicals
longer runs. and cleaning solutions.
• Superior Extensibility KYDEX® L

Forms to deeper draws than competitive materials when Laminating grade, fire rated sheet, used for store
heated to the proper thermoforming temperature for its fixtures, exhibits, door surfacing and partitions. Unlike most
thickness. high pressure laminates, color is integral throughout the
sheet. Class 1/A rated at (.040” and thinner), this sheet is UL
• Excellent Hot Tear Strength STD 94 V-0 listed by Underwriters Laboratories.
Unlike many thermoformable sheets, Kydex® has
unusual resistance to hot-tearing.
90
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Kydex®
Typical Applications for KYDEX® 100 and T: Flammability Underwriter’s FAR 25.853 a and b
Ratings Laboratories, Inc. Vertical Burn
• Equipment housings (cash registers, photocopy UL Standard 94
machines, grilles, instrument panels, x-ray
Kydex 100 UL Recognized 94 V-0 Pass all gauges and
machines, computers, keyboards, etc.) & 5V - all gauges and colors
• Internal equipment parts (vending machine chutes, colors
air ducts, partitions, etc.)
Kydex L UL Recognized 94 V-
• Orthopedic products (braces of all types) 0 - .040” and Thinner
• Consumer products (holsters, medical alert
systems, housings for lawn/garden/recreational Kydex T UL Recognized 94 V- Pass all gauges and
equipment, etc.) 0 - all gauges and colors
colors
KYDEX® 6565
A proprietary acrylic/PVC fire retardant sheet for vacuum PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
and pressure forming of aircraft interior components.
Kydex® 6565 meets all fire retardancy requirements set forth
in Federal Aviation Regulation 25.853 paragraphs (a), (b), COLOR, SHEET AND ROLL SELECTION
and (c) (old [a-1]). It also exhibits a broad range of COLORS 33 Standard Colors Amethyst 42111
outstanding physical, mechanical, and thermal properties, Custom Colors Available Angora 72174
and is very easy to form, making it the ideal material from Beige 72005
TEXTURE(S) P-1 Haircell Blue:
which to form a broad variety of two- and three-dimensional P-E Smooth Buoyant 42112
aircraft components. P-3 Velour Matte Cadet 42000
P-C Level Haircell Canyon 42107
P-8 Suede Pastel 42031
Typical Applications: P-F Levant (>.040”) Peacock 42108
• Air Ducts P-7 Stipple Bordeaux 12036
P-G Contour Cabernet 12038
• Armrests P-A Smooth (LTD Grades) Calcutta Black 52000
• Bulkhead laminates Chocolate 72010
THICKNESS .028” (0.7mm) Cocoa 72047
• Escape slide packboards .040” (1.0mm) Daybreak 72177
• Galley parts .060” (1.5mm) Dusty Rose 72176
.080” (2.0mm)
• Instrument panels .093” (2.4mm)
Gray:
Dark 52002
• Lavatory floorpans .125” (3.2mm) Pewter 52001
• Life vest shrouds .156” (4.0mm) Green:
.187” (4.8mm) Mystic 32060
• Lighting housings .250” (6.4mm) Ivory 62015
• Molding strips .312” (7.9mm) Misty Mauve 72178
CUSTOM THICKNESSES ALSO
• Passenger service units AVAILABLE Monterey 62033
Orange 22031
• Sidewall panels SHEET SIZES Standard Widths Parchment 72000
• Toilet shrouds 36”, 48”, 60” Pinstripe 52070
• Tray tables Standard Lengths Polar White 62000
24” to 120” Red 12000
• Window reveals CUSTOM SHEET SIZES ALSO Rooster Red 12037
AVAILABLE
Rouge 72175
ROLLS 24” x 120’ (36.58 m x .61 m) Sandy Beach 72179
36” x 120’ (36.58 m x .91 m) Snowflake 62029
48” x 120’ (36.58 m x 1.22 m) Thunder 42109
CUSTOM ROLL SIZES ALSO Treasure Chest 32059
AVAILABLE
(IN .028” and .040” ONLY)
Twilight 42110
91
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Fluorocarbons
The fluoroplastic industry began in 1938 with the PFA
invention of polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE also known as
In addition to having the properties of PTFE,
TFE). Since then, seven more fluoroplastics have been
perfluoroalkoxy is melt processable with lower permeation
added to the fluorocarbon family: FEP, PVDF, PFA, ETFE,
and a better flex life. It is also more expensive than both
PCTFE, ECTFE and PVF. These fluorplastics offer good
PTFE and FEP, but It meets FDA and USP Class VI
weatherabilty, low friction, a wide working temperature range,
regulations. Applications include: coating cables, valve and
electrical and thermal insulation, chemical resistance and
pump linings, insulating bushings, release applications, and
anti-stick surfaces.
the pharmaceutical and semi-conductor industries.
PTFE ETFE
Recognized as the first fluorocarbon, and more
Ethylene tetra fluoro ethylene is a copolymer of ethylene
prominently referred to by the tradename Teflon®,
and tetrafluoroethylene. It has greater strength and stiffness
polytetrafluoroethylene is the most chemically resistant
than PTFE, FEP, PFA, excellent impact strength, abrasion
plastic known. It has a working temperature range of -400°
resistance, and good thermal properties. It has a continuous
to 500°F, excellent thermal and electrical insulation
working temperature of 300°. Applications include valves,
properties and a low coefficient of friction. With a non-stick
fittings, pump housings, electrical components and liquid
surface, very few materials will adhere to it, and those that
chromatography.
stick can be easily peeled or rubbed off. PTFE’s mechanical
properties are lower than other engineering plastics, but that
can be improved by adding fillers such as glass fiber, carbon, PCTFE
graphite, molybdenum disulfide and bronze. PTFE cannot be Chlorotrifluoroethylene has greater tensile and
processed by conventional methods; it must be condensed compressive strength than PTFE, FEP, or PFA, and greater
and then sintered to produce a useful plastic. Applications radiation resistance within its temperature range. It does not,
include labyrinth seals and shrouds, dishwasher arm beams, however, have the solvent resistance of PTFE, FEP, PFA or
transmission and power steering seal rings and valve seats. ETFE, and at high temperatures it is subject to stress
cracking. It is FDA approved, oxygen compatible, and has
near zero moisture absorption. Applications include: valves,
FEP seals, gaskets, bearings, instrumentation, and the aerospace
Fluoronated ethylene propylene can be extruded or
and pharmaceutical industries.
injection molded. It has the same chemical resistance and
mechanical and electrical properties of PTFE, but its
temperature range is from -454° to 400°F. It is chemically ECTFE
inert, weather resistant, and flexible with a low coefficient of Ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene is a copolymer of
friction. It is also FDA and USP Class VI approved. ethylene and PCTFE. It has a temperature range of -80° to
Applications include sight gauges, valve and pump linings, 300°F., with excellent electric insulating properties and
pipe liners, release applications, and tubing for strong impact resistance. At ambient temperatures, its mechanical
chemicals. properties compare to those of nylon 6. Applications include:
valve parts, watch parts, lab tubing, containers for corrosive
materials, and electrical applications.
PVDF
Polyvinylidene fluoride is stiffer and resists cold better
than PTFE, FEP, and PFA. However, it has lower chemical PVF
resistance, anti-stick properties, lubricity, electrical properties Polyvinyl fluoride has excellent resistance to weathering
and temperature ranges than the above three. Although a and good resistance to abrasion and staining. Applications
popular material for pipes and fittings, this material is also include surfacing film for industrial, architectural, and
used in the semi-conductor, pulp and paper, nuclear waste, decorative building materials. Applications include glazing
chemical processing, and food and pharmaceutical material for solar collectors.
processing industries.
92
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Fluorocarbons
Teflon® Shapes • Relays
Along with a wide variety of stock shapes and profiles, • Rings
an endless variety can be extruded to customer specifica- • Seals
tions. • Tape-Wrapped Wire
Typical industry uses of Teflon® (PTFE / TFE) shapes
and profiles include:
• Terminal Insulators
• Baffles • Transformers and Coils
• Bearings • Valve Components
• Bushings • Washers
• Capacitors Other extruded profiles include:
• Chemical Equipment • U-Channel
• Coaxial Cable Connectors • C-Rail
• Electronics Equipment • Snap-On
• Food Processing Equipment • Half Round Snap-On
• Gaskets • J-Leg
• Mechanical Components • Full Round
• Medical Equipment
• Pump Components
Photo courtesy of Zeus Industrial Products, Inc.
93
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Fluorocarbons
Ensinger Engineering A. L. Hyde Company

A. L. Hyde produces PVDF material from the Kynar® (Elf
Plastics Atochem) and Sol-F (Solvay®) resins.
Ensinger manufactures the following types of
fluorocarbon materials, PVDF and PCTFE.
Kynar® type 740 (PVDF)
Ensikem® (PVDF) This general purpose, unfilled extrusion grade of PVDF,
was primarily designed for the chemical processing industry.
Known for its non-toxicity, high purity, high heat
It is chemical, solvent, corrosion,and UV resistant with low
deflection temperature, and UV and gamma ray resistance,
flammability and good thermal stability.
this material is used in semiconductor and chemical
processing and heat exchangers. It is FDA approved and
meets ASTM D-3222 Type II regulations. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Rod
Diameter Length
Ensinger PCTFE 1/4” - 1” 5 and 10’
This crystalline polymer is nonflammable, chemical
1 1/8” - 2” 4 and 8’
resistant and has a working temperature of -300°F to 300°F.
2 18” - 6” 2 and 4’
It is designed to have excellent electrical insulating and
cryogenic properties with low creep and cold flow.
Slab
Applications include bearings, bushings, pump parts and ball
Thickness Size
valve seats.
3/8” - 4” 12”x 12”, 12”x 24”, 12”x 48”
3/8” - 3” 24” x 24”, 24” x 48”
Ensikem® (PVDF)
Rod
Diameter: 3/8” - 6” (up to 8” is available by request)
Length: 10’
Plate
Thickness: 1/4” - 4”
Size: (1/4” - 3”) 24” x 48”
(3 1/4” - 4”) 12” x 48”
Tube
From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and 1” to 7.87” I.D. - 10’ Lengths
Ensinger PCTFE
Disc Length
3”- 8” OD 1/2” to 2”
Rod Length DO YOU KNOW?
1” - 2 3/4” OD 3” - 8”
The discovery of Teflon, April 6, 1938, was pure
Tube Length chance. Involved in a study of refrigeration gases as
1 5/8” to 33 OD 3” to 6” part of a project totally unrelated to polymers, a group
of DuPont researchers headed by Dr. Roy J. Plunkett
Plate Thickness noticed a white, waxy solid material while cleaning a
8” x 8” or 10” x 10” square 1/4” - 2” cylinder which had contained tetrafluoroethylene.
That fluorocarbon resin, became known as Teflon.
94
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Fluorocarbons
DSM Engineering Plastic PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

Fluorosint® 207 / 500
Products Semitron® ESd 500HR
DSM Engineering Plastic Products (formerly Polymer
Corporation) manufactures PTFE under the tradenames of Rod
Fluorosint® and Semitron® ESd. The Fluorosint® materials
1/2” - 8 3/4”
are the result of a proprietary process in which synthetically
manufactured mica are chemically linked to PTFE, creating a
Plate
product with low frictional properties and dimensional
12” x 12” ( 1/4” - 3” thick)
stability. The Semitron® ESd material is DSMEPP’s static
dissipative PTFE.
NOTE: The Fluorosint materials’ physical strength Tubular Bar
characteristics are not as high as other advanced engineering 1 1/4” OD x 1/2” ID to 38.75” OD x 32” ID
plastics.
Fluorosint® 500
With nine times greater resistance to deformation under
load than unfilled PTFE, this material is 1/3 harder than
PTFE, has better wear characteristics and low frictional
properties. Its coefficient of linear thermal expansion
approaches the expansion rate of aluminum, and is 1/5 that
of PTFE.
Fluorosint® 207
White in color, this product meets FDA regulation 21
CFR 175.3000. It is non-permeable in steam and its relative
wear rate is 1/20 the rate of PTFE below 300°F (150°C).
Semitron® ESd 500HR

Designed for the semiconductor industry, this is a static
dissipative reinforced PTFE. It has high thermal insulation, a
low coefficient of friction, and is thermally stable to 500°F
(260°C).
DO YOU KNOW?
In the 1920s DuPont chemist Wallace Hume

Carothers and his team develop nylon, which
replaced animal hair in toothbrushes and silk
stockings.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Nylon
Nylon, as the first engineering resin, was introduced in Nylon 6
stock shapes in 1946. Today there are a variety of extruded
This type nylon is produced through a casting process,
and cast nylons. Grades include FDA approved, internally
unlike Nylon 6 / 6 which is extruded. Although the two work
lubricated and heat stabilized. There are also a wide range
well in many of the same applications, Nylon 6 comes in
of shapes including rod, hex rod, square rod, bushing stock,
larger sheets and rods and it has slightly better impact
strip, tubing, custom profiles, plate, disk, and tubular and
resistance than Nylon 6 / 6. It can be cast to-size finished
rectangular bar. Its excellent wear resistance, low frictional
parts, into custom mill shapes, cast blanks and near net
and good temperature properties, along with its chemical and
shapes. Custom cast nylon parts often replace machined
impact resistance, have made it a good replacement for
plastic parts, sand cast metal parts, and multipart metal
many types of materials from metal to rubber. It has been
assemblies.
used in applications ranging from electronic, marine and
automotive industries to fibers used to make carpet. Among
the many nylons available are the following. Blue Nylon
This is a type 6 nylon with a heat stabilized blue colorant.
It has the same physical properties as natural nylon, but will
Nylon 6 / 6 withstand slightly higher temperatures.
This was the first nylon material available in rod, sheet
and tube for industrial use. Since its introduction in 1946, it
has become the most widely used nylon in the American Moly-filled Nylon
industry. It is the strongest and stiffest of all nylons, and has Filled with a solid lubricant, parts made from this will
the highest melting point of any unmodified nylon processed operate with little or no additional lubrication.
by conventional extrusion techniques. Its low friction, high
strength, toughness and good abrasion resistance allows it Oil-Filled Nylon
to replace steel, bronze, brass, aluminum, laminated This material has a lower coefficient of friction than
phenolics, wood and rubber. Parts can also be easily unfilled and molyfilled nylon. It will not dry out even under
fabricated from mill shapes using standard metalworking extreme operating conditions where the nylon may be worn
tools. away during machining.
• Bearings
• Bushings
Glass-Filled Nylon
This 6 / 6 nylon is reinforced with glass fibers, making it
• Valve seats twice as strong and stiff as unreinforced nylon, with a heat
• Thrust washers deflection temperature which approaches its melting point.
• Seals
• Wear surfaces
• Rollers Ensinger Engineering
• Guides Plastics
• Gears Ensinger produces extruded nylon materials under the
• Insulators tradename Ensilon® and cast nylon under the tradename
• Cams and cam followers Vekton®.
• Fasteners
• Sleeves Ensilon®
• Liners This group of Ensinger’s extruded nylon 6 / 6 products
are resistant to hydrocarbons, ketone and esters.
• Tooling fixtures Applications include bushings, bearings, pulleys, and other
• Forming dies wear parts. Available grades are Natural, Black, MDS, and
30% Glass-reinforced.
96
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Nylon
Vekton® Hyd-Cast Oil-filled

These cast nylons are lightweight, yet tough and strong Green colored, this type 6 nylon has a silicone based oil
with good bearing properties. Vekton® cast nylons are manufactured into the material, giving it more surface lubricity
produced in a wide range of formulations: Natural, Black, and wear resistance than the unfilled grades.
Blue, MDS, Graphite-filled, Oil-filled, and High Heat. A wide
variety of stock shapes are available.
Hyd-Cast MoS2 Black
This cast nylon has two additives. The first,
A. L. Hyde Company Molybdenum Disulphide (MoS2), hardens the surface and
A.L. Hyde produces a wide range of extruded and cast enhances lubricity, wear, and compressive strength. The
nylon grades. second additive, black pigment, enhances it aesthetically and
improves its UV resistance.
Type 6 / 6 Products
Moly-filled Nylon Hydlar ZF
This type 6 / 6 nylon material is gray-colored with A combination of Nylon and Kevlar® Fiber, this material
increased surface hardness, lubricity and wear resistance. has up to 20 times the wear characteristics of standard nylon
and a non-galling mating wear surface. It has good chemical
ST801 Nylon and temperature resistance, high mechanical properties, and
A very tough type 6 / 6, this product exhibits more impact is FDA, USDA, and 3A (Dairy) compliant.
resistance and toughness than Zytel 42.
Zytel® 42 Nylawear®
A solid lubricant is added to this cast nylon, giving it an
A general purpose, type 6 / 6 nylon, it is available in extremely low coefficient of friction and excellent wear
natural and black.
resistance. It also has low moisture absorption and can
withstand high pressure-velocity conditions, outperforming
Zytel® 159L Hyd-Cast Oil-filled Nylon. FDA approved Nylawear® is
A type 6 / 12 nylon, this material has lower moisture available upon request.
absorption and better dimensional stability than type 6 / 6.
Type 6 Products
Glass-filled 13% Nylon
DSM Engineering Plastic
A type 6 nylon material with increased strength and Products
dimensional stability. DSM Engineering Plastic Products (formerly Polymer
Corporation) produces the following extruded type 6 / 6 and
Hyd-Cast Natural cast type 6 nylon materials.
This is Hyde’s natural type 6 cast nylon.
TYPE 6 / 6 PRODUCTS
Hyd-Cast Moly-filled Nylon 101
This material is a type 6 nylon, colored black, with the Unmodified, this is the strongest and most rigid nylon,
same qualities as the extruded moly-filled nylon. with one of the highest melting points at 500°F. Designed for
general purpose wear and structural parts, it is specified for
Hyd-Cast Blue screw machined electrical insulators and food contact parts.
A type 6 nylon, this product has a heat stabilized blue It is FDA, USDA, NSF, and 3-A Dairy compliant.
colorant and the same physical properties as Hyd-Cast
Natural.
97
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Nylon
Nylatron® GS Nylon PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

This MoS2 filled nylon is stronger, more rigid and has a Extruded Nylon Type 6/6 - General Range
lower coefficient of friction than 101. It also maintains better Sheet
fit and clearances, and has less tendency to seize as Size: up to 24”x 120”
bearings. Thickness: 1/16” to 4”
30% Glass-reinforced Rod

Diameter: 1/16” to 6”
Nylon 6/6 Length: 8 feet
This material is for applications which require higher
compressive strength and rigidity, improved load capacity or Plate
frictional characteristics. Thickness: 1/16” to 3”
TYPE 6 PRODUCTS Tube

MC® 901 Nylon From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and 1” to 7.87” I.D. - 10’ Lengths
This blue-colored nylon offers long-term thermal stability
up to 260°F. Applications include wheels, gears, and custom Cast Nylon Type 6 - General Range
parts. Sheet
Size: up to 48” x 120”
MC® 907 Nylon Thickness: 3/16” up to 4”
This unmodified, off white nylon offers the highest
strength and hardness of the type 6 grades. It is FDA, USDA Rod
and 3A-Dairy compliant. Diameter: 2” up to 38”
Disc
Nylatron® GSM Nylon 28” to 80”
This grey-black material has finely divided MoS2
lubricant added for load bearing capabilities. Applications Plate
include gears, sheaves, sprockets and custom parts. Thickness: 3/16” to 4”
Nylatron® NSM Nylon Tubular Bar

In wear applications, this material lasts up to ten times 2” to 38” nominal O.D.
longer than standard type 6 nylon. It has solid lubricant 1” to 35” nominal I.D.
additives for self-lubricating, high pressure/ velocity and
superior wear resistance. Rectangular Block
Thickness: up to 14”
Nylatron® GSM Blue Nylon Tube
(Oil-filled) From 2” - 20” O.D. and 1 1/2” to 18” I.D. - 2’ Lengths
A combination of MoS2 and oil gives this material 20%
lower coefficient of friction, 40% greater limiting PV, and a
lower “k” factor than Nylatron® GSM. Applications include
slide pads, thrust washers, and trunion bearings.
98
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Phenolics
Phenolic resins are thermoset resins which are • Slot wedges
commonly filled with organic and inorganic fillers, fibers or • Slider rails
fabrics. Fillers include woven glass cloth, random glass mat,
glass filaments, woven canvas cotton fabric, woven linen
• Piston rings
cotton fabric, paper, woven aramid fabric, random mat • Bushings
graphite and others. • Pulleys
The phenolic resins and fillers are then formed into • Bearings
plastic laminates. This is done by laying thin sheets of the • Valve rings
resin-impregnated material upon eachother, and molding or • Pump and air motor blades
pressing them into a solid mass which takes on the shape of
the molding instrument.
Glass and carbon fiber fabric based
Paper-based phenolics are the most economical while
providing significant electrical and mechanical properties. • Gaskets
Cotton fabric phenolics have greater impact strength, • Arc chutes
machinability, and resistance to corrosion. Glass based • Scraper boards
grades exhibit low moisture absorption, dimensional stability, • Wear blocks
and the highest mechanical strength, but are not as easily • Slot wedges
machined as paper or cotton fabrics. Phenolic compounds,
overall, are characterized as having good electrical qualities,
excellent mold ability and dimensional stability. They are
chemical, water, heat and flame resistant with low smoke Standard Sheet Sizes:
generation and toxicity. 36”x 48”, 48”x 48”, 48”x 96”
Special grades are also produced, to provide maximum
dimensional stability at high temperatures and in steam, Sheet Thicknesses:
better machining qualities (fine tooth gears), and crack and .010” to 7”
electrical resistance.
Phenolic laminates are available in rod, sheet and tube. Rod:
Typical Applications: 1/8” to 6” diameters (23” to 48” long)
Paper based material
Tube:
• Thrust washers .010” to 2” Wall Thickness
• Terminal strips 1/8” to 16” I.D.
• Push button sliders 23”, 39”, 48” Length
• Jack spacers
• Cams Colors:
• Switch backs Natural, Black, Chocolate, White, Blue,Tan and Red
• Circuit breaker covers Products, sizes and colors vary with manufacturers. Check
• Line shields with your plastics distributor for current availabilities.
• Electrical cabinetry
Cotton fabric and synthetic based material

• Gears
• Top sticks
• Gaskets
• Cam followers
• Housings
99
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Phenolics
NEMA Grade Descriptions and End Use Grade XXXPC —
Applications These laminates are paper phenolic compounded to
punch at rom temperatues or slightly above. They are softer
Grade X — than XXX or XXP grades and have excellent electrical
A high strength paper phenolic material primarily properties under humid conditions. Their use is found in the
intended for general purpose mechanical applications. It has radio frequency range.
the highest impact strength of hte paper base grades and fair Grade L
electrical properties. In areas where moisture or high humid A cotton phenolic laminate similar in construction to “LE”,
conditions are encoutred, the material should be used with but intended primarily for mechanical applications where fine
descretion. It fabricates very well, but punching should be appearance on machined parts is essential.
limited to under 3/64” as the low resin content of a
mechanical grade does not give the punchability of an XP Grade LE —
grade. A cotton fabric phenolic material suitable for electrical
applications where toughness and good machining properties
Grade XP — are needed. This material is superior in moisture absorption
A paper base phenolic material for hot punching and electrical properties to CE grade and is available in
applications. The material is more flexible but does not have thinner thicknesses.
the flexural strength of “X” grade. It is the grade used for
general purpose work for insulating materials. Grade C —
These materials are cotton canvas phenolic laminates
Grade XPC — intended for applications requring toughness and high impact
A paper phenolic material intended for punching and strength. They fabricate very well and as added impact is
shearing at room temperature of 23°C. The material has desired heavier fabrics are used.
good mechanical and electrical properties with higher cold
flow and lower in flexural strength than XP. Grade CE —
These grades use a purified cloth similar to C grade, but
Grade XX — material has controlled electrical properties. This material
A paper base phenolic material for general purpose does not have the toughness of C grade, but has better
electrical application. The material has good mechanical moisture resistance and better electrical properties and is
properties and excellent moisture resistance, machines well superior to C grade in machinability.
and may be punched cold up to 3/64” and hot punched up to
3/32”. Grade CF —
Cotton phenolic grades similar to C and L grades with
Grade XXP — flame retardance. They can be post-formed into simple
A paper phenolic material suitable for hot punch shapes when heated. This material is not recommended for
applications and with more cold flow than XX grade. This high voltage electrical applications or in areas of excessive
material has good electrical properties under humid heat.
conditions due to its low moisture absorption.
Grade N-1 —
Grade XXX — A nylon fabric phenolic material and has good
A refined paper base phenolic material providing good mechanical and excellent electrical properties under high
electric properties, low moisture absorption and very low cold humidity conditions, but has high cold flow under ambient
flow. This material is sitable for radio frequency and high temperatures. This material machines and fabricates readily.
humidity applications. The material produces excellent
appearing parts from machining operations and will hot Grade G-5 —
punch up to 1/16” in thickness. These grades are continuous filament glass cloth —
melamine laminates. They have good flame retardance, arc
resistance and high heat resistance and low deormation
under load, with good electrical properties in dry conditions.
100
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Phenolics
NEMA Grade Descriptions and End Use Grade FR-4 —
Continuous filament type glass cloth with an epoxy resin,
Applications similar to G-10 but self-extinguishing after the source of
ignition is removed. Similar in all other properties to Grade
Grade G-7 —
G-10.
A continuous filament glass cloth silicone resin laminate
that has excellent electrical properties and may be utilized in Grade FR-5 —
applications up to 200°C. Care must be taken in fabrication Continuous filament type glass cloth with an epoxy resin,
due to the low internal bond strengths inherent in silicone sim ilar to G-11 but self-extinguishing after the source is
resins. The arc resistance of this laminate is outstanding and removed. Sililar in all other properties to Grade G-11.
it is self-extinguishing.
Grade G-9 —
A continuous filament glass cloth melamine laminate
similar to G-5, but designed for use in high humidity
applications where G-5 is not satisfactory. It has excellent
mechanical and electrical properties and arc resistance is
outstanding.
Grade G-10 —
A continuous filament glass cloth epoxy resin with
excellent electrical and mechanical properties at room
temperature or under humid or moist conditions. The
superior interlamianr bond allows material to be machind with
excellent results.
Grade G-11 —
A continuous filament glass cloth epoxy resin so
formulated that a high degree of the room temperatuer
flexural strength is retained when the material is tested at
150 C. This material should be used in applications where
temperatures in excess of 125 C are encountered.
Self-Extinguishing Grades
Grade FR-2 —
Paper base laminate witha phenolic resin so modified as
to be self-extinguishing after the source of ignition is
removed. Similar in all other properties to Grade XXXPC.
Grade FR-3 —
Paper base laminate with epoxy resin having higher
flexural strength than Grade XXXPC and so formulated as to
be self-extinguishing after the source of ignition is removed.
Has low dielectric loss properties with good stability of DO YOU KNOW?
electrical properties under conditions of high humidity. With
1948 - Admiral uses molded phenolic
good punching practice, sheets up to and including 1/16” in
thermosetting plastic to produce a 35 pound TV
thickness may be punched at temperatures not less than 27° cabinet.
C (80°F) and, in thickness over 1/16” up to and including
1/8”, when warmed to a temperature not exceeding 65.6°C
(150°F).
101
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyamide-imide
Polyamide-imide is an amorphous engineering PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
thermoplastic characterized by high strength and good impact
resistance. It is resistant to chemicals including aliphatic and PRODUCT ROD PLATE TUBE
aromatic hydrocarbons, halogenated solvents, and most acid Sintimid T
and base solutions. It is not, however, resistant to high- Unfilled 1/4” - 2” diameter 1/4” - 2” thickness 1 1/2” O.D.
temperature caustic materials, saturated steam, and some Polyamide-imide 15” length to 58” O.D.
15” x 15” size
acids. Bearing Grade 1” - 2” diameter 15” x 30” size 3” min. length
Withstanding temperatures up to 500°F, it is creep, 6” length 6” max. length
radiation, and heat resistant. Room temperature tensile
strength is about 27,000 psi and compressive strength is Compression Molded
30,000 psi. At 450°F. tensile strength is about 9500 psi, and Same as above Up to 3” diameter Up to 2” thick Up to 14” thick
continued exposure at 500°F for 8,000 hours produces no
significant decline in tensile strength. Tensile strength drops Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center for current availabilities.
only about 5% after exposure to 109 rads of gamma radiation.
Polyimide-imide is available in several grades including:
• A general-purpose, injection-moldable grade DSM Engineering Plastic
• 3 PTFE / graphite compounds Products
• A 30% graphite-fiber-reinforced grade DSMEPP (formerly Polymer Corporation) produces
• 30% and 40% glass-fiber-reinforced grades polyamide-imide products under the Torlon® and Semitron®
Flexural modulus of 730,000 psi of the general-purpose tradenames. A high performance amorphous (non-crystalline)
grade is increased, with graphite fiber reinforcement to 2.7 engineering thermoplastic,Torlon® is considered to be the
million psi. highest performing melt processable plastic available. With
Typical Applications superior resistance to elevated temperatures, it is capable of
• Electrical / electronic gear performing under severe stress conditions at continuous
• Business machines temperatures to 500°F (260°C).
Parts machined from Torlon® stock shapes provide
• Aircraft aerospace devices
greater compressive strength and higher impact resistance
• Components for transmissions than most advanced engineering plastics. Its extremely low
• Universal joints coefficient of linear thermal expansion and high creep
• Electric motors resistance deliver excellent dimensional stability over its
• Power-assist devices entire use range. Torlon® is an amorphous material with a Tg
• Bearings (glass transition temperature) of 537°F (280°C).
• Compressors NOTE: As Torlon® PAI has a relatively high moisture
absorption rate, parts used in high temperature service or
• Pumps made to tight tolerances should be kept dry prior to
• Valves installation. Thermal shock resulting in deformation can
• Seals occur if moisture laden parts are rapidly exposed to
temperatures above 400°F (205°C).
Ensinger Engineering
Semitron® ESd 520HR
Plastics This product is a reinforced polyamide-imide designed
Ensinger’s grades of polyamide-imide material are for high temperature, dimensionally stable applications such
manufactured under the tradename of Sintimid T. as nests, sockets, and contactors.
Sintimid T
Two grades of this material are available, unfilled and
15% graphite-filled. Both products meet ASTM D-5204
standards.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyamide-imide
Torlon® 4203/4203L (Extruded) Torlon® 5530

This product is designed for electrical and high strength (Compression Molded)
applications, or those involving impact loading and abrasive Similar in composition to 5030, this 30% glass-reinforced
wear. It has the highest elongation of theTorlon® grades, material has improved load capacity and is used when larger
high dielectric strength, excellent compressive and impact shapes or greater dimensional control is required.
strength, and good insulation characteristics.
Torlon® 4503 Torlon® 7130

30% carbon-reinforced, this material is for non-abrasive
(Compression Molded) wear performance. Designed to have exceptional stiffness,
Similar to Torlon® 4203 PAI, this material is this product has the lowest coefficient of friction of all the
recommended for dies and patterns of formed metal parts or Torlon® products.
as thermal insulators and isolators.
Torlon® 4301 (Extruded) PRODUCT ROD DISC PLATE TUBULAR BAR OTHER
Semitron® ESd Consult with your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center for current
Used for general wear and friction parts, this product has 520HR product availability
a low coefficient of friction, very low expansion rate, and little Torlon® 5030 PAI * ——- * * *
or no slip-stick in use. Recommended applications include Injection Molded
non-lubricated bearings, seals, bearing cages and

Torlon® 7130 PAI * ——- * * *
reciprocating compressor parts. Torlon® 4503 PAI 2 1/4”-15” ——- ——- ——- ——-
Compression
Molded
Torlon® 4501 Torlon® 4501 PAI

Compression
2 1/4”-15” 6”-9” dia.
3/8” to 2” thick
12” x 12”
131/4” x 141/4
From
1 1/2” O.D. x
——-
Molded 14” x 28” 3/4” I.D.

(Compression Molded) (3/8”-2” thick) To
36” O.D. x 29” I.D.
Similar to 4301 in composition, this material is used Torlon® 4540 PAI 1”-15” 6”-9” dia. 12” x 12” From 1 1/2” O.D. ——-
when larger shapes are required. It has a higher Compression 3/8” to 2” thick 131/4” x 141/4” x 3/4” I.D.
Molded 14” x 28” To
compressive strength than Torlon® 4540, and can carry more (3/8”-2” thick) 36” O.D. x 29” I.D.
load. Torlon® 5530 PAI 1”-15” 6”-9” dia. * From 1 1/2” O.D x ——-
Compression 3/8” to 2” thick 3/4” I.D
Molded To
Torlon® 4540 Torlon® 4203 PAI 1/32”- 2” dia. 3/16” - 2”

36” O.D x 29” I.D.
* ——-
(Compression Molded) Extruded ——- (12” wide)

Torlon® 4301 PAI 1/32” - 2” dia. 3/16” - 2” * ——-
This seal and bearing grade was designed for rotating Extruded ——- (12” wide)
equipment. It has the same composition as the former 4340,
and is used when larger (especially tubular) shapes are * = custom sizes available
needed.
Torlon® 5030
A 30% glass-reinforced product, this material has high
rigidity, retention of stiffness, low expansion rate and
improved load carrying capabilities. Applications include the
electrical / electronic, business equipment, aircraft and
aerospace industries.
103
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polybenzimidazole (PBI)
DSM Engineering Plastic Products manufactures PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Polybenzimidazole (PBI) under the tradename of Celazole®.
Considered to be the highest performance engineering plastic Rod
available, PBI exhibits: Diameter: 3/8” to 4 3/4”
• highest mechanical properties of any plastic over
400°F (205°C) Disc
Diameter: 6 3/4” to 8 3/4”
• highest heat deflection temperature of any plastic at Thickness: 3/8” to 2” thick
800°F (425°C), with a continuous service capability
of 750°F (400°C) in inert environments, or 650°F Plate
(345°C) in air with short-term exposure potential to Size: 12” x 12”, 12” x 24”, 13 1/4”x141/4”
1,000°F (540°C) Thickness: 1/2” to 2”
• lowest coefficient of thermal expansion and highest Tubular bar
compressive strength of all unfilled plastics From: 2 1/2” O.D. x 1 1/4” I.D.
As an unreinforced material, Celazole® PBI has a very To: 15” O.D x 12 3/4” I.D
high level of ionic purity, outgassing water only. With better
wear resistance and load carrying capabilities at extreme
temperatures than all other reinforced or unreinforced
advanced engineering plastics, Celazole® PBI also has
excellent ultrasonic transparency and thermal properties.
NOTE: Celazole® PBI is an extremely hard product
providing a fabricating challenge. Polycrystalline diamond
tools are recommended if fabricating production quantities.
This product tends to be notch sensitive. It is recommended
that all corners should be radiused (0.040” min.) and edges
chamfered to maximize part toughness. High tolerance
fabricated components should be stores in sealed containers
(preferrably with desiccant) to avoid dimensional changes
due to moisture absorption. Components rapidly exposed to
temperatures above 400°F (205°C) should be “dried” prior to
use or kept dry to avoid deformation from thermal shock.
• High heat insulator bushings
• Electrical connectors
• Ball valve seats
• Clamp rings
• Vacuum chamber application
• Probe tip lenses in ultrasonic measuring
equipment DO YOU KNOW?
The word Polymer comes from Greek: poly

meaning ‘many’ and mer from merous which
roughly means ‘parts’. Our word polymeric
comes directly from the Greek polumeres which
simply means ‘having many parts’.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonates are engineering thermoplastics with high • Patio door thresholds
molecular weight and impact strength, and good electrical • Safety and vandal-resistant windows for schools,
and insulating characteristics. Tough, transparent, heat and banks, public buildings, gas stations, trains, and
flame resistant, these materials are normally not affected by armored cars.
greases, oils or acids. In unreinforced states, polycarbonates
can withstand temperatures as low as -65°F, and once
molded, be exposed to boiling water without dimensional Ensinger Engineering
changes of more than 0.0001 in. / in. after being returned to
room temperature.
Plastics
Polycarbonate resins are available in a variety of Ensinger’s polycarbonate materials are manufactured
formulas including those for molding, extruding and blow under the tradename of Ensicar®.
those with special coatings are available, as well as Ensicar®
structural-foam, glass-reinforced, flame-retardant, and FDA, Available in black, natural, and 20% glass reinforced, all
NSF, Canada AG, USP Class VI, and ASTM 3935 approved grades of Ensinger’s polycarbonate materials meet ASTM
grades. A machine grade comes in natural (translucent) and requirements. The black and natural grades also meet FDA
black. and USP requirements.
• Connectors PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Face plates Natural, Black and 20% Glass Filled
• Terminal block ROD
• Telephone finger wheels Diameter Lengths
• Meter covers 3/16” - 8” 10ft
• Business machine housings Custom diameters available upon request.
• Computer disk packs SLAB
• Storage modules Thickness Sizes
• Power-tool housings 1/32” - 4” (Up to 3”) 24” x 48”
• Vacuum-cleaner impellers and housings (3 1/4” - 4”) 12” x 48”
• Grills for fans and air conditioners Not all sizes stocked.
• Bowls and cutting wheels for food processors Some sizes available on custom ordered, minimum runs.
• Automotive instrument panels TUBE
• Indoor and outdoor lighting diffusers From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and 1” to 7.87” I.D. - 10’ Lengths
• Skylights and oudoor signs
• Safety helmets A. L. Hyde Company
• Microwave wear Machine grade polycarbonate materials are manufactured by
• Food-service wear A. L. Hyde under the tradename Hydex®.
• Safety and prescription eyewear
• Kidney dialysers Hydex® 4301
• Solar cell covers Hydex® 4301 is Hyde’s general purpose machine grade
• Boat hatch covers polycarbonate that comes in natural and black.
• Door and window hardware
• Windscreens Hydex® 4320
• Milk and baby bottles Hydex® 4320 is a 20% glass filled polycarbonate
material increasing its mechanical strength and rigidity.
105
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polycarbonate
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY LEXAN® 9440 Sheet
Hydex 4301 Natural Rod FDA and USDA approved, this polycarbonate product
Diameters Lengths was designed specfically for food contact applications
1/4” - 12” (Up to 1”) 5 and 10 ft. including food trays and bins. It has high impact strength,
(1 1/8” to 2”) 4 and 8 ft. and is vacuum, pressure, twin sheet, and drape formable.
( 2 1/8” to 12”) 2 and 4 ft. Available in clear, it is both paintable and printable.
Some sizes also available in black. LEXAN® FMR Sheet

Not all sizes in stock, but custom sizes available. Designed for windscreens and lenses, this material is
available in clear and tinted grades. It is drape formable and
Hydex 4301 Natural Slab exhibits high impact strength and abrasion resistance.
Thicknesses Sizes
3/8” - 4” (3/8” - 4”) 12” x 12”, 12” x 24”, 12” x 48” PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
(3/l8” - 3”) 24” x 24”, 24” x 48” Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Company dis-
tribution center for current ordering information.
Some sizes also stocked in black.
Custom sizes available.
Hydex 4320BK 20% Glass Filled Products
Black Rod and Slab DSMEPP (formerly Polymer Corporation) produces a
ROD machine grade polycarbonate product.
Diameter Sizes
1/2” - 3” (Up to 1”) 5 and 10 ft. PC 1000 Polycarbonate
(1 1/8” - 2”) 4 and 8 ft.
PC 1000 is Polymer’s machine grade polycarbonate. It is
(2 1/8” - 8”) 2 and 4 ft.
transparent with excellent impact resistance, toughness,
good dielectric and elongation properties and good thermal
Custom diameters and lengths available.
performance. This material has a 290°F (145°C) heat
deflection temperature at 264 psi, absorbs very little moisture
SLAB and resists acidic solutions.
Thicknesses Sizes A food grade that is compliant with FDA, NSF, Canada
3/8”, 1/2”, 1”, 2” 12” x 12” , 12” x 24”, 12” x48” AG and USP Class VI regulations is available upon request.
NOTE: PC 1000 polycarbonate is machine grade, not
Slab offered as extruded only — not finished. optically clear. It can be both mechanically and vapor
polished to improve optical clarity. Caution: During
GE Structured Products machining, never use coolants with an aromatic base.
The Structured Products Division of the General Electric
Company manufactures several grades of industrial
Rod Disc Plate Tubular Bar Other
polycarbonates under their registered tradename LEXAN®.
Diameter Thickness
1/8” - 4” Custom 1/4” - 3” Custom sizes Custom hex
LEXAN® 9030 Sheet sizes only only and square
rod
This polycarbonate material is recommended for
machine guards and lenses. It can be colored, tinted,
painted, or printed. Formable by vacuum, pressure, twin
sheet or drape methods.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polycarbonate
Hyzod® is a registered trademark of Sheffield Typical Physical Properties
Plastics, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Bayer. Property AC1000 Units Test Method
Sheffield, the second largest polycarbonate sheet
General
producer in the world, is a recognized leader in high Specific Gravity 1.2 lbs/ft3 ASTM D-792
performance plastics.
Mechanical
For the demanding aerospace industry, the Hyzod® Tensile Strength Yield .125” 9,000 psi ASTM D-638
8,500 psi ASTM D-638
product line produces the following sheets. Tensile Strength, Ultimate
Tensile Modulus 325,000 psi ASTM D-638
Compressive Strength 10,400 psi ASTM D-635
Flexural Strength at 5% Strain 13,200 psi ASTM D-790
HYZOD® AC1000 Aircraft Flexural Strength at Break
Flexural Modulus .125” 345,000
psi
psi ASTM D-790
Sheet Izod Impact Notched .125”
Gardner Impact .125”
12 ft lb/in
psi
ASTM D-256
An opaque flame inhibiting polycarbonate formulation Rockwell Hardness .250” M70 MScale ASTM D-785
featuring low flame spread, low smoke generation and low Thermal
270 °F ASTM D-648
toxicity. AC1000 offers superior impact strength, high Heat Deflection Temp. 264 psi
Heat Deflection Temp. 66 psi - °F ASTM D-648
heat resistance and dimensional stability for interior Vicat Softening Rate B - °F ASTM D-1525
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 3.75 X 10-5 in/in/°F ASTM D-696
aircraft applications.
Typical applications are: Physical
lbs/ft2 ASTM D-792
Specific Gravity
• seat parts Water Absorption Equilibrium 24 hrs. % ASTM D-570
• tray tables Flammability

Ignition Temperature Self 1077 °F ASTM D-1929
• lavatories Ignition Temperature Flash 872 °F ASTM D-1929
OSU Heat Release 2 Min. KW-Min/M2 OSU
• cargo liners OSU Heat Release Peak KW-Min/M2 OSU
Pass KW-Min/M2 ASTM E-662
• window reveals NBS Smoke Density < 4 min.
Vertical Burn FAA Flammability Pass KW-Min/M2 FAR 25.853
• partitions ATS 1000 Airbus Pass KW-Min/M2 ATS 1000
• moldings
For current product sheet sizes, gauges, and general
availability information, please contact your closest Regal
Plastic Supply Distribution Center.
DO YOU KNOW?
On the list of top 100 “Stories of the Century”

released by the Newseum, a journalism
museum based in Arlington, VA, plastic ranks
number 46 -- higher than the first jet airplane
flight, the Watergate scandal and the
establishment of the United Nations.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK)
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK), is a semi-crystalline PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
thermoplastic with a high operating temperature that is used
for injection molding, film, and advanced structural PRODUCT ROD PLATE TUBE
composites. It is tough, strong, rigid, and resistant to steam, Extruded 3/16” - 6” - dia. 1/4” - 4” From 1.5” - 11.84”
Natural 10’ - length 24” x 48” and O.D. and 1” to
creep, solvents, and UV rays. Exhibiting excellent hydrolysis 12”x48” 7.87” I.D. - 10’
resistance, very low flammability and smoke generation, and Lengths
excellent mechanical properties, it can be used continuously
to 480°F (250°C) and in hot water or steam without
permanent loss in physical properties. Unreinforced PEEK Extruded 3/16”- 4” - dia. 1/32”- 2” From 1.5” - 11.84”
30% Glass -reinforced 10’ - length Custom order O.D. and 1” to
offers good wear resistance, while carbon reinforced PEEK 7.87” I.D. - 10’
has excellent wear capabilities, and both meet USP class VI Lengths
requirements.
Extruded 30% 3/16”- 4” dia. 1/32”- 2” From 1.5” - 11.84”
NOTE: The stiffness of PEEK drops off significantly and Carbon Fiber-reinforced 10’ - length Custom order O.D. and 1” to
expansion rate increases above its glass transition Custom order 7.87” I.D. - 10’
temperature (Tg) of 300°F (150°C). Therefore, this product Lengths
is not recommended for close tolerance bearings or seals Compression Molded up to 6” Up to 3” thick Up to 33” O.D.
operating at temperatures higher than 300°F (150°C). unfilled Peek
PEEK is used in the nuclear, electronics, aerospace, Compression Molded up to 6” Up to 3” thick Up to 33” O.D.
petroleum and analytical as well medical equipment Filled Peek
industries, among others.
• Pump wear rings
• Electrical housing A. L. Hyde Company
• Bushings, bearings, seals, back up rings PEEK is offered in both unfilled and filled grades by A. L.
• Wire and cable coatings Hyde Company.
• Automotive engine parts
• Woven monofilaments PEEK (450G) Natural & Black
• Film PEEK 450G is Hyde’s general purpose unfilled grade,
• Liquid chromatography parts providing chemical resistance, hydrolytic stability, wear
resistance and the ability to withstand high levels of gamma
radiation.
Plastics PEEK (Bearing Grade)
Ensinger offers PEEK materials with the above PEEK Bearing Grade is a heavily filled material which
described mechanical, electrical and thermal properties, in works well in high load, high PV wear environments.
the following grades:
• Natural PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Black PRODUCT ROD PLATE TUBE
• 30% Glass-reinforced Victrex PEEK 1/4”- 3” dia. ——- ——-
• 30% Carbon fiber-reinforced 2’ - 10’ - length
NOTE: Ensinger is authorized by Victrex (manufacturers Black Victrex Custom order ——- ——-
of PEEK resin) to extrude PEEK™. only
Bearing Custom order ——- ——-

Grade only
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyetheretherketone (PEEK)
DSM Engineering Plastic PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

Products PRODUCT ROD DISC PLATE TUBULAR
BAR
OTHER
DSM Engineering Plastic Products (formerly the Polymer Extruded 1/4” - 3” 3/8” - 2” dia. * Hex and
Ketron® dia. ——- 24” wide
Corporation) offers PEEK under its tradename of Ketron® in * square rod,
tubing
standard and two reinforced grades.
Ketron® PEEK Extruded 1/2” - Hex and

This is DSMEPP’s unreinforced, general purpose PEEK, Ketron® 1 1/2” dia. ——- ——- square rod
*
which offers the highest elongation and toughness of all 30%
Glass -
PEEK grades. reinforced
30% Glass-reinforced Ketron® Compression

Molded
3” and 4”
dia. ——-
From:
1 1/2” O.D. x 3/4” I. ——-
*
PEEK Ketron® 3/8 - 2”
thick
D.
To:
The added glass fibers to this material, reduces its 12 1/4” O.D. x 10
expansion rate while increasing its stiffness and compressive 1/2” I.D.
strength. It is recommended for structural applications which Compression 1” - 2 1/4” 3” and 4” From:
require improved strength, stiffness or stablility. Molded dia. dia. ——- 1 1/2” O.D. x 3/4” I. ——-
30% Glass- 3/8 - 2” D.
thick To:
reinforced 12 1/4” O.D. x 10
30% Carbon fiber-reinforced Ketron® 1/2” I.D.
Ketron® PEEK Compression 1” - 3” dia. 3” - 9 7/8”

Molded 30% dia. ——-
From:
1/2” O.D. x ——-
This grade PEEK has more compressive strength, higher Carbon- 3/8”- 2” 3/4” I.D.
stiffness, and 3 1/2 times more thermal conductivity than the thick To:
reinforced 36” O.D. x
unreinforced material. It also has excellent wear resistance Ketron® 29” I.D.
and load carrying ability.
* = Available by custom order
Ketron® PEEK Physical Properties

Overall Chemical Resistance Very Good
Moisture Absorption Very Good
Steam Resistance Good
Wear Resistance (dry) Very Good
Continuous Service Temperature 480°F (250°C)
Heat Deflection Temperature 320°F (160°C)

DO YOU KNOW?
% Flexural Strength Maintained 84%
at: 300°F (150°C)
In 1933, organic chemists E. W. Fawcett and R. O.
at: 500°F (260°C) 10% Gibson, working for Imperial Chemical Industries
Research Laboratory discover polyethylene when a
test container springs a leak during testing under
highly pressurized conditions.
109
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyetherimide (PEI)
Polyetherimide (PEI) was introduced in 1982 as an PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
amorphous engineering thermoplastic. It has high heat
Produc Rod Plate Tube
resistance with a continuous work range to 340°F (170° C).
Diameter Length Gauge Size
Resistant to acidic solutions, hydrolysis and flames, it carries Natural 3/16” - 10’ 3/8” - 4” 24” x 48” From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
a UL 94-V-0 rating with low smoke evolution. PEI exhibits
high strength and modulus, has excellent electrical properties Natural Custom Custom Custom Custom From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
and thermal stability, and withstands repeated autoclaving Natural Custom Custom Custom Custom From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
cycles. Using ultrasonic, adhesive, or solvent methods, PEI
can be bonded to itself or to dissimilar materials. Natural 3/16” - 8” 10’ 3/8” - 4” 24” x 48” From 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
NOTE: Care must be used in selecting adhesives and

designing press fit components to avoid stress cracking.
A variety of grades are available; unreinforced, glass A. L. Hyde Company
fiber-reinforced, and FDA, USDA and Class VI compliant. A. L. Hyde manufactures the following PEI products from
Unreinforced grades, in standard or customs colors, are General Electric’s Ultem® resin.
recommended for general-purpose injection, extrusion, blow,
and foam molding. The glass fiber-reinforced formulations Ultem®
provide added rigidity and dimensional strength. Molded FDA, USDA, and USP Class VI compliant, Ultem® 1000;
and extruded parts can be machined using either Ultem® 1000-7101 FDA Black; Ultem® 2100 (10% glass
conventional or laser techniques, and solvent-casting filled); Ultem® 2200 (20% glass filled); and Ultem® 2300 ,
techniques can be used to produce film with thicknesses (30% glass filled).
down to 0.25. Other extruded PEI products are coated wire,
sheet and profiles.
• Reusable medical devices like trays and Rod Rod
surgical handles and probes Diameter Length
• High intensity lighting 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 5/8”, 3/4”, 7/8”, 1” 5 and 10 ft
• Manifolds for the pharmaceutical business 1 1/4”, 1 1/2” and 1 3/4”, 2” 4 and 8 ft
• Insulators for microwave equipment 2 1/2”, 3”, 4”, 5”, 6” 2 and 4 ft
• Clamps for connecting printed circuit boards to
Rods may be ground to any intermediate diameter.
video display units in planes, tanks and ships. Ultem® 2100, 2200, and 2300 available as custom order.
Ensinger Engineering DSM Engineering Plastic

Plastics Products
Ensinger manufactures the following PEI products from DSMEPP Manufactures several grades of PEI from
General Electric’s Ultem® resin. General Electric’s Ultem® resin and a static dissipative PEI
under the tradename Semitron®.
Ultem®
Stocked in natural and 30% glass-reinforced grade, both Ultem® 1000
meet ASTM specifications, and the natural grade complies FDA and USP Class VI compliant, this material is
with FDA, NSF, and USP Class VI standards. 10% and 20% available in FDA compliant colors upon request.
glass-reinforced grades are available by custom order.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyetherimide (PEI)
Ultem® 2100, 2200, and 2300 HYZOD® AC3000 Aircraft Sheet
These are the glass reinforced (10, 20 and 30%) Produced specifically for aircraft interior applications,
versions of Ultem® 1000. They exhibit a higher level of Hyzod® AC3000 is a patterned opaque, advanced
rigidity and dimensional stability than the Ultem® 1000. formulation extruded thermoplastic sheet (PEI).
NOTE: Ultem® 1000 and 2300 are standard products. AC3000 as with AC2000 is used for flat or thermoformed
DSMEPP will custom quote Ultem® 2100, 2200 and specialty aircraft parts and lends itself well to pressure and twinsheet
grades of Ultem®. thermoforming techniques and standard vacuum forming
processes. AC3000 meets commercial aircraft requirements
Semitron® ESd 410C for smoke, toxicity and heat release, including OSU below
Designed for the semiconductor industry, this is a static 65/65 and FAA NBS.
disspative polyetherimide. It has low stress for tighter
Typical Physical Properties
tolerances during machining and is thermally stable to 410°F
(210°C). Property AC2000 AC3000 Units Test Method
General
lbs/ft3 ASTM D-792
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY Specific Gravity
Mechanical
Tensile Strength Yield .125” 9,000 9,000 psi ASTM D-638
Tensile Strength, Ultimate psi ASTM D-638
Product Rod Plate Tubular Other Tensile Modulus 340,000 340,000 psi ASTM D-638
(diameter) (Thickness) Bar psi ASTM D-635
Compressive Strength
Flexural Strength at 5% Strain psi ASTM D-790
Ultem® 1000 PEI 1/4” - 6” 1/4” - 2” bushing stock, 13,500 13,500 psi
Flexural Strength at Break
* tubing Flexural Modulus .125” 345,000 345,000 psi ASTM D-790
Izod Impact Notched .125” ft lb/in ASTM D-256
Gardner Impact .125” >320 >320 psi
Ultem® 2300 PEI 1/2” - 4” 1/2” - 2” Rockwell Hardness .250” MScale ASTM D-785
* ——— Thermal
Heat Deflection Temp. 264 psi °F ASTM D-648
Semitron® ESd 3/8” - * Heat Deflection Temp. 66 psi °F ASTM D-648
410C 1 3/4” Vicat Softening Rate B °F ASTM D-1525
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion in/in/°F ASTM D-696
Physical
Sheffield Plastics, Inc. Specific Gravity
Water Absorption Equilibrium 24 hrs.
1.26-1.32
.70
1.26-1.33
.70
lbs/ft2
%
ASTM D-792
ASTM D-570
Hyzod® is a registered trademark of Sheffield Flammability
Plastics, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Bayer. Ignition Temperature Self °F ASTM D-1929
Ignition Temperature Flash °F ASTM D-1929
For the demanding aerospace industry, the Hyzod® OSU Heat Release 2 Min. <100 <50 KW-Min/M2 OSU
<100 <50 KW-Min/M2 OSU
product line produces the following sheets. OSU Heat Release Peak
NBS Smoke Density < 4 min. Pass <100 KW-Min/M2 ASTM E-662
Vertical Burn FAA Flammability Pass Pass KW-Min/M2 FAR 25.853
ATS 1000 Airbus Pass Pass KW-Min/M2 ATS 1000
HYZOD® AC2000 Aircraft Sheet
A patterned opaque, extruded thermoplastic sheet (PEI),
Hyzod AC2000 is designed for use in aircraft interior PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
applications. For current product sheet sizes, gauges, and general
This PEI sheet is used for flat or thermoformed aircraft availability information, please contact your closest Regal
parts. AC2000 lends itself well to pressure and twinsheet Plastic Supply Distribution Center.
thermoforming techniques as well as standard vacuum
forming processes. AC2000 meets existing commercial
aircraft requirements for smoke, toxicity and heat release,
including OSU 100/100 and FAA NBS.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
Polyolefins consist of Polyethylene, Polypropylene, LDPE Applications:
Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate, Ionomer, Polyallomer, Polybutylene, • Industrial bags
and Polymethyl Pentene. All olefins have similiar properties, • Shrink bulking
and often compete for the same applications. They all have
• Produce and garment bags
very good chemical, corrosion, and abrasion resistance, good
electrical properties, and are easy to fabricate. They vary, • Blow molded bottles
however, in tensile, flexural and impact strength, stress crack • Large industrial containers
resistance and working temperature ranges. • Toys
• Hot-melt adhesives
Polyethylene • Injection molded housewares
Polyethylene is the most widely used polymer. It is • Paper-board coatings
characterized as easily processable, economical, tough and • Wire insulation
light weight with excellent chemical and gamma ray • Large agricultural tanks
resistance. It also has low moisture absortion, good impact
strength, a low coefficient of friction, and excellent low
• Chemical shipping containers
temperature and electrical properties. It is available in • Tote boxes
several different grades with a variety of properties. Some • Battery jars
are flexible, others are rigid; some have more impact • Prosthetic appliances (braces)
strength, and while some have good clarity, others are • Medical equipment
opaque. Working temperature ranges can also range from -
40° to +200°F. LLDPE Applications:
Polyethylene is classified into three categories: low, • Film products
medium and high molecular weight. A fourth type, ultra-high- • Industrial trash bags
molecular weight (UHMW-PE), falls into the high density • Liners
category. A special grade, crosslinked polyethylene, is also • Heavy duty shipping bags
available. Through chemical or irradiation treatment
producing a crosslinked reaction, polyethylene can be made
to adopt similar properties to those of thermoset properties, High Density Polyethylene
such as increased heat resistance and strength. This is much more rigid with nearly four times the tensile
strength and three times the compressive strength of Low
Density PE. Two categories of high density polyethylene are
Low Density Polyethylene high-molecuar weight polyethylene (HMW-HDPE), and ultra-
This was the first of the polyethylenes to be developed.
high-molecular-weight polyethylene (UHMW-PE).
It is the least expensive, most flexible and has good clarity in
HDPE Applications:
film form. However, it has low temperature impact resistance
and the least heat resistance with a maximum service • Blow molded bottles for milk, juice, water, etc.
temperature of 160° to 180°F. Although it is chemical • Injection molded housewares
resistant, it can be attacked by strong oxidizing acids. It is • Industrial pails, food containers and tote boxes
also susceptible to stress cracking, especially by detergents, • Extruded water and gas distribution pipe
but some copolymers of LDPE are available with stress • Wire insulation
cracking resistance.
• Structural-foam housing
Linear low-density PE (LLDPE) has better impact, tear, heat-
seal strengths and environmental stress crack resistance • Trash containers
than either LDPE or HDPE. While LLDPE is used mainly for • Dump carts
film applications, it can be injected rotational, or blow molded. • Pallets
• Agricultural tanks
• Highway barriers
• Water and wastewater tanks for RVs
112
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
HMW-PE High Density Polyethylene
High molecular weight polyethylene, also known as pipe
grade PE, has a higher molecular weight than standard
(HDPE)
HDPE, with excellent toughness and durability. This meets the same FDA requirements of LDPE, and is
Typical Applications: USDA approved for use in federally inspected meat and
poultry packing facilities. With a maximum service
• Film applications
temperature of 180°F., it is resistant to mild acids, alkalies
• Flanges and solvents.
• Stub ends
• Manhole covers for industrial piping systems Pipe Grade Polyethylene
• T-shirt-type grocery sacks
(HMW HDPE)
This polyethylene material is designed for applications
Ultra-High-Molecular-Weight- requiring higher performance characteristics than standard
Polyethylene HDPE. UV resistant with a maximum working temperature of
UHMW-PE has excellent abrasion and chemical 180°F, this material is classified by ASTM and Plastic Pipe
resistance, a low coefficient of friction and high impact Institute as PE3408, and meets NSF Standard 14 for use in
strength. It has a crystalline melting point of 267°F., with a potable water piping systems. Applications include manhole
maximum working temperature of 200°F. This material covers for industrial piping systems and flanges.
cannot be processed by conventional molding and extrusion
processes. Methods used are compression molding, ram
extrusion, and warm forging of extruded slugs.
Sanalite® Cutting Board
Typical Applications: Produced with a pebbled, self-healing surface that is
designed to help keep knives sharp, Sanalite® Cutting Board
• Conveyor wear strips
is acid resistant, tasteless, odorless, and Agriculture Canada
• Snowmobile track sprockets accepted. It is NSF certified under Standard 02, and meets
• Guide rails FDA Reg. 21CFR177.1520 Item 2.1.
• Bearings
• Paper machine suction box covers TIVAR®
• Parts of textile looms The tradename for Poly Hi Solidur’s UHMW polyethylene
• Chute linings and truck bed linings line of products, TIVAR® is designed for applications typically
• Pipe for distribution of slurry materials found in food processing, textile, agriculture, packaging,
• Any applications requiring abrasion resistance, high seaports and wastewater treatment industries. This material
has a low-friction, self-lubricating surface that approaches
impact strength a low friction coefficient.
that of Teflon®. It is also wear and corrosion resistant and
has high impact strength. Highly used in conveyor applica-
Poly Hi Solidur tions.
Poly Hi Solidur manufactures products in all of the
polyethylene grades and in numerous availabilities. TIVAR® 88 and TIVAR® 88-2
Designed as premium liner for bulk material, TIVAR® 88
Low Density Polyethylene promotes the flow of cohesive or non-free flowing materials.
TIVAR® 88-2 has all of the characteristics of the former, and
(LDPE) is weldable.
The least expensive and most flexible of the
polyethylenes, this grade has a maximum service
temperature of 160°F to 180°F., and meets FDA 21CLR
Section 177.1520 requirements.
113
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
TIVAR® 1000 Typical Applications:
Grain handling
This material meets FDA guidelines for pharmaceutical
processing and food contact applications. It is non-toxic, • Discharge spout liners
chemical resistant, absorbs no water, has no taste or odor, • Flights
and creates no discoloration. • Trough liners
Typical Applications: Electronics
Agriculture • Robotics plants
• Wear strips • Assembly parts
• Chain guides Chemicals -Explosives, Munitions
• Diverters • Conveyor components
• Flights • Table surfaces
• Chain tensioners Package handling
• Spreaders • Chute liners
• Grain strippers • Transfer plates
Food processing
• Augers TIVAR® Ceram P
• Bearings Comprised of virgin UHMW-PE and performance
• Guide rails, rollers enhancing additives, TIVAR® Ceram P is a patented,
• Chute, hopper liners strength enhanced, material. A shatter resistant alternative to
sintered ceramics, this material has higher tensile strength,
• Deboning tables greater dimensional stability and wear resistance than other
Wastewater / Sewage treatment grades of UHMW-PE. Available in lime green and standard
• Scraper blades sheet size of 48” x 120”, this product has a lower coefficient
• Filter press plates of thermal contraction and expansion making it a
• Wear strips recommended choice for the following applications:
• Plow blades • Suction Box Covers
• Chain sprockets • Forming Boards in Paper Machines
• Pump Impellers
• Foil Blades in Paper Machines
TIVAR® 1000 Recycled Custom sizes are available by request. Contact your
This is designed for less demanding, non-FDA plastics’ distributor for current availabilities and ordering
applications. Made of virgin and reclaimed TIVAR®, it is information.
available in a multicolored Marble grade and in a Uniblend
grade . It comes in sheet, rod and board, and is available in TIVAR® CleanStat®
green or black.
TIVAR® CleanStat™ are static-resistant, seamless, FDA
approved custom liners and components. These products
• Drag conveyor flights are specifically manufactured to replace stainless steel and
• Conveyor chain wear plates aluminum components and offer the following advantages:
• Belt conveyor wipers, skirts • Meets FDA guidelines for food handling
• Static-reduced—guards against fines build-up
TIVAR® AntiStatic • Welded, seamless liners and components
This was developed for applications in potentially volatile • Long-wearing surface with lower coefficient of friction
environments, such as munitions plants or grain elevators, than stainless steel or aluminum
where a spark can cause an explosion. It also protects • Reduced noise levels
robotics and products sensitive to build-up of an electrical
• Convenient and less frequent cleaning
charge and dust accumulation.
114
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
Typical applications include: • Timing screws
• Vibratory feeder pans and conveyors • Underchain wear strips
• Coating drums • Entry / exit tables
• Hoppers
• Drag chain conveyors TIVAR® UV Resistant
• Scale buckets, doors, and inserts Designed for the harshest elements, this material will
• Diverters retain its low-friction surface, impact strength, and resistance
• Chutes to wear and corrosion longer than non-UV resistant formulas.
• Auger housings It can withstand the friction, pressure and impact of moving
ships and ferries, and will not freeze in sub-zero
• Metal detector sleeves and tubing temperatures.
TIVAR® DrySlide • Dock fender facings
Designed for parcel handling, distribution centers and • Boat rubrails
conveying equipment, this material has enhanced coefficient • Airboat bottoms
of friction and anti-static properties. The dry self-lubricant
will not attract dust or dirt in dusty environments, and will not • Snowmobile ski skins
stain products or packaging that come into contact with it. • Snowmobile belly pan liners
This material does not meet FDA specifications for food • Water slides
handling. • Ice rinks
Typical Applications • Rink kick plates
• Chute liners • Amusement park wear components
• Transfer plates • Snowplow blades
• Chain guides • Salt spinners
• Guide rails, curves • Sand / salt boxes
• Bearings Agriculture
• Belt guides • Trough liners
• Guide rollers • Plow board liners
• Roller covers • Shank protectors
• Wear strips
TIVAR® Oil Filled • Sprockets
Designed for roller chains, this has an enhanced • Combine skid plates
coefficient of friction formula which exudes an oil additive to • Spreaders
lubricate mating bearing surfaces, and help chains run easily.
It meets FDA guidelines for food contact operations.
Typical Applications: PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Agriculture Product Standard Thickness Standard Colors
• Roll-end bearings Sizes
• Chain tensioners LPDE* 4’ x 8’ 1/16” - 2” Natural
4’ x 10’ 1/16” - 2”
Food processing / handling HDPE* 4’ x 8’ 1/16” - 2”
• Sprockets 4’ x 10’ 1/16” - 2” Natural and Black
47” x 95” 2 1/4” - 4”
• Roller chains 5’ x 10’ 1/8” - 1”
• Chain weather strips Sanalite® 4’ x 8’ 1/2” - 1”
• Spur gears HDPE* 4’ x 10’
5’ x 10’
1/2” - 1”
1/2” - 1”
Natural
Packaging / Bottling Pipe™ grade 4’ x 8’ 1/4” - 4” Black UV Stabilized with carbon
• Chain radius guide HMW HDPE* 4’ x 10’ 1/4” - 2” black additive
5’ x 10’ 1/4” - 1 1/4” Custom: Natural
• Bow curves
*custom widths, lengths, gauges and colors available in small runs
115
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
TIVAR® Sheet Sheet Extruded Extruded Extruded Extruded Molded Colors

Sizes Thickness Rod Tube Board Profiles Parts
TIVAR® 1000* 1/16”- 6” 48” x 96” 1/4” - 10” 7/8” x 1/4” .100 - 2.5” U-Channels, Yes Natural
1/16”- 6” 48”x 120” 8 5/8” x 7 7/8” 1-26” wide right- angles, Custom colors in minimum
3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1” 60” x 120” dogbone, runs
3/4” - 3” 48”x 240” half and full
1/4” - 8” Spec. order rounds,
393/8” x snap-ons
78” 3/4” J-legs
TIVAR® 1000 1/16” - 6” 48” x 120” ¤ ¤ Yes Marble green
Recycled 1/4” - 1” 60”x120 Marble black
Press load Press load: Uniblend green
quanties: 48” x 240” Uniblend black
3/4” - 3” Spec. order:
Special order: 39 3/8” x
1/4” - 8” 78 3/4”
TIVAR® 48” x120” ¤ Special Order ¤ Selected Yes Black
Antistatic* 1/16” - 6” Spec.Order:
39 3/8” x
78 3/4”
TIVAR® UV 48' x 120” ¤ Special Order ¤ Selected Yes Black
Resistant* 1/16” - 6” Spec.Order: Custom colors in minimum
39 3/8 x runs
78 3/4
TIVAR® Oil 1/8” - 2” 48” x 120” ¤ Special Order ¤ Selected Yes Brown
Filled Custom colors in minimum
runs: gray
TIVAR® 1/4” - 2” 48” x 120” ¤ Selected Black
DrySlide
¤ Same as TIVAR® 1000 Sheet Billet Runs For Custom Colors

* Oversized welded sheet available. Sizes and colors vary Sheet Thickness 1/16” 1/8” 3/16” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
internationally Minimum No. Sheets 20 11 10 8 5 4
Custom colors available in minimum runs
TIVAR® Wear Components

Custom and standard wear components are available
manufactured from the TIVAR® line of products.
Conveying Components
For Bottling, Canning & Packaging Plants
• Sprockets
• Wearstrips
• Chain Guides
• Bearings
• Gears
• Pulleys
• Guide Rails
• Shaft Collars
116
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
SolidTrack Modular Systems • J-Leg
SolidTrack units are available in straights and corners in • Snap-Ons
tab, bevel, and combination designs. Corner designs can
include straight extensions for smooth transitions. Available
• C-Channels
in the following TIVAR® products: • Full Rounds
• TIVAR® 1000 • Half Rounds
• TIVAR® Oil Filled • U-Channels
• TIVAR® DrySlide • Right Angles
• TIVAR® Ceram P • Dogbones
• TIVAR® AntiStatic
• TIVAR® Recycled For complete product availabilities and design options,
contact your closest Regal Plastic Supply Distribution Center.
Radius Curve Wearstrips for Flat Top Chains
Provided in sets as 90° sections, the tab chain uses a TIVAR® Hanger Bearings
rectangular design and the non-tab chain uses a bevel Designed for use in screw conveyors, hanger bearings
design. are water, acid, and alkali resistant.
Industrial Chain Guides for Roller Chains Measuring Operating PV

For use with plastic or metal chain, single and double The load capacity of plastic bearings can be expressed
strand chain, these guides are available in standard 10 ft. as a pressure/velocity (PV) factor.
lengths and natural color. Custom colors and triple strand P = Pounds per square inch on the projected
designs are available by request. bearing area
UltraTrac Chain Guides for Roller Chains V = Velocity in feet per minute on the shaft surface
UltraTrac Chain Guides are available with or without PV = P x V
steel profiles.
Example:
UltraTrac Belt Guides Shaft OD = 3/4”
These products provide a low-friction surface for rubber Bearing Length = 1”
and urethane belts or cables. Metric sizes are available to Bearing Load = 20 lbs.
accommodate round and v-belts. Belt guides are available Shaft RPM = 250
with or without steel profiles.
V (FPM) = .262 x (Shaft Dia.) x Shaft (RPM)
UltraTrac Steel Profiles = .262 x .750 x 250 RPM
Designed specifically to handle TIVAR® UltraTrac chain = 49 FPM
and belt guides, the standard profile lengths are 120”. P (PSI) = Bearing Load (Bearing Dia.) x
UltraTrac profiles are available in both stainless steel (for (Bearing Length)
food handling) and galvanized steel.
Bearing Material PV Chart
TIVAR® Guide Rails and Wearstrips Material Max PV Max P (PSI) Max V (FPM) Max Temp °F
Weighing 1/8 as much as steel, TIVAR guide rails and TIVAR® 1000 2300 1400 100 180
wearstrips can reduce noise levels up to 50% and last three
Nyloil 16000 2000 400 230
times longer in most conveyor applications. Available in the
Nylon Type 6 3600 2000 400 225
following designs:
Nylon Type 6/6 2700 2000 400 200
Delrin® 3000 1000 100 200
PTFE (Teflon®) 1000 500 400 500
PTFE 1000 500 400 500
(Glass-Filled)
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyethylene
TIVAR® Fastening ChampLine™

Fastening options for TIVAR® include: ChampLine™ is Poly Hi Solidur’s textured, UV, moisture,
• TIVAR® capped elevator bolts and graffiti resistant polyethylene product for use in the build-
• TIVAR® washers ing of customized play systems.
• Steel washers Stocked in oversize sheet, 48 1/4” x 96 1/4”, gauges
of .4” to .75”, and five standard colors (red, green, blue, yel-
• Locknuts low, and tan), custom compound colors are available by re-
• Regular Nuts quest.
• Aluminum, mild steel, and stainless steel weld
washers and matching plugs
Capped elevator bolt and weld washer systems
Leading edge protectors

and counterbore tools
For product availability and complete information

regarding the various installation methods and techniques,
please contact your closest Regal Plastic Supply distribution
center.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyimide
Polyimides are some of the most heat and fire resistant
polymers known, and are formulated as both thermosets and
thermoplastics. They are available as laminates and Plastics
shapes, molded parts, stock shapes, film, adhesives, Ensinger manufactures the following polyimide products
coatings and enamel. under the tradename Sintimid.
This material has good wear resistance and low
coefficents of friction, both of which are further improved by
PTFE fillers. Self-lubricating parts containing graphite
Sintimid V
powders have flexural strengths above 10,000 psi. It is Ensinger’s family of polyimides include the following
resistant to chemicals including dilute acids, aromatic and grades:
aliphatic hydrocarbons, esters, ethers, alcohols, freons,
hydrolic fluids, JP-4 fuel and kerosene. It is not resistant, • Unfilled Polyimide
however, to dilute alkalies and concentrated inorganic acids. • 15% Graphite-filled Polyimide
Polyimide parts are fabricated by techniques that range • 40% Graphite-filled Polyimide
from powder-metallurgy to conventional injection, extrusion, • High-Purity Polyimide
transfer and compression molding methods. The extruded • High Purity, High-Temperature Polyimide
product, however, offers better mechanical properties without
sacrificing thermal properties.
Polyimide parts and laminates can operate continuously PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
in air at 500°F, and intermittently from cryogenic PRODUCT ROD PLATE TUBE
temperatures to 900°F. Glass fiber reinforced versions retain Sintimid V
over 70% of their flexural strength and modulus at 480°F. Unfilled Polyimide 1/4” - 2” diameter 1/4” - 2” thickness 1/2” O.D.
Creep is nearly nonexistent, even at high temperatures, and 15% Graphite filled 15” length to 58” O.D.
deformation under load (4000 psi) is less than 0.05% at room 40% Graphite filled 15” x 15” size
High Purity 1” - 2” diameter 15” x 30” size 3” min. length
temperature for 24 hours. Other grades available include High Purity and 30” length 6” max. length
high purity, low outgassing and self-lubricating formulas. High Temperature
Compression Molded
Polyimide is used in the semiconductor, aerospace, Same as above Up to 3” diameter Up to 2” thick Up to 14” thick
nuclear, heat transfer, electrical / electronics, and off-road
vehicle industries, just to name a few.
Typical Applications: Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center for current availabilities.
• Jet engine vane bushings

• High temperature electrical connects
• High speed, high load bearings for business
machines and print-out terminals.
• Gear pump gaskets
• Hydraulic valve seals
• Automotive- distributor blocks
• Seal rings for air compressors
• Automotive transmissions
• Severe service bushings DO YOU KNOW?
• Critical service bearings
• Wand tips and wafer boat handling tools 1962 - DuPont introduces space-age polyimide.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyimide

Products
DSMEPP (formerly Polymer Corporation) manufactures
fully imidized* thermoset polyimide under the tradename
Duratron®. The full imidization and encapsulation of graphite
lubricants in the following wear grades are designed to make
Duratron® PI stronger and more chemical resistant than
other polyimides, with 1/3 lower thermal expansion and a
wear resistance to 575°F (300°C).
Note: Fully imidized products like Duratron® polyimide
are harder (making them more challenging to fabricate), and
tend to have lower impact strength.
*imidized - a material’s polymer chains (molecules) undergo a
chemical change forming a 3-dimensional network by crosslinking
during processing or annealing cycles.
Duratron® XP
This unreinforced material has very low ionic impurities
and outgassing. It is recommended for applications where
maintaining purity or electrical insulation is critical.
Duratron® 150
This material contains 15% graphite lubricant. It has the
best combination of physical properties and toughness
among DSMEPP’s lubricated polyimide products.
PRODUCT ROD PLATE TUBULAR
BAR
Duratron® XP PI 3/8” - 3” 12” x 12”;
Compression molded
3/8” - 2” thick
Duratron® 150 PI 1”- 3 3/8” 12” x 12” From
Compression molded 13 1/4” x 14 1/4” 1 1/2” O.D.
14” x 28” x 3/4” I.D.
1/2” - 1 1/4” thick To

12 1/2” O.D.
x 11 1/4” I.D.
DO YOU KNOW?
1954 - The first large-scale production of high-

density polyethylene plastic begins.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyphenylene Oxide
Noryl® resins (composed of modified polyphenylene
oxide (PPO)) produce a line of engineering plastics which
combine polyphenylene oxide and styrene. This material has Plastics
good creep resistance, excellent hydrolytic stability, low Ensinger manufactures two grades of Noryl® PPO
moisture absorption, and good dimensional stability. It has materials.
outstanding electrical characteristics and thermal properties,
and is stress relieved for easy machinability. It also has high Noryl® EN-265
impact strength and keeps its mechanical strength over a
This PPO material is a black, general purpose grade.
range of temperatures from -40°F to 265°F.
Water Distribution
Noryl® SE1-GFN3
This PPO product is a natural, 30% glass-reinforced
• Water softener valves
grade.
• Pump components
• Ball cocks and tank trim PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Beverage dispenser components
PRODUCT ROD PLATE TUBE
Automotive and Transportation *Noryl® 3/16” - 8” dia. 1/4” - 4” thickness From
EN-265 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
• Specialty hardware 10’ length Up to 3” thickness 1” to 7.87” I.D.
• Bezels, housings 24” x 48” size
10’ Lengths
• Gauges and instrument parts 3 1/4” - 4” thickness
• Coil forms and bobbins 12” x 48” size
• Fender extensions **Noryl® 3/16” - 8” 1/4” - 4” thickness From
• Mass transit seat housings SE1-GFN3 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
Up to 3” thickness 1” to 7.87” I.D.
24” x 48” size
Appliances and Business Machines 10’ Lengths
• Housings (portable mixers, calculators, 3 1/4” - 4” thickness
12” x 48” size
computers, electric knives)
• Coffee pots and components * Not all sizes stocked. Some available on a minimum run, custom
• Attachments (vacuum sweepers and floor order only.
** Available on custom order, minimum runs only.
polishers)
• Plated and vacuum metalized parts
(decorative and functional uses) A. L. Hyde Company
The A. L. Hyde Company produces a black, Noryl® PPO
Medical general purpose grade material.
• Surgical instruments
• Vaporizer parts Noryl® ENG-265 BK701
Hyde’s black, general purpose grade, Noryl PPO,
• Utensils, trays, basins
available in rod only.
Electrical components PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Terminal boards
Diameters Lengths
• Relay cases 3/8” - 2” Up to 1” - 5 and 10 ft.
• Radio and TV components 1 1/8” - 2” - 4 and 8 ft.
• Connectors and live guards Check with your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center for other
• Motor controls and wiring devices diameter and length availabilities.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS)
Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) is a semi-crystalline PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
engineering thermoplastic. It offers the best resistance to
Product Rod Plate Other Tube
chemicals of any advanced engineering plastic, and is Diameter Length Thickness Size
suitable for applications requiring thermal stability to 425° Ensifide® 3/16” - 6” 10 ft. 1/4” - 4” (up to 3”) From
and structural integrity to 225°. Machinable to tight Natural thick 24” x 48” 1.5” - 11.84”
tolerances, it absorbs virtually no moisture, and has superior (extruded) O.D. and
(3 1/4” - 4”) 1” to 7.87” I.D.
dimensional stability. With good electrical and mechanical 12”x 48” 10’ Lengths
properties, it is flame and creep resistant, and the graphite 40% Glass- 3/16” - 6” 10ft. 1/4” - 4” (up to 3”) From
loaded bearing grades are UV resistant. There are many filled thick 24” x 48” 1.5” - 11.84”
grades available: unfilled natural, 30% and 40% glass filled, (extruded) O.D. and
(3 1/4” - 4”) 1” to 7.87” I.D.
glass / mineral filled, conductive and anti-static grades, 12”x 48” 10’ Lengths
internally lubricated, and those which offer low friction, high
PPS Filled Up to 8” Up to Up to 3” ——- Tube:
limiting PVs and wear resistance. (various fillers) 1 ft. Up to 33”
PPS can be injection and blow molded, extruded and (compression O.D.
molded)
compression molded, and machined parts are available.
PPS may be bonded to itself or other materials with
adhesives or through thermal or ultrasonic welding. All rod and most plate available on custom order, minimum runs only.
Note: Although this material is highly chemical
resistant, it can still be attacked by concentrated nitric acid,
chlorosulfonic acid and ethylene diamine. Long-term DSM Engineering Plastic
exposure to temperatures above 425°F. is not
recommended. Melting occurs at 540°.
Products
DSMEPP (formerly Polymer Corporation) manufactures
several grades of PPS under the tradenames of Techtron®
• Lantern rings in centrifugal pumps PPS and Ryton® PPS.
• Pump housings Note: All DSMEPP’s PPS products offer dimensional
• High pressure liquid chromatography components stability and strength at moderate temperatures. They are
• Electronic test sockets and fixtures rated for continuous service to 425°F (220°C), but strength
• Flow meter rotors and stiffness vary based on temperature and grade.
• Engine sensors Unreinforced Techtron® PPS is usually not used for wear
applications. Products like Torlon® (PAI) or Ketron® (PEEK)
• Halogen lamp sockets are better selections for high temperature wear applications.
• Chemical processing When designing with Ryton®, it is important to note its
• Medical and diagnostic devices relatively low elongation and impact strength.
• Valve and pump components
Techtron® PPS
Ensinger Engineering An unfilled PPS product, this material is easily machined
and designed for structural applications in corrosive
Plastics environments.
Ensinger manufactures two grades of PPS under the
tradename Ensifide®.
Techtron® CM PPS
Manufactured from Ryton® PPS resin, this is the
Ensifide® compression molded version of the unfilled Techtron® PPS.
Ensifide® materials are available in a natural grade
produced from Fortron® resin; and a black, 40% glass
reinforced (GF40) grade from Ryton® or Fortron® resin.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS)
40% Glass-reinforced Ryton®
PPS
Compression molded, this material exhibits better
dimensional stability and thermal performance
thanTechtron® PPS and maintains its strength over 425°F.
Bearing-grade Ryton® PPS

For use in thrust or wear applications, or when an
electrically conductive material is required, this material is
internally lubricated and carbon fiber -reinforced. It has a
low coefficient of thermal expansion and excellent chemical
resistance.
Product Rod Disc Plate Other
Diameter Diameter Thickness Diameter Thickness
Techtron® PPS 3/8” to 2” ——- ——- 1/4” - 2” Hex and

square rod
Techtron® CM 1” to 11” 3/8” - 2” 12” x 12” 3/8” - 1 1/4” Tubular Bar

PPS 9 3/4” 14” x 28”
40% Glass- 1” to 12” x 12” 3/8” - 1 3/4” Tubular Bar

reinforced 9 7/8” 14” x 28”
Ryton® PPS
Bearing Grade 1” to 11” 12” x 12” 3/8” - 1 3/4” Tubular Bar
Ryton® PPS 14” x 28”
DO YOU KNOW?
Since 1976 plastic has become the most
widely used material in the United
States.
123
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU)
Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) is an amorphous high Radel® R PPSU
performance thermoplastic exhibiting a higher level of impact
Manufactured by DSM Engineering Plastic Products
and chemical resistance over polysulfone and polyetherimide.
(formerly Polymer Corporation), this Radel® R product has
Products manufactured with the Amoco produced Radel® R
excellent impact resistance, steam resistance to 400°F (205°
resin exhibit high heat deflection (400°F/ 204°C) and good
C), is USP Class VI compliant, and exhibits a high modulus of
hydrolytic stability, allowing prolonged exposure to elevated
elasticity and heat resistance. Available in transparent,
temperatures in air, water, and long-term, repeat autoclave
natural (bone white) and custom colors, it is commonly used
cycles. Not recommended as a wear material, the Radel®
in sterilization trays, dental and surgical instrument handles,
properties degrade when exposed to sunlight. Available in
orthopedic implant trials and in fluid handling coupling and
transparent, opaque, black, white, and custom colors,
fitting applications.
Radel® R is USP Class VI compliant.
Note: Radel® R has been approved for use in a variety
of medical devices but is not FDA compliant, and therefore, Steam Autoclave Resistance
not appropriate for food contact applications.
Typical Applications: Flexural Stress Cycles to Crazing
• Electrical / electronics 1400 Psi (9.7 MPa)
• Dip switches Radel® R >2000
• Radomes Polyetherimide 900
• Pump houses
• Bearing cages Polysulfone 50
• Site glasses Polyethersulfone 45
• Medical applications
Hydex® 5500 PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

Manufactured by the A. L. Hyde Company, from the
Radel® R Resin, this product performs with good impact Rod Diameter Plate Thickness
strength, chemical resistance and withstands repeated 1/2” to 2” 1/32” to 3” thick
autoclaving. Recommended for use in the medical and
electronic industries, this product is available in black, in the
following sizes and gauges:
Rod Sheet
Diameter Length Thickness
3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4”, 1” 5 and 10 ft 3/8”, 1/2”
1 1/2”and 2” 4 and 8 ft 3/4” 1”
3” 2 and 4 ft 1 1/2” and 2”
Sizes not in stock can be custom quoted.

Rods may be ground to any intermediate diameter.
DO YOU KNOW?
Salvagers who recovered the riches
aboard the Titanic in 1987 were struck
by the absence of “plastic”.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polypropylene
Polypropylene, created through the polymerization of
propylene gas, is a light density (.91-.92 gm/cm3) Ensinger Engineering
thermoplastic with a hard, high gloss surface and moderate Plastics
strength. Polypropylene exhibits excellent track, arc Ensinger manufactures polypropylene under the
resistance, dielectric strength, low permeability to water vapor tradename Ensipro®.
and gases, and resistance to chemicals and solvents
including aqueous, salts, acids and alkaline solutions. It is
attacked, however, by aromatic and chlorinated hydrocarbons Ensipro®
at high temperatures, halogens, fuming nitric acid and other This material meets ASTM D-4101 PP0112
active oxidizing agents. Extensively used in the semi- specifications and FDA requirements. Recommended
conductor industry, this product performs well in the presence applications include liners, labware, medical devices, valve
of DI water. Homopolymers have a working temperature components and fittings.
range of 30° to 210°F., while copolymers can handle -20° to
180°F. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Copolymerization with an additional resin can enhance ROD
physical properties, and the addition of fibers can increase 1/4” to 8” diameter in up to 10’ lengths.
mechanical or thermal stability. It can be modified to be
conductive or antistatic, have improved flame retardancy, and
to withstand prolonged use in elevated temperatures and A. L. Hyde Company
ultra violet light. The A. L. Hyde Company produces polypropylene
This material is fabricated utilizing standard woodworking material under the tradename Polypro.
tools, and can be butt, extrusion, fusion, and spun welded.
Processing can be done by extrusion, injection, blow, Polypro
compression, and rotational molding, as well as pressure, This polypropylene material has a low coefficient of
thermo, or vacuum forming. friction, good thermal properties, low moisture absorption and
Typical Applications is chemical resistant. It is widely used for electrical
• Plating barrels and tanks components and in fluid handling and containment
• Tank covers applications.
• Scrub stations
• Piping PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Semi-conductor processing ROD
• Electrical switch gear 1/4” to 16” in 2’ to 8’ lengths
Colors, blends and other grades quoted upon request
• Glove boxes
• Fan shrouds
• Orthopedic appliances Poly Hi Solidur
• Battery cases Poly Hi Solidur manufactures several grades of
homopolymer and copolymer polypropylene products under
• Cutting boards
the tradename Proteus®.
• Bottling machines
• Insulations components
Proteus® Homopolymer
• Animal feeders Designed for applications to 180°F, this material is
• Acid tanks resistant to chemicals including most acids, alkalies, and
• Tank linings solvents. It meets FDA 21CFR Section 177.1520 and is
• Playground equipment USDA approved for use in federally inspected meat and
• Food wraps poultry packing facilities.
• Packaging
• Irrigation
125
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polypropylene
Proteus® White Homopolymer

This white homopolymer polypropylene material is film
masked one side, and is available with both sides masked for
the semiconductor industry.
Proteus® 18G Flame Retardant

A white polypropylene, this material has a UL 94
flammability rating of V-0 and 5VA.
Proteus® Copolymer
A blend of polypropylene and ethylene, Proteus®
Copolymer has a temperature range of -34°F to 170°F and
exhibits a higher impact strength than the Proteus®
Homopolymer.
*
Poly Hi Standard Thickness Standard Colors
Solidur Sizes
Proteus® 4’ x8’ 1/16” - 2” Natural.

Homopolymer* 4’ x 10’ 1/16” - 2” Custom: Industrial
47” x 95” 2 1/4” - 3” Grey UV Stabilized
5’ x 10’ 1/8” - 1” RAL 7032
Proteus® 4’ x 8’ 1/8” - 1” White / film masked
Homopolymer* 4’ x 10’ 1/8” - 1” 1 side
5’ x 10’ 1/8” - 1”
Proteus® 4’ x 8’ 1/8” - 1” Black / film masked

Homopolymer* 1 side
Proteus® 18G 4’ x 8’ 1/8” - 1” White / film masked
Flame 2 sides
Retardant
Homopolymer*
Proteus® 4’ x 8’ 1/8” - 2’ Natural. Custom:
Copolymer* 4’ x 10’ 1/8” - 2” Industrial Grey UV
5’ x 10’ 1/8” - 1” Stabilized
Custom widths, lengths, gauges and colors available in minimum runs.
DO YOU KNOW?
1957 - The ‘House of Tomorrow’ opens at

Disneyland. Created by Monsanto, its walls,
roof, floors, rugs and furniture are all made of
plastic. (It’s so strong that the wrecking crew
has trouble demolishing it years later.)
126
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polysulfone
Polysulfone is a transparent, amorphous, high
performance engineering thermoplastic. It has good thermal
A. L. Hyde Company
and insulation characteristics and low ionic impurity levels. It Hyde offers a general purpose grade polysulfone
is also heat and hydrolysis resistant in hot water and steam to material produced from the Amoco resin, Udel®.
300°F, and has a continuous use temperature down to -150°
F. It has excellent radiation stability, and mechanical and Udel P-1700
electrical properties. It has low flammability and smoke As Hyde’s general purpose, extrusion grade polysulfone,
emission, and is resistant to chemicals including acidic and this transparent amber colored material complies with FDA,
salt solutions, as well as detergents. It often replaces USDA, 3-A, NSF 14, NSF 61, and USP VI (1) regulations.
polycarbonates when higher temperatures, improved
chemical resistance or autoclavability is required. It can be
processed on conventional equipment and can be DSM Engineering Plastic
compounded with fillers like glass beads, glass fiber or TFE. Products
It is available in stock shapes, sheet and film. Grades which DSMEPP offers polysulfone manufactured by the Amoco
are FDA, NSF, 3A-Dairy and USP Class VI compliant are resin, Udel®.
also available. Note: Polysufone is not a wear material and may stress
Typical Applications: craze under high pressures in certain chemical environments.
• Manifolds
• Distributor valves PSU 1000 Polysulfone
• Medical equipment components Semi-transparent, this material has a flame resistance of
• Steam cleaning equipment inserts UL94-V-O at 1/4” thickness and UL94-HB at 1/8”. Food
• Pharmaceutical equipment grade and custom colors can be special ordered.
• Semiconductor processing Note: Only the food grade is FDA, NSF, 3A-Dairy, and
• Milking machines USP Class VI compliant.
• Steam table pans
• Microwave oven cookware PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Coffee makers Rod Plate Tube
• Coil bobbins 3/16” to 8” 1/32” to 4” From
• Television components Diameters Thicknesses 1.5” - 11.84” O.D.
• Pumps and
Up to 10’ Lengths 1” to 7.87” I.D.
• Filter modules
10’ Lengths
• Camera components
• Watch components Sizes as well as availability vary with the manufacturers listed
here, DSMEPP, Ensinger, and A. L. Hyde Company.
• Aerospace components
• Analytical instrumentation Custom colors and sizes often available. Check with your near-
est Regal Plastic Supply Company distribution center for the
most current product information.
Plastics
Ensinger offers polysulfone under the tradename
Ensifone®.
Ensifone®
A natural grade of polysulfone which meets FDA and
NSF standards.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyurethane
Urethane is available in a variety of forms including
thermoplastic, thermoset, coatings and foams (flexible, semi-
A. L. Hyde Company
rigid, rigid and integral skin). Thermoset and some foam The following two grades of solid polyurethane, produced
types are available in sheet, rod, bar and tube as well as out of the Dow Chemical resin, Isoplast® under the
custom molded parts. Processes to produce parts include tradename Hydex®, have excellent impact and temperature
injection molding, extrusion, RIM, spray and casting. resistance with very good mechanical properties. Both have
Polyurethanes are versatile engineering materials which a resistance to a wide range of chemicals including: alcohols,
provide properties unavailable in conventional rubbers, aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, bases,
metals, and plastics. They have greater oil, solvent, abrasion inorganic acid, organic acids and oxidizers.
and tear resistance, as well as good impact strength, low
compression set and excellent bearing capacity. Hydex® 301
Typical Applications: This unfilled, light yellow, machine grade product has
• Fluid Handling nearly 90% light transmission and can be mechanically
• Filter Bowls buffed or flame polished to achieve excellent clarity. Unlike
• Manifolds acrylic and polycarbonate, this material can be used for
applications which require clarity as well as chemical
• Valves resistance and toughness. Applications include medical
• Site Glasses diagnostic equipment; filter bowls, manifolds and valves; and,
• Junction Boxes petrochemical processing plants; site glasses and junction
boxes.
Hydex® 202
This opaque, unfilled polyurethane grade was designed
for mechanical applications that have significant machining
but require close tolerances. It has better impact strength
than 301, can outwear many metals, and is durable and
tough in highly corrosive environments. This material can
withstand chemicals with a PH range from 2 to 14.
PRODUCT ROD SLAB
Hydex® 301 1/4” - 6” Diameter 1/4” to 4” thickness

Hydex® 202
DO YOU KNOW?
1959 - Over 5 billion pounds of plastic are

produced in the U.S. this year, compared with
2.2 billion pounds in 1950.
128
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or “vinyl” is the second largest
selling thermoplastic resin behind polyethylene. Rigid PVC is
A.L. Hyde Company
the most common type of PVC used for pipes, fittings, A.L.Hyde Company produces PVC under the tradename
valves, machining shapes, sheet, and duct. It has excellent Hydcor®.
chemical resistance and dielectric properties, good tensile,
flexural and mechanical strength, low moisture absorption, Hydcor® PVC Rod
excellent dimensional stability, and low flammability. The This Type 1 PVC material machines well and has
maximum working temperature for PVC is 140°F. excellent chemical and impact resistance.
Properties, however, can be altered with the addition of
certain additives, such as UV stabilizers. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Chemical processing ROD
• High purity applications Diameter: Standard Lengths:
• Water and wastewater treatment 1/4” - 12” 1/4” - 5” 10’
5 1/2” - 10” 5’
• Irrigation 12” 20”
• Agriculture
• Corrosive fume handling (duct)
• Food contact applications
• DWV / plumbing Poly Hi Solidur
• Corrosive resistant tanks and vessels Poly Hi Solidur produces PVC and CPVC grade products
• Corrosive resistant workstations and equipment through extrusion and compression molding methods.
• Nuts, bolts, fasteners
• Pump and valve components Poly Hi Solidur PVC
• Spacers, hangers, stiffners, hubs Typically used for pipe and fittings, this PVC Type I,
• Siding Grade I Gray, per ASTM D1784, resists mild acids, alkalies
• Flooring and solvents, and has a UL94 V-0 flammability rating.
• Windows
• Face shields Poly Hi Solidur
• Phonograph records Corzan™ CPVC Sheet
• Gutters and downspouts This chlorinated PVC material is produced primarily for
corrosive or high-temperature environments. This product
performs in temperatures up to 200°F., and is impact,
Chlorinated PVC (CPVC) weather, acid, alkali and solvent resistant. It has a UL94 V-0
This material has high tensile, flexural, and impact flammability rating and meets NSF Standard 14 for use in
strength. It is chemically inert, corrosion resistant, a good plastic piping components and related materials.
thermal and electrical insulator, and has a temperature range
up to 200°F.
• Self-supporting tanks and tank linings DO YOU KNOW?
• Valve and pump parts
In 1929, a B. F. Goodrich organic chemist,
• Fume exhaust hoods Waldo Sermon, was trying to bind rubber to
• Spacers and flanges metal when he stumbled upon a polymer called
polyvinyl chloride.
129
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Test Name ASTM Test Corzan™ CPVC PVC
Method
ISO Equivalent
Density—g/cm3 D792 1.55 1.41
1183: 1987
Tensile Strength at Yield D638 8000 N.A.
PSI—MPa 527—1& 2: 1993 55.0 N.A.
Tensile Elongation at D638 N.A. N.A.
Yield—% 527—1 & 2: 1993
Tensile Modulus D638 360,000 435,000
PSI—MPa 527—1 & 2: 1993 2500 3000
Flexural Strength D790 15,000 N.A.
PSI—MPa 178: 1993 103.5 N.A.
Flexural Modulus D790 415,000 N.A.
PSI—MPa 178: 1993 2860 N.A.
Izod Impact—Notched D256
Ft. lb./in. @ 73°F 180: 1993 1.5 0.8
kJ/m2 @ 23°C 3.15 1.7
Heat Deflection Temp. D648
°F @ 66 PSI 75—1 & 2: 1993 230 167
°C @ 0.45 MPa 110 75
Mean Coefficient of D696 3.4 x 10-5 6.1 x 10-5
Linear Thermal
Expansion In./In./°F
Hardness—Rockwell R D785 119 82 Shore D
or Shore D where noted
Water Absorption—% D570 0.03 0
62: 1980
Flammability Rating UL—94 V-0 V-0
Maximum Operating °F 200 140
Temperature °C 92 60
The information listed above contains averages based on testing under

laboratory conditions and does not necessarily indicate end product per-
formance or suitability for a particular application.
DO YOU KNOW?
PRODUCT THICKNESS SIZE COLOR
1952 - B. F. Goodrich develops high-impact rigid
PVC for plastic pipe. Poly Hi Solidur 1/16” - 2” 4’ x 8’ Gray
PVC 2 1/4” - 3” 47” x 95”
Corzan™ CPVC 3/4” - 2” 4’ x 8’ Gray
2 1/4” - 3” 47” x 95”
130
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE)
A thermoplastic elastomer (TPE) is a synthetic
compound that combines the properties of vulcanized rubber
A. L. Hyde Company
with materials such as polypropylene. Parts made from TPE The A. L. Hyde Company produces two grades of TPE
can be fabricated using the same methods and machinery from a DuPont elastomer, Hytrel.
that conventional thermoplastics do. Soft and flexible in
nature, these are normally used where a rubber-like material Hytrel® 5556 and Hytrel® 7246
is required. These TPE materials are flexible with excellent memory,
Typical Applications: wear well, have superior impact and outstanding chemical
Automotive resistance. Hytrel® 5556 has a 55 durometer and Hytrel®
• Convoluted boot for steering system 7246 has a 72 durometer.
• Convoluted CVJ boot
• Weatherstripping PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Air duct intakes Rod
• Safety air bag cover Diameters: 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4”, and 1”
• Fuel line cover Plate
• Gear shift knob Thicknesses: 1/4”, 1/2”, and 1”
• Brake cable cover
• Fascia, trim For current availability and sizes, contact your closest
Regal Plastic Supply Distribution Center.
Building construction
• Expansion joints
• Pipe connectors
• Household / industrial plumbing
• Weather seals
• Roofing
• Window glazing
Household appliances
• Water sumps
• Water conduit hose
• Door seals
• Handle seals
• Handle grips
• Gaskets
Food and medical

• Syringe stoppers
• Tubing DO YOU KNOW?
• Catheters In the 1950s Swiss engineer George de
• Container caps Maestral devises a vinyl product that replicates
• Valves the natural ability of a cocklebur to cling to
anything it comes in contact with. The result is
• Bladders Velcro.
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Thermoplastic Polyesters (PBT) - (PET)
Thermoplastic polyesters are high-performance PBT
engineering resins known as polybutylene terephthalate
Polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), is a semi-crystalline
(PBT), or polythramethylene terephthalate (PTMT), and
thermoplastic polyester. It has a hard, durable surface and
polyethylene terephthalate (PET / PETE). They are known
superior chemical resistance, especially to chlorine. It has
for their toughness, creep resistance, high dimensional
better impact resistance and elongation than PET, and is less
stability and low moisture absorption. Equalibrium water
brittle. It has low moisture absorption, good dimensional
absorption, after prolonged immersion at 73°F., ranges from
stability, low coefficient of friction, good ductibility, noise
0.25 to 0.40% and 0.52 to 0.60% at 150°F.
dampening qualities, no centerline porosity, and excellent
They are resistant, at room temperature, to a wide range
wear resistance in wet or dry conditions. FDA, USDA and 3A
of chemicals including: aliphatic hydrocarbons, gasoline,
compliant, it is recommended for use primarily in food
carbon tetrachloride, perchloroethylene, oils, fats, alcohols,
processing.
glycols, esters, ethers and dilute acids and bases. They are
not, however, resistant to strong acids and bases.
These thermoplastic polyesters are available in • Bearings
unreinforced, high-molecular molding resins and in glass- • Bushings
reinforced grades. Both the unreinforced and glass-filled • Food contact parts
grades are available with UL flammability ratings of 94 HB • Guides
and 5V. • Insulators
Although the polyesters without glass fillings are
• Pump components
unreinforced, unnotched specimens are rated “no break” both
at room temperature and down to -40°F. They are also • Seals
capable, in falling dart tests, of handling more than 40 ft. / lb. • Spacers
Although they have high impact strength, they are notched- • Thrust washers
sensitive, and care must be used when designing parts.
Stiffness and creep resistance can be increased by the
addition of glass to the polyesters. Recently, tougher grades
A. L. Hyde Company
of 30%, 45%, and 55% glass-filled thermoplastic polyesters Hyde produces PBT materials under the tradename
have arrived on the market, as well as a new, low warpage Hydex® out of resins by General Electric (Valox*); BASF
grade with 35% glass / mica. (Ultradur*); and Celanese (Celanex*).
Glass-reinforced polyesters have excellent electrical
properties even after prolonged exposure to a wide range of
temperatures and other conditions, including humidity.
Hydex® 4101
This PBT material is wear and chemical resistant with
However, for continuous exposure, the maximum water
low moisture absorption and good dimensional stability. It
temperature recommended is 125°F.
Typical Applications: can withstand repeated “CIP” chemical washdowns, and
meets FDA, USDA and 3A requirements.
• Pump housings
• Gears
• Cams
Hydex® 4101L (Lubricated)
This enhanced version of 4101 is lubricated with
• Rollers improved wear and PV range.
• Bearings
• Electrical and electrical components PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
• Automotive distributor caps
• Painted exterior automobile components SLAB ROD
• Coil forms Thickness Sizes Diameter Lengths
3/8”- 4” 12”x 24”, 12”x 48” 1/4” - 6” (1/4” - 1”) 5 and 10 feet
3/8” -3” 24”x 24”, 24” x 48” (1 1/4” - 2”) 4 and 8 feet
(2 1/2” - 6”) 2 and 4 feet
132
ENGINEERED PLASTICS
Thermoplastic Polyesters (PBT) - (PET)
PET Ensitep®
PET (Polyethylene Terephthalate also known as PETE), This PET material is FDA approved and meets ASTM D-
is a thermoplastic polyester that can be either amorphous or 4507 TPES211B55130. It is available in black and natural.
crystalline (or a mixture of both) depending on how it is
processed. It is also known as APET (Amorphous PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Polyethylene Terephthalate). In its crystalline state for oven
trays, it is known as CPET, and when used for oriented film, ROD PLATE TUBE
it is called OPET.
1/2” - 6” 24” x 48” From
PET is a durable, tough plastic with good chemical, high-
10 feet long 1/4” - 4” 1.5” - 11.84” O.D. and
energy radiation, weather, wear and abrasion resistance. It
thickness 1” to 7.87” I.D.
is a good electrical insulator with excellent dimensional
10’ Lengths
stability and high strength and stiffness. It has a low
coefficient of friction, low creep, a high modulus, and meets
FDA regulations. It has a continuous use temperature of DSM Engineering Plastic
approximately 10% higher than acetal, and a melting point of
almost 150° higher. It has 1/2 the moisture absorption of Products
acetal and 10 times less than nylon. Because it has no DSM Engineering Plastic Products (formerly Polymer
centerline porosity, moisture absorption and leakage is Corporation) produces PET material under the tradename of
virtually eliminated. Ertalyte® by proprietary resin grades made by DSM. Only
Typical Applications: DSM can offer Ertalyte®.
• Carbonated soft drink and water bottles Note: Because it is more rigid and offers greater
thermal performance than nylon and acetal, Ertalyte
• “Freezer to oven” food packaging trays
machines differently. For best results, please request a copy
• Water purification systems of DSM’s design and fabrication guideline for Ertalyte PET-P
• Printing equipment from your plastics distributor. Ertalyte and other polyesters
• Textile components have less resistance to hot water than Acetron® GP acetal.
• Food-handling equipment
• Valves Ertalyte® PET-P
• Bearings This material is stain, arc and gamma ray resistant and
• Bushings good in both wet and dry conditions. While the natural and
• Guides black grades are both FDA approved, the natural is also
• Insulators USDA, 3A-Dairy and Canada AG compliant.
• Pump components
• Seals
• Spacers ROD PLATE
• Thrust washers
1/2” - 7” diameter 1/4” - 4” thick
• Exterior body parts
• Electrical components
Plastics
Ensinger manufactures PET material from Arnite® and
Crystar® resins under the tradename Ensitep®.
Silicone Basic Information G.E. Silicones
Organosilicone chemistry Sealant/Surface Recommendations
began around 100 years ago. By Construction IS800 RTV100 RTV 5220 RTV 5240 RTV5800 Surface Preparation
Material
the early 1930’s, industrial Series Series Series Series RTV6700
development of silicones had Concrete & Masonry Surfaces must be dry, sound, dust-free and
begun, and in the 1940’s General Brick
Concrete Block
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
free of form oils or treatments that prevent
adhesion. Stiff bristle brushing, grinding or
Electric is credited with becoming Poured Concrete Do Not Use Do Not Use OK OK OK sandblasting may be required. Surfaces vary
Precast Vonvrete Do Not Use Do Not Use OK OK OK greatly from job to job and test applications
the first company to successfully Mortar Do Not Use Do Not Use OK OK OK are recommended to determine degree of
develop an economical procedure Grouts
Cement-Asbestos (Factory Made)
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
preparation required. In some cases, primer
may be required for best results.
for silicone production. First used
Stone Surfaces must be dry and dust-free. Primer
in military applications during Granite OK OK OK OK OK may be required. Test applications are
WWII, and then in the aerospace Marble
Limestone
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
Do Not Use
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
reommended to determine surface
preparation, primer need and staining
industry, silicones proved their potential.
ability to withstand environmental Glass or Porcelain Surfaces must be dry and free of dust, oil or
conditions while remaining Sheet, Float or Plate Glass
Tinted Glass
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK OK OK
OK
other contaminants. Detergent or soap and
water treatments are not recommended.
thermally and chemically stable. Reflective Glass Test Test OK OK Test Surface should be cleaned with alcohol or
Glazed Ceramic Tile OK OK Test Test OK other suitable solvent. The solvent used
The list of applications grew Porcelain Coated Metal OK OK OK OK OK should be checked for compatibility with
rapidly to include release agents Vitrified Surfaces OK OK OK OK OK adjacent materials that it will contact.
for molding rubber, water Paints Surfaces must be clean and dry. An
repellents, and ingredients for Acrylic Latex OK OK OK OK OK isopropyl alcohol wipe with clean rag is
Acrylic - Thermoset OK OK OK OK OK recommended. Since formulation may
paints, lubricants, and polishes. Alkyd Latex OK OK OK OK OK change, test application of material to be
Today silicones are used everyday Alkyd Enamel
Silicone Alkyd
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
used on the job is recommended.
for countless applications in Silicone Acrylic OK OK OK OK OK

Polyurethane OK OK OK OK OK
numerous industries. Polyvinyl Chloride OK OK OK OK OK
Polyvinyl Fluoride OK OK OK OK OK
The versatility of silicones is Kynar 500® Resin† - Based Paints OK OK OK OK OK
derived from their structure. They
are unique polymers that combine Plastics2 Surfaces must be clean and dry
Acrylic Sheet OK OK OK OK Do Not Use Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
an inorganic silicon-oxygen Polyester/Fiberglass OK OK OK OK OK Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
(siloxane) backbone with organic Epoxy Matrix Panels
Polyester Matrix Panels
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
side chains. This hybrid nature is Polystyrene OK OK OK OK OK Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
Polyvinyl Chloride Test Test OK OK OK Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
why silicones behave somewhat Polyvinyl Fluoride OK OK OK OK OK Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
like organic polymers, yet retain Polycarbonate Sheet OK OK OK OK Do Not Use Alcohol wipe w/clean rags
important inorganic properties like Rubber Rubber formulations vary greatly and may
heat resistance. As well as being Butyl E.P.D.M.
Neoprene
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
contain materials that cause staining or
chemical reaction. Test applications are
able to withstand heat, silicones Polyurethane Test Test Test Test Test required in each case to determine
Polysulfide Test Test Test Test Test compatibility.
are also chemically inert, self-
extinguishing, resistant to Silicone Sealants Alcohol wipe to clean surface.
oxidation and thermal attack,
hydrolytically stable, nonstaining, Metals
Aluminum - Mill Finish OK OK OK OK OK Surfaces must be oil and dust-free
noncorrosive, and very low in Aluminum - Anodized OK OK OK OK OK Alcohol wipe - removes oils and dust
Aluminum - Lacquered OK OK OK OK OK Alcohol wipe - removes oils and dust
toxicity. Copper Do Not Use Do Not Use OK OK OK Sand off oxide-alcohol wipe
G.E. manufactures an entire Lead
Steel - Red lead primed
Do Not Use
OK
Do Not Use
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Alcohol wipe - remove oils and dust
Alcohol wipe - remove dust
line of silicone products including Steel (Bright/clean) OK OK OK OK OK Alcohol wipe - remove oils and dust
Steel - Weathered OK OK OK OK OK Wire brush - alcohol wipe
one-part RTV silicone sealants Steel - Stainless OK OK OK OK OK
and adhesives, and two-part RTV Steel - Galvanized Do Not Use Do Not Use OK OK OK Alcohol wipe - remove oils and sut
encapsulan ts an d po t ting Woods Unfinished wood is not a proper surface for

compounds. Unfinished
Finished
Do Not Use
OK
Do Not Use
OK
Do Not Use Do Not Use Do Not Use sealant adhesion. Wood surfaces should be
OK OK OK sealed with paint or other coating (see paint
recommendations).
2 Plastics may contain plasticizers which bleed to surface and effect adhesion. Test applications are recommended
for solvent attack and adhesion and compatibility with sealants.
† Registered Trademark Pennwalt Corp.
134
G.E. Silicones - One-Part RTV Components
Typical Uses Product Product Specs
GE One-Part Description (UL, MIL, etc.)
RTV Silicone
Economical true neutral with primerless adhesion Low Modulus RTV5222 White
Adhesive and long tooling time. Paste RTV5223 Black
RTV5229 Gray
Sealants Fast cure, true neutral with hydrolytic stability, Fast Cure Paste RTV5242 White • UL File No. E36952
primerless adhesion and UL recognition. RTV5243 Black
RTV5249 Gray
Alkoxy Cure, Non-corrosive protection of printed circuit boards Non-Corrosive RTV160 White • UL File No. E36952
Alkoxy Cure—Totally Non-Corrosive
from dirt, dust, moisture & solvents. Coat contact Pourable

Acetoxy Cure & points. Seal exposed wires. Cushion between
plastics and metals. Thin-section potting.
Specialty Grades
Non-corrosive bonding of capacitors, resistors & Non-Corrosive RTV162 White • UL File No. E36952
Alkoxy cure silicones are integrated circuits to PCBs. Insulate relays, ex- Paste
• MIL-A-46146B
neutral cure materials that posed copper wires, terminals. Seal & protect
offer exceptional adhesion. faying surfaces, connectors, miniature circuits.
These materials are non- Highest strength adhesive sealant for mechanical Non-Corrosive RTV167 Gray • MIL-A-46146*
corrosive to most metals. or electrical applications. Use on horizontal and High Strength
Paste • UL File No. E36952
vertical surfaces. Excellent electrical insulator.
Several grades are non-
corrosive to sensitive metals Non-corrosive adhesive/sealant/coating for Thixotropic Paste TSE392 Translucent • MIL-A-46146A
such as copper and brass. metallic and plastic substrates; for electrical/
electronic applications. Semi Flowable TSE397 Translucent • MIL-A-46146A
Specialty grade silicones Flowable TSE399 Translucent • MIL-A-46146A
are one-part materials that
offer outstanding adhesion Flame retardant, non-corrosive adhesive seal for Fast Cure Paste TSE3940 Gray • MIL-A-46146A
metallic and plastic substrates; for electrical/ • UL File No. E36952
coupled with either one or electronic applications.
TSE3941 White • MIL-A-46146A
more of the following unique • UL File No. E36952
properties:
Fluorosilicone adhesive sealant for use in con- Fuel Resistant FRV1106 Red††
• Fuel, solvent, chemical
Specialty Grades: Fuel and High Temperature Resistance
tact with fuel, solvents and chemicals. Paste Acetoxy FRV1107 Gray††
and oil resistance
Heavy bodied adhesive sealant for formed-in- FIPG Acetoxy FRV1473 Black††
• High temperature per- place gasketing. Good oil resistance.
formance
• Low volatiles content Use as a sealant on firewalls or as a flame- Flame Retardant RTV133 Black • UL File No. E36952
retardant coating. Use in switching devices, mo- Paste Alkoxy • UL94 V-0**
• Exceptionally high tors and high-voltage transformers. • AMS 3374
strength High-heat applications; encapsulate and seal High Strength RTV106 Red†† • FDA Compliance
heating elements. Useful up to 260C (500F). High Temperature • MIL-A-46106*
Paste, Acetoxy (RTV106 only)
General Purpose ISO806 Red †† • UL File No. E36952

Primer† Use For Use With Paste, Acetoxy • NSF
SS4004 General 1, 2C • USDA
SS4404 Purpose
High Temperature RTV116 Red†† • MIL-A-47040
SS4179 Plastics & General 1 High Temperature Pourable, Acetoxy
Purpose
High Strength RTV159 Red††
SS4155 General 1, 1A, 2A, High Strength Paste, Acetoxy
Purpose 2C
SS4120 Where Clarity Is 1A, 2A Low volatile adhesive; use as electronic gasketing Non-Corrosive RTV142 White 5856053-Navy Sea Sys.
Needed adhesive for critical aerospace applications. Paste
Key High strength adhesive; use for gasketing, aircraft High Strength RTV157 Gray††
1 Use with one-part sealants maintenance and electrical insulation. Paste
1A Use with heat cure one-parts
2C Use with condensation cure two-parts Packaging Key
2A Use with addition cure two-parts 05T / 06T = .22 lb. Tube 12C = 10.1 fl. oz. cartridge
† Please ask for CDS1532 or CDS1873 03T = 2.8 fl. oz. metal tube 01Q = 1 quart can (2.2 lbs.)
product data sheets for more detailed 3TG = 2.8 fl. oz. plastic tube 5GP = 5 gallon pail (40 lbs.)
information. 12T = 10.3 fl. oz. tube 55G = 55 gallon drum (450 lbs.)
06S = 5.4 fl. oz. cartridge
135
Alkoxy Cure, Acetoxy Cure & Specialty Grades
Key Substrate Adhesion Useful Specific Hardness, Tensile Elongation Dielectric Dielectric Packaging
Typical Lap Shear (psi) Temperature Gravity Shore A Strength, (%) Strength Constrant (see key opposite
and/or Peel (ppi) Range C (F) Durometer Mpa (psi) KV/mm (V/mil) page)
Steel, Glass PVC, Acrylic, -60 to 205 1.4 26 2.60 (370) 750 16.5 (420) 3.9 @ 60 Hz 12C, 5GP, 55G
Polycarbonate Peel (60) (-75 to 400)
Steel, Aluminum, Glass, -60 to 205 1.5 40 2.50 (320) 425 20 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 12C, 5GP, 55G
Polycarbonate Peel (40) (-75 to 400)
Copper, Brass Aluminum, Nylon/ -60 to 205 1.04 25 1.86 (275) 230 20 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 12C, 5GP, 55G
PPO®, PC/PBT Lap (100), Peel (-75 to 400)
(30)
Copper, Brass, Aluminum, Poly- -60 to 205 1.09 35 3.73 (550) 400 18 (450) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 03T, 12C, 5GP, 55G
carbonate, Polyester (PBT) Lap (-75 to 400)
(150), Peel (40)
Copper, Brass, Aluminum, ABS, -60 to 205 1.12 37 5.49 (800) 600 20 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 03T, 12C, 5GP
Nylon/PPO Lap (200), Peel (60) (-75 to 400)
Most metals, plastics -60 to 205 (-75 to 400) 1.04 30 16 (228) 400 22 (560) 2.9 05T/06T, 12C, 01Q, 5GP
Most metals, plastics -60 to 205 (-75 to 400) 1.04 20 11 (156) 300 22 (560) 2.9
Most metals, plastics -60 to 205 (-75 to 400) 1.04 30 13 (185) 140 20 (500) 2.9
Most metals -60 to 205 1.49 40 30 (427) 200 21 (530) 4.5 05T/06T, 12C, 01Q, 5GP
(-75 to 400)
Most metals -60 to 205 1.65 60 30 (427) 100 22 (560) 4/0

(-75 to 400)
PC/PBT, Polyester (PBT) Lap -60 to 205 1.58 42 3.33 (500) 230 13.7 (351) 6.3 @ 1,000 Hz 06S
(200), Peel (25) Primed (-75 to 400) 1.33 35 2.35 (350) 260
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Ceramic, -60 to 204 1.06 30 3.14 (450) 500 —– —– 12C, 3TG, 5GP
Polyester (PBT) Lap (200) (-75 to 400)
Copper, Brass, Aluminum, PC/ -60 to 205 1.23 46 4.51 (650) 250 20 (500) 2.8 @ 100 Hz 12C, 5GP, 55G
PBT, Polycarbonate, Polyester (-75 to 400)
(PBT) Lap (200)
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, PC/PBT, -60 to 260 1.07 30 2.55 (375) 400 19.5 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 3TG / 12T / 06S / 12C /
Polyester (PBT) Lap (200), Peel (-75 to 500) 5GP / 55G
(30)
-60 to 260 1.05 22 1.67 (250) 425 19.5 (500) 2.9 @ 60 Hz 12C / 5GP / 55G
(-75 to 500)
-60 to 260 1.09 28 2.45 (350) 350 19.7 (500) 2.6 @ 60 Hz 03T / 06S / 5GP
Lap (125), Peel (25)
(-75 to 500)
-60 to 260 1.09 20 7.07 (1025) 350 15.6 (400) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 12T / 5GP / 55G
Lap (60)
(-75 to 500)
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Polycar- -60 to 204 1.09 34 3.78 (550) 400 20 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 55G
bonate Lap (300), Peel (60) (-75 to 400)
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, PC/PBT, -60 to 204 1.09 28 6.21 (975) 825 20.7 (525) 2.9 @ 60 Hz 03T, 06S, 5GP
Polyester (PBT) Lap (60) (-75 to 400)
* Testing for the referenced MIL Specs is performed in accordance with current GE Silicones quality test methods, laboratory conditions and procedures, frequency, and sampling, which are not
necessarily identical with the methods, conditions, procedures, frequency and sampling stated or referenced in the listed specification. A certification will be limited to listed properties and will not
imply or state conformity to any other aspect of the referenced specification, including but not limited to marking, packaging, bar coding, testing or sampling. Contact your nearest Regal Plastic
Supply distribution center to obtain a comparison review.
** This rating is based on a standard, small-scale laboratory test and as such is not reliable for determining, evaluating, predicting, or describing the flammability or burning characteristics of the prod-
uct under actual fire conditions.
†† These sealants are not for use in delicate electrical and electronic applications in which corrosion of copper, brass or other sensitive metals is undesirable.
G.E. Silicones - One-Part RTV Components
GE One-Part Typical Uses Product
Description
Product Specs
(UL, MIL, etc.)
RTV Silicone
General purpose adhesive sealant for seal- General Purpose RTV6702 White† • UL File No. E36952
Adhesive ing and bonding. Long tooling time. Primer- Paste RTV6703 Black†
RTV6708 Translucent† • AMS 3374
less adhesion to many metals and plastics.
Sealants
Modified Alkoxy Cure Primerless adhesion to many plastics includ- Industrial Plastic
Adhesive
RTV6802 White†
RTV6803 Black†
• UL File No. E36952
ing polycarbonate for assembly bonding and
sealing. RTV6808 Translucent†
RTV6809 Aluminum†
Modified Alkoxy
Fast-curing primerless adhesion to alumi- Fast Cure Paste RTV5812 White† • UL File No. E36952
Cure & Addition num and steel as well as some plastics for RTV5813 Black†
high productivity OEM assembly bonding and RTV5818 Translucent†
Cure sealing.
Modified alkoxy materials General purpose adhesive sealant for bond- General Purpose RTV122 White† • UL File No. E36952
cure at room temperature ing metals, plastics and glass. Paste RTV123 Black†
RTV128 Translucent†
and will outgas a small
amount of ammonia and High strength high performance seal High Strength Paste RTV102 White†† • FDA Compliance
some alcohol during cure. against moisture, dust and dirt, vertical & RTV103 Black††
• MIL-A-46146*
overhead sealing & bonding; electrical insula- RTV108 Translucent††
They are generally non- tion; protect leads from mechanical shock; RTV109 Aluminum†† • NSF ● USDA
Acetoxy Cure
corrosive to metals but could protect components from shock and vibration. • MIL-S-47162 ● MIL-S-14112
discolor copper if in direct Use for general- purpose, cost-effective General Purpose IS802 White†† • FDA Compliance
contact. sealing and bonding. Cure-in-place electri- Paste IS803 Black††
• UL File No. E36952
cal insulation. Applications requiring UL ap- IS808 Translucent††
Acetoxy cure silicones are proval. • NSF
the most commonly used
type of RTV materials and Thin-section protective coating; seal, bond, General Purpose RTV112 White†† • FDA Compliance
insulate and encapsulate. Pourable RTV118 Translucent†† • MIL-A-46146*
are considered GE Silicones’ • UL File No. E36952
general purpose product • NSF ● USDA
line. Typical Uses Product Product Key Substrate Adhesion
A d di ti o n c u re RT V Description Typical Lap Shear (PSI)
silicones are cured by the
addition of heat. They offer Heat-curable adhesive for sealing and bond- Non-Corrosive Paste RTV6424 White Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Some
long work times at room ing. Thermal barrier for automotive parts. Low Viscosity Plastics, 300
temperature. Fabric seam seal.
Use this guide to find the Heat-curable adhesive for sealing and bond- Non-Corrosive RTV6445 White Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Some
High Strength Paste Plastics, 325
GE one-part RTV silicone ing. Thermal barrier for automotive parts.
Fabric seam seal.
material best suited to your
Heat Cure
Heat-curable adhesive for sealing and bond- Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Some
application. Non-Corrosive
Flowable
TSE322 Light Blue
TSE322B Black Plastics, 300
ing. Thermal barrier for automotive parts.
Fabric seam seal.
Heat-curing adhesive for assembly and Non-Corrosive TSE326 Red Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Some
Flowable Plastics, 300
gasketing applications. High heat applica-
tions. High Temperature
Heat-curing adhesive for general sealing, Non-Corrosive TSE3221 Clear Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Some
potting and coating applications needing Flowable Plastics, 285
visual clarity.
Heat-curing adhesive for attaching power One-Component TSE3281G Aluminum, Steel, Glass, Some
component to heat sink attachment and circuit Medium Viscosity Plastics, 355
substrate to baseplate adhesive. Thermally Conductive
Packaging Key
3TG = 2.8 fl. oz. plastic tube 5GP = 5 gallon pail (40 lbs.) 02K = 1 qt. can (4.4 lbs.) 200K = 55 gallon drum (440 lbs.)
12T = 10.3 fl. oz. tube 55G = 55 gallon drum (450 lbs.) 18K = 5 gallon pail (40 lbs.)
06S = 5.4 fl. oz. cartridge 200G = 7 fl. oz. metal tube 20K = 5 gallon pail (44 lbs.)
12C = 10.1 fl. oz. cartridge 01K = 1 qt. can (2.2 lbs.) 180K = 55 gallon drum (400 lbs.)
137
Modified Alkoxy Cure & Addition Cure
Key Substrate Adhesion Useful Specific Hardness, Tensile Elongation Dielectric Dielectric Packaging
Typical Lap Shear (psi) Temperature Gravity Shore A Strength (%) Strength kV/mm Constant (see opposite page)
and/or Peel (ppi) Range C (F) Durometer Mpa (psi) (V/mil)
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, ABS, -60 to 205 1.04 18 1.57 (225) 450 16.0 (410) 2.9 @ 100 Hz 3TG, 12C, 5GP, 55G
PC/PBT, Polycarbonate (-75 to 400)
Lap (135), Peel (35)
Aluminuim, Steel, Glass, Nylon/ -60 to 205 1.04 18 1.67 (250) 400 19.5 (500) 2.8 @ 100 Hz 3TG, 12C, 5GP, 55G
PPO®, PC/ABS, Polycarbonate (-75 to 400)
Lap (120), Peel (30)
Stainless Steel, Aluminum, -60 to 205 1.04 21 1.86 (275) 500 16.6 (426) 2.8 @ 100 Hz 12C, 5GP, 55G
Glass, PC/ABS, Polycarbonate, (-75 to 400)
Polyester (PBT)
Lap (125), Peel (45)
Aluminum, Steel, PC/ABS, -60 to 205 1.04 30 1.72 (250) 350 20 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 12C, 5GP, 55G
Polycarbonate, Polyester (PBT) (-75 to 400)
Lap (125), Peel (40)
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, -60 to 205 1.05 30 2.75 (400) 450 19.5 (500) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 3TG
Polyester (PBT) (-75 to 400) 3TG / 12C / 5GP / 55G
Lap (150) 12T / 12C / 5GP / 55G
12C / 5GP
Aluminum, Steel, PC/PBT, -60 to 205 1.05 23 2.06 (300) 450 20 (500) 2.9 @ 60 Hz 3TG
Polyester (PBT) (-75 to 400) 12C
Lap (140) 5GP / 55G
Aluminum, Steel, Glass, PC/ -60 to 205 1.05 25 2.20 (325) 325 15.6 (400) 2.8 @ 60 Hz 03T, 12T, 5GP, 55G
PBT, Polyester (PBT) (-75 to 400)
Lap (120), Peel (15)
Cure Time (@ 50% RH)** Specific Hardness, Tensile Elongation Dielectric Dielectric Packaging
Gravity Shore A Strength, (%) Strength Constant (see opposite page)
100C (212F) 125C (256F) 150C (302F) Durometer Mpa (psi) kV/mm (V/mil)
___ 45 min. 30 min. 1.17 30 4.65 (675) 550 19.5 (500) 2.9 06S, 5GP, 55G
___ 45 min 30 min. 1.20 38 6.03 (875) 625 19.5 (500) 2.9 06S, 5GP
3 hrs. 45 min. 30 min. 1.28 45 2.93 (425) 200 19.5 (500) 3.1 01K, 20K
2 hrs. 90 min. 1 hr. 1.45 43 3.43 (498) 170 22 (558) 3.3 01K, 20K, 200K
3 hrs. 90 min. 1 hr. 1.03 28 2.35 (341) 290 21 (534) 2.8 01K, 20K, 200K
2 hrs. 90 min. 1 hr. 2.70 83 4.51 (654) 40 26 (660) 5.4 01K
* Testing for the referenced MIL Specs is performed in accordance with current GE Silicones quality test methods, laboratory conditions and procedures, frequency, and sampling, which are not
necessarily identical with the methods, conditions, procedures, frequency and sampling stated or referenced in the listed specification. Any certification will be limited to listed properties and will
not imply or state conformity to any other aspect of the referenced specification, including but not limited to marking, packaging, bar coding, testing or sampling. Contact your nearest Regal
Plastic Supply distribution center to obtain a comparison review.
** Cure times tend to be the maximum. By altering the bead size, temperature, and the equipment used, these cure times may be significantly reduced.
† When allowed to cure in enclosed conditions, these sealants may discolor sensitive metals in direct contact.
G.E. Silicones - Two-Part RTV Components
GE Two-Part GENERAL PURPOSE
RTV Silicone RTV615

Clear
RTV627
Dark Gray
RTV630
Blue
RTV 6428
Dark Gray
TSE3033
Clear
Potting & Typical Uses • Solar cell • Power supply • Encapsulation • Power supply • Low viscosity,
Encapsulating potting
• Optical
encapsulation
• Flyback
applications
requiring high
encapsulation
of temperature
clear encapsu-
lation
Compounds instruments
• Applications
transformer
encapsulation
tensile trength limited assem-
blies
requiring • “Snap” cure
visual • Automotive
Addition Cure identification
of potted
systems
Two-part addition cure assemblies
silicone RTVs can be cured Mix Ratio 10 : 1 1:1 10 : 1 1:1 1:1

very quickly with the use of high (base to curing agent by weight)
heat, up to 400°F, as well as at Viscosity, cps ( @ 25C/77F) 4,000 1,270 150,000 1,300 1,000
room temperature. Specific Gravity 1.02 1.37 1.28 1.37 1.01
Addition cure products Refractive Index 1.406 __ __ __ 1.406
have no cure by-products and
Hardness, Shore A Durometer 44 62 60 62 30
can be used to unlimited
depths. Tensile Strength, MPa (psi) 6.37 (920) 3.24 (475) 5.69 (820) 3.24 (475) 0.98 (142)
This chart will guide you to Elongation % 160 60 250 60 130
finding the addition cure product Tear Resistance (Die B), kg/cm (lb/inch) __ 3.4 (19) 20 (110) 3.4 (19) __
best suited to the requirements Useful Temperature Range (-75 to +400) (-75 to +400) (-75 to +400) (-75 to +400) (-75 to +400)
of your application. For addi- (continuous), C (F) -60 to +204 -60 to +204 -60 to +204 -60 to +204 -60 to +204
tional assistance, please con- Thermal Conductivity, W/m°K 0.19 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.17
tact your nearest Regal Plastic Coefficient of Thermal Expansion 27 x 10-5 21 x 10-5 21 x 10-5 21 x 10-5 23 x 10-5
Supply Distribution Center. (Linear CTE) (15.3 x 10-5) (11.4 x 10-5) (11.4 x 10-5) (11.4 x 10-5) (12.5 x 10-5)
cm/cm C (in/in F)
Dielectric Strength (75 mils), kV/mm 19.7 (500) 20.1 (510) 17.7 (450) 21 (530) 21 (530)
Dielectric Constant (1 kHz) 2.89 2.97 3.2 3.0 2.8

Dissipation Factor (1 kHz) 0.0004 0.006 0.006 0.0061 0.001
Volume Resistivity, ohm-cm 1.8 x 1015 5.7 x 1014 4.5 x 1015 5.7 x 1014 2 x 1015
Specifications FDA UL94 V-0** __ UL94 V-0** __
Product Availability (lb. kits) 1 / 10 / 44 / 2 / 1M / 22 / 1 / 10 / 44 / 2 / 1M / 100 2 / 4 / 80
440 100 495
Processing
Work (Pot) Life (25C/77F) 4 hours 2 hours 4 hours 4 minutes 6 hours
Cure Time (@ 50% RH)
77F (25C) 7 days 2 days 7 days 30 minutes __
149F (65C) 4 hours 4 hours 4 hours 15 minutes __
212F (100C) 1 hour 1 hour 1 hour 10 minutes 1 hour
256F (125C) 45 minutes 45 minutes 45 minutes 5 minutes 45 minutes
302F (150C) 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes 2 minutes 30 minutes
* Penetration (mm)
** This rating is based on a standard, small-scale laboratory test and as such is not reliable for determining, evaluating,
predicting, or describing the flammability or burning characteristics of the product under actual fire conditions.
Addition Cure
EXTREME LOW THERMALLY ——————————————————————– GELS ——————————————————————–
TEMP. CONDUCTIVE
RTV656 TSE3331 RTV6126 RTV6136 RTV 6156 RTV6166 RTV6186 RTV6196

Clear Dark Gray Clear Clear, Red, Clear Clear Clear Clear
Yellow, Blue
• Aerospace • Potting/ • General • Potting connectors • General purpose • Potting • “Tough” gel • Potting
potting, encapsulation of purpose potting/ for telecon potting and automotive offering greater automotive
bonding, and power supply/ encapsulation applications encapsulation in components in tear resistance components
sealing where transformer which requires • HEPA filter areas requiring underhood with longer pot life • For use in
extended low assemblies very fast cure assemblies low tmperature applications (8+ hours) than applications
temperature requiring good without heat and performance • General purpose 6136 rendering requiring fast
performance is thermal automated • “Tough” gel for automated meter/
applications gel cure
required dissipation meter/mixing mixing equipment
equipment requiring greater unnecessary
tear resistance
10 : 1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1
4,000 3,500 750 750 750 750 750 750

1.02 1.51 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98
1.406 __ 1.41 1.41 1.43 1.41 1.41 1.41
44 60 6.5* 6.0* 4.0* 6.0* 6.0* 6.0*
6.37 (920) 3.24 (475) __ __ __ __ __ __
160 50 __ __ __ __ __ __
__ 3.4 (19) __ __ __ __ __ __
(-175 to +400) (-75 to +400) (-58 to +400) (-58 to +400) (-175 to +400) (-58 to +400) (-58 to +400) (-58 to +400)
-115 to +204 -60 to +204 -50 to +204 -50 to +204 -115 to +204 -50 to +204 -50 to +204 -50 to +204
0.19 0.63 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19 0.19
27 X 10-5 17 X 10-5 27 x 10-5 27 x 10-5 27 x 10-5 27 x 10-5 27 x 10-5 27 x 10-5
(15.3 x 10-5) (9.2 x 10-5) (15.3 x 10-5) (15.3 x 10-5) (15.3 x 10-5) (15.3 x 10-5) (15.3 x 10-5) (15.3 x 10-5)
19.7 (500) 20 (500) 20.5 (500) 20.5 (500) 20.5 (500) 20.5 (500) 20.5 (500) 20.5 (500)
2.89 3.3 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8

0.0004 0.003 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
3.2 x 1015 2 x 1014 1 x 1015 1 x 1015 1 x 1015 1 x 1015 1 x 1015 1 x 1015
FDA UL94 V-0**
1 / 10 / 44 / 1 / 2 / 100 2 / 18 / 80 / 800 2 / 18 / 80 / 800 2 / 18 / 80 / 800 2 / 18 / 80 / 800 2 / 18 / 80 / 800 2 / 18 / 80 /
440 800
4 hours 8 hours 5 minutes 30 minutes 1 hour 2 hours 8+ hours 15 minutes
7 days __ <1 hour <4 hours <18 hours <24 hours n/a <2 hours
4 hours __ 20 minutes 2 hours 4 hours 4 hours 4 hours 1 hour
1 hour 10 minutes 5 minutes 20 minutes 1 hour 1 hour 1 hour 10 minutes
45 minutes 5 minutes __ __ __ __ __ __
15 minutes 5 minutes 2 minutes 10 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes 5 minutes
140
G.E. Silicones - Two-Part RTV Components
GE Two-Part ————–—————– General Purpose ——————–———–
RTV Silicone RTV11 RTV12 RTV21 RTV41
Potting & White Clear Pink White
Encapsulating Typical Uses • Medical molds /

instruments
• General purpose
potting requiring
• Aerospace
thermal
• Release coating on
metal panels and
Compounds • High voltage
power supply
clear, RT cure,
and offering
insulation
• Thick-section
other substrates
potting primerless potting

adhesion
• General purpose • Pour-in-place
Condensation Cure electrical potting gasketing
Two-part condensation cure

silicone RTVs are designed to
cure at room temperature, and
can be applied in thicknesses up
to one inch. They are very tough
materials, highly resistant to con- Mix Ratio (base to curing agent by weight) 100 : 0.5 20 : 1 100 : 0.5 100 : 0.5
tamination, and will not be af- Viscosity, cps (@25C/77F) 11,000 1,500 26,000 39,000
fected by other chemicals during Specific Gravity 1.19 1.00 1.32 1.31
curing or after. Hardness, Shore A Durometer 41 18 45 47
Use this chart as a guide to
Tensile Strength, MPa (psi) 2.06 (300) __ 2.16 (310) 2.16 (310)
finding the condensation cure
Elongation % 160 200 180 180
two-part silicone sealant that
best fulfills your application re- Tear Resistance (Die B), kg/cm (lb/inch) 3.5 (20) __ 7.1 (40) 5.2 (29)
quirements. For additional assis- Linear Shrinkage, % 0.6 2 0.6 0.6
tance, please contact your near- Useful Temperature Range (continuous), C (F) (-65 to +400) (-65 to +400) (-65 to +400) (-65 to +400)
est Regal Plastic Supply Distribu- -54 to +204 -54 to +204 -54 to +204 -54 to +204
tion Center. Thermal Conductivity, W/m°K 0.29 0.17 0.31 0.31
Coefficient fo Thermal Expansion (Linear CTE) 25 x 10-5 29 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 20 x 10-5
cm/cm C (in/in F) (14 x 10-5) (16 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5)
Dielectric Strength (75 mils), kV/mm (V/mil) 20.3 (515) 15.7 (400) 16.5 (420) 20.3 (515)
Dielectric Constant (1 kHz) 3.3 3.0 3.8 3.7
Dissipation Factor (1 kHz) 0.006 0.001 0.02 0.007
Volume Resistivity, ohm-cm 1.1 x 1015 1.0 x 1013 2.6 x 1014 1.6 x 1014
Specifications FDA __ __ FDA

__ __ __ __
__ __ __ __
Product Availability (lb. kits) 1 / 12 / 50 / 500 1 / 42 / 420 1 / 12 / 50 / 500 12 / 50 / 500
Processing
Work (Pot) Life (25C/77F) 1.5 hours 1.6 hours 1 hour 1 hour
Cure Time (@ 50% RH)
77F (25C) 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours
149F (65C) n/a n/a n/a n/a
212F (100C) n/a n/a n/a n/a
256F (125C) n/a n/a n/a n/a
302F (150C) n/a n/a n/a n/a
Condensation Cure
———————–General Purpose ——————— —————————–Extreme High Temperature —————————– ———– Extreme Low Temperature ———–
RTV8111 RTV8112 RTV8262 RTV31 RTV60 RTV88 RTV560 RTV566 RTV511 RTV567 RTV577
White White Red Red Red Red Red Red White Translucent White
• Meets • Meets • Meets • Potting surge • Aerospace • Potting surge • Aerospace • Ideal for • Potting , • Applications • Aerospace
requirements of requirements of requirements of protectors on applications protectors applications applications encapsulating, requiring a low applications
MIL-S-23586E MIL-S-23586E MIL-S-23586E telephone such as potting, • Aerospace such as potting, such as and coating outgassing such as sealing
Type I, Class I, Type I, Class 2, Type II, Class 2, poles encapsulating, applications sealing, and aerospace electronic product and insulating
Grade BI Grade A Grade A • Potting indus- coating and such as bonding, where requiring a low assemblies • Vertical and
trial filters cushioning sealing, extreme high/low outgassing and overhead
bonding, and temperature product components surfaces
• High temp. service is
electrical gasketing on
vertical or required
potting
applications overhead
surfaces
• Mechanical
protection
100 : 2 100 : 5 100 : 5 100 : 0.5 100 : 0.5 100 : 0.5 100 : 0.5 100 : 0.1 100 : 0.5 100 : 0.1 100 : 0.5
9,900 11,000 47,000 25,000 47,000 880,000 30,000 42,700 16,000 3,900 700,000
1.18 1.19 1.47 1.42 1.48 1.47 1.42 1.49 1.21 1.00 1.35
45 42 52 54 57 58 55 61 42 20 48
2.45 (350) 2.06 (300) 4.02 (580) 5.98 (870) 6.86 (990) 5.79 (830) 4.71 (690) 5.49 (800) 2.65 (380) __ 3.04 (440)
160 160 150 170 120 120 120 120 170 __ 150
4.3 (24) 4.8 (27) 7.7 (43) 5 (29) 7 (40) 8 (42) 5.5 (31) __ 3.8 (21) __ 6.8 (38)
1.0 1.0 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 1.0 0.6 1.3 0.6 0.65
(-65 to +400) (-65 to +400) (-65 to +500) (-65 to +500) (-65 to +500) (-65 to +500) (-175 to +500) (-175 to +500) (-175 to +400) (-175 to +400) (-175 to +400)
-54 to +204 -54 to +204 -54 to +260 -54 to +260 -54 to +260 -54 to +260 -115 to +260 -115 to +260 -115 to +204 -115 to +204 -115 to +204
0.29 0.29 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.31 0.26 0.29 0.31
25 x 10-5 25 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 20 x 10-5 22 x 10-5 25 x 10-5 20 x 10-5
(14 x 10-5) (14 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5) (12 x 10-5) (14 x 10-5) (11 x 10-5)
19.7 (500) 18.7 (475) 18.5 (470) 17 (430) 17.7 (450) 17.4 (400) 21.2 (540) 21.2 (540) 20.5 (520) 20.3 (515) 18.5 (470)
3.3 4.02 3.9 4.4 4.0 4.3 3.9 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.98
0.0055 0.007 0.017 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.005 0.006 0.02
1.0 x 1015 2.7 x 1015 4.4 x 1014 1.6 x 1014 4.4 x 1014 2.8 x 1014 2x 1014 2x 1014 2x 1014 1.1 x 1015 5.6 x 1014
MIL-S-23586E* MIL-S-23586E* MIL-S-23586E* __ __ __ __ Low Volatile __ Low Volatile __
Type I, Class I Type I, Class 2 Type II, Class 2 __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
Grade BI Grade A Grade A __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
1 / 12 / 55G 1 / 1P / 12 G12 / 1P / 12 1 / 12 / 50 / 1 / 12 / 50 / 500 1 / 12 / 13 / 12 1 1 / 12 / 50 / 1 1 / 12

500 50 / 55 / 500 500
30 minutes 2 hours 2 hour 2 hours 2 hours 45 minutes 2.25 hours 1.5 hours 1.5 hours 9 hours 2 hours
24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 24 hours 7 days 24 hours
n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
*Testing for the referenced MIL Specs is performed in accordance with current GE Silicones quality test methods, laboratory conditions and procedures, frequency, and
sampling, which are not necessarily identical with the methods, conditions, procedures, frequency and sampling stated or referenced in the listed specification. Any
certification will be limited to listed properties and will not imply or state conformity to any other aspect of the referenced specification, including but not limited to
marking, packaging, bar coding, testing, or sampling. Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center to obtain a comparison review.
Shin-Etsu - One-Part RTV Components
. Product Product Typical Uses Specs Key Substrate Adhesion
Description (UL, MIL, etc.)
KE 3418 RTV Black non-sag thixotropic paste High temperature (300°C) resistant, non- glass, wood, ceramic, clean metals, other
corrosive, condensation cure, for encapsulating, silicone elastomers, ABS, polycarbonate,
KE 3417 RTV Black self-leveling, medium viscosity bonding, sealing, insulating, and aerospace gasketing and PVC
KE 3490 RTV Gray non-sag thixotropic paste Non-flammable, non-corrosive, condensation cure, • UL 94 V-0* glass, wood, ceramic, clean metals, other
for encapsulating, bonding, sealing, and form-in-place 0.79mm V-1; 1.57mm V-1; silicone elastomers, ABS, polycarbonate,
Acetone Cure**
KE 3494 RTV Gray self-leveling, medium viscosity gasketing and PVC

KE 347 RTV Medium viscosity, flowable General purpose, non-corrosive, condensation glass, wood, ceramics, clean metals, other
Translucent & White cure, for use in electronics, transportation and aero- silicone elastomers, ABS, polycarbonate,
space applications, with excellent adhesion to a and PVC
KE 348 RTV non-sag thixotropic paste, variety of substrates
Translucent & White extrudable
KE 3498 RTV very difficult to extrude, high green General purpose, non-corrosive, condensation glass, ceramic, steel, aluminum, iron, cop-
Translucent & White strength cure, with self priming properties for a wide variety of per, tin chrome, vinyl, paints, epoxy, and
substrates polyester resins
Conformal Coatings Available in a wide variety of viscosi- For use in the standard coating application
Translucent ties, cure types, and tack times. methods: automated dip, bulk spray, selective
Consult with your nearest Regal spray, flow coat, brush, and manual dip.
Plastic Supply distribution center for
product specifics and availabilities.
KE 1820 RTV, thixotropic paste, high strength Self-priming, addition cure, 100% solids with no glass, wood, ceramics, clean metals, other
Translucent cure by-products, no exotherm with adhesion capa- silicone elastomers, ABS, polycarbonate,
bilities to a wide variety of plastics, metals, and and PVC
KE 1830 RTV high viscosity liquid, high strength ceramics. Used in electronic applications, i.e.
Off-white
Addition Cure
(insulation, sealing, bonding, potting, and encapsulat-

KE 1840 RTV low viscosity liquid ing), and automated assembly applications.
Translucent Note: Shin-Etsu self-priming adhesives must be
cured at temperatures of 100°C or above.
KE 1843 RTV flowable liquid, good adhesion to
Black PPS
KE 1862 RTV low viscosity, solventless (no by- Self-priming, addition cure, flexible, thermally Wide variety. Contact your nearest Regal
Gray products) conductive, suited for applications involving trans- Plastic Supply distribution center for particu-
formers, power supplies, coils, relays, general pur- lars regarding your application.
pose modules, and thermal dot printer heads
KE 40 RTV non-sag Condensation cure, with self-priming proper- • UL94 V-0 glass, ceramic, steel, aluminum, iron, cop-
Gray / White ties, for consumer electronic applications. Should per, tin, chrome, vinyl, paints, epoxy, and
not be used around sensitive electronic components. polyester resins
KE 402 RTV flowable
Gray / White
KE 44 RTV flowable, low corrosion, self-leveling General purpose, condensation cure, electrical glass, wood, ceramics, clean metals, silicone
Translucent grade for thin section potting, coating, and sealing resins, vulcanized silicone rubber, natural
and synthetic fibers, as well as painted and
KE 441 RTV many plastic surfaces.
Oxime Cure**
Translucent
KE 443 RTV
Translucent / White
KE 445 RTV
Translucent
KE 446 RTV
Translucent
KE 45 RTV thixotropic paste, low corrosion, low General purpose, condensation cure, used for • MIL-A-46106A, Amend 2, glass, ceramic, steel, aluminum, iron, cop-
Translucent, White, odor general sealing, bonding, gasketing, and electrical Type 1 per, tin, chrome, vinyl, paints, epoxy and
Black, Aluminum, Red, insulation • TTS-001543C Class A polyester resins
Bronze, Blue • TTS-00230C Class A
KE 420 RTV non-sag, acetic acid cure Optically clear, condensation cure
KE 4899 RTV non-sag paste, alcohol cure High strength, condensation cure • MIL-A-46146A, Type III
Specialty Grades
(methanol cure by-product)

FE 61 RTV high viscosity, flowable fluorosilicone Resistant to many fuels and fluids, addition
cure, self-priming to many substrates
FE 125 RTV thixotropic fluorosilicone, acetic acid Resistant to many fuels and fluids, condensa- • AMS 3375
Red cure tion cure, can be specified to AMS 3375 (fuel tank
sealants). Use in applications that have high tem-
perature exposure along with fuel, solvents, or vapors
and where there is no need for deep section cure.
FE 2000 RTV fluorosilicone thixotropic paste, Non-corrosive, condensation cure
Translucent alcohol cure
*Yellow card is maintained under File No. E48923

**Acetone and Oxime cure products will yellow in the primary package as well as in application, but does not affect function or physical properties of products.
143
Shin-Etsu - One-Part RTV Components
Useful Specific Tack-free Hardness, Tensile Elongation Dielectric Dielectric Dissipation Packaging
Temperature Gravity Time Shore A Strength (%) Strength Constant Factor
Range C (F) @ 25°C (minutes) Durometer psi V/mil (60 Hz) (60 Hz)
Up to 300 1.09 5 40 360 300 500 3.4 0.0015 100g tube, 350g cart.,17kg pail
(572)
1.20 3 40 500 400 600 3.2 0.01 100g tube, 380g cart., 17kg pail
100g tube, 460g cart., 20kg pail
1.05 3—5 30 285 300 500 2.5 0.001 3.0oz tube, 10.3oz cart., 17kg pail
355 410 100g tube, 330ml cart., 17kg pail
1.05 3 45 600 600 28(KV/mm) 3.9 @ 50 Hz 0.004 100g tube. 330ml cart., 17kg pail
-55 to 200 1.10 40 850 700 25 (KV/mm) 1kg can, 20kg pail
(-67 to 392)
1.27 40 575 350 1 kg can, 20kg pail
1.03 25 250 180 Contact Regal Plastic Supply
1.25 18 220 300

Contact Regal Plastic Supply
2.2 70 850 70 Contact Regal Plastic Supply
1.59 20 60 510 200 23 (KV/mm) 3.9 @ 50 Hz 0.0017 (50 Hz) 3.0oz tube, 10.3oz cart., 20kg pail
1.61 55 400 180 25 (KV/mm) 3.1 @ 50 Hz 150g tube, 500g cart., 20kg pail
1.04 7 25 355 300 23 (KV/mm) 2.8 0.001 100g tube, 330ml cart, 17kg pail
1.04 40 20 280 250 20 (KV/mm) 2.5 0.001 100g tube, 330ml cart, 20kg pail
1.04 10 32 420 250 20 (KV/mm) 2.8 0.001 Contact Regal Plastic Supply
1.05 15 25 280 200 20 (KV/mm) 2.6 0.001 100g tube, 330ml cart
0.001
1.05 10 25 300 200 20 (KV/mm) 2.8 Contact Regal Plastic Supply
1.05 7 30 280 310 500 2.6 0.001 3.0oz tube, 20.3oz cart, 17kg pail,
200kg drum
1.05 25 390 400 100g tube, 330ml cart
1.08 30 33 750 620 500 2.8 0.001 Contact Regal Plastic Supply
1.44 22 230 170 100g tube, 1kg can
-57 to +260 1.50 20 40 760 240 5.4 oz SEMCO, 430g cart

(-70 to +500) 60 (AMS method)
1.34 20 34 280 250 18 (KV/mm) 6.4 @ 50 Hz 0.02 (50 Hz) Contact Regal Plastic Supply
Shin Etsu - Two-Part RTV Components
—————————————————–—– Addition Cure ————–———————————————-
———— Moldmaking —
KE 109 RTV KE 1800 RTV KE 1861 RTV SES 403 RTV SES 406 RTV KE 1204 RTV KE 1300 RTV KE 1310ST RTV
Translucent Translucent Gray Transparent Transparent A (Red) B (White) Translucent Translucent
Typical Uses • Self-priming, • Self-priming, • Low viscosity, • Low viscosity, • Low viscosity, Low viscosity, non- • Clear, high • Chemical additive
low viscosity semi-sag paste self-priming, optically clear, optically clear, flammable, sillicone strength, vari- providing urethane
sealant for use adhesive/ solventless, and solventless, low solventless, low elastomer for: able catalyst and epoxy resin
on potting sealant for use reversion resis- shrinkage, de- shrinkage, used system, low resistance, clear,
applications on substrates tant for use in signed primarily for potting or • Encapsulating shrinkage low shrinkage,
requiring such as glass, potting and for use as a encapsulating • Potting moldmaking variable catalyst
optical clarity metals, and encapsulating potting material silicone system, moldmaking
many plastics silicone
Mix Ratio 1:1 1:1 1:1 10 : 1 10 : 1 1:1 10 : 1 10 : 1

(base to curing agent by weight)
Viscosity, cps ( @ 25C/77F) 10 2,750 45,000 1,000 3,500 (A) 60 (B) 40 75,000 75,000
Specific Gravity ( @ 25C/77F) 1.02 1.11 2.2 0.97 1.02 1.54 1.07 1.07
Refractive Index (25°C) —– —– —– 1.405 1.405 —– —— ——
Hardness, Shore A Durometer 20 25 70 20 55 70 40 40
Tensile Strength, die C (psi) 210 420 850 60 1,200 500 850 850
Elongation %, die C percent 150 500 70 100 120 90 400 340
Tear Resistance (Die B), kg/cm (lb/inch) —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —–
Useful Temperature Range —– —– —– —– —– (-67 to 482) —– —–

(continuous), C (F) -55 to 250
Thermal Conductivity —– —– .0025 —– 0.17 .00072 —– —–

Cenco-Fith. 77-212°F (25-200°C),
gm cal/cm2 sec—(degrees C/cm)
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —–

(Linear CTE), cm/cm C (in/in F)
Volume Expansion, —– —– —– 9.5 x 10-4 9.5 x 10-4 —– —– —–

77-302°F (25-150°C), cc/cc/degrees °C
Dielectric Strength 25 25 —– 475 600 685 —– —–

(V/mil) (KV/mm) (KV/mm)
Dielectric Constant (@ 77°F/25°C) 2.9 2.9 —– 2.5 2.4 / 2.3 3.3 (1 MHz) —– —–
100 Hz (1 MHz) (1 MHz) (50Hz / 1MHz) (50 Hz / 1MHz)
1 KHz
Dissipation Factor (@ 77°F/25°C) 7 x 10-4 7 x 10-4 —– 1 x 10-4

100 Hz (1 MHz) (1 MHz) 0.001 0.0014 (1 MHz) —– —–
1 KHz
Volume Resistivity, 500 V DC, ohm-cm 1 x 1014 1 x 1014 5 x 1013 3 x 1014 3 x 1014 2 x 1014 —– —–
Specifications —– —– __ UL 94 V-0 —– —–
Product Availability 1kg can, 16kg pail Contact Regal 1kg can, 22kg pail 1kg can, 16kg pail 1kg can, 18kg pail, 1kg can, 25kg pail 1kg can, 20kg pail, 1kg can, 20kg pail, 180kg
Plastic Supply 180kg drum 200kg drum drum
Processing
Work (Pot) Life (25C/77F) 8 hrs 6 hrs 2 hrs 2 hrs 2 hrs 1.5, 2, 16 hrs 1.5, 2, 16 hrs
Standard (catalyst is (catalyst is
Fast determinate) determinate)
Cure Time (25C/77F)
Standard
Fast
Shin Etsu - Two-Part RTV Components
——————————————— Condensation Cure ————————————————- ——————— Gels ————————–
——————
KE 1604 RTV KE 10 RTV KE 66 RTV KE 67 RTV KE 68 RTV KE 108 RTV KE 113 RTV SES 412 RTV DIMETHYL PHENYL FLUORO SPECIALTY
Blue / Off White White Off-White Off-White Off-White Transparent Red White Gels Gels Gels Gels
• High strength , Pourable with Low viscosity, Medium viscos- Non-flowing Low viscosity, Low viscosity Medium viscos- General pur- Low tempera- Solvent resis- Low volatility
high modulus low shrinkage self-priming, ity, self-priming, paste, low optically clear, with low shrink- ity with low pose, transpar- ture, transpar- tant, translu- and thermally
moldmaking / for: low shrinkage low shrinkage shrinkage, self- low shrinkage, age for: shrinkage for: ent, available in ent, available cent, yellow conductive
potting compound • Encapsulat- for: for: priming adhe- solventless for: a variety of in several transparent, formulations,
with high durome- ing • Encapsulat- • Encapsulating sive • Encapsulat- • Encapsulating formulations formulations available in transparent,
ter hardness and • Potting ing • Potting ing and cure types and cure types, several formu- white, one part
• Potting • Potting one and two lations and systems
low shrinkage • Potting • Encapsulat- • Potting
• Coating • Coating part systems cure types, one
ing • Coating and two part
• Molding • Molding
• Electric • Molding systems
insulation
10 : 1 Varies 100 : 2 100 : 2 100 : 2 100 : 5 Varies Varies 1:1 Varies Varies —–
(standard) (standard) (standard)
100,000 300 5,000 35,000 —– 700 70 120 Varies Varies Varies Varies
1.26 1.15 1.25 1.25 1.25 0.98 1.49 1.30 0.97 0.99 Varies Varies
—– —– —– —– —– 1.45 —— —– —— —– —– —–
60 55 35 30 35 30 65 40 —– —– —– —–
1,000 480 210 210 280 150 850 355 —– —– —– —–
170 150 150 200 200 150 120 160 —– —– —– —–
—– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —–
—– (-75 to +400) —– —– —– —– —– —– -55° to 200° -120° to 200° -55° to 200° -55° to 200°
-60 to +204
—– .00070 —– —– —– 0.17 -00075 .00070 .00039 .00039 .00039 .0022
—– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —– —–
—– 70 x 15-5 —– —– —– 9.5 x 10-4 50 x 10-5 50 x 10-5 —– —– —– —–
—– 600 —– —– —– 500 600 600 20 20 20 20

(1/16 sample) (1/16 sample) (1/16 sample) (KV/mm) (KV/mm) (KV/mm)) (KV/mm))
—– 3.41 / 3.32 3.41 / 3.32 3.41 / 3.32 2.4 2.7 2.7 (1 part) 7 Varies
3.3 (60Hz / 1MHz) (60Hz / 1MHz) (60Hz / 1MHz) (50 Hz / 1MHz) 3.8 3.1 (60 Hz) 3.0 (two-part) (60 Hz)
3.3 3.8 3.1 (60 Hz)
0.013 / 0.0035 0.013 / 0.0035 0.013 / 0.0035 2 x 10-4 2 x 10-4

—– .013 (60Hz / 1MHz) (60Hz / 1MHz) (60Hz / 1MHz) 0.0012 .030 .015 (60 Hz) (60 Hz) Varies Varies
.010 .025 .011
—– 1 x 1013 5 x 1014 5 x 1014 5 x 1014 2 x 1013 5 x 1013 1 x 1013 2 x 1015 Varies Varies 1 x 1014
—– MIL-S-23586 —– —– —– __ MIL-S-23586 MIL-S-23586

MIL-I-16923C MIL-I-16923C MIL-I-16923C
1kg can, 20kg pail, Contact Regal 1kg can, 20kg 1kg can, 20kg pail 1kg can, 20kg pail 1kg can, 16kg Contact Regal 1kg can, 20kg pail, Contact Regal
180kg drum Plastic Supply pail pail Plastic Supply 180kg drum Plastic Supply
1.5 hrs 6 hrs Varies Varies Varies —–

1 hr 2 hrs (max) 2 hrs (max) 1 hr (max) 1.5 hrs 30 min
15 min 1 hr (max) 0.5 hr (max) 0.5 hr (max) 1 hr 15 min
8 hrs 24 hrs 15 hrs 15 hrs 10 hrs 8 hrs

8 hrs 10 hrs 5 hrs 5 hrs 6 hrs 4 hrs
(catalyst is (catalyst is (catalyst is
determinate) determinate) determinate)
Moldmaking
Moldmaking Silicones Block molds are made by forming a mold support around
Silicone rubber molds have become very popular in the master. The RTV silicone is then poured so it covers the
moldmaking industries. Silicones are not only the most master and fills the mold support. After curing and removing
versatile moldmaking material, but they also outperform their the master, the mold cavity is used for casting.
competitors (epoxies, urethane and latex rubber), in Skin molds can be either poured or applied by brush.
temperature, oxidation, and mechanical stress resistance. When a skin mold is poured, the master is covered with a
Silicone rubber molds can also be used to form polyester, layer of clay and then surrounded by a mold support. The
acrylic, and urethane foams, concrete, waxes and plasters, mold support is then filled with plaster and split. Next, the
and even low temperature melting alloys, like pewter. clay is removed and the resultant gap between the master
Moldmaking formulas are designed for the widest array and the plaster is filled with RTV silicone to form the mold.
of applications including: Brush applied skin molds use layers of RTV silicone and are
• figurines reinforced with cloth which adds strength and extra tear
• sculptures resistance. Brush application speeds up mold making
• decorative objects because a fast curing catalyst can be used.
• holiday ornaments For assistance with your particular moldmaking applica-
• architectural and furniture molding tion, contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Distribution
• entertainment props, skins, and special effects. Center.
• large, thick molds in closed systems, for example
structural columns
• architectural millwork
• furniture
• mirror and picture frames
• prototype parts
• release rolls
• candy
• print pads
The two most common types of silicone

rubber molds are block molds and skin or
glove molds.
Basic Information Cyanoacrylates
There are many types of adhesives, and among them If storage is necessary, all parts should be tightly
are silicones, epoxies, cyanoacrylates, urethanes and wrapped or placed in airtight containers. Etched surfaces
polymers. Extremely popular today for bonding plastics as must never be touched with bare hands—-even wiping the
well as other substrates, adhesives offer many advantages surface with a clean towel can affect the bond. Wear clean
over traditional assembly methods, including reduced weight, cotton gloves and use clean tools.
assembly costs, cycle times, and safety concerns. Bonding should be performed in rooms separate from
There are a wide variety of adhesives to choose from other manufacturing operations. When bonding is done in
including one-part, two-part, heat-cured, room temperature the same area as plastic or rubber molding, a physical barrier
cured, and hot melts. There are also a variety of dispensing should be erected between the two operations to prevent
methods which include squeeze bottles, squeeze tubes, hot airborne mold lubricants from depositing on the metal.
melt and caulk guns. Similar hazards are presented by spray painting,
As with all chemicals, caution must be used when electroplating, etching, and machining with coolants. Storage
handling adhesives. Avoid contact with eyes and skin by and assembly areas should be enclosed, and air to these
wearing safety glasses and proper clothing, including gloves. areas filtered and under slight pressure.
If rubber gloves are worn, wear a cotton pair underneath.
Replace contaminated clothing promptly, and wash hands Anaerobics
immediately following application. Make sure to use
Anaerobics are liquid adhesives which, when applied,
adhesives in a ventilated area and dispose of properly. Store
polymerize to high molecular weight plastics. These tough
away from heat and possible ignition, as some grades are
and thermoset type adhesives are one-part, room tempera-
flammable.
ture cure exhibiting excellent chemical resistance on water,
gasoline, alcohols, fuels, salt water, cutting oils, lubricants,
Surface Preparation for Adhesive Bonding oils, and weak acids and alkalis. They are not resistant to
In order for adhesives to work correctly, all surfaces to high concentrations of acids, alkalis, and highly chlorinated
be joined must be thoroughly cleaned and prepared. Even a solvents. Typical applications include:
thumbprint on an otherwise clean surface can prevent the • Threadlocking
adhesive from spontaneously wetting and spreading. • Threadsealing
Organic contaminants are removed by degreasing, while • Bearing Retaining
loose deposits are dislodged by scraping or washing with • Pipe Sealing
acids, alkali solutions or other such chemicals. Nonmetallic,
nonporous materials should be degreased with a detergent or
clean solution, rinsed thoroughly with clean water, and dried. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
Hand-sand or sandblast the surface to give it a rough texture, The Titan line of anaerobic adhesives produced by Cy-
then clean away the particles and dust. berbond are available in 10 ml, 50 ml, 250 ml, 1 liter, and 10
Metals are best cleaned by vapor degreasing with kg for threadlocking and retaining compounds. Gasketing
trichloroethane, followed by sandblasting or, preferably, by products are available in 50 ml, 200 ml, 300 ml, and 850 ml.
chemical etching. Chemical treatments may be confined to
the bonding areas, but degreasing should be done to the Cyanoacrylates
entire assembly. A cleaned assembly should be bonded as Cyanoacrylates, better known as instant adhesives or
soon after the cleaning operation as possible. “super glues,” are one part, solvent-free, room temperature
In order to test a metal for cleanliness, pour a small curing adhesives which are available in viscosity ranging from
amount of water on the surface. If it distributes evenly then water-thin liquids to thixotropic gels. They can “fix” in as little
the adhesive should bond well. If it beads or crawls, clean as 5 seconds, curing into a rigid thermoplastic which adheres
the surface again and re-test. to most substrates. Cure is initiated by ambient moisture
In order to protect the cleaned surfaces, coat them with present on the bonding surface, and both the cure speed and
adhesive primer. When the primer is dry the parts can be bond strength of cyanoacrylates are affected by humidity.
stored for at least a month if protected from dust and dirt. The best bonds are achieved when relative humidity is 40 to
60%. Lower humidity slows the cure; higher humidity
accelerates cure but may impair bond strength.
148
Cyanoacrylates Epoxies Hot Melts
Unmodified cyanoacrylates normally have a maximum • Petroleum pipe
operating temperature of 180°F., but newer thermally • Aerospace composites
resistant formulations offer continuous service up to 250°F.
• Commercial and military aircraft
Rubber- toughened cyanoacrylates are formulated for
dramatically increased peel and impact strength, and • Switches and relays
increased thermal resistance up to 200°F. • Electrical bushings
Surface insensitive cyanoacrylates cure rapidly on acidic • Archery equipment
surfaces that might severely inhibit the cure of unmodified • Golf clubs
instant adhesives. Low odor/ low bloom cyanoacrylates offer • Fishing rods
decreased vapor pressures which minimize the potential for • Snow and water skis
“blooming,” a process that produces white, chalky deposits
around the bond line which affect the aesthetic quality of • Pressure vessels
certain end products. • Bullet-resistant sheets
Cyanoacrylates bond metals, plastics, ceramics, wood,
rubber and glass, and they are currently used in a variety of PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
applications including: Epoxies are available in a wide range of sizes such as
• Potting 50, 200 and 400 ml. cartridges, 1 and 5 gallon pails, several
can sizes, kits, and foil packs.
• Sealing
• Fixturing
• Speaker component bonding Hot Melts
Solvent-free adhesives that rapidly set upon cooling, hot
• Gasket and seal bonding
melts have low viscosity above 180°F and are
• Wiper blades and other metal to rubber characteristically solid below 180°F. There are a wide range
• Name plates and gear shift indicators of hot melt formulations with the most common being:
• ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) copolymers
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY • styrene-isoprene-styrene (SIS) copolymers
Cyanoacrylates are available in a wide range of sizes
starting at less than one ounce.
• styrene-butadiene-styrene (SBS) copolymers
• ethylene ethyl acrylate copolymers (EEA)
Epoxies • polyurethane reactive (PUR)
Compatible with most materials, hot melts are clean and
Epoxies are resins called polyethers that can be reacted
easy to handle and are unaffected by water, moisture or
by curing or crosslinking to become thermoset resins. These
humidity.
resins then, can be reinforced with glass fibers and fabrics or
Note: If applied to a damp or wet surface a poor bond
other materials and cured into high quality adhesives. They
may result.
can then be formulated to bond a wide variety of dissimilar
Hot melt adhesives cannot be used with heat sensitive
and “hard to bond” substrates such as ceramic to stainless
substrates or in applications where exposure to heat cannot
steel or rubber to aluminum. During cure, epoxy resins do
be avoided.
not release water or other by-products and, therefore, can be
used in thin, void free, leakproof bond lines. Cured epoxy Industry Application
adhesives exhibit low creep, allowing them to be used not
Construction manufacture of laminated wood panels; kitchen
only as sealants, but as structural components. They are countertops
commonly used as compounds for lamination, compression
Non-Rigid Bonding bonding of woven and non-woven fabrics;
molding, filament winding, injection molding, continuous manufacture of athletic shoes, books, and
lamination and pultrusion. sporting goods
Typical Applications: Packaging manufacture of cartons, boxes and corrugated
• Printed circuit boards boards; bags, envelopes, disposable products
• Copper clad laminates (diapers, paper products); cigarettes; and labels,
stamps
• Corrosion resistant pipe
Solvent Cements Urethane
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY Liquid Urethane
A wide variety of formulations are manufactured and Commercially introduced in 1954, urethanes are now
available in shaped adhesives for hand held applicators, widely used and available in a number of forms. As coatings
pellets and slugs for bulk applicators, and 5 and 55 gallon they protect wood, metals, rubber, textiles, concrete, leather,
drums for drum unloading systems. plastics, and many other materials. As adhesives they form
tough, high peel bonds with polycarbonate, acrylic, PVC,
Solvent Cements polysulfone, ABS, and most other plastics.They are also used
Solvent cements are low cost adhesives which will bond for making rugged, flexible molds, forming dies, cast parts
to a variety of materials including plastics, glass, aluminum, and non-scratching holding-fixtures, as well as abrasion and
wood, masonry, cloth, rubber and other materials. Special noise-resistant linings and encapsulating parts.
formulas are also available which only bond plastic to plastic, As with all chemicals, follow correct procedures for
and which are widely used in sign industries. Solvent handling and storage. Urethanes contain trace amounts of
cements can also be used as a protective coating over free isocyanates which produce fumes that irritate the
grouting in mosaics and tile. It can be applied by brush, respiratory tract. Avoid breathing fumes or air-borne mist.
dauber, squeeze bottle or syringe. Adequate ventilation which pulls fumes away from handler is
necessary. Wear gloves and proper eye protection. Do not
store urethane products contaminated with water or
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY hardeners in closed containers. Uncontrolled reactions may
1 oz. and 5 oz. tubes, 4 oz. jars, 1/2 pints, pints, quarts
create hazardous internal pressures.
and gallons.
ENVIRONMENTAL/SAFETY ISSUES PRODUCT AVAILABILITY

These products are normally available in quarts and in 1,
FOR SOLVENT-BASED ADHESIVES 5, and 55 gallon containers.
Environmental statutes and international treaties
affecting adhesives include:
• U.S. Clean Air Act and 1990 amendments which
regulate ground-level ozone smog precursors such
as volatile organic compounds (VOCs). This Act
also regulates 188 chemicals that emit Hazardous
Air Pollutants (HAPs). At least 50 solvents used in
adhesives are found among these 188 chemicals.
The Ozone Depletion rules of this Act ban the
manufacture and use of certain substances,
including trichloroethane (TCA) also known as
methyl chloroform.
• United Nations Economic Commission for Europe’s
1979 Convention on Transboundary Air Pollution -
commits to reducing VOC emissions 30 percent by
the year 2000.
DO YOU KNOW?
1958 - The first experimental plastic Coke bottle

is produced from acrylonitrile plastic; a suitable
commercial version won’t be available for almost
another 20 years.
150
Reel Materials for Sign Market
Plexiglas® Q Acrylic Sheet LEXAN® Sheet for Signs
Plexiglas® Q Acrylic Sheet, is produced by Elf Atochem LEXAN® sheet for signage offers a large selection of
North America, Inc., atoglas™ division. Plexiglas® is a colors, sizes, finishes and weights. Designed for backlighted
registered trademark and atoglas™ is a trademark of Elf pole signs, groundmounts, canopies, and fascias, LEXAN
Atochem S.A. Designed primarily for use in the sign market, sheet has 30 times the impact strength of acrylic and 10
Plexiglas® Q acrylic sheet is made by the same proprietary
continuous process used to make original Plexiglas® MC times the impact strength of modified acrylic.
acrylic sheet. This process ensures exceptional surface
finish, optical quality and thickness uniformity. Plexiglas® Q LEXAN® ColorQuik™ Sheet
acrylic sheet has all the attributes of original Plexiglas® MC This product is a pre-laminated sign material offering
acrylic sheet. In addition, it offers enhanced solvent craze durable 3M™ Scotchcal™ translucent film applied to impact-
resistance. resistant LEXAN sign white polycarbonate sheet. Providing
enhanced color consistency and durability, this product
Plexiglas® Q acrylic sheet is available on reels and as
palletized sheet stock, in colorless and sign white in the reduces the need to paint sign blanks and can eliminate the
following thicknesses and sizes: manual application of color film as the key base color.
Thicknesses - .118, .150, .177, .220
Palletized sheet stock - from 30” to 108” (9’)
LEXAN® S-100 Sheet
For additional information on acrylic products The LEXAN S-100 sheet has a polished surface on both
and availabilities see pages 10 - 41. sides with a glossy finish. Compatible with most decorating
and forming methods, it is available in transparent,
Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet translucent and opaque custom colors.
Implex® impact acrylic sheet, is produced by Elf
Atochem North America, Inc., atoglas™ division. Implex®
impact acrylic sheet is a registered trademark and atoglas™
LEXAN® S-300 Sheet
is a trademark of Elf Atochem S.A. Offering good impact This extruded polycarbonate sheet differs from the S-100
resistance along with excellent weatherability, clarity, and sheet only in the surface texture. The S-300 sheet has a
processing characteristics, Implex® impact acrylic sheet was matte first surface and a polished second surface.
developed primarily for the sign industry. Implex® impact Note: LEXAN S-100 and S-300 sheets are not
acrylic sheet combines the well-known weatherability of recommended for applications requiring high abrasion
acrylic with proprietary impact-resistant chemistry. Implex® resistance or for outdoor signs that are predominantly white
impact acrylic sheet eliminates haze, surface dullness, and or where color shift is objectionable.
progressive yellowing.
Processing advantages include:
• Shorter thermoforming cycles LEXAN® SGC-100 Sheet
• Lower forming temperatures Available in clear only, this co-extruded polycarbonate
sheet is polished on both sides with a glossy surface and UV
• Wider forming temperature windows
resistant on one side.
LEXAN® SG-300 Sheet
.093 .118 .150 .177 .220 .236 .354 This extruded polycarbonate sheet has polished / matte
48” x 96” 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 sides with UV resistant surface treatment on one side.
60” x 96’ 9 9 9 9 9 Available in clear, transparent, translucent and opaque
72” x 96” 9 9 9 9 9
custom colors, the recommended applications are the same
51” x 100” 9 9 9 9
as the SGC-100 sheet.
63” x 100” 9 9 9 9
75” x 100” 9 9 9
For additional Implex® product information see

page 20.
Reel Materials for Sign Market
LEXAN® SG-404 Sheet

A pigmented sheet, UV resistant on one side, glossy on
both, LEXAN® SG-404 sheet can be easily formed and
decorated. UL recognized as an electrical enclosure material
in channel letter diffuser applications, the sheet is available in
nine standard and custom colors.
Note: LEXAN SGC-100, SG-300, and SG-404 sheets

are not recommended for applications requiring high abrasion
resistance. The solar grade treated surface must face
outward.
Lexan® Sheet for Signs

SPOOL SPOOL SPOOL SHEET SHEET SHEET
PRODUCTS THICKNESS WIDTHS LENGTHS GAUGES WIDTHS LENGTHS COLORS
(inches) (inches)
LEXAN .118”,.150”, . 52” .118 - 504’ .118, .150, .177 52 36” - 150” Sunflower Yellow, Green,
ColorQuik™ 177” .150 - 400’ Red, Cardinal Red, Blue,
Sheet .177 - 304’ Bright Blue
Clear *
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .060, .080, .093, 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150”
S-100 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, .118, .125, .150, .
86, 100**
Sheet 624’, 800’, 177, .236
1000’
Clear *
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .125, 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150”
S-300 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, .150, .177, .236
100**
Sheet 624’, 800’,
1000’
Clear *
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .125, 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150”
SGC-100 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, .150, .177, .236
100**
Sheet 624’, 800’,
1000’
Transparent *
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .125, 52, 64, 76, 36” - 150”
SG-300 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, .150, .177, .236
100** Texture
Sheet 624’, 800’,
1000’
LEXAN .093”, .118”,. 4’, 5’,6’, 8’ 304’, 392’, .093, .118, .125, 52, 64,76, 36” - 150” Two shades of red, two
SG-404 150”, .177” 400’, 504’, .150, .177, .236 shades of blue, yellow,
100**
Sheet 624’, 800’, orange, black, white and
1000’ green.
* = Custom colors upon request For additional product information, see

** = 100” wide roll / sheets only available in gauges .125 pages 49 - 51.
and higher
Sheet Material Acrylic
ACRYLIC Acrylic sheet is supplied either as preshrunk or unshrunk
There are four manufacturing processes that produce sheet. Unshrunk sheet will shrink about 2% in length and
acrylic sheeting: cell cast, continuous cast, continuously width, and will increase in thickness by about 4% when
manufactured, and extruded. heated to forming temperatures and cooled unrestrained.
Each process yields acrylic sheet products with specific This shrinkage factor must be considered when cutting sheet
characteristics at varying costs. In addition, all types are blanks for thermoforming. Preshrunk sheets undergo little or
available with value-added features such as ultraviolet no shrinkage on heating and cooling.
filtering or glare reduction. With any of these types of acrylic sheet you can specify
Cell Cast ultraviolet filtering, glare-free / matte finish or abrasion-
This type of acrylic sheet is made by pouring a methyl resistant coating. Ultraviolet filtering will help keep UV light
methacrylate mixture between two lites (plates) of glass, from harming any materials subject to fading or aging. UV
giving the sheet a smooth, glass-like surface. Cell cast radiation, water and oxygen are key components in a chain
sheets are made one by one and cured in ovens. reaction that causes color breakdown and material
There can be slight inconsistencies in the thickness of deterioration. The biggest advancement in acrylic technology
the sheet from one end to the other because of the has been ultraviolet-filtering additives which block the harmful
contraction and weight of the material during the curing UV rays.
process. Cell cast acrylic provides the clarity of glass at half None of these value added features cause loss of light
the weight and four times the impact resistance. transmission or a shift in color. In fact, these are only two of
Continuous Cast the many misconceptions about acrylic. While some plastics
The manufacturing method for continuous cast utilizes will yellow over time when exposed to the weather, acrylic
the same material as cell cast, with the material poured sheet will not. It is inherently a weather-resistant plastic.
between two stainless steel conveyor belts. Less expensive While handling can dull acrylic sheet, the material itself
than cell cast, it offers more uniform thickness, but less does not haze or film over. Dulling is created by abrasion
clarity. from constant, improper cleaning or touching, which produces
tiny hairline scratches. However, if you use proper cleaning
Continuously Manufactured
An economically priced acrylic sheet with optical techniques and materials, acrylic will retain its clarity for life.
properties close to cell cast and uniform thickness. Knowing which manufacturing process and value-added
The manufacturing process involves feeding polymethyl features to request, you can order the acrylic sheeting that
methacrylate pellets into one end of an extruder. The pellets suits your application best which saves time and money.
are heated to liquid, extruded through a die for an exact
thickness, then laid on highly polished rolls to change from a For detailed information on acrylic
liquid to a solid state. The polished rolls simulate the products and availabilities see Acrylic Section,
smoothness of glass, resulting in its high-grade optical pages 10 - 41.
properties.
Continuously manufactured acrylic also offers an
excellent surface quality, free of pitting and internal
contaminants.
Extruded
The manufacturing method is like continuously
manufactured sheeting, except the melted liquid is pulled out
of the die at a given rate. The combination of pulling and die
opening determines the sheet’s thickness. The least
expensive of the acrylic sheets, optics and thickness are not DO YOU KNOW?
as consistent as in other methods of manufacturing.
A one gallon HDPE milk container that weighed
Thickness of acrylic sheet ranges from 0.060 inches up, 120 gms. in the 1960’s now weighs just 65 gms.
depending on formulation. Cell cast sheet is produced in
sizes as large as 72 inches by 96 inches; continuous process
sheet is available on reels in widths up to 100 inches and
lengths up to 500 feet.
Sheet Material Polycarbonate ABS
POLYCARBONATE
Polycarbonates are tough, transparent, engineering
thermoplastics with high molecular weight and impact
strength. They have good electrical and insulating
characteristics, and are normally not affected by greases, oils
or acids. They can, in unreinforced states, withstand
temperatures as low as -65°F, and once molded, be exposed
to boiling water without dimensional changes of more than
0.001 in. / in. after being returned to room temperature.
Polycarbonate resins are available in a variety of
formulas including those for molding, extruding and blow
those with special coatings are also available, as well as
structural-foam, glass-reinforced, flame-retardant, and FDA
approved grades.
Polycarbonate extruded sheets are used for a wide
variety of applications. These sheets can be tinted and cold-
formed to tight radii or thermo-formed to complex shapes.
Polycarbonate sheets have 250 times the impact
strength of glass, and 30 times the impact of acrylic. They
have 40% better thermal efficiency than glass, and lower
maintenance costs than both glass and acrylic.
For detailed product information and

availabilities see Polycarbonate Section,
pages 47 - 65.
ABS
ABS is an amorphous resin and a terpolymer. It is
manufactured by combining three different compounds:
acrylonitrile, butadiene and styrene. It has good tensile
strength, dimensional stability, surface hardness, rigidity,
electrical characteristics, and it is heat, chemical and
abrasion resistant. In addition, it has good impact strength
even at temperatures as low as -40° with some special
grades.
Other grades are available, including those which are
platable, heat resistant and flame retardant. There are also
grades for injection molding, extrusion, blow molding, foam
molding, and thermoforming.
DO YOU KNOW?
For detailed product information and
The number of plastics recycling businesses availabilities see ABS Section, page 84.
has nearly tripled over the past several years,
with more than 1,700 businesses handling and
reclaiming post-consumer plastics.
PVC Sheet Gatorcel® Kömmerling Products
Gatorcel® is manufactured by and a registered Electrical Industry
trademark of International Paper Company. • Control cabinets
• Cable and wire channels
Gatorcel® • Control panels
This board, which is all rigid PVC foam, is designed for
photomounting, signs, exhibits and displays. It has a scratch Miscellaneous
and fade resistant surface, and it can be heat bent, blow- • Containers
formed, molded and vacuum-formed. It can be sawed, • Apparatus
punched, drilled, sanded, or die-cut using standard tools. It
• Models
can be laminated using common adhesives or hot-air and
heated-tool welding methods. It can be screen printed and • Equipment for photographic laboratories
will accept acrylic and vinyl paint and vinyl lettering. It is • Electroplating
available in white plus six colors, in 4’ x 8’ sheets and
thicknesses from 1mm to 6mm. Kömatex®
This sheet has a fine-celled foam structure and a closed-
cell matt surface. It conducts very little heat, provides
Kömmerling has been manufacturing rigid PVC sheets excellent insulation, and has a low flammability, UL94-V0
for more than 30 years. Their PVC sheet products include rating. White sheets can be used outdoors. Applications
Kömacel®, and Kömatex®. include displays, exhibition stands, cladding, and advertising.
Other colors available are: light grey, grey, beige, red, green,
Kömacel® dark yellow, yellow, dark blue, blue, black, teal and purple.
An integral skin-foam sheet made of rigid PVC that has a
sandwich-like structure, it has a cellular core and a smooth, PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
solid skin with a silk gloss finish up to 2mm thick that can be
printed and bonded. Used outside with no pre-treatment, Product Sheet Gauge Sheet
Sizes
Kömacel® is weather, light, chemical, rot and corrosion
resistant. Meeting UL94-VO standards for flammability, this Kömacel® 5/32” - 1/4” 4’ x 8’
3/8”
product has a low rate of water absorption, is light weight,
3/4” 3’ x 10’
and has high flexural strength and insulation resistance.
Available in white only. 5/32” - 1/4” 4’ x 10’
5/16”
Typical Applications: 3/8”
Advertising 1/2”
3/4”
• Signs 13/16”
• Displays 1”
• Shop window decorations 3/8” 5’ x 10’

• Exhibition stands white
Kömatex® 3/8” (density 0.5 g/cm3) 4’ x 10’
Building Sector 5/16” - 3/8” (density 0.5 g/cm3) 5’ x 10’
• Shop fitting 5/128” - 1/4”(density 0.7 g/cm3) 4’ x 8’
• Interior decorating for humid rooms, like 5/128” - 1/4”(density 0.7 g/cm3) 4’ x 10’
bathrooms
5/46” - 1/4”(density 0.7 g/cm3) 5’ x 10’
• Heat and sound insulation
white
• Cladding
1/8”, 1/4” 4’ x 8’
• Window and parapet elements 4’ x 10’
• Roller shutter boxes light grey, grey, beige,red, green, dark yellow, yellow, dark blue, blue, black,
teal and purple
• Door panels
155
PVC Sheet SINTRA®
Sintra® material is a registered trademark of and CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
manufactured by Alusuisse Composites, Inc.
Substance Effect
SINTRA® Material
Weak Acids None
A rigid, foamed, closed-cell polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
material, this product has a high strength-to-weight ratio, is Stong Acids None
chemical resistant, and has a UL 94 V-0 rating. Used
extensively in the screen printing, display and exhibit, and Weak Alkalies None
signage industries, this product requires no special tools or Strong Alkalies None
equipment for fabrication. In most cases painting or
screenprinting does not require priming. Organic Solvents Resists Some
Note: Extremely hot temperatures will soften the Oils and Greases None
material which lends it to easy fabrication by industrial hot
blowers. Cold temperatures cause brittleness, a typical
characteristic of PVC materials.
Property ASTM Test Unit of Values

(If Applicable) Measure
1-6mm* 10 and 13mm**
Density and Hardness:
Specific gravity ASTM D-792 g/cc 0.70 0.50
Apparent density ASTM D-1622 lb/ft3 44 31
Shore hardness ASTM D-2240 “D” 66 78
Stress-Strain/Flexural: Machine Transverse Machine Transverse
Direction Direction Direction Direction
Tensile strength ASTM D-792 PSI 2.850 2,070 1,460 1,450
Elongation at break ASTM D-638 % 38 37 36 45
Flexural modulus ASTM D-790 PSI 235,000 190,000 160,000 115,000
Flexural strength ASTM D-790 PSI 5,000 3,900 3,550 2,570
Performance at Elevated
Temperature:
A. Dimensional change ASTM D-1042
120 min. at 158° F. % +0.2 +0.4 +0.3 +0.3
75 min. at 284° F. % +6.3 +2.0 +1.3 -2.1
B. Deflection temperature ASTM D-648 F@
under load (HDT) 264 PSI 160 162
Electrical Properties:
Dielectric strength ASTM D-149 KV/CM 112
Surface resistivity ASTM D-257 ohms 1014
Vlume resistivity ASTM D-257 ohms cm 2.4 x 1015
Dielectric constant ASTM D-150
50 cps 1.9
Dissipation factor ASTM D-150
50 cps TAN 0.013
Water Absorption ASTM D-2842 % by WT 1.0 1.0
* Values in table are typical for 4mm
** Values in table are typical for 10mm
Foam Boards Basic Information Bienfang®
The largest part of the styrenics family is polystyrene, Bienfang®
which includes both general purpose styrene and high-impact
Bienfang® Foam Boards are manufactured by and
styrene.
registered trademarks of the Hunt Corporation. The
Polystyrene is characterized by hardness, excellent
Bienfang® line of foam boards includes grades that are
dielectric properties, and ease of processing. It is
moisture resistant and chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) free. With a
dimensionally stable under normal use and is unaffected by
recommended heat range of 180°F - 220°F, they are
food, drinks and everyday household solutions including
paintable with acrylics, markers, India inks, water soluble,
acids, oils, alcohol and vinegar. It is, however, effected by
UV, gloss vinyl and enamel paints as well as screen printing
citrus fruit rind oil, cleaning fluids, gasoline, turpentine,
inks. They are available in a variety of sizes and a very large
lacquer thinner, nail polish and remover.
assortment of colors.
Special grades of general purpose polystyrene are used
to make extruded foam sheets and boards for various
applications, including graphics. These foam boards can be Bienfang® Acid-Free
made entirely of polystyrene, or can have styrene cores
coated with materials such as PVC or high grade, poly-coated Foam Board
paper. They come in a variety of densities, thicknesses, Totally acid-free with a chemically inert core, this foam
finishes and colors, and have different levels of stiffness. board is faced on both sides with paper having a pH of 7.3 -
While some are bendable, others are not. Although most 8.5 in accordance with the Library of Congress cold
foam boards are warp and dent resistant, there are varieties extraction methods specifications for non-photographic
which are flame resistant, moisture resistant, and waterproof. materials. It is available in 1/8” and 1/16” thicknesses and a
Other foam boards are also available in acid-free grades or variety of sheet sizes.
pre-coated with self or heat-activated adhesive on one side
for mounting artwork. Most foam boards can be painted, Bienfang® Black on Black Foam
laminated, screenprinted, and easily cut-to-shape with a
variety of tools.
Board
Typical Applications: With a black polystyrene foam core and black double-
clay-coated surface on both sides, this board is available in
• Picture framing and mounting 3/16” and 1/2” thicknesses and a variety of sheet sizes.
• P.O.Ps
• Displays Bienfang® Colored Foam Board
• Exhibits Colored on one side, this foam board has a polystyrene
• Presentations foam core and double-clay-coated surfaces. Available in
• Models and prototypes 3/16” thickness only, it is available in many colors and a
• Advertising and commercial art variety of sheet sizes.
• Decorating
• Signs and graphics Bienfang® 100% Cotton Rag
• Temporary outdoor signs Foam Board
• Theater props and sets With a 100% cotton rag surface, this sheet is naturally
• Window displays white, acid-free, and contains no lignin, alum, or harsh
• Trade show exhibit booths chemicals. Buffered with calcium carbonate to a pH of 8.2+/-
• 3 dimensional shapes .5, with an alkaline reserve of 2-3%, this sheet is bonded to a
chemically inert and non-acidic polystyrene core. Available in
• Letters 3/16” thickness and a range of sheet sizes.
157
Foam Boards Bienfang® Fome-Cor®
Bienfang® Pillocore® Fome-Cor® is manufactured by and a registered

trademark of International Paper Company.
This polystyrene core, between white clay-coated
surfaces, is designed especially for die cutting. The core
resists denting and crushing while compressing to a uniform, Fome-Cor®
closed edge every time it is cut, giving it a "pillowed” look. Polystyrene bonded between a variety of sheets of high-
Other applications include signs, screen printing, and quality papers, this foam board can be painted, laminated,
mounting. This material can also be embossed and screenprinted, dry or cold vacuum mounted, embossed,
debossed. Available in 3/16” thickness, a variety of sheet debossed and knife or die-cut. Applications include
sizes, and in black with a solid black compressible core. photomounting, framing, signs, displays and exhibits. It is
available in a wide range of colors and sizes.
Bienfang® White Foam Board
This has a polystyrene foam core with a white a double- Fome-Cor® Xtra
clay-coated surface on both sides, this foam board is The heavy duty version of Fome-Cor®, it is 1/2” thick
available in 1/8”, 3/16”, and 1/2” thicknesses, and a variety of and available in sheet sizes of 4’ x 8’, 5’ x 8’, and 4’x10’.
sheet sizes. White only.
MightyCore® Acid-Free Fome-Cor®

This rigid core foam board has a smooth paper surface An extruded polystyrene foam board bonded between
with an underlaminate of polyethylene which acts as a mois- high-quality papers, this product meets the photo-activity
ture barrier to the base paper. Resistant to denting, bending tests required by the Library of Congress. Available in 3/16”
and crushing, it is also free of chloroflourocarbons (CFCs) and 1/8” thicknesses, cream color, and a variety of sheet
and formaldehyde. This product is available in white and sizes.
black on black in 1/4” and 1/2” thicknesses and in a variety of
sheet sizes. Heat-Activated and
Self-Adhesive Fome-Cor®
Quick Stik® Self-Adhesive Both of these products are extruded polystyrene bonded
Foam Board between high-quality papers that can be used for mounting
This board has a pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive and laminating without additional backing. The Heat-
surface on one side for mounting pictures and prints. Once Activated Foam-Cor® is designed to be used with a heated
the peel away protective liner is removed the adhesive allows mechanical or vacuum dry mount press or heated roller
repositioning of the artwork, while firm, uniform pressure will laminator. The Self-Adhesive Fome-Cor® is used by merely
ensure a permanent bond. Available in 3/16” thickness, a full peeling back the release paper and positioning the print on
range of sheet sizes, and medium or high tack. Black on the sticky surface. Heat-Activated Fome-Cor® is available in
Black is available with a medium tack. 3/16” and 1/8” thicknesses. Self-Adhesive Fome-Cor® is
available in 3/16” thickness. Both products are available in a
wide range of sheet sizes.
Single Step®
This foam board is pre-coated on one side with an
adhesive that is activated by the heat of a dry mounting JetMount® Board
press, eliminating the need for drymounting tissue. The Designed to meet the specific needs of the digital
adhesive is compatible with posters, photographs, printing industry, JetMount® consists of a thicker, 1/4”,
newspapers and many fabrics. extruded polystyrene foam laminated between 12-point clay-
Note: Not recommended for resin-coated (RC) coated white paper liners. Dent and warp resistant, this
photographs. product is available in black with black core, 1/4” thickness,
and sheet sizes of 32” x 40”, 48” x 96” and 60” x 96”.
Foam Boards Gatorfoam®
Gatorfoam® is manufactured by and a registered FOAM BOARDS AVAILABILITIES
trademark of International Paper Company. The following availability information is intended as a
general reference only. Most foam boards may be purchased
Gatorfoam® in these sizes, however, availability varies with manufacturer.
Made of polystyrene foam bonded between sheets of Custom sizes are available.
Luxell® wood fiber veneers, this product can be cut with
standard saws, laminated, screenprinted and painted with • Lengths 20” to 144”
latex, oil base and acrylic paints. Applications include picture • Widths 16” to 48”
mounting, signs, displays and exhibits. Available in 4’ x 8’ • Thickness 1/16” to 4”
sheets and six thicknesses up to 2”. Colors include white or
natural with a white core, or black with a black core. Self- Rigid styrene is available in white or colors and in sheet
adhesive black Gatorfoam® is available in a 3/16” thickness sizes of 48” x 72” or 96”.
and 48” x 96” sheet size.
Gatorblanks®
Designed for signs, exhibits, displays, and dimensional
cut-out lettering, this all polystyrene foam board has a smooth
surface that accepts non-solvent inks and water-based paints
with a brush, spray gun, or roller. It can be cut and formed
with hot-wire cutters, knifeblade saws, Cutawls®, high speed
routers, or fine-tooth band saws. Mounting and laminating
can be achieved with pressure-sensitive or latex water-based
adhesives. Available in white, 48” x 96” sheets in 1" and 2”
thicknesses.
Gatorplast®
This board has a polystyrene core bonded between two
layers of high-impact, white matte finish sheets of
polystyrene. Warp resistant with an optional UV resistant
coating, it accepts solvent-based and UV curable inks
developed for polystyrene, water-based paints, many acrylics
and lacquers with brush, spray gun or roller. Screenprintable
without a primer, this product takes vinyl lettering well, and
can be cut with routers, table saws, utility knives and matt or
glass cutters. Thinner boards can be guillotined or die-cut.
Applications include signs, exhibits and displays. Available in
white with a white core or black with a black core in 4’ x 8’
sheets in thicknesses of 3/16” to 2”.
DO YOU KNOW?
In the 1940s plastic putty was developed.

Impervious to rot and unable to maintain its shape
for more than a short period of time, it could be
stretched many times its length without tearing. It
later was sold under the name Silly Putty and
became one of the most popular toys in history.
159
Twin-Wall Sheet Coroplast®
Corrugated twin-wall sheet, made from a polypropylene Packaging Grade
copolymer resin, is lightweight, strong, durable, and outlasts Developed as packaging or storage material for
corrugated fiberboard by 20 - 40 times. It is reusable, electronics, this grade protects against corrosive gases,
chemical, stain, mildew, tear and puncture resistant, electrostatic damage, and benign environmental effects. It is
weatherproof, waterproof and easy to fabricate. Available also used to store and protect silver, bronze, tin, copper,
grades include flame retardant, UV resistant, FDA approved, brass and ferous metals. Recyclable, it will break down into
anti-static and conductive. It is available in 12 standard polymer dust in anaerobic environments.
colors and gauges from 2mm to 10mm with custom colors,
gauges and densities available upon request.
Typical Applications: Static Dissipative
• Retail, real estate, election, agricultural and yard In addition to the qualities found in the packaging grade,
signs this sheet provides permanent static dissipation, shielding
from static electricity pulses, and the most desired range of
• P.O. P. displays
humidity-independent surface resistivity.
• Trade displays
• Greenhouses
• Closet and under-bed boxes Coroplast®, a registered trademark of the Coroplast
• Mail boxes Division of Great Pacific Enterprises, is also their tradename
• Toys for the twin-wall product line they manufacture and market. A
sampling of the available grades are listed below.
• Tote boxes
• Special containers
• Models Coroplast® Archival Grade
This fluted sheet has no coloring agents, anti-static or
• Packaging for food, chemicals and flowers ultraviolet inhibitors. It is resistant to water, oils, and solvents
• Ring binders at room temperature, and it can be used on a long-term basis
• Dividers with no out-gassing. It should not, however, be used
• Cold frames outdoors, as it is not UV resistant. Applications include
• Factory windows backing, mounting, and fabricating containment enclosures.
• Shower partitions
• Decorator panels Coro-Gard®
• Awnings A conductive sheet designed for the packaging and
transportation of sensitive electronic devices that need to be
• Light enclosures
protected from electrostatic damage, this product meets
• Pet houses DOD-HDBK-263 for material conductivity and decay time.
• Shelf bins Meeting the guidelines of the Electronics Industries
• Presentation cases Association standard IS-5-A, and USAFcriteria for MIL-P-
83668 for physical properties of corrugated plastic sheet, it is
10mm Sheet chemical resistant, moisture proof, and has a surface
resistivity of 104105 Ohm / sq.
An extruded, thin wall, fluted sheet, UV stabilized and
corona treated, this product is designed for temporary
construction signs, reusable pallet sleeves, billboards and slip
sheets. It is enamel and vinyl letter receptive and screen
printable on both sides. Available in standard colors and the
standard size of 48” x 96”, as well as custom sizes up to a
104” width.
160
Coroplast® PETG
PRODUCT AVAILABILTY PETG or Copolyester, is a clear amorphous
thermoplastic material with high impact strength. A very stiff,
Product Gauge Sheet Size Color hard, and tough material, it is easily die, saw, or laser cut,
Coroplast *2mm - 6mm 54” - 104” width drilled or fabricated. PETG is available as extruded sheet,
®Archival film, rod, tubing, and profile shapes. Extruding PETG with
Grade additives provides a tinted, translucent, or opaque product.
Co-extruding with similar or compatible copolymers brings a
Coro-Gard® See Distributor
variety of value-added materials to the PETG market.
for Current
Availability PETG can be blow or injection molded, thermoformed
at low temperatures with reduced cycle times, and cold-
Coroplast® 10mm 48” x 96” **All Standard formed without crease whitening. In medical applications it
10mm Custom widths Colors can be sterilized by gamma radiation, E-beam and ethylene
to 104” oxide methods without discoloration. This material is FDA
Coroplast® CI See Distributor certified for food industries, and a variety of PETG sheet and
for Current film products have obtained other regulatory ratings such as
Availability those tested by Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
Flammability testing has yielded a UL94 V-2 rating in .118”
Coroplast® SI *2mm - 10mm 54” x 96” Black
80” x 96” thickness and UL94 HB in .045" thickness.
PETG is widely used for the following types of
applications:
* 2mm is available in 54” width only. • Packaging for shampoos, detergents, toiletries,
** White, Natural, Ivory, Yellow, Brown, Red, Orange, Blue, Gray, mineral oil, food products, electronics, etc.
Green, Black, Dark Blue
• Blister packaging
• P.O.P. displays
• Channel letter faces
• Canopies
• Indoor and outdoor signs
• Tote bins, covers, and trays
• Store Fixtures
• Face shields
See PETG Section, pages 42 - 46 for specific product

information and availabilities.
DO YOU KNOW?
1950 - Bachmann Bros. of Philadelphia coins

the trademark ‘Plasticville USA’ for their line of
injection-molded styrene homes, building and
accessories for Lionel and American Flyer
trains.
Film Banner
Regal Graphics, a division of Regal Supply Company, • Dyne Pen or Marker Method. This method is the
custom converts film for a variety of applications and offers easiest to use and the least accurate. If the surface
custom laminating and pre-masking upon request. tension of the material is compatible with the ink, in the
pen, the pen can “write” on the plastic. In the process of
Low Density Polyethylene this writing, however, the pen picks up contaminants
Banner Films from the surface of the plastic, such as dust and oils.
These thin gauge films are used primarily for banners, These pens can quickly dry out, concentrating the ink
pennant flags, and general P.O.P. signage. and changing its surface tension.
• Calibrated Solution Method. This method involves

Poly-Print I Grade: 103.24 applying a calibrated solution to the material with a sterile
This solid white, single-sided film is an economical applicator. If the solution beads upon two seconds, the
polyethylene banner film providing outstanding lay-flat quality, surface tension of the material matches that of the
and corona treatment allowing excellent ink adhesion. solution. The surface tension reading can be affected by
Although designed primarily for interior use, this material contamination of the fluid, caused by not using a new
may be used for temporary exterior applications. applicator for each fluid application and the fluid can
quickly evaporate if the cap is left off or is not tightly
Poly-Print Colors closed. There is a high potential for inaccuracy in the use
The colored version of Poly-Print I available in Goldenrod of this method. In recent testing conducted by the
Yellow, Barn Red, True Blue and Coal Black. Flexible Packaging Association technical committee, the
range of dyne solution measurements of identical material
taken by different labs varied by as much as 15 dyne/sq.
Poly-Print Plus Grade 604.14 cm.
A value-added version of Poly-Print I, this film was
designed primarily for tight tolerance printing. It has low • Contact Angle Meter Method. This method was
shrink (no preshrinking needed), better lay-flat performance, designed to eliminate the vagaries of the dyne pen and
a lower slip level of less than .5 COF, and a high treat the calibrated solution methods. A drop of double-
(surface) level not to be lower than 40 dynes. distilled, ultrapure water is applied in a very precise
amount by pipettor to the surface of the sheet. Using the
Strata-Print II Grade: 9022W0 half-angle measurement methods, the angle from the
A 100% opaque, shadow-free material, this film is the apex of the drop to the surface of the material is the
premium of the polyethylene banner films. Manufactured of contact angle with the material. A lower contact angle
three film layers, this product offers high tear strength and means that the drop is flatter, indicating a higher surface
two-sided corona treatment. tension on the surface of the material. Surface tension on
a substrate can be determined to within +/- dyne/cm. The
benefits of the contact angle meter method include a high
Corona Treating and Dyne Level level of repeatability and accuracy, easy correlation with
The corona treating process transforms the surface dynes/cm., data for statistical process control, and the
molecules of the sheet, oxidizing them (adding electrons). elimination of judgement calls.
This increases the surface tension (also known as surface
energy, wetting tension, or wettability) of the substrate.
There are three common methods to test surface tension
or wettability of plastics.
162
Film Banner
BANNER FILMS PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

103.23 604.14 9022W0
Poly-Print I Poly-Print Plus Strata-Print II
Properties ASTM Test Method Unit of Measure @ 1.25 mil @ 1.0 mil @ 7.7 mil
Optical Properties
Gloss 45 deg. D-2457 % 73 75 24.6
Haze D-1003 % 5 4 0
Physical Properties
Impact, Dart Drop F50 D-1709 gms/mil 70 52 620
Retention after crease % 50
Tensile Strength - Ultimate D-882 psi
MD 3500 3900 3720
TD 2600 2700 3265
Elongation - Ultimate D-882 %
MD 380 340 1080
TD 600 650 1650
1% Secant Modulus D-882 psi
MD 22000 29300 34975
TD 22800 36200 38335
COF (Slip) D-1894 .2 - .5 > .5 .40 - .425
Corona Treatment Dynes/cm Over 40 Dynes Over 40 Dynes Over 40 Dynes
Gauges Standard Roll
Film (inches) Widths Colors
Poly-Print I .008 39” and 54” White
Poly-Print Colors .008 50” Goldenrod Yellow
Barn Red
True Blue
Coal Black
Poly-Print Plus .010 39”, 50”, 51”, 54” White
Strata-Print II .008 39” or 54” White
163
Film Cellulose Acetate Cellulose Acetate Butyrate
Cellulosics are semi-synthetic plastics made from the Typical CAB Applications
natural fiber cellulose which comes from dried wood, jute, flax • Data-processor and cash register keys
and hemp. Two of the resins used for plastic production are • Transparent dial covers
cellulose acetate and cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB). The
plastics produced from them are commonly referred to as
• Tool handles
acetate and butyrate. • Covers for instrument panel lights
Cellulose acetate is designed for applications which • Architectural drafting templates (green tinted, thin
require optical clarity and good rigidity. It is available in cast gauge butyrate sheet)
and extruded clear sheets and film including adhesive- • Pens, switch covers and knobs (opaque formulas of
backed film for laminating jobs. butyrate)
Acetate sheet has good impact resistance over a wide
range of temperatures, and does not craze or crack under PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
normal stresses. Acetate responds to forming by all
conventional thermoforming methods. Printable by gravure, Product Sheet Roll
letterpress, flexography or screenprinting, it can also be die- 20” x 50” 22” x 51” 25” x 40” 50” x 76” 40” x 50’ 40” x 100’ 40” x 200’
cut, beaded, punched, stitched, embossed, laminated and
cemented. .003 .003 .003 .003 .003
Acetate - .005 .005 .005 .005 .005
Cast .0075 .0075 .0075 .0075 .0075
Typical Applications .010 .010 .010 .010 .010
• Cable wrap .015 .015 .015
.020 .020 .020
• Index tabs
• Report covers .020 .015
Acetate - .030 .020
• Book covers Extruded .040 .030
• Page protectors .050 .040
.060 .050
• Playing cards .060
• Window envelopes
Acetate - .005 .005
• Face shields Adhesive
• Flashlight lens Backed
• Photo albums Also available in a range of smaller pre-cut sheets.
• Campaign buttons .010 .060* .003
• Shims .015 .080 .005
• Release films CAB - .020 .100 .0075
Clear .030 .125* .010
• Toys and games .040 .150
• See-thru containers .187*
.250*
• Blister packaging
• Laminating jobs .003
CAB - .005
• Artist layouts Pressed .0075
• Magnetic tape industry Polished .010
Clear .015
• Motion picture industry .020
Because cellulose acetate decomposes under ultraviolet CAB - .003

rays, it has been modified by using butyric and acetic acids to Matte .005
Finish .0075
created cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB). CAB is not only .010
more resistant to ultraviolet rays, but is also less moisture
absorbing and has extremely high impact strength.
*Also available in 50” x 100” sheet.
164
Film Polycarbonate LEXAN® Film Basic Information
GE Plastics’ Structured Products Division manufactures Velvet - For heavy-use applications, this hides scratches,
engineered film products for a wide range of industries. fingerprints and marring while acting as a diffuser for
Included are graphic (uncoated), colored, coated, flame- windowed or back-lit applications.
retardant and specialty films.
LEXAN® polycarbonate films offer a wide range of Suede - Abrasion resistant, this was designed for very
features including clarity, dimensional stability, toughness, heavy-wear applications.
flexibility, heat resistance, and excellent dielectric
performance. The versatile performance and fabricating LEXAN Film Screen Printer Benefits End-User Benefits
features of these GE products suggest a variety of Features
applications including nameplates, packaging, cable
Clarity Virtually haze-free, regardless of Excellent for LED/LCD
wrapping, automotive instrument clusters, membrane switch thickness. Shows true color in windows. Protects second-
overlays, metallized films, and in-mold decorating, to name reverse printing regardless of surface printing, even in
only a few. In addition, LEXAN films are more economical, gauge. heavy gauges.
simple to process and significantly more versatile than metal. Printability Easily screen printed with no Offers unlimited possibilities
With a wide availability range of standard and high- surface preparation or special to achieve a variety of
inks required. Compatible with graphic effects. Allows
performance grades in a variety of surface finishes and many UV and conventional intricate graphic designs.
textures, LEXAN films offer numerous design options. solvent-based inks.
Heat Stability Allows close-tolerance Permits close proximity to
PROCESSING OPTIONS registration after repeated heat illumination sources.
and drying cycles. Excellent in-use performance
• Selective texturing provides enhanced mar resistance, to 270°F (Continuous Use
low glare and design flexibility. Temperature of 185°F).
Textures Abrasion-resistant and anti- Prevents marring and
• Embossing in a variety of configurations for tactile reflective textures resist excessive glare.
identifications or decoration. scratching during processing and
help reduce static-related
problems.
• Dead-front graphics for crisp, clean and highly readable Flammability LEXAN graphic films have Compliance with UL and
displays. various UL ratings and FR rated other flammability codes.
(UL94* V-0 and VTM-0) films are
available.
• Transparent colors for design flexibility and cost-effective
production of LED/LCD windows and backlit displays.
• Sharp, high-precision die-cutting.

LEXAN® Uncoated Graphic Films
Meeting or exceeding industry performance
specifications, LEXAN uncoated graphic films exhibit the
• Deep-draw thermoformable. following properties:
SURFACE TEXTURES Gauge Tolerance: 0.020” and up +/-3%
Polished - Particularly good for LED / LCD windows, this is 0.010” - 0.015” +/-5%
designed to have a defect-free surface with true-ink-color 0.007” and below +/- 10%
fidelity and optics. It also provides a primary substrate finish
for screen printed applied selective textures.
Matte - Good for dead-front graphics, this has reduced

surface reflection and gloss to hide filaments and eliminate
hot spots in back-lit applications.
Fine Matte - Designed to eliminate pinholing, this has an

optional texture for light diffusion and printability (while
providing more uniform cut sheets.)
165
Film LEXAN® Film
Color Consistency: Reduced yellow variability by 30% LEXAN® 8A13F Film
Texture: Improved RMS variability by 20% This transparent film is fine matte one-side, polished
one-side, with excellent clarity in all gauges. The mar-
The following products provide high heat and resistant, fine matte texture helps prevent excessive glare
dimensional stability, two-sided printability, and are easily and eliminate pinholes in backlit applications. Like LEXAN
embossed, formed, die-cut, and decorated by hot stamping, 8A13 film, this film has a working temperature up to 270°F
flexography, offset lithography, rotogravure, and letterpress (C.U.T of 185°F).
technology. Typical Applications:
• Automotive instrument clusters
LEXAN® 8010 Film • Labels/nameplates
LEXAN® 8010 film is a polished both sides, transparent • Control panel, remote control, HVAC,
film providing clarity and distortion-free optics in all gauges. and appliance overlays
(C.U.T. of 185°F) • LEDs
Typical Applications: • Office environments
• Graphic arts • Backlit windows
• Control panel overlays • In-mold decoration
• Remote control overlays • Floor graphics
• LED / LCD and backlit windows
• Labels / nameplates
• HV / AC overlays
• In-mold decorating
LEXAN® 8020 Film

Polished both sides, this colored transparent film pro-
vides clarity and distortion-free optics in all gauges. (C.U.T.
of 185°F) LEXAN® 8A35 Film
Typical Applications: This uncoated film has a polished one-side, velvet one-
• Appliances
side, surface that acts as a diffuser for windowed or back-lit
• Membrane switch
applications and helps prevent excessive glare. (C.U.T of
overlays
185°F).
• In-mold decorating
• Thermoformed
• Office environments
parts
• Business • HVAC, control panel and remote control overlays
equipment • High performance labels
• Automotive applications • LEDs
• In-mold decoration
LEXAN® 8A13 Film
LEXAN 8A13 film is a one-side matte, one-side polished,
transparent film with excellent clarity in all gauges and a use
performance temperature to 270°F (C.U.T. of 185°F).
• Floor graphics
• Labels / Nameplates
• Control panel and remote control overlays
• Multi-layer printing
• LEDs
• HVAC overlays
166
Film LEXAN® Film
LEXAN® 8B36 Film
This film is one-side suede, one-side matte with excellent
clarity and properties for embossing and die-cutting.
Recommended for heavy wear appliances, this film resists
abrasion.
• Overlays
• LEDs
• Backlit windows
The following products provide two-sided printability, are • In-mold decoration
easily embossed, formed, and die-cut, and allow decoration • Labels / nameplates
by hot stamping, flexography, offset lithography, rotogravure,
and letterpress technology with no special inks required. LEXAN® High-Performance
Coated Films
LEXAN® 8B35 Film Designed for the most demanding applications, these
LEXAN® 8B35 film is a one-side velvet, one-side matte hard-coated films are manufactured in grades that provide
film offering consistent surface resistance after coating. The chemical and abrasion resistance. They are available in four
velvet texture provides a mar-resistant surface and prevents gloss levels that range from matte to glass-like. LEXAN
excessive glare. HP12X film is low gloss and matte/polished surfaced; LEXAN
Typical Applications: HP40X film has a medium gloss and a fine matte/polished
• Labels and nameplates surface; LEXAN HP60X film is medium-high gloss with ultra
• LEDs fine matte/polished surface; LEXAN HP92X film has a high
• Automotive applications gloss and is polished/polished surfaced.
LEXAN® HPXXH Films
LEXAN® 8B35F (HP12H, HP40H, HP60H, HP92H)
LEXAN 8B35F film, velvet / fine matte finished, is widely These high performance, coated films offers the highest
used in the architectural sign industry. Meeting ADA chemical and abrasion resistance in the GE graphic film line.
requirements for Americans with Disabilities Act compliant They have extreme coating durability, chemical resistance to
signage incorporating Grade 2 Braille and tactile lettering, most household cleaners including Wisk and Formula 409,
this film can be screenprinted, embossed and second and excellent clarity and gloss.
surface decorated with graphics subsurfaced and protected Note: This film cannot be first surface printed with
from wear behind the clear LEXAN film. Once decorated and graphics or textures.
embossed, the film can be laminated via transfer adhesive to Typical Applications:
thin-gauge sheet, styrene or other substrate for depth and • Appliances
rigidity. • Medical diagnostic equipment
• Communication and business equipment
Film LEXAN® Film
LEXAN® HPXXS Films LEXAN® Flame Retardant Films
(HP12S, HP40S, HP60S, HP92S) LEXAN® flame retardant films have UL94 V-0 or VTM-O
These are high-performance coated films. Along with ratings, are chemical resistant, with excellent dielectric
high durability, they are abrasion resistant and can withstand strength, low moisture absortion and high dimensional
chemicals such as Wisk* and stability. Printable and
Formula 409*. Offering first available in a selection
and second-surface of textures and gauges,
printability, they can be these films can be
decorated through hot decorated by hot
stamping, flexography, offset stamping, flexography,
lithography, screenprinting, offset lithography,
rotogravure and letterpress rotogravure and
technology. letterpress technology.
Typical Applications: Typical Applications:
• Appliances • Displays
• Industrial nameplates • Nameplates
• Business and communication equipment • Electrical insulation
• Medical and diagnostic equipment • Circuitry substrates
• Automotive interior overlays • Film based EMI / RFI shields
• LCD lenses
LEXAN® FR-60 Film
LEXAN® HPXXW Films With a two-sided polished surface, this film has a high
(HP12W, HP92W) working temperature range, good puncture resistance and is
Chemical, abrasion, and UV resistant, these high- flame retardant with a UL94-V-0 rating.
performance, coated films are designed for outdoor Typical Applications:
• Power supply insulation
applications. Second surface printable, they can be easily
• Electrical/electronic insulation
formed and die cut as well as decorated.
• Business equipment insulation
• EMI/RFI shielding with metal foil laminate
• Warning labels on outdoor equipment
• Gasoline pumps
• Marine graphics LEXAN® FR-63 Film
• Outdoor menus and lenses. This film has a one-side matte, one-side polished surface
and has the identical properties and recommended
First surface printability is available with HP92WP. applications of LEXAN FR-60 film.
LEXAN® FR-65 Film

This film also has all of the qualities listed for LEXAN FR-
60 film, with a one-side velvet, one-side matte surface.
• Power supply insulation
168
Film LEXAN® Film
LEXAN® FR-66 Film LEXAN® 8030 Film
A one-side suede, one-side matte surfaced Offering deep draw thermoformability and
film providing all the characteristics listed for distortion-free optics, Lexan® 8030 film is UV
LEXAN® FR-60 film. stabilized and available in clear and custom
Typical Applications: colors.
• Power supply insulation Typical Applications:
• Electrical/electronic insulation • Industrial thermoforming
• Embossing for decoration and function
• LED /LCD and backlit windows
LEXAN® FR-83 Film LEXAN® 8040 Film

With a rating of UL94 VTM-0 and all of the listed Offering deep draw thermoformability and distortion-free
properties of LEXAN FR-60 film, this film has a one-side optics, LEXAN 8040 film is FDA compliant, non-UV stabiized,
smooth, one-side ultra fine matte surface. and can withstand steam, EtO and gamma sterilizations.
Typical Applications: Typical Applications:
• Electrical/electronic insulation • Industrial thermoforming
• Business equipment insulation • Medical packaging
• Power supply insulation • Medical diagnostic strip
• Disc drive insulation • Embossing for decoration and function
LEXAN® FR-700 Film
Flame resistant with excellent electrical and thermal PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
properties, this black opaque film has high dielectric strength, PRODUCT SURFACE FINISH GAUGE (INCHES) ROLL WIDTHS
8010 Polished / Polished .005 36”
with good puncture and tear resistance. Available with a .007 and .010 36” and 48”
.015 and .030 36”, 48”, 60”
UL94 V-0 rating and one-side velvet, one-side fine matte 8020 Polished / Polished .010 36” and 48”
surface. .015 - .030 36”, 48”, 60”
8A13 Matte / Polished .005 - .025 36” and 48”
8A13F Fine Matte / Polished .010 - .020 36” and 48”
8A35 Velvet / Polished .005 - .007 36”
• EMI/RFI shielding with metal foil laminate .010 - .030 36” and 48”
• Business equipment insulation 8A37 Polished / Brushed contact distributor for current
availabilities
• Power supply insuation 8A73 Polished / Matte contact distributor for current
availabilities
• Disc drive insulation 8B35 Velvet / Matte .003 36”, 48”, 55”
.005 - .020 36”, 48”, 60”
.025 - .030 36” and 48”
LEXAN® Specialty Films 8B35F Velvet / Fine Matte .007 and
.010 -.030
36”
36” and 48”
UV-stabilized and FDA-compliant grades of LEXAN films 8B36 Suede / Matte .010 -.020 36” and 48”
are available for the wide variety of applications where 8030 Polished / Polished .007 and .010 36”and 48”
.015 - .030 36”, 48”, 60”
clarity, impact strength, and high-temperature performance is 8040 (masking optional) Polished / Polished .015 - .030 36”, 48”, 60”
required. These films have good dimensional stability, heat 8040 (with masking) Polished / Polished .007 and .010 36” and 48”
resistance, are easily die-cut, two-side printable, and HP12 S,H,W Matte / Polished .007-.030 48”
thermoformable. HP40 S or H
HP60 S or H
Fine Matte / Polished
Ultra Fine Matte / Polished
.007-.030
.007-.030
HP92 S, H, W, WP Polished / Polished .007-.030
FR60 Polished / Polished .010 36” and 48”
.015-.030 36”, 48”, 60”
FR63 Matte / Polished .010-.025 36” and 48”
FR65 Velvet / Matte .010 36” and 48”
.015-.020 36”, 48”, 60”
FR66 Suede / Matte .010-.020 36” and 48”
FR83 Polished/Ultra Fine Matte .002-.007 36”
FR 700 Velvet / Fine Matte (black) .010, .017, .020, .030 36” and 48”
169
Film LEXAN® Film
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES THERMAL PROPERTIES
SPECIFIC GRAVITY/AREA FACTOR THERMAL STABILITY
Specific gravity is related to the density of the film. The All thermoplastics undergo mechanical property changes
values for standard LEXAN® film and flame-retardant FR60 with changing temperature. As an amorphous material,
film are 1.20 and 1.32, respectively. LEXAN film changes slowly and in linear fashion with
increasing temperatures up to 300°F (150°C), where the
LIGHT TRANSMISSION material begins to soften. Softening continues until it melts at
Most LEXAN films transmit 90% of visible light and are about 420°F (215°C).
somewhat opaque to ultraviolet light. LEXAN films show relatively little increase in elongation
Long term, direct solar exposure, is not recommended with increasing temperature. The extruded film has an
without additional protection to reduce chalking of the film average elongation of 93% at room temperature. This
surface. increases to the 120% range at 257°F (125°C).
Where ultraviolet transmission is desired, LEXAN 8040
film should be specified. For maximum ultraviolet opacity use SHRINKAGE
LEXAN 8030 film. LEXAN film is non-oriented and amorphous, and very
LEXAN HP “S” and “H” films do not contain UV dimensionally stable at elevated temperatures. Exposure to
absorbers. This allows some curing of UV inks through the temperatures as high as 275°F (135°C) for short periods (30
film. Exposure of the film to excessive high-energy UV light min.) result in a negligible change in dimension. Lexan®
may result in yellowing of the “S” and “H” series films. 8010 film will shrink 1-2% at 300°F (150°C) depending on
LEXAN HP92W film is UV stabilized and resists yellowing. gauge. Over 300°F (softening temperature), dimensional
changes become more pronounced. Dimensional changes
MECHANICAL PROPERTIES due to temperatures may vary from lot to lot.
TENSILE PROPERTIES
EFFECTS OF HEAT AGING
Tensile strength, elongation and modulus are properties
LEXAN films exhibit polycarbonate’s excellent resistance
that describe the behavior of the film in tension. At room
to oxidative embrittlement. After six months at 167°F (75°C),
temperature, typical values for LEXAN film are:
LEXAN films showed no measurable change in tensile yield
• Tensile Yield Strength 8,500 psi and ultimate tensile strength. The tensile yield point and the
• Tensile Strength at Break 9,000 psi ultimate tensile strength of the samples tested increased
• Elongation (strain) 100% some 10% during six months at 257°F (125°C). Elongation of
• Tensile Modulus 300,000 psi the same films dropped from an initial average of 97% to a
Since LEXAN film is isotropic, these values are similar in final elongation of 9%. After the six months’ aging period
both machine and transverse directions. none of the film samples tested were brittle enough to crack
by creasing. Degradation of optical properties (decreased
TEAR STRENGTH light transmission, increased haze and yellowness) can also
Values for tear initiation (ASTM D1004) for LEXAN film occur after long-term exposure to high temperatures.
are in the 1.4 to 1.8 lbs/mil range. For tear propagation LEXAN film should not be exposed on a continuous
(Elmendorf Tear Test), the values are 30-55 grams/mil. Con- basis to temperatures exceeding 185°F (85°C).
sult your nearest Regal Plastic Supply Company distribution Low temperatures have little effect on LEXAN film, which
center for specific product properties. remains ductile down to at least -150°F (-101°C).
The effect of high temperatures on LEXAN HP films are
FOLD ENDURANCE similar to those listed above with the exception that a small
When tested on the M.I.T. fold endurance tests (ASTM amount of curl toward the coated side might be evident after
643*), LEXAN film varies widely with gauge. One-mil film will high temperature exposure.
survive about 12,000 double folds; 5 mil, 500; and 10 mil, Note: LEXAN HP92W film is coated rather than
200 double folds. Consult your nearest Regal Plastic Supply laminated thus avoiding the problems of delamination.
Company distribution center for specific product properties.
*Discontinued ATM.
Film LEXAN® Film
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES Some organic chemicals such as acetone, toluene and
DIELECTRIC STRENGTH halogenated hydrocarbons will act as solvents to LEXAN film.
LEXAN® film provides excellent resistance to Methylene chloride, for example, is often used to solvent-
breakdown in the presence of high voltage AC stress. All bond LEXAN films.
LEXAN films are virtually unaffected by humidity and heat In most cases, the coatings on LEXAN HP films will
aging. Absolute resistance to high voltage can be determined protect the LEXAN film against attack by agressive
by multiplying the dielectric strength in volts/mil by the chemicals. The edges and uncoated side should not be
material thickness in mils. exposed to the chemicals, particularly in higher-stressed or
high-temperature applications.
DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
Dielectric constant at 60 Hz ranges from about 2.95 to CHEMICAL EXPOSURE COATED
3.05 over the range of 32-257°F (0-25°C) for all LEXAN AND UNCOATED FILM
films. Water absorption to equilibrium does not affect this
value appreciably. Chemical Class Effects
Acids (Mineral) No effect under most common conditions of

DISSIPATION FACTOR concentration and temperature.
Values for dielectric loss, i.e. dissipation and power Alcohols Generally compatible.
factors, are essentially the same with LEXAN film. From
Alkalis Acceptable at low concentration and temperature.
room temperature to 212°F (100°C), the power factor is High concentrations and temperatures result in
approximately 0.001 (0.1%). It increases gradually to 0.002 etching and attack as evidenced by decomposition.
at 284°F (140°C) and increases sharply beyond 300°F (150° Aliphatic Hydrocarbons Generally compatible.
C).
Amines Surface crystallization and chemical attack.
VOLUME/SURFACE RESISTIVITY Aromatic Hydrocarbons Solvents and severe stress-cracking agents.

Detergents and Sprays
LEXAN films exhibit high resistance to DC current both Mild soap solutions are compatible. Strongly
through and across the surface of the film. Both water alkaline materials should be avoided.
absorption to equilibrium and heat aging have a negligible Esters Cause severe crystallization. Partial solvents.
effect on these properties.
Fruit Juices and Soft Drinks Compatible at low stress levels. Some concentrates
not recommended.
ARC RESISTANCE Gasoline Not compatible at elevated temperatures and stress
Resistance to high voltage arcing across the film surface levels.
varies somewhat with the type of film. Non-flame-retardant Greases and Oils Pure petroleum types generally compatible. Many
grades such as LEXAN 8010 film generally have better additives used with them are not. Thus
resistance to arc breakdown than the flame-retardant grades. materials containing additives should be tested.
Halogenated Hydrocarbons Solvents and severe stress-cracking agents.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROPERTIES Ketones Cause severe crystallization and stress-cracking.
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Solvents
At moderate temperatures and low stress levels, non- Silicone Oils and Greases Generally compatible up to 185°F.
coated LEXAN film is generally compatible with most
substances. When stressed in some manner as by cold-
forming, flexing or embossing, some substances will cause
the film to craze or stress-crack. Elevated temperatures can
initiate or accelerate this type of degradation.
171
Film LEXAN® Film
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
COATED FILM
Chemical LEXAN HPXXS Film Results LEXAN HP92W Film Results LEXAN HPXXH Film Results
As Manufactured Post Cured* As Manufactured Continuous Surface Contact @ 73°F (23°C)
Continuous Surface Contact @ 73°F (23°C) Continuous Surface Contact @ 73°F (23°C) One Hour Three Hours
Acetone Failed Passed Failed (40 - 45 minutes) Passed **

MEK Failed Passed Failed (45 minutes) Passed **
Toluene Failed Passed Passed Passed **
Methylene Chloride Failed Passed Failed Passed **
Isoprpyl Alcohol Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Cyclohexanone Failed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Ethyl Acetate Failed Passed Passed Passed **
Xylene Failed Passed Passed Passed Passed
40% NaOH Failed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Concentrated HCI Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Gasoline (Regular) Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Gasoline (Unleaded) Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
Butyl Cellulose Passed Passed Passed Passed Passed
24-Hour Continuous Surface Contact at 120°F (49°C)
Coffee Failed Passed Failed (40 - 45 minutes) Passed
Top Job2 Failed Passed Passed Passed
Fantastik3 Passed Passed Passed Passed
Formula 4094 Failed Passed Passed Passed
Windex with
Ammonia D1 Failed Passed Passed Passed
Wisk1 Failed Passed Passed Passed
Downy2 Passed Passed Passed Passed
Spray ‘N Wash2 Passed Passed Passed Passed
Clorox4 Failed Passed Failed Passed
Mustard Failed Passed Passed Passed
Mr. Clean2 Passed Passed Passed Passed
Ketchup Passed Passed Passed Passed
Tea Passed Passed Passed Passed
Tomato Juice Passed Passed Passed Passed
Lemon Juice Passed Passed Passed Passed
Grape Juice Passed Passed Passed Passed
Vinegar Passed Passed Passed Passed
Milk Passed Passed Passed Passed
1 Registered Trademarks of Drackett Products Company.

*Post cure conditions: one elliptical focused medium pressure mercury
2 Registered Trademarks of Procter & Gamble.
vapor lamp at 300 watts/inch and a conveyor speed of 20 feet/minute.
3 Registered Trademarks of Texize, Division of Norton Norwich Products,
**A few small coating blisters. Inc.

4 Registered Trademarks of the Clorox Company.
172
Film LEXAN® Film Polycarbonate/PET
EFFECTS OF WATER Polycarbonate/PET Film
No significant changes have been noted in tensile and
elongation properties measured on films immersed in water
Regal Tempet
for several weeks. However, boiling water immersion Regal Graphics’ proprietary polycarbonate / PET blend
seriously and rapidly affects the elongation of LEXAN® films. film was designed for In-Mold Decorated (IMD)* processing.
The elongation drops from an initial 100% to 50% within a It has excellent temperature qualities and chemical
period of four hours. Thereafter, changes are very gradual. resistance.
The tensile yield and ultimate tensile strength values do not Tempet benefits include:
change in any marked degree by film samples being • Low forming temperature
immersed in boiling water for periods up to one week. Long- • Little to no stress created during the forming process
term immersion in sea water at normal temperatures has no • Better chemical and abrasion resistance than
effect on LEXAN film. polycarbonate
PERMEABILITY CHEMICALRESISTANCE
Plastic films often have specific resistance to gas and Chemical Reagent Appearance % Change % Change
moisture vapor passage important in various packaging Break Strength Elongation
applications. Permeability is a function of the diffusion rate, None (Control) No Change -1 -

Acetic Acid (5%) Slight Swelling -66 +34
the solubility of the gas in the barrier and the barrier Acetone Strongly Swollen -100 -100
thickness. Alpha Butyrolactone Almost Soluble -100 -100
Benzyl Alcohol Soluble -100 -100
Chlorox Bleach (5%) No Noticeable Effect -6 -12
Cyclohexanone Soluble -100 -100
PERMEABILITY TO GAS AND MOISTURE Ethanol No Noticeable Effect -3 +4
Ethanol/Water (50/50) No Noticeable Effect +4 +9
ml/mil/100 in2/24 hr/atm Ethyl Acetate Strongly Swollen -100 -100
Gasoline Slight Swelling -39 -15
Air 85 Heptane No Noticeable Effect - -10
Hydraulic Fluid No Noticeable Effect -5 -5
Nitrogen 50 Methanol No Noticeable Effect -28 -15
Oxygen 300 Methyl Cellosolve Slightly Swollen -45 -1
Carbon Dioxide 1.075 Methyl Isobutyl No Noticeable Effect -1 -13
Carbinol
Moisture Vapor (1 mil film) 8 g/100 in2/24 hr Methyl Isobtyl Strongly Swollen -100 -100
Ketone
Motor Oil 10W30 No Noticeable Effect +7 -4
WEATHERABILITY Nitromethane
Prestone Anti-Freeze
Strongly Swollen
No Noticeable Effect
-100
-4
-100
-9
Long-term exposure to direct sunlight will cause Sodium Hydroxide (10%) No Noticeable Effect -8 -14
unprotected LEXAN film to surface chalk (removable) and Sulfuric Acid (20%) No Noticeable Effect - -3
Toluene Strongly Swollen -100 -100
yellow. The length of time before a noticeable change occurs Transmission Fluid No Noticeable Effect -1 -4
Water No Noticeable Effect -3 -5
can be anywhere from several months to several years
depending on severity of exposure and thickness of film.
Unprotected LEXAN film is not recommended for
outdoor applications where retention of appearance and PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
mechanical properties are required. Film Surface Gauge Std. Roll Color
For intermittent outdoor exposure or long-term exposure Finish (inches) Width
to fluorescent lighting, UV-stabilized grades such as LEXAN Regal Matte / .007, .010, . 33” Natural
8030 and 8B35 films are recommended. Tempet Velvet 015, .020
*IMD is the process by which an injected or compressed

molded part can be decorated during the molding cycle. The
decoration is accomplished by the insertion of a decorated
film into the cavity of the molding tool and then the plastic
resin is injected behind the film. IMD is an accepted
alternative method to create injection molded parts with
design flexibility, consumer appeal, and style.
173
Film Polyester Basic Information VALOX® Film
Polyester Film VALOX PTX® Polyester Films
Manufactured from polyethylene terephthalate, For membrane switches and other graphic applications,
polyester film is chemical and moisture resistance, with high these films are designed to have excellent chemical
tensile strength, dimensional stability, and working resistance and flex life, optimum optical clarity, and high
temperatures to 400°F. It can be coated with heat-sealable, tensile strength. They are available with one or both sides
friction or abrasive materials, metalized, punched, dyed and pretreated for better ink adhesion, and in a heat stabilized
laminated. Heavier gauges of polyester can be stamped or grade. They are biaxially-oriented and can be specified in
vacuum formed, and lighter gauges can be wound into spiral thicknesses from 0.003" to 0.010”.
tubes. Note: The thermal shrinkage of VALOX PTX 820 film is
Polyester films come in a variety of opacities such as less than 0.15% after 30 minutes at 150°C.
clear, very clear, slightly hazy, matte, translucent white,
opaque white, and black. Produced in several grades, Grade Features Applications
characteristics include UV, oxygen, and static resistant, one VALOX • High Optical Clarity • Membrane Switch
or two-side pretreatment for better ink adhesion, heat PTX 100
• High Gloss • Flexible Circuits
stabilized, slip treated, and fire retardant. Film
Typical Applications: • SlipTreated for Improved Handling • Labels
• Insulation VALOX • High Optical Clarity •Membrane Switch
• Film based EMI / RFI shields PTX 120
Film
• High Gloss •Flexible Circuits
• ID cards • Two Side Adhesion Pre-treatment •Labels
• Holograms
• Decorative laminates VALOX • Heat Stabilized • Membrane Switch
• Labels PTX 820
Film • Low Shrinkage • Printed Circuits
• Masking • High Optical Clarity
• Color proofing
• Membrane touch switches
• Contactless / Smart / Access
• Prepaid phone cards
• Metal lamination
• Cable wrap
• Release liners
• Support sheets in silk screening
• Engineering and architectural reproduction
materials
• Decals
• Surfacing material for acoustical tile and wall panels
• Layout base for lithographic printing plates and color
separations
• Apparel stays
• Duplicated and blank video cassettes
• Book jacket covers
• Sheet protectors
• Stationary supplies
Film Vinyl
Vinyl film can either be rigid or flexible. Rigid film is
available either as calendered or planished. Calendering is a
ORACAL®
ISO 9001 certified, Oracal® supplies to the industry a
manufacturing process by which sheets are produced
large selection of graphic arts films, with a variety of adhesive
in .005 - .040” thicknesses, and in a full range of colors.
types, and numerous colors. For specific product information
Calendered sheet is more brittle than planished and less
contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center.
expensive, yet it can be used in the place of the latter if
further laminating and processing is required.
Planished sheet is calendered sheet that has been SPAR-CAL®
laminated using plates to give the finished sheet a polished
Providing an array of colors, special effects, adhesives,
or matte surface finish. It comes in a full range of colors with
and liners, Spar-Cal® supplies complete lines of calendered
standard thicknesses of .010” to .125” and in special order
and cast vinyl films. A wide selection of stock solid and multi-
thicknesses. It is also available in transparent, translucent,
color stripes are also available through Spar-Cal®. For cur-
and opaque.
rent availabilities and specific product information contact
Rigid vinyl films are characterized by clarity, excellent
your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution center.
chemical resistance and electrical properties, easy
fabrication, good dimensional stability and flexural strength,
and low moisture absorbtion. They are also self- Magnetic Vinyl
extinguishing and have a forming temperature of 280° to Vinyl coated magnets are available in 24” x 50’ rolls with
300° F. gauges of 15, 20, or 30mil. Available in white only.
Computer vinyl is used in the sign and banner markets.
This vinyl has a pressure sensitive adhesive on one side to
affix the cut vinyl to a substrate. Available in a wide range of
colors, gauges, and sizes.
• Face shields
• Drawing instruments
• Dial covers and faces
• Lighting diffusers
• Shims
• Airline seat pocket cards
• Safety shields
• Lamp shades
• Scales
• Menus
• Insulating spacers
• Decorative applications
• Transportation Advertising
• Plotter Cutting
DO YOU KNOW?
1949 - the Nash automobile has a three-piece

decorative plastic instrument panel overlay.
175
Application Tape R Tape
Application tapes are used primarily, but not exclusively, 4075 “All Purpose” High Tack
for the short term transfer of vinyl from its carrier sheet to the An economical, all purpose high tack, white, translucent,
final substrate, so that the graphics stay in perfect registration standard weight saturated paper tape, recommended for
during application. Numerous formulations supply the clean pick-up and transfer of small and medium size plotter
physical properties for a wide range of uses. Grades are and die cut lettering and graphics, hard-to-lift vinyls, and wet
available in paper or plastic, with a range of adhesive tack method applications.
levels, and in widths up to 48”. Application tapes are widely
used in in the graphic arts’ industries. 4076
R Tape manufactures pressure sensitive tapes and films This white, translucent, standard weight saturated paper
for signmaking, surface, protection, vinyl converting, decals, tape, with high tack adhesive, is designed only for immediate
screen printing, roll labels, and digital imaging. transfers of very small and difficult to lift plotter die cut and
thermal die cut lettering and graphics.
Paper Application Tapes
Available in two grades, Standard and Premium Paper, PREMIUM PAPER GRADE
these tapes are designed for signmaking and screenprinting These white, translucent, heavyweight paper tapes, are
applications. moisture resistant, conform to irregular surfaces, and provide
excellent lay flat. They are available with medium, high or
STANDARD PAPER GRADES ultra high tack adhesives for different applications.
Economical, this grade of application tape features white,
translucent ,standard weight saturated paper, with medium or
high tack adhesives. 4750
A white, translucent, heavyweight saturated paper tape,
4050 with medium tack adhesive, this product conforms to uneven
surfaces, exhibits high elongation, and exceptional resistance
A white, translucent, standard weight saturated paper,
to abrasion and moisture. Recommended for use on medium
with medium tack adhesive, this economical tape is
and large size plotter and die cut lettering and graphics, fleet
recommended for clean pick-up and transfer of medium and
graphics, and humid and wet method applications.
large size plotter and die cut lettering and graphics, fleet
graphics, and wet method applications.
176
This tape can be successfully applied over rivets,
corrugations, and corner posts and aids in long term storage,
Smooth 2575
This transparent, matte finish film, is an all purpose
transport and handling.
application tape which releases from poster or foam board.
Applications include retail graphics, multi colored graphics
4775 requiring precise registration, small, hard-to-lift thermal die
This white, translucent ,heavyweight saturated paper and plotter cut graphics, and wet method applications.
tape, with high tack adhesive, is used for consistent transfer
of small and medium size plotter and die cut lettering and CRYSTAL CLEAR
graphics. With resistance to abrasion and moisture, high
elongation, and the ability to conform to uneven surfaces, it is
All Purpose Clear 2442
recommended for humid environment and wet method This clear, thin to medium gauge, premask/ application
applications, hard-to-lift vinyls, fleet graphics, and tape, has an acrylic adhesive which sticks only when
applications over rivets and corrugations. It also is pressure is applied to it. It is used in the manufacturing of
recognized for aiding in long term storage, transport, and vinyl pinstriping and other vinyl graphics intended for
handling, automotive, recreational vehicle, and marine applications. It
can also remain on vinyl for long term storage with no surface
effects.
4885
This white, translucent, heavyweight saturated paper
tape, with ultra high tack adhesive, is used to transfer very
2442-10
small, fine, plotter and die cut lettering and graphics. Like 2442, this is a clear tape, with clear adhesive that
Recommended for vinyls with textured, embossed, ribbed, only sticks with pressure. It can remain on graphics for
and other irregular surfaces, hard-to-lift films such as gold extended storage. Applications include those requiring
leaf, and “etched glass” vinyl, urethane coated films, thermal precise registration of multi-color graphics, circuit board tape,
die cut graphics, and plasticized vinyls. This tape is moisture plotter and die cut lettering, graphics of all sizes, and light
and abrasion resistant. colored films.
Clear Application Tapes Poster Board Clear 2542

Clear application tapes, made of polyethylene film, allow This is designed to stick only to vinyl for the transferring
more precise registration than paper tapes, especially with of plotter and die cut vinyl graphics to poster board, foam
light and multi-colored vinyls. They work well for wet method board, or other fragile substrates.
and humid environment applications, and can remain applied
to graphics during extended storage. Two surface finishes Surface Protection
are available. Available in two paper grades and a range of adhesives.
EMBOSSED FINISH CLEAR STANDARD PAPER GRADE

EZ-Tear AT-42 Standard weight saturated paper tape with low tack
This transparent, heavy gauge, embossed, non-static adhesive.
film, has a matte, non-glare surface. It is easy to snap and
tear, does not wrinkle or stretch, and sticks only when 4000
pressure is applied. Recommended for plotter and die cut A white, translucent, standard weight saturated paper,
lettering and graphics of all sizes, light-colored vinyls, with low tack natural latex adhesive, this tape has smooth
applications requiring precise registration, humid lamination by hand or machine, and no build-up of tack level
environments, and wet method applications. over time. Recommended for protection of sign faces, metal,
plastic, wood,vinyl, glass, and most substrates, and as a
premask for large vinyl graphics.
177
PREMIUM PAPER GRADE PRODUCT AVAILABILITIES
Premium weight saturated paper tapes with two tack
Standard Standard Standard
adhesive levels. Product # Thicknesses Widths Lengths
4500 4050 4.0 - 4.5 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48
This white, translucent , premium weight saturated paper 4075 4.0 - 4.5 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
tape, with low tack natural latex adhesive, has smooth 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48, 60
lamination by hand or machine, and no build-up of tack level 4076 4.0 - 4.5 24, 30, 36, 48 100 yards
over time. Specifically designed for re-masking styrene and
4750 5.0 - 5.5 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
polycarbonate sheeting, it is also recommended for 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48, 60
protection of sign faces, metal, plastic, wood, vinyl, and most 4775 5.0 - 5.5 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
substrates. 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48, 60
4885 5.0 - 5.5 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
4600 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48
With a very low adhesion property, this white, EZ-Tear AT- 42 5.0 - 6.0 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48
translucent, premium weight saturated paper, is
Smooth 2575 3.5 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
recommended to protect easily damaged printed surfaces. It 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48
is removable without affecting ink or fragile surfaces.
All Purpose 3.5 - 4.0 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5, 8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 15, 100 yards
Specifically designed for re-masking styrene and Clear 2442 16, 18, 24, 48
polycarbonate sheeting, it is also recommended for 2442-10 3.5 - 4.0 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5, 8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
protection of sign faces, metal, plastic, wood, vinyl, and most 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48
substrates. Poster Board 4.5 - 5.0 1.25, 2.25, 3.25, 4.25, 5.25, 6.5,8.5, 10.5,12, 14, 100 yards
Clear 2542 15, 16, 18, 20, 24, 30, 36, 48
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 4000 4.0 - 4.5 24, 30, 36, 48 100 yards
Tensile Strength Elongation Tear Resistance 4500 5.0 - 5.5 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 48 100 yards
Product # (lbs./in.) (%) (grams) 4600 5.0 - 5.5 24, 30, 36, 48 100 yards
4050 17 3-4 50
4075 17 3-4 50
4076 17 - 18 4-5 50
4750 19 12 60
4775 19 12 60
4885 19 6 60
EZ-Tear AT- 42 16 150 N/A
Smooth 2575 10 100 50
All Purpose Clear 2442 N/A 200 N/A
2442-10 16 200 60
Poster Board Clear 2542 N/A 175 N/A
4000 17 3-4 50 DO YOU KNOW?
4500 19 6 60
1957 - The Hula Hoop is introduced. The fad
4600 19 12 60 peaks in 1958 (over one million pounds per
week of polyethylene is consumed trying to keep
up with demand).
178
Digital Media SPAR-CAL®
Spar-Cal® manufactures an extensive line of products PRINT TROUBLESHOOTING
geared to the digital media.
Symptom Cause
Industry Specific Terminology Pinstriping - disturbing uneven absorption of ink into media
• Color Gamut: The entire range of perceived color striping patterns in coating
obtained under stated conditions image
• Dot Size: Area of an Ink Jet Dot Bleeding - defined horizontal ink spreading through poor
• Dot Shape: The “roundness” of a dot edges and lines media coating - mismatch in
• Snap: Vivid color imagery chemistry between ink and media
coating
• Offset: Imager transfer toanother sheet, usually
due to slow ink drying Cockling - waviness in ink saturates media coating and
image after drying seeps through to paper base
• Coalescence: Ink pooling or puddling
• Mottle: Non-uniform ink density Strike-through - ink saturates media coating and
image peenetrates to seeps through to paper base
• Bleed: Unwanted ink color mixing in solids back-side of media
• Fuzz: Ink wicking (lines)
Mottling - uneveness non-uniform media coating: non-
• Banding / Raster Lines: Media show-through in in color fill area uniform absorption of ink through
solid areas due to insufficient doe gain media coating.
Coalescing - spotted non-uniform absorption of ink through
Ink Jet Printing pattern media coating - repelling of ink by
A digital output device heats ink to a high temperature media coating
causing microscopic bubbles to form. The bubbles are then
Fluorescing - mismatch in chemistry between ink
projected onto an ink-jet receptive top-coated substrate. unintended brightening and media coating
Benefits: of colors
• excellent quality for close viewing
• reduction in harmful chemical vapors
• indoor / outdoor product
Electrostatic Printing
A digital output device employs an electrical charge to a
• economical dielectric paper allowing toners to adhere to the paper to form
an image. The image is then transferred by heat and
Typical Applications: pressure to a substrate.
• Signs / Bannners Typical Applications:
• Commercial Printing • Signs / Banners
• Board Room / Trade Show / Window Graphics • Trade Show / Courtroom / Floor Graphics
• P.O.P. • Fleets / Buses
• Maps • Photo Reproduction
• Presentations • Posters
• Graphic Arts • Backlit Signs
• Mock-Ups • Billboards
• Textile Design • Proofing
• Flags
179
Digital Media SPAR-CAL®
PRINTER COMPATIBILITY CHART
PRO
PRO50
PROe
Nova Jet IV HP 2000 CP
Encad HP 650C Croma 24 HP 2500 CP Roland
Nova Jet HP 750C Thermal Ink HP 3000 CP Camm Jet
PRODUCT II and III HP 755CM Jet Printers HP 3500 CP Piezo Ink Jet Printers
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE VINYL, FILMS, AND PAPERS

C75816—24” Waterproof Matte Vinyl X X X X X
†C75855—24’ Cling Film—Clear X X X X
†C75856—36” Cling Film—Clear X X X X
C71110—36” Glossy Vinyl X
C75618—36” Matte Paper X X X
MATTE PAPER
C75842—24” Matte Paper X X X X
C75801—36” Matte Paper X X X X
C75841—36” Matte Paper (HP) X
ARTIST CANVAS
C75814—24” Canvas X X X X X
PHOTOBASE PAPER
C75819—24” Low Glare X X X
C75811—24” Semi Gloss X X X X
C75817—24” High Gloss X X X
C75802—36” Low Glare X
C75838—36” Low Glare (HP) X
C75803—36” High Gloss X
C75839—36” High Gloss (HP) X
† - Clear Cling Film for use with dye-based inks. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY
For current product availabilities contact your nearest
Regal Plastic Supply distribution center.
Seal®
Seal brand systems are part of Hunt Corporations’ The ProSeal Laminators are available in 25” and 44”
Graphics Division providing complete image finishing options widths.
for advertising, sign, and display applications.
The Seal Finish ProSeal™ 25 ProSeal™ 44
Line™ Foam Laminator Laminator
The ProSeal™ System Board Laminator
The ProSeal system employs materials pre-assembled in
Part Number 60097 120v model: 60766 120v model: 60824
“hinged pouches” and the ProSeal one-step laminator. 230v model: 60794 230v model: 60853
Pouch boards are made from Hunt’s foamboard and
Max. Width 12 in 25 in (63.5 cm) 44 in (111.8 cm)
Seal’s adhesives and laminates. The ProSeal laminator is
designed to process these easily and quickly. Max. Temp. 300°F 250—300°F 250—300°F
The components in the ProSeal pouches are matched to (140—150°C) (140—150°C)
deliver optimum results for applications ranging from Max. Speed 1 ft/min 1.5—2.0 fpm 1.5—2.0 fpm
mounted posters, rigid laminated signs, encapsulated graph- (3.8 cm/min) (3.8 cm/min)
ics, etc. This system is compatible with a range of print me- Max. Pressure N/A 60—80 psi 60—80 psi
dia such as inkjet prints, electrostatic prints, lithographic am-
terials, photographic prints, color copies, and other plain pa- Electrical 110 VAC, Fused, 110 VAC, 13 Amp 110 VAC, 17 Amp
per media. 3.15 Amps 230 VAC, 7 Amp 230 VAC, 9 Amp
Typical applications: Dimensions 4 1/4h x 17 1/4w x 7d (in) 40w x 12h x 15d (in) 58w x 12h x 15d (in)
• Counter Cards & POP Signs (102 x 31 x 38 cm) (147 x 31 x 38 cm)
• Trade Show Graphics Net Weight 6 lbs (2.72 kg) 70 lbs (32 kg) 160 lbs (72 kg)
• Retail and Informational Signs
• Rollable Commercial Graphics Safety UL Listed, ETL, cETL, CE ETL, cETL, CE
Certifications CSA Approved
• Business Presentations
• Mounted Posters and Signs
• Window Signs and Advertising
• Sealed Posters SEAL LAMINATING FILMS
Laminating films are available in a full range of gauges,
PRODUCT AVAILABILITY surfaces, and sizes for applications such as:
• Rigid Displays
ProSeal Pouches come in a full range of combinations to
• Flexible Displays
provide finished products 28” and wider in three different
• Floor Graphics
categories:
• Rigid Backlit Displays
• Laminating Pouch Boards
• Window Graphics
• Mounting Pouch Boards
• Pop-Up Displays (flexible panels)
• Flexible Laminating Pouches
• Vinyl Banners (e-stat transfer)
• Fabric Banners (e-stat transfer)
The Seal Finish Line Foam Board Laminator and Finish
Line Pouches are a compact design which will mount com-
puter images up to 12” wide on 3/16” thick foam board as well ThermaShield™ R
as all normal pouch laminating. Features include: A thermal polyester laminating film with thermal copoly-
• Dual Purpose Unit mer adhesive for electrostatic and photographic laminating
• Mounts and laminates prints up to 11” x 17” and encapsulating. Available in three finishes; gloss, matte,
• Encapsulates and high-lustre (semi-reflective).
• Adjustable temperature control
• Compact
• UL listed, CSA approved
ThermaShield™ D
An economy grade polyester thermal laminating film with
thermal copolymer adhesive for e-stat, photographic, and off-
set prints. Available in gloss finish.
181
Seal®
Jet Guard® BACKING FILMS
This linerless film with heat activated adhesive, bonds at
low temperatures for optimum performance when encapsulat- Stoplight™
ing or overlaminating ink jet prints. Available in three fin- A heat-activated, thick, white, opaque polyester backing
ishes; deep crystal, crystal matte, and gloss. film for use in pop-up and panel display applications.
Print Guard® ThermaShield™ MB

This laminating film provides UV protection for ink jet, A heat-activated, solid white, paper-based backing film,
photographic and plain paper media. With heat activated this product is designed for use in encapsulating applications.
adhesive, this film bonds to a wide variety of substrates at 10 mils thick, it controls light bleed-through and offers pliable
low temperatures. Available in four finishes; gloss, UV lustre, rigidity.
UV satin matte, and UV ultra matte.
SPECIALTY FILMS
PRESSURE-SENSITIVE
LAMINATING FILMS Floor Guard® & Floor Grip™
Floor Guard is a durable, heat-activated laminating film
Print Shield® Ultra specifically designed for interior, promotional floor graphics
applications. It meets international standards for slip resis-
This product is a pressure-sensitive laminating film with
tance, is scuff-resistant, waxable, and has a non-reflective
added UV inhibitors. It provides an aggressive, permanent
textured finish. Floor Grip comes in two permanent/
bond on ink jet, electrostatic, photographic, and plain paper
removable adhesive formulations for use with floor guard.
media. Available in four finishes; gloss, lustre, matte, and
satin.
Print Shield® Pro Contact your nearest Regal Plastic Supply distribution
An economy grade pressure-sensitive laminating film center for current product availability options.
suitable for ink jet, electrostatic, photographic, and plain pa-
per media. Available in three finishes; gloss, lustre, and
matte.
Print Shield® Standard

An economy grade vinyl, pressure-sensitive laminating
film suitable for ink jet, electrostatic, and photographic media.
Available in three finishes; gloss, semi-gloss, and matte.
ADHESIVE FILMS
OptiMount®
Optically clear, this two-sided adhesive film creates a
permanent bond to both graphic and substrate. With ultravio-
let inhibitors and acid-free adhesive, this product is recom- DO YOU KNOW?
mended for use in vented light box applications. Optimount is
suitable for face mounting ink jet, photographic, electrostatic, Between 1990 and 1996 the amount of waste
and plain paper prints to clear acrylics, plastic, and glass. going into landfills declined by more than 17%
(by weight).
Print Mount Adhesive Films
Five pressure-sensitive adhesive formulations are avail-
able for a variety of substrates.
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Absolute Viscosity Air-Assist Forming
Of a fluid, the tangential force on unit area of either of two A method of thermoforming q.v., in which air flow or air
parallel planes at unit distance apart when the space between the pressure is employed to partially preform the sheet immediately
planes is filled with the fluid in question, and one of the planes prior to the final pulldown onto the mold using vacuum.
moves with unit deferential velocity in its own plane.
Air Gap
Abrasion Resistance In extrusion coating, the distance from the die opening to the
Ability to withstand the effects of repeated wearing, rubbing, nip formed by the pressure roll and the chill roll.
scraping, etc.
Air Ring
Acceptance Test A circular manifold used to distribute an even flow of the
An investigation performed on an individual lot of a previously cooling medium, air, onto a hollow tubular form passing through the
qualified product, by or under the observation of the purchaser to center of the ring. In blown tubing, the air cools the tubing uniformly
establish conformity with a purchase agreement. to provide uniform film thickness.
Acids Air-Slip Forming

One of a class of substances compounded of hydrogen and one or A variation of snap back forming in which the male mold is
more other elements, capable of uniting with a base to form a salt. enclosed in a box in such a way that when the mold moves
forward toward the hot plastic, air is trapped between the mold
Acrylic Resins and the plastic sheet. As the mold advances, the plastic is kept
A class of thermoplastic resins produced by polymerization of away from it by the air cushion formed as described above, until the
acrylic acid derivatives. full travel of the mold is reached, at which point a vacuum is
applied, destroying the cushion and forming the part against the
Acrylonitrile plug.
A monomer with the structure (CH2:CHCN). It is most useful in
copolymers. Its copolymer with butadiene is nitrile rubber, and Aliphatic
several copolymers with styrene exist that are tougher than Derived from or related to fats and other derivatives of the
polystyrene. It is also used as a synthetic fiber and as a chemical paraffin hydrocarbons, including unsaturated compounds of the
intermediate. ethylene and acetylene series.
Acrylonitrile - Butadiene - Styrene (ABS) Alkalis

This is a thermoplastic family consisting of more than 15 Compounds capable of neutralizing acids and usually
different groups of engineering materials formed basically from characterized by an acrid taste. Can be mild like baking soda or
three different monomers: acrylonitrile, butadiene and styrene. highly caustic like lye.
Adhesive Alkyd Resins

A substance capable of holding materials together by surface A class of thermosetting resins produced by condensation of a
attachment. poly-based acid or anhydride and a polyhydric alcohol.
Adiabatic Alloy
An adjective used to describe a process or transformation in Composite material made up by blending polymers or
which no heat is added to or allowed to escape from the system copolymers with other polymers or elastomers under selected
under consideration. It is used, somewhat incorrectly, to describe a conditions, e.g., styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer resins blended with
mode of extrusion in which no external heat is added to the butadiene acrylonitrile rubbers.
extruder, although heat may be removed by cooling to keep the
output temperature of the melt passing through the extruder Allyl Resins
constant. The heat input in such a process is developed by the A class of resins produced from an ester or other derivative of
screw as its mechanical energy is converted to thermal energy. allyl alcohol by polymerization.
Aging
The effect of time on materials.
183
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Amorphous Phase Bakelite
Devoid of crystallinity - no definite order. At processing The proprietary name for phenolic and other plastics materials
temperatures, the plastic is normally in the amorphous state. produced by Bakelite Limited, but often used indiscriminately to
describe any phenolic molding material or molding. The name is
Anneal derived from that of Dr. Leo Hendrik Baekeland, a Belgian who,
To prevent the formation of or remove stresses in plastics through his work on the synthesis of phenolic resins and their
parts by controlled cooling from a suitable elevated temperature. commercial development in the early 1900s, is generally
considered to be the father of the plastics industry.
Anti-Friction Compounds
Materials specifically formulated to reduce or eliminate friction. Banbury
An apparatus for compounding materials composed of a pair
Antioxidant of contra rotating rotors which masticate the materials to form a
Substance which prevents or slows down oxidation of material homogeneous blend. This is an internal type mixer which produces
exposed to air. excellent mixing.
Antistatic Agents Beta Gage (or Beta-Ray Gage)

Methods of minimizing static electricity in plastic materials. A gage consisting of two facing elements, a B-ray emitting
Such agents are of two basic types: (1) metallic devices which source and a B-ray detector. When a sheet material is passed
come into contact with the plastics and conduct the static to earth. between the elements, some of the B-rays are absorbed, the
Such devices have complete neutralization at the time, but because percent absorbed being a measure of the arial density or thickness
they do not modify the surface of the material it can become prone of the sheet.
to further static during subsequent handling. (2) chemical additives
which, mixed with the compound during processing, give a Bleed
reasonable degree of protection to the finished products. To give up color when in contact with water or a solvent;
undesired movement of certain materials in a plastic to the surface
Average Molecular Weight of the finished article or into an adjacent material. Also called
The molecular weight of polymeric materials determined by the migration.
viscosity of the polymer in solution at a specific temperature. This
gives an average molecular weight of the molecular chains in the Blister
polymer independent of specific chain length. Falls between weight A raised area on the surface of a molding caused by the
average and number average molecular weight. pressure of gases inside it on its incompletely hardened surface;
somewhat resembling in shape a blister on the human skin. A
Back Pressure blister may burst and become flattened.
The viscosity resistance of a material to continual flow when a
mold is closing. In extrusion, the resistance to the forward flow of Block Copolymer
molten material. An essentially linear copolymer in which there are repeated
sequences of polymeric segments of different chemical structure.
Baffle
A device used to restrict or divert the passage of fluid through Blocking
a pipe line or channel. In hydraulic systems the device, which often An undesired adhesion between touching layers of a material,
consists of a disc with a small central perforation, restricts the flow such as occurs under moderate pressure during storage or use.
of hydraulic fluid in a high pressure line. A common location for the
disc is in a joint in the line. Bloom
When applied to molds, the term is indicative of a plug or A visible exudation or efflorescence on the surface of a
similar device located in a steam or water channel in the mold and material.
designed to divert and restrict the flow to a desired path.
Blow Pressure
The air pressure used to form a hollow part by blow molding.
184
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Blow Rate Butylene Plastics
The speed at which the air enters the parison during the blow Plastics based on resins made by the polymerization of butene
molding cycle. or copolymerization of butene with one or more unsaturated
compounds, the butene being in greatest amount by weight.
Blueing
A mold blemish in the form of a blue oxide film occurring on Calender
the polished surface of a mold as a result of the use of abnormally (v) To prepare sheets of material by pressure between two or
high mold temperatures. more counter rotating rolls. (n) The machine performing this
operation.
Bond
To attach by means of an adhesive. Carbon Black
A black pigment produced by the incomplete burning of natural
Boss gas or oil. It is widely used as a filler, particularly in the rubber
Protuberance on a plastic part designed to add strength, to industry. Because it possesses useful ultraviolet protective
facilitate alignment during assembly, to provide for fastenings, etc. properties, it is also much used in polyethylene compounds
intended for such applications as cold water piping and black
Bottom Blow agricultural sheet.
A specific type of blow molding machine which forms hollow
articles by injecting the blowing air into the parison from the bottom Cast
of the mold. (1) To form a “plastic” object by pouring a fluid monomer-
polymer solution into an open mold where it finishes polymerizing.
Bottom Plate (2) Forming plastic film and sheet by pouring the liquid resin onto a
Part of the mold which contains the heel radius and the push- moving belt or by precipitation in a chemical bath.
up.
Cast Film
Breaker Plate A film made by depositing a layer of plastic, either molten, in
A perforated plate located at the rear end of an extruder head. solution, or in a dispersion, onto a surface, solidifying it, and
It often supports the screens that prevent foreign particles from removing the film from the surface.
entering the die.
Casting (n)
Bulk Density The finished product of a casting operation; should not be
The mass per unit volume of a molding powder as determined used for molding, q.v.
in a reasonably large volume. The generally accepted test method
is ASTM D1182-54. Catalysis
The acceleration (or retardation) of the speed of a chemical
Burned reaction by the presence of a comparatively small amount of a
Showing evidence of thermal decomposition through some foreign substance called a catalyst.
discoloration, distortion, or destruction of the surface of the plastic.
Cavity
Depression in a mold made by casting, machining, hobbing, or
Butadiene
a combination of these methods; depending on the number of such
A gas, insoluble in water but soluble in alcohol and ether,
depressions, molds are designated as single cavity or multi-cavity.
obtained from the cracking of petroleum, from coal tar benzene or
from acetylene produced from coke and lime. It is widely used in
Celluloid
the formation of copolymers with styrene, acrylonitrile, vinyl chloride
A thermoplastic material made by the intimate blending of
and other monmeric substances, where it imparts flexibility to the
cellulose nitrate, q.v., with camphor. Alcohol is normally employed
subsequent moldings.
as a volatile solvent to assist plasticization, and is subsequently
removed.
Butadiene Styrene Plastics
A synthetic resin derived from the copolymerization of Cellulose
butadiene gas and styrene liquids. A natural high polymeric carbonhydrate found in most plants;
the chief component of the solid structure of plants, wood, cotton,
linen, etc. The source of the cellulosic family of plastics.
185
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Cellulose Acetate Chill Roll
An acetic acid ester of cellulose. It is obtained by the action, A cored roll, usually temperature controlled with circulating
under rigidly controlled conditions, of acetic acid and acetic water, which cools the web before winding. For chill roll (cast) film,
anhydride on purified cellulose usually obtained from cotton fibers. the surface of the roll is highly polished. In extrusion coating, either
All three available hydroxyl groups in each glucose unit of the a polished or a matte surface may be used depending on the
cellulose can be acetylated, but in the material normally used for desired finished surface coating.
plastics, it is usual to acetylate fully and then to lower the acetyl
value (expressed as acetic acid) to 52-56% by partial hydrolysis. Chill Roll Extrusion (or Cast Film Extrusion)
When compounded with suitable plasticizers it gives a tough The extruded film is cooled while being drawn around two or
thermoplastic material. more highly polished chill rolls cored for water cooling for exact
temperature control.
Cellulose Acetate Butyrate
A class of resins made from a cellulose base. Either cotton Chlorinated Polyether
linters or purified wood pulp, by the action of acetic anhydride, The polymer is obtained from pentaerythritol by preparing a
acetic acid, and butyric acid. chlorinated oxetane and polymerizing it to a polyether by means of
opening the ring structure.
Cellulose Ester
A derivative of cellulose in which the free hydroxyl groups Chromium Plating
attached to the cellulose chain have been replaced wholly or in part An electrolytic process that deposits a hard film of chromium
by acetic groups, e.g., nitrate acetate, or stearate groups. metal onto working surfaces of other metals where resistance to
Esterification is affected by the use of a mixture of an acid with its corrosion, abrasion, and/or erosion is needed.
anhydride in the presence of a catalyst, such as sulfuric acid. Mixed
esters of cellulose, e.g., cellulose acetate butyrate, are prepared by Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride Plastics
the use of mixed acids and mixed anhydrides. Esters and mixed Plastics based on chlorinated polyvinyl chloride, in which the
esters, a wide range of which is known, differ in their compatibility chlorinated polyvinyl chloride is in the greatest amount by weight.
with plasticizers, in molding properties and in physical
characteristics. These esters and mixed esters are used in the Clamping Plate
manufacture of thermoplastic molding compositions. A plate fitted to a mold and used to fasten the mold to a
molding machine.
Cellulose Propionate
An ester of cellulose made by the action of propionic acid and Clearance
its anhydride on purified cellulose. It is used as the basis of a A controlled distance by which one part of an object is kept
thermoplastic molding material. separated from another part.
Coalescence
Cement
The union or fusing together of fluid globules or particles to
A dispersion of “solution" of a plastic in a volatile solvent. This
form larger drops or a continuous mass.
meaning is peculiar to the plastics and rubber industries and may or
may not be an adhesive composition.
Cold Flow
Chalking Change in dimension or shape of some materials when
A powdery residue on the surface of a material often resulting subjected to external weight or pressure at room temperature.
from degradation.
Cold Slug
The first material to enter an injection mold; so called because
Chemically Foamed Polymeric Material
in passing through the sprue orifice it is cooled below the effective
A cellular material in which the cells are formed by gases
molding temperature.
generated from thermal decomposition or other chemical reaction.
Cold Slug Well
Space provided directly opposite the sprue opening in an
injection mold to trap the cold slug.
186
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Compound Crazing
A combination of ingredients before being processed or made Fine cracks which may extend in a network on or under the
into a finished product. Sometimes used as a synonym for material surface or through a layer of a plastic material.
formulation.
Creep
Compression Ratio The dimensional change with time of a material under load,
In an extruder screw, the ratio of volume available in the first following the initial instantaneous elastic deformation. Creep at
flight at the hopper to the last flight at the end of the screw. room temperature is sometimes called Cold Flow.
Compressive Strength Crosshead (Extrusion)

The crushing load at failure applied to the resistance surface A device generally employed in wire coating which is attached
of a specimen per unit area. to the discharge end of the extruder cylinder, designed to facilitate
extruding material at an angle. Normally, this is a 90 degree angle
Condensation to the longitudinal axis of the screw.
A chemical reaction in which two or more molecules combine
with the separation of water. Also, the collection of water droplets Cross Laminate
from vapor onto a cold surface. A laminate in which some of the layers of material are oriented
approximately at right angles to the remaining layers with respect to
Conveyor the strain or strongest direction in tension.
A mechanical device to transport material from one point to
another, often continuously. Cross-Linking
Applied to polymer molecules, the setting up of chemical links
Cooling Fixture between the molecular chains. When extensive, as in most
Block of metal or wood holding the shape of a molded piece, thermosetting resins, cross-linking makes one super molecule of all
used to maintain the proper shape or dimensional accuracy of a the chains.
molding after it is removed from the mold, until it is cool enough to Crystallinity
retain its shape. Also known as Shrink Fixture. A state of molecular structure in some resins which denotes
uniformity and compactness of the molecular chains forming the
Copolymer polymer. Normally can be attributed to the formation of solid
The product of simultaneous polymerization of two or more crystals having a definite geometric form.
polymerizeable chemicals known as monomers.
Cure
Core To change the properties of a polymeric system into a final,
(1) The central member of a sandwich construction (can be more stable, usable condition by the use of heat, radiation, or
honeycomb material, foamed plastic, or solid sheet) to which the reaction with chemical additives.
faces of the sandwich are attached; the central member of a
plywood assembly. (2) A channel in a mold for circulation of heat- Cycle
transfer media. (3) Part of a complex mold that molds undercut The complete repeating sequence of operations in a process
parts. Cores are usually withdrawn to one side before the main or part of a process. In molding, the cycle time is the period, or
sections of the mod open. Also called core pin. elapsed time, between a certain point in one cycle and the same
point in the next.
Corona Resistance
A current passing through a conductor induces a surrounding Daylight Opening
electrostatic field. When voids exist in the insulation near the Clearance between two platens of a press in the open
conductor, the high voltage electrostatic field may ionize and rapidly position.
accelerate some of the air molecules in the void. These ions can
then collide with the other molecules, ionizing them, and thereby Deckle Rod
“eating” a hole in the insulation. Resistance to this process is called A small rod inserted at each end of the extrusion coating die,
Corona resistance. used to adjust the length of the die opening.
187
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Decomposition Product Dielectric Constant
The constituent elements or simpler compounds formed when Normally the relative dielectric constant; for practical purposes,
a substance decays or decomposes. the ratio of the capacitance of an assembly of two electrodes
separated solely by a plastic insulating material to its capacitance
Decorative Sheet when the electrodes are separated by air.
A laminated plastics sheet used for decorative purposes in
which the color and/or surface pattern is an integral part of the Dielectric Strength
sheet. The electric voltage gradient at which an insulating material is
broken down or “arced through,” in volts per mil of thickness.
Deflection Temperature
The temperature at which a specimen will deflect a given Die Lines
distance at a given load under prescribed conditions of test. Vertical marks on the parison caused by damage of die parts
Formerly called Heat Distortion. or contamination.
Degredation Die Swell Ratio

A deleterious change in the chemical structure of a plastic. The ratio of the outer parison diameter (or parison thickness)
to the outer diameter of the die (or die gap). Die swell ratio is
Delamination influenced by polymer type, head construction, land length,
The separation of the layers in a laminate caused by the extrusion speed, and temperature.
failure of the adhesive.
Diffusion
Density The migration or wandering of the particles or molecules of a
Weight per unit volume of a substance, expressed in grams body of fluid matter away from the main body through a medium or
per cubic centimeter, pounds per cubic foot, etc. into another medium.
Desiccant Dimensional Stability

Substance which can be used for drying purposes because of Ability of a plastic part to maintain its original proportions under
its affinity for water. conditions of use.
Destaticization Discoloration
Treating plastic materials to minimize their accumulation of Any change from the original color, often caused by
static electricity and consequently the amount of dust picked up by overheating, light exposure, irradiation, or chemical attack.
the plastic because of such charges.
Dispersion
Deterioration Finely divided particles of a material in suspension in another
A permanent change in the physical properties of a plastic substance.
evidenced by impairment of these properties.
Draft
Die Blades The degree of taper of a side wall, or the angle of clearance
Deformable member(s) attached to a die body which designed to facilitate removal of parts from a mold.
determines the slot opening and which are adjusted to produce
uniform thickness across the film or sheet produced. Drape Forming
Method of forming thermoplastic sheet in which the sheet is
Die Cutting clamped into a movable frame, heated, and draped over high points
(1) Blanking q.v., (2) Cutting shapes from sheet stock by of a mal mold. Vacuum is then pulled to complete the forming
striking it sharply with a shaped knife edge known as a XXsteel-rule operation.
die. Clicking and Dinking are other names for die cutting of this
kind. Draw Down Ratio
The ratio of the thickness of the die opening to the final
Die Gap thickness of the product.
Distance between the metal faces of the die opening.
188
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Dry-Blend Encapsulating
A free-flowing dry compound prepared without fluxing or Enclosing an article (usually an electronic component or the
addition of solvents. Also called Powder Blend. like) in a closed envelope of plastic, by immersing the object in a
casting resin and allowing the resin to polymerize or, if hot, to cool.
Dry Coloring
Method commonly used by fabricators for coloring plastics by Engraved Roll Coating
tumble blending uncolored particles of the plastic material with The amount of coating applied to the web is metered by the
selected dyes and pigments. depth of the over all engraved pattern in a print roll. This process is
frequently modified by interposing a resilient offset roll between the
Durometer engraved roll and the web.
Trade name of the Shore Instrument Company for an
instrument that measures hardness. The Durometer determines the Entrance Angle
“hardness” of rubber or plastic by measuring the depth of Maximum angle at which the molten material enters the land
penetration (without puncturing) of a blunt needle compressed on area of the die, measured from the center line of the mandrel.
the surface for a short period of time.
Environmental Stress Cracking (ESC)
Dyes The susceptibility of a thermoplastic article to crack or craze
Synthetic or natural organic chemicals that are soluble in most formation under the influence of certain chemicals and stress.
common solvents. Characterized by good transparency, high
tinctorial strength, and low specific gravity. Ester
A compound formed by the reaction between an alcohol and
Elasticity an acid. Many esters are liquids. They are frequently used as
That property of plastic materials by virtue of which tend to plasticizers in rubber and plastic compounds.
recover their original size and shape after deformation.
Ethyl Cellulose
Elastomer A thermoplastic material prepared by the ethylation of
A material which at room temperature stretches under low cellulose by diethyl sulfate or ethyl halides and alkali.
stress to at least twice its length and snaps back to the original
length upon release of stress. Ethylene Plastics
Plastics based on polymers of ethylene or copolymers of
Electrical Properties ethylene with other monomers, the ethylene being in greatest
Primarily the resistance of a plastic to the passage of amount by mass.
electricity, e.g. dielectric strength.
Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate
Electroformed Molds Copolymers from these two monomers form a new class of
A mold made by electroplating metal on the reverse pattern on plastic materials. They retain many of the properties of
the cavity. Molten steel may be then sprayed on the back of the polyethylene, but have considerably increased flexibility for their
mold to increase its strength. density - elongation and impact resistance are also increased.
Elongation Extender
The fractional increase in length of a material stressed in tension. A substance generally having some adhesive action, added to
a plastic composition to reduce the amount of the primary resin
Embossing required per unit area.
Techniques used to create depressions of a specific pattern in
plastic film and sheeting. Extrusion
The compacting of a plastic material and the forcing of it
Emulsion through an orifice in more or less continuous fashion.
A dispersion of one liquid in another - possible only when they
are mutually insoluble.
189
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Extrusion Coating Flame Treating
The resin is coated on a substrate by extruding a thin film of A method of rendering inert thermoplastic objects receptive to
molten resin and pressing it onto or into the substrates, or both, inks, lacquers, paints, adhesives, etc. in which the object is bathed
without the use of an adhesive. in an open flame to promote oxidation of the surface of the article.
Fabricate Flammability
To work a material into a finished form by machining, forming, Measure of the extent to which a material will support
or other operation, or to make flexible film or sheeting into end combustion.
products by sewing, cutting, sealing, or other operation.
Flexural Modulus
Female A measure of the strain imposed on the outermost fibers of a
In molding practice, the indented half of a mold designed to bent specimen.
receive the male half.
Flexural Strength
Fiber Stress The strength of a material in bending, expressed as the tensile
The unit stress, usually in pounds per square inch (psi) in a stress of the outermost fibers of a bent test sample at the instant of
piece of material that is subjected to an external load. failure. With plastics, this value is usually higher than the straight
tensile strength.
Filler
A relatively inert material added to a plastic to modify its Flock
strength, permanence, working properties, or other qualities to Short fibers of cotton, etc., used as filler, q.v., for molding
lower costs. materials.
Film Flocking
An optional term for sheeting having a nominal thickness not A method of coating by spraying finely dispersed powders or
greater than 0.010 inch. fibers.
Fines Flow Marks

Very small particles (usually under 200 mesh) accompanying Wavy surface appearance of an object molded from
larger grains, usually of molding powder. thermoplastic resins caused by improper flow of the resin into the
mold.
Finish
The plastic forming the opening of a container shaped to Fluorescent Pigments
accommodate a specific closure. Also, the ultimate surface By absorbing unwanted wavelengths of light and converting
structure of an article. them into light of desired wavelengths, these colors seem to
possess an actual glow of their own.
Fish Eye
A fault in transparent or translucent plastic materials, such as Foaming Agents
film or sheet, appearing as a small globular mass and caused by Chemicals added to plastics and rubbers that generate inert
incomplete blending of the mass with surrounding material. gases on heating, causing the resin to assume a cellular structure.
Flake Foil Decorating

Used to denote dry, unplasticized base of cellulosic plastics. Molding paper, textile, or plastic foils printed with compatible
inks directly into a plastic part so that the foil is visible below the
Flame Retardant Resin surface of the part as integral decoration.
A resin which is compounded with certain chemicals to reduce
or eliminate its tendency to burn. For polyethylene and similar Formulation
resins, chemicals such as antimony trioxide and chlorinated A combination of ingredients before being processed or made
parrafins are useful. into a finished product. Sometimes used as a synonym for Material
or Compound.
190
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Forming Heat Distortion
The process of changing plastic pieces such as sheets, rods, The temperature at which a specimen will deflect a given
or tubes into a desired configuration. distance at a given load.
Friction Coefficient Heat Joining

A number expressing the amount of frictional effect. Making a pipe joint by heating the edges of the parts to be
joined so they become essentially one piece.
Frost Line
In the extrusion of polyethylene lay-flat film, a ring shaped Heat Resistance
zone located at the point where the film reaches its final diameter. The ability to withstand the effects of exposure to high
This line is characterized by a “frosty” appearance to the film, temperature. Care must be exercised in defining precisely what is
caused by the film temperature falling below the softening range of meant when this term is used. Descriptions pertaining to heat
the resin. resistance properties include boilable, washable, cigarette proof,
sterilizable, etc.
Fuse
To join two plastic parts by softening the material through heat Heat Sealing
or solvents. A method of joining plastic films by simultaneous application of
heat and pressure to areas in contact. Heat may be supplied
Gate conductively or dielectrically.
In injection and transfer molding, the orifice through which the
melt enters the cavity. Sometimes the gate has the same cross High Load Melt Index
section as the runner leading to it; often it is severely restricted. The flow rate of molten resin through a 0.0825 inch orifice
when subjected to a force of 21,600 grams at 190 degrees C.
Gel
(n) In polyethylene, a small amorphous resin particle which High Polymer
differs from its surroundings by being of higher molecular weight A macromolecular substance which, as indicated by the term
and/or cross linked, so that its processing characteristics differ from “polymer” and by the name (e.g. polyvinyl chloride) and formula by
the surrounding resin to such a degree that it is not easily which it is identified, consists of molecules which are (at least
dispersed in the surrounding resin. A gel is readily discernible in approximately) multiples of the low molecular unit.
thin films.
Homopolymer
Generic A polymer, consisting of (neglecting the ends, branch junction,
Common names for types of plastic material. They may be and other minor irregularities) a single type of repeating unit.
either chemical terms or coined names. They contrast with
trademarks which are the property of one company. Hoop Stress
The circumferential stress imposed on a cylindrical wall by
Gloss internal pressure loading.
The shine or luster of the surface of a material.
Hopper
Graves Tear Strength Conical feed reservoir into which molding powder is loaded
The force required to rupture a specimen by pulling a and from which it falls into a molding machine or extruder,
prepared notched sample. sometimes through a metering device.
Hardness Hopper Dryer

A comparative gauge of resistance to indentation. A combination feeding/drying device for extrusion and injection
molding of thermoplastics. Hot air flows upward through the hopper
Haze containing the feed pellets.
The degree of cloudiness in a plastic material.
Hopper Loader
Head A curved pipe through which molding powders are
The end section of a low molding machine (in a general pneumatically conveyed from shipping drums to machine hoppers.
extruder) in which the melt is transformed into a hollow parison.
191
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Hot Gas Welding Interlock
A technique of joining thermoplastic materials (usually sheet) A safety device used to insure an apparatus will not work until
whereby the materials are softened by a jet of hot air from a proper safety precautions have been taken.
welding torch, and joined together at the softened points. Generally
a thin rod of the same material is used to fill and consolidate the Izod Impact Test
gap. A test designed to determine the resistance of a plastic
material to shock loading. It involves the notching of a specimen,
Hot Stamping which is then placed in the jaws of the machine and struck with a
Engraving operation for marking plastics in which roll leaf is weighted pendulum.
stamped with heated metal dies onto the face of the plastics. Ink
compounds can also be used. By means of felt rolls, ink is applied Jig
to type and by means of heat and pressure, type is impressed into Tool for holding component parts of an assembly during the
the material, leaving the marking compound in the indentation. manufacturing process, or for holding other tools. Also called a
fixture.
Hydraulic
A system in which energy is transferred from one place to Ketones
another by means of compression and flow of a fluid (e.g., water, Compounds containing the carbonyl group (CO) to which is
oil). attached two alkyl groups. Ketones, such as methyl ethyl ketone,
are commonly used as solvents for resins and plastics.
Impact Bar (Specimen)
A test specimen of specified dimensions which is utilized to Kirksite
determine the relative resistance of a plastic to fracture by shock. An alloy of aluminum and zinc used for the construction of
blow molds; it imparts a high degree of heat conductivity to the
Impact Resistance mold.
Relative susceptibility of plastics to fracture by shock, e.g., as
indicated by the energy expended by a standard pendulum type Kiss Roll Coating
impact machine in breaking a standard specimen in one blow. This roll arrangement carries a metered film of coating to the
web. At the line of web contact, it is split with part remaining on the
Impact Strength roll and part adhering to the web.
(1) The ability of a material to withstand shock loading. (2) The
work done in fracturing, under shock loading, with a specific test Kraft Paper
specimen in a specified manner. Paper made from sulfate wood pulp.
Inhibitor Laminar Flow

A substance that slows down chemical reaction. Inhibitors are Laminar flow of thermoplastic resins in a mold is accompanied
sometimes used in certain types of monomers and resins to prolong by solidification of the layer in contact with the mold surface. This
storage life. acts as an insulating tube through which material flows to fill the
remainder of the cavity. This type of flow is essential to duplication
Injection Molding of the mold surface.
Method of forming a plastic to the desired shape by forcing
heat softened plastic into a relatively cool cavity where it rapidly Laminate
solidifies (freezes). A product made by bonding together two or more layers of
material.
Insert
An integral part of a plastics molding consisting of metal or Laminated Plastics (Synthetic Resin Bonded
other material which may be molded into position or may be Laminate)
pressed into the molding after the molding is completed. Thin sheets of resin-impregnated material (paper , cloth, or
glass), laid upon each other and pressed into a solid mass under
Instron high heat and great pressure.
An instrument utilized to determine the tensile and
compressive properties of a material.
192
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Laminated Wood Manifold
A high pressure bonded wood product composed of layers of A term used mainly with reference to blow and injection
wood with resin as the laminating agent. The term plywood covers molding equipment. It refers to the distribution or piping system
a form of laminated wood in which successive layers of veneer are which takes the single channel flow output of the extruder or
ordinarily cross laminated, the core of which may be veneer or injection cylinder, and divides it to feed several blow molding heads
sawed lumber in one or more pieces. or injection nozzles
Land Masterbatch
(1) The horizontal bearing surface of a semipositive or flash A plastic compound with a high concentration of additives, with
mold by which excess material escapes. (2) The bearing surface which different colors of plastics can be created.
along the top of the flights of a screw in a screw extruder. (3) The
surface of an extrusion die parallel to the direction of melt flow. Melt Flow
The flow rate obtained from the extrusion of a molten resin
Lay-Up through a die of specified length and diameter under prescribed
(n) As used in reinforced plastics, the reinforcing material conditions of time, temperature and load as set forth in ASTM
placed in position in the mold; also the resin impregnated D1238.
reinforcement. (v) The process of placing the reinforcing material in
position in the mold. Melt Fracture
An instability in the melt flow through a die, starting at the entry
L/D Ratio to the die. It leads to surface irregularities on the finished article like
A term used to define an extrusion screw which denotes the a regular helix or irregularly spaced ripples.
ratio of the screw length to the screw diameter.
Melt Index
Light Stability The amount, in grams, of a thermoplastic resin which can be
Ability of a plastic to retain its original color and physical forced through a 0.0825 inch orifice when subjected to 2160 grams
properties upon exposure to sun or artificial light. of force in 10 minutes at 190 degrees C.
Light Transmission Melting Point

The amount of light that will pass through a plastic. The temperature at which solid and liquid forms of a substance
are in equilibrium. In common usage the melting point is taken as
Linear Molecule the temperature at which the liquid first forms, in a small sample, as
A long chain molecule, as contrasted to one having many side its temperature is increased gradually.
chains or branches.
Melt Instability
Lip An instability in the melt flow through a die starting at the land
The extreme outer edge of the top of a container intended to of the die. It leads to the same surface irregularities on the finished
facilitate pouring. part as melt fracture.
Longitudinal Stress Melt Strength

The stress imposed on the long axis of any shape. It can be The strength of the plastic while in the molten state.
either a compressive or tensile stress.
Melt Temperature
Low Pressure Laminates The temperature of the molten plastic just prior to entering the
In general, laminates molded and cured in the range of mold or being extruded through the die.
pressures from 400 psi, down to and including pressures obtained
by the mere contact of the plies. Metering Screw
An extrusion screw which has a shallow constant depth, and
Lubricant constant pitch section over, usually the last 3 to 4 flights.
A substance used to decrease the friction between solid faces,
and improve processing characteristics of plastic compositions.
193
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Migration of Plasticizer Notch Sensitivity
Loss of plasticizer from an elastomeric plastic compound, with The extent to which the sensitivity of a material to fracture is
subsequent absorption by an adjacent medium of lower plasticizer increased by the presence of a notch, a sudden change in section,
concentration. a crack, or a scratch. Low notch sensitivity is usually associated
with ductile materials, and high notch sensitivity with brittle
Modulus materials.
The load in pounds per square inch (or kilos per square
centimeter) of the initial cross sectional area necessary to produce Nylon
a stated percentage of elongation, which is used in the physical The generic name for all synthetic fiber forming polyamides.
description of plastics (stiffness). They can be formed into monofilaments and yarns characterized by
great toughness, strength and elasticity, high melting point, and
Modulus of Elasticity good resistance to water and chemicals. The material is widely
The ratio of the stress per square inch to the elongation per used for bristles in industrial and domestic brushes, and for many
inch due to this stress. textile applications. It is also used in injection molding gears,
bearings, combs, etc.
Moisture Resistance
Ability to resist absorption of water. Olefin Plastics
Plastics based on resins made by the polymerization or
Mold Seam copolymerization of olefins with other unsaturated compounds, the
A vertical line formed at the point of contact between the mold olefins being the greatest amount by weight. Polyethylene,
halves. The prominence of the line depends on the accuracy with polypropylene, and polybutylene are the most common olefin
which the mating mold halves are matched. plastics encountered in pipe.
Molecular Weight Distribution Opaque

The ratio of the weight average molecular weight to the Descriptive of a material or substance which will not transmit
number average molecular weight. light. Opposite of transparent, q.v. Materials which are neither
opaque nor transparent are sometimes described as semi-opaque,
Monomer but are more properly classified as translucent, q.v.
A relatively simple compound which can react to form a
polymer. Orange Peel
Said of injection moldings that have unintentional rough
Multi-Cavity Mold surfaces.
A mold with two or more mold impressions, i.e., a mold which
produces more than one molding per molding cycle. Organic Chemical
Originally applied to chemicals derived from living organisms,
Neck-In as distinguished from ‘inorganic” chemicals found in minerals and
In extrusion coating, the difference between the width of the inanimate substances. Modern chemists define organic chemicals
extruded web as it leaves the die and the width of the coating on more exactly as those which contain the element carbon.
the substrate.
Organic Pigments
Nip Characterized by brightness and brilliance. They are divided
The “V” formed where the pressure roll contacts the chill roll. into toners and lakes. Toners are divided into insoluble organic
toners and lake toners. The insoluble organic toners are usually
Nonrigid Plastic free from salt forming groups. Lake toners are practically pure,
A plastic which has a stiffness or apparent modulus of water insoluble, heavy metal salts of dyes without the fillers or
elasticity not over 10,000 psi at 23 degrees C, determined in substrates of ordinary lakes. Lakes, which are not as strong as lake
accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Stiffness in toners, are water insoluble, heavy metal salts or other dye
Flexure of Plastics. complexes precipitated upon or mixed with a base or filler.
Non-Toxic
Not Poisonous.
194
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Orientation Pit
The alignment of the crystalline structure in polymeric An imperfection, a small crater in the surface of the plastic, its
materials to produce a highly uniform structure. Can be width approximately the same magnitude as its depth.
accomplished by cold drawing or stretching during fabrication.
Plastic
Out-Of-Round (n) One of many high-polymeric substances, including both
A plastic container manufacturing variance in which a round natural and synthetic products, excluding the rubbers. At some
container, when formed, does not remain round. stage in its manufacture, every plastic is capable of flowing under
heat and pressure, if necessary, into the desired final shape. (v)
Overlay Sheet (Surfacing Mat) Made of plastic; capable of flow under pressure or tensile stress.
A nonwoven fibrous mat (glass, synthetic fiber, etc.) used as
the top layer in a cloth or mat lay-up to provide a smoother finish or Plasticity
minimize the appearance of the fibrous pattern. A property of plastics and resins which allow the material to be
deformed continuously and permanently without rupture upon the
Parting Line application of a force that exceeds that yield value of the material.
Mark on a molding or casting where halves of mold met in
closing. Plastic Conduit
Plastic pipe or tubing used as an enclosure for electrical
Pearlescent Pigments wiring.
A class of pigments consisting of particles that are essentially
transparent crystals of a high refractive index. The optical effect is Plastic Memory
one of partial reflection from the two sides of each flake. When A phenomenon of plastic to return to its original molded form.
reflections from parallel plates reinforce each other, the result is a Different plastics possess varying degrees of this characteristic.
silvery luster. Effects possible range from brilliant highlighting to
moderate enhancement of the normal surface gloss. Plastic Pipe
A hollow cylinder of a plastic material in which the wall
Pellet thicknesses are usually small when compared to the diameter, and
A small ball or spherical shape. in which the inside and outside walls are essentially concentric.
Pelletizing Plastics Tooling

A process of producing pellets. Tools, e.g., dies, jigs, fixtures, etc., constructed of plastics,
generally laminates or casting materials for the metal forming
Permeability trades.
(1) The passage or diffusion of a gas, vapor, liquid, or solid
through a barrier without physically or chemically affecting it. (2) Plastic Tubing
The rate of such passage. A particular size of plastic pipe in which the outside diameter is
essentially the same as that of copper tubing.
Phenolic Resins
Resins made by reaction of a phenolic compound or tar acid Plasticize
with an aldehyde; more commonly applied to thermo-setting resins To soften a material and make it plastic or moldable, either by
made from pure phenol and formaldehyde. means of a plasticizer or the application of heat.
Pinch-Off Plasticizer
A raised edge around the cavity in the mold which seals off Chemical agent added to plastic compositions to make them
the part and separates the excess material as the mold closes softer and more flexible.
around the parison in the blow molding operation.
Platens
Pinhole The mounting plates of a press to which the entire mold
A very small hole in the extruded resin coating. assembly is bolted.
195
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Platform Blowing Polymer
A special technique for blowing large parts. To prevent A high molecular weight organic compound, natural or
excessive sag of the heavy parison, the machine employs a table synthetic, whose structure can be represented by a repeated small
which, after rising to meet the parison at the die, descends with the unit, the mer; e.g., polyethylene, rubber, or cellulose. Synthetic
parison at a slightly lower rate than the parison extrusion speed. polymers are formed by addition or condensation polymerization of
monomers. If two or more monomers are involved, a copolymer is
Plug-And-Ring obtained. Some polymers are elastomers, some plastics.
Method of sheet forming in which a plug, functioning as a male
mold, is forced into a heated plastic sheet held in place by a Polymerization
clamping ring. A chemical reaction in which the molecules of a monomer are
linked together to form large molecules whose weight is a multiple
Plug Forming of that of the original substance. When two or more monomers are
A thermoforming process in which a plug or male mold is used involved, the process is called copolymerization or
to partially preform the part before forming is completed using heteropolymerization.
vacuum or pressure.
Polyolefin
Pock Marks A polymer prepared by the polymerization of an olefin as the
Irregular indentations on the surface of a blown container sole monomer.
caused by insufficient contact of the blown parison with the mold
surface. They are due to low blow pressure or air gas entrapment of Polyolefin Plastics
moisture condensation on the mold surface. Plastics based on polymer with an olefin as essentially the
sole monomer.
Polishing Roll(s)
A roll or series of rolls, which have a highly polished chrome Polypropylene
plated surface, that are utilized to produce a smooth surface on A tough, lightweight rigid plastic made by the polymerization of
sheet as it is extruded. high purity propylene gas in the presence of an organometallic
catalyst at relatively low pressures and temperatures.
Polybutylene
A polymer prepared by the polymerization of butene-1 as the Polystyrene
sole monomer. A white thermoplastic produced by the polymerization of
styrene (ethyl benzene). The electrical insulating properties of
Polycarbonate Resins polystyrene are excellent and the material is relatively unaffected by
Polymers derived from the direct reaction between aromatic moisture.
and aliphatic dihydroxy compounds with phosgene, or by the ester
exchange reaction with appropriate phosgene derived precursors. Polyvinyl Acetal
A member of the family of vinyl plastics, polyvinyl acetal is the
Polyester general name for resins produced from a condensation of polyvinyl
A resin formed by the reaction between a dibasic acid and a alcohol with an aldehyde. There are three main groups: polyvinyl
dihydroxy alcohol, both organic. Modification with multi-functional acetal; polyvinyl butyral, and polyvinyl formal. Polyvinyl acetal
acids and/or bases and some unsaturated reactants permit cross resins are thermoplastics which can be processed by casting,
linking to thermosetting resins. Polyesters modified with fatty acids extruding, molding, and coating, but their main uses are in
are call Alkyds. adhesives, lacquers, coatings, and films.
Polyethylene Polyvinyl Acetate

A thermoplastic material composed by polymers of ethylene. It A thermoplastic material composed of polymers of vinyl
is normally a translucent, tough, waxy solid which is unaffected by acetate in the form of a colorless solid. It is obtainable in the form of
water and by a large range of chemicals. granules, solutions, latices, and pastes, and is used extensively in
adhesives, paper and fabric coating, and in bases for inks and
lacquers.
196
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Preprinting
A thermoplastic material composed of polymers of vinyl In sheet thermoforming, the distorted printing of sheets before
chloride; a colorless solid with outstanding resistance to water, they are formed. During the forming process the print assumes its
alcohols, and concentrated acids and alkalies. It is obtainable in the proper proportions.
form of granules, solutions, latices, and pastes. Compounded with
plasticizers it yields a flexible material superior to rubber in aging Press Polish
properties. It is widely used for cable and wire coverings, in A finish for sheet stock produced by contact, under heat and
chemical plants, and in the manufacture of protective garments. pressure, with a very smooth metal which gives the plastic a high
sheen.
Polyvinyl Chloride Acetate
A thermoplastic material composed of copolymers of vinyl Pressure Forming
chloride and vinyl acetate; a colorless solid with good resistance to A thermoforming process wherein pressure is used to push the
water, and concentrated acids and alkalies. It is obtainable in the sheet to be formed against the mold surface, as opposed to using a
form of granules, solutions, and emulsions. Compounded with vacuum to suck the sheet flat against the mold.
plasticizers it yields a flexible material superior to rubber in aging
properties. It is widely used for cable and wire coverings, in Pressure Roll
chemical plants, and in protective garments. In extrusion coating, the roll with which the chill roll applies
pressure to the substrate and the molten extruded web.
Porosity
The presence of numerous visible voids. Printing of Plastics
More methods of printing plastic, particularly thermoplastic film
Postforming and sheet, have developed with the popularity of the materials. The
The forming, bending, or shaping of fully cured, C-stage printing processes used are the same as in other industries, but the
thermoset (Postforming continued) laminates that have been adaptation of machinery and development of special inks have
heated to make them flexible. On cooling, the formed laminate been a constant necessity, particularly as new plastics materials
retains the contours and shape of the mold over which it has been have arrived, each with its own problems of surface decoration.
formed. Among the printing processes commonly used are gravure,
flexographic, inlay (or valley) and silk screen.
Power Factor
The ratio of the power in watts delivered in an alternating Propylene Plastics
current circuit (real power) to the voltampere input (apparent Plastics based on resins made by the polymerization or
power). The power factor of an insulation indicates the amount of copolymerization of propylene with one or more unsaturated
the power input which is consumed as a result of the impressed compounds, the propylene being in greatest amount by weight.
voltage forcing a small leakage current through the material.
Prototype Mold
Preheating A simplified mold construction often made from a light acetal
The heating of a compound prior to molding or casting in order casing alloy or an epoxy resin in order as a model for the final mold
to facilitate the operation or reduce the molding cycle. and/or part design.
Preheat Roll Purging

In extrusion coating, a heated roll installed between the Cleaning one color or type of material from the cylinder of an
pressure and unwind roll to heat the substrate before it is coated. injection molding machine or extruder by forcing it out with the new
color or material to be used in subsequent production. Purging
Premix materials are also available.
In reinforced plastics molding, the material made by “do it
yourselfer,” molders, or end users who purchase polyester or Quench Tank Extrusion
phenolic resin, reinforcement, filler, etc. separately, and mix the The extruded film is cooled in a quench water bath.
reinforced molding compounds on their own premises.
197
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Reciprocating Screw Rigid Plastic
An extruder system in which the screw, when rotating, is A plastic which has a stiffness or apparent modulus of
pushed backwards by the molten polymer which collects in front of elasticity greater than 100,000 psi at 23 degrees C when
the screw. When sufficient material has been collected, the screw determined in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for
moves forward and forces the material through the head and die at Stiffness in Flexure of Plastics.
a high speed.
Rigid PVC
Recycled Plastic Polyvinyl chloride or a polyvinyl chloride/acetate copolymer
A plastic prepared from used articles which have been cleaned characterized by a relatively high degree of hardness; it may be
and reground. (See Reprocessed Plastic) formulated with or without a small percentage of plasticizer.
Reformulated Plastic Rockwell Hardness

Recycled plastic that has been upgraded to alter or improve A common method of testing a plastic material for resistance
performance capability, or to change characteristics through the to indentation in which a diamond or steel ball, under pressure, is
use of plasticizers, fillers, stabilizers, pigments, etc. used to pierce the test specimen. The load used is expressed in
kilograms and a 10 kilogram weight is first applied and the degree
Reinforced Plastic of penetration noted. The so called major load (60-150 kilograms) is
A plastic with strength properties greatly superior to those of next applied and a second reading (Rockwell Hardness continued)
the base resin because of a high strength filler embedded in the obtained. The hardness is then calculated as the difference
composition. between the two loads, and expressed with nine different prefix
letters to denote the type of penetrator used and the weight applied
Relative Viscosity as the major load.
The relative viscosity of a polymer in solution, is the ratio of the
absolute viscosities of the solution (of stated concentration) and of Rubber
the pure solvent at the same temperature. An elastomer capable of rapid elastic recovery after being
stretched to at least twice its length at temperatures from 0 to 150
Resilience degrees F, at any humidity. Specifically, Hevea or natural rubber,
Usually regarded as another name for elasticity. While both the standard of comparison for elastomers.
terms are fundamentally related, there is a distinction. Elasticity is a
general term to describe the recovering of an original shape after a Sag
deformation. Resilience refers more to the speed of recovery; that The local extension (often near the die face) of the parison
is, a body may be elastic but not highly resilient. during extrusion by gravitational forces. This causes necking down
of the parison. It also refers to the flow of a molten sheet in a
Resin thermoforming operation.
Any of a class of solid or semi-solid organic products of natural
or synthetic origin, generally of high molecular weight with no Sample
definite melting point. Most resins are polymers. A small part or portion of a material or product intended to be
representative of the whole.
Reprocessed Plastic
A thermoplastic from a processor’s own production that has Sandwich Heating
been reground or pelletized after having been previously processed A method of heating a thermoplastic sheet prior to forming
by molding, extrusion, etc. which consists of heating both sides of the sheet simultaneously.
Rheology Scrap
Study of the deformation and flow of matter in terms of stress, Any product of a molding operation that is not part of the
strain and time. primary product. In compression molding, this includes flash, culls,
runners, and is not reusable as a molding compound. Injection
Rib molded and extrusion scrap (runners, rejected parts, sprues, etc.)
A reinforcing member of a fabricated or molded part. can usually be reground and remolded.
198
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Segregation Shrinkage
A close succession of parallel, relatively narrow and sharply Contraction of a container upon cooling.
defined wavy lines of color on the surface of a plastic which differ in
shade from surrounding areas, and create the impression that the Shrink Mark
components have separated. An imperfection, a depression in the surface of a molded
material where it has retracted from the mold.
Self Extinguishing
The ability of a plastic to resist burning when the source of Silicone
heat or flame that ignited it is removed. One of the family of polymeric materials in which the recurring
chemical group contains silicon and oxygen atoms as links in the
Set main chain. At present, these compounds are derived from silica
To convert an adhesive into a flexed or hardened state by (sand) and methyl chloride. The various forms obtainable are
chemical or physical action, such as condensation, polymerization, characterized by their resistance to heat. Silicones are used in the
oxidation, vulcanization, gelation, hydration, or evaporation of following applications: freases for lubrication, rubber-like sheeting
volatile constituents. for gaskets, heat stable fluids and compounds for waterproofing,
insulating, and thermosetting insulating varnishes and resins for
Shark Skin both coating and laminating.
A surface irregularity of a container in the form of finely spaced
sharp ridges caused by a relaxation effect of the melt at the die Simulated Aging
exit. The exposure of plastics to cyclic laboratory conditions of high
and low temperature, high and low relative humidities, and
Shear Rate ultraviolet radiant energy in an attempt to produce changes in their
The overall velocity over the cross section of a channel with properties similar to those observed over a long, continuous
which molten polymer layers are gliding along each other or along exposure outdoors. The laboratory exposure conditions are usually
the wall in laminar flow. intensified beyond those encountered in actual outdoor exposure in
an attempt to achieve an accelerated effect.
Shear Strength
(1) The ability of a material to withstand shear stress. (2) The Slip Additive
stress at which a material fails is shear. A modifier that acts as an internal lubricant which exudes to
the surface of the processing. In other words, a non visible coating
Shear Stress blooms to the surface to provide the necessary lubricity to reduce
The stress developing in a polymer melt when the layers in a friction and thereby improve slip characteristics.
cross section are gliding along each other or along the wall of the
channel (in laminar flow). Slip Forming
Sheet forming technique in which some of the plastic sheet
Sheet (Thermoplastic) material is allowed to slip through the mechanically operated
A flat section of a thermoplastic resin with the length clamping rings during a stretch forming operation.
considerably greater than the width, and 10 mils or greater in
thickness. Slot Extrusion
A method of extruding film sheet in which the molten
Sheet Train thermoplastic compound is forced through a straight slot.
The entire assembly necessary to produce sheet, which
includes: extruder, die, polish rolls, conveyor, draw rolls, cutter, and Snap-Back Forming
stacker. Sheet forming technique in which an extended heated plastic
sheet is allowed to contract over a male form shaped to the desired
Shore Hardness contours.
A method of determining the hardness of a plastic material
using a scelroscope. This device consists of a small conical Softening Range
hammer fitted with a diamond point and acting in a glass tube. The The range of temperature when a plastic changes from a rigid
hammer is made to strike the material under test, and the degree of to a soft state.
rebound is noted on a graduated scale. Generally, the harder the
material the greater the rebound will be.
199
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Solvent Strength
The medium with which a substance is dissolved; it is most The mechanical properties of a plastic such as a load or
commonly applied to liquids used to bring particular solids into weight carrying ability, and ability to withstand sharp blows.
solution. Strength properties include tensile, flexural and tear strength,
toughness, flexibility, etc.
Solvent Cement
In the plastic field, a solvent adhesive that contains a solvent Stress Relaxation
that dissolves or softens the surfaces being bonded so that the The decrease of stress with respect to time in a piece of
bonded assembly becomes essentially one piece of the same type plastic that is subject to an external load.
of plastic.
Stretch Forming
Specific Gravity A plastic forming technique in which the heated thermoplastic
The density (mass per unit volume) of any material divided by sheet is stretched over a mold and subsequently cooled.
that of water at a standard temperature, usually 4 degrees C. Since
water’s density is nearly 1.00 g/cc, density in g/cc and specific Styrene Plastics
gravity are numerically nearly equal. Plastics based on resins made by the polymerization or
copolymerization of styrene with other unsaturated compounds, the
Specific Heat styrene being in greatest amount by weight.
Ratio of the thermal capacity of a substance to that of water at
15 degrees C. The heat required to raise 1 gram of material 1 Styrene-Rubber-Plastics
degree C. Compositions based on rubbers and styrene plastics, the
styrene plastics being in greatest amount by weight.
Specific Viscosity
The specific viscosity of a polymer is the relative viscosity of a Surface Treating
solution of a known concentration of the polymer minus one. It is Any method of treating a polyolefin so as to alter the surface
usually determined for a low concentration of the polymer (0.5 g. and render it receptive to inks, paints, lacquers, and adhesives
per 100 ml. of solution or less). such as chemical, flame, and electronic treating.
Sprayed Metal Molds Surging

A mold made by spraying molten metal onto a master until a Unstable pressure build up in an extruder, leading to variable
shell of predetermined thickness is achieved. The shell is then throughput and waviness of the parison.
removed and backed up with plaster, cement, casting resin, or
other suitable material. It is used primarily as a mold in sheet Sweating
forming processes. Exudation of small drops of liquid, usually a plasticizer or
softener, on the surface of a plastic part.
Stabilizer
A chemical substance which is frequently added to plastic Tear Strength
compounds to inhibit undesirable changes in the material, such as Resistance of a material to tearing.
discoloration due to heat or light.
Tensile Bar (Specimen)
Strain A compression or injection molded specimen of specified
The ratio of deformation of the length, caused by the dimensions which is used to determine the tensile properties of a
application of a load on a piece of material. material.
Stress Crack Tensile Strength

An external or internal crack in a plastic caused by tensile The pulling stress, in psi, required to break a given specimen.
stresses less than its short time mechanical strength. Area used in computing strength is usually the original, rather than
the necked down area.
200
TECHNICAL DATA
Edited 6/10/99 by Roseann King - not sent out.
Glossary
Thermal Conductivity UV Stabilizer (Ultraviolet)
The capacity of a plastic material to conduct heat. Any chemical compound which, when mixed with a
thermoplastic resin, selectively absorbs UV rays.
Thermal Expansion (Coefficient of)
The fractional change in length (sometimes volume, specified) Vacuum Forming
of a material for a unit change in temperature. Values for plastics Method of sheet forming in which the plastic sheet is clamped
range from 0.01 to 0.2 mils/in, degree C. in a stationary frame, heated, and drawn down by a vacuum into a
mold. In a loose sense, it is sometimes used to refer to all sheet
Thermal Stress Cracking (TSC) forming techniques, including Drape Forming which involves the
The crazing and cracking of some thermoplastic resins from use of vacuum and stationary molds.
over- exposure to elevated temperatures.
Vent
Thermoforming In a mold, a shallow channel or minute hole cut in the cavity to
Any process of forming thermoplastic sheet which consists of allow air to escape as the material enters.
heating the sheet and pulling it down over a mold surface.
Vinyl Chloride Plastics
Thermoplastic Plastics based on polymers or copolymers of vinyl chloride
(n) A plastic which is thermoplastic in behavior. (adj) Capable with other monomers, the vinyl chloride being in greatest amount by
of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and mass.
hardened by decrease of temperature.
Vinylidene Chloride Plastics
Thermosetting Plastics based on polymer resins made by the polymerization
Plastic materials which undergo a chemical change and or copolymerization of vinylidene with other monomers, the
harden permanently when heated in processing. Further heating vinylidene chloride being in the greatest amount by weight.
will not soften these materials.
Virgin Material
Tolerance A plastic material in the form of pellets, granules, powder,
A specified allowance for deviations in weighing, measuring, flock, or liquid that has not been subjected to use or processing
etc., or for deviations from the standard dimensions or weight. other than that required for its initial manufacture.
Translucent Viscosity
Permitting the passage of light, but diffusing it so that objects Internal friction or flow resistance of a liquid. The constant ratio
beyond cannot be clearly distinguished. of shearing stress to rate of shear. In liquids, for which this ratio is a
function of stress, the term “apparent viscosity” is defined as this
Tumbling ratio.
Finishing operation for small plastic articles by which gates,
flash, and fins are removed and/or surfaces are polished by rotating Viscosity, Inherent
them in a barrel together with wooden pegs, sawdust, and polishing The logarithmic viscosity number determined by dividing the
compounds. natural logarithm of the relative viscosity (sometimes called
viscosity ratio) by the concentration in grams per 100 mls. of
Ultraviolet solution.
Zone of invisible radiation beyond the violet end of the
spectrum of visible radiation. Since UV wavelengths are shorter Voids
than the visible, their photons have more energy, enough to initiate (1) In a solid plastic, an unfilled space of such size that it
some chemical reactions and to degrade most plastics. scatters radiant energy such as light. (2) A cavity unintentionally
formed in a cellular material and substantially larger than the
Undercut characteristic individual cells.
(1) Having a protuberance or indentation that impedes
withdrawal from a two piece, rigid mold. Flexible materials can be Volatiles
ejected intact even with slight undercuts. (n) Any such That portion of a substance that is readily vaporized.
protuberance or indentation; depends also on design of mold.
201
TECHNICAL DATA
Glossary
Volume Resistivity
The electrical resistance of a 1 centimeter cube of the material
expressed in ohm/centimeters.
Warpage
Dimensional distortion in a plastic object after molding.
Water Absorption
The percentages by weight, or water absorbed by a sample
immersed in water. Dependent upon area exposed and time of
exposure.
Water Vapor Transmission

The penetration of a plastic by moisture in the air.
Weather Resistance
The ability of a plastic to retain its original physical properties
and appearance upon prolonged exposure to outdoor weather.
Web
A thin sheet processed in a machine. The molten web is that
which issues from the die. The substrate web is the substrate being
coated.
Welding
The joining of two or more pieces of plastic by fusion at
adjoining or nearby areas, either with or without the addition of
plastic from another source.
Wood Model
A model of a container made from wood to assist in the design
of a container.
Wrinkle
An imperfection in reinforced plastics that has the appearance
of a wave molded into one or more plies of fabric or other
reinforcing material.
Yield Point
The point at which a plastic material will continue to elongate
at no substantial increase in load during a short test period.
Yield Strength
The stress at which a plastic material will continue to elongate
at no substantial increase in load during a short test period.
Yield Stress
The stress at which a plastic material elongates without further
increase of stress. Up to this point, the stress strain relationship is
linear (Young’s Modulus).
202
TECHNICAL DATA
Comparative Materials Chart
Property Units Test ABS Acetal Acrylic CAB

Method Homopolymer
ASTM
Specific Gravity ——- D-792 1.04 1.42 1.19 1.15 -1.22
Tensile Strength, 73°F PSI D-638 5,000 - 7,500 10,000 10,500 2,600 - 6,400
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-638 3.1 x 105 4.5 x 105 4.5 x 105 0.5 - 2.0 x 105
Elongation, 73°F % D-638 5 - 70 40 2.0 60 - 100
Flexural Strength, 73°F PSI D-790 6,000 - 11,500 14,300 14,000 6,500
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-790 3.4 x 105 4.10 x 105 4.5 x 105 0.9 - 3.0 x 105
Shear Strength, 73°F PSI D-732 ——- 9,500 ——- ——-
Compressive Strength PSI D-695 2.5 -11 18.0 14.0 - 18.0 4,500
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73° PSI D-695 ——- 670 ——- ——
Coefficient of Friction ——- ——- 0.35 .15 ——- ——-

(Dry vs. Steel) Dynamic
Hardness, Rockwell, 73°F ——- D-785 R105 R 120 M 90 R101 -111
Durometer, 73°F ——- D-676 ——- ——- ——- ——-
Tensile Impact (notched), 73°F ft. lb. / in. D-256 ——- 170 ——- ——-
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./ in. / F° D-696 5.3 6.8 x 10-5 4.5 x 10-5 11- 17 x 10-5
Deformation Under Load (122°F, 2,000 psi) % D-621 ——- 0.5 ——- ——-
Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D-648 215 264 200 - 215 156
66 psi °F D-648 220 334 225 130 - 227
Melting Point °F D-789 220 347 ——- ——-
Continuous Service Temperature in Air °F ——- 140-230 185 150 140 - 220
(Maximum)
Dielectric Strength, Short Time Volts/ Mil D-149 450 500 500 250 - 400
Volume Resistivity OHM-CM D-257 1015 1015 >1017 1011 - 1015
Dielectric Constant, 60 Hz ——- D-150 2.87 3.7 3.5 - 4.5 3.5 - 6.4
103 ——- D-150 ——- 3.7 3.0 - 3.5
106 ——- 3.7 3.0
Water Absorbtion, Immersion — 24 hours % D-570 .30 0.25 0.3 .9 - 2.2
Saturation % D-570 .70 .90 7-9 7-9
203
TECHNICAL DATA
Property Units Test CPVC HDPE LDPE Noryl Nylon

Method
ASTM
Specific Gravity ——- D-792 1.53 .955 .910 - .925 1.06 1.14-1.15
Tensile Strength, 73°F PSI D-638 8,200 3,100 - 5,500 600– 2,300 9,600 12,400
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-638 4.3 x 105 1.3 x x 105 .14 - .38 x 105 3.5 x 105 4.7 x 105
Elongation, 73°F % D-638 27 20 - 800 90 - 800 25 20 - 200
Flexural Strength, 73°F PSI D-790 14,600 N.A. N.A. 14,400 14,000
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-790 4.1 x 105 2.0 x 105 .08 - .60 x 105 3.7 x 105 4.1 x 105
Shear Strength, 73°F PSI D-732 9,220 ——- 2,400 ——- 9,600
Compressive Strength PSI D-695 11,400 ——- ——- ——- 375 - 550,000
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73° PSI D-695 ——- ——- ——- ——- ——-
Coefficient of Friction ——- ——- ——- ——- ——- 0.39 0.12 - 0.22
(Dry vs. Steel)Dynamic
Hardness, Rockwell, 73°F ——- D-785 R118 R69 R10 R119 R120
Durometer, 73°F ——- D-676 D82 ——- ——- ——- D80 - 85
Tensile Impact 73°F ft. lb. / In. D-256 ——- ——- ——- ——- 90 - 180
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./ in. / F° D-696 .000037 N.A. 5.6 - 12.2 x 10-5 3.3 x 10-5 4x10-5
Deformation Under Load (122°F, 2,000 psi) % D-621 230 ——- ——- ——- 1.0 - 3.0
Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D-648 212 122 90 - 105 265 194
66 psi °F D-648 230 175 - 196 100 - 121 279 455
Melting Point °F D-789 360 275 ——- 310 491
Continuous Service Temperature in Air °F ——- 200 180 160 220 200 - 250
(Maximum)
Dielectric Strength, Short Time Volts/ Mil D-149 1,250 450 - 500 700 500 400 - 600
Volume Resistivity OHM-CM D-257 ——- 1015 1015 1017 1015
Dielectric Constant, 60 Hz ——- D-150 ——- 2.30 - 2.35 2.25 -2.35 2.7 4.0
103 ——- D-150 ——- ——- ——- 4.0

106 ——- ——- ——- 3.4
Water Absorbtion, Immersion — 24 hours % D-570 .05 0.00 <0.01 .07 1.20
Saturation % D-570 ——- ——- ——- 0.20 8.5
204
TECHNICAL DATA
Property Units Test Oil Filled PBT PEEK PPS PTFE

Method Nylon
ASTM
Specific Gravity ——- D-792 1.14-1.15 1.31 1.32 1.35 2.1 - 2.3
Tensile Strength, 73°F PSI D-638 9,500 - 11,000 8,000 14,500 7,000 - 12,500 3,350
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-638 375 - 475,000 390,000 490,000 220 - 550,000 5,000 -
Elongation, 73°F % D-638 45 - 55 5 - 300 50 1.5 - 15 75 - 350
Flexural Strength, 73°F PSI D-790 14,000 - 16,000 12,000 24,600 14,000 - no break
21,000
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-790 410,000 340,000 590,000 540,000 - 9,000 -
600,000 11,000
Shear Strength, 73°F PSI D-732 8,000 - 9,000 7700 7,690 9,000 90,000 -
110,000
Compressive Strength PSI D-695 12,000 - 14,000 11.0 17.0 18,000 ——-
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73° PSI D-695 275 - 375,000 375,000 450,000 410,000 95,000 -
115,000
Coefficient of Friction ——- ——- .14 .25 .40 - .45 .20 - .40 .04 - .10
Hardness, Rockwell, 73°F ——- D-785 R118 R120 R126 M93 R10 - 20
Durometer, 73°F ——- D-676 ——- ——- D85 D85 D55 - 70
Tensile Impact 73°F ft. lb. / In. D-256 ——- ——- 40 - 60 75 30 - 200
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./ in. / F° D-696 5 x 10-5 4.3 - 8.7 x 2.6 x10-5 2.8 x 10-5 5.5 - 7.5 x
10-5 10-5
Deformation Under Load (122°F, 2,000 psi) % D-621 0.78 ——- ——- ——- 3-7
Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D-648 330 - 400 130 320 250 100 - 140
66 psi °F D-648 400 - 430 310 ——- 390 250
Melting Point °F D-789 428 420 640 540 621
Continuous Service Temperature in Air °F ——- 230 240 480 425 500
(Maximum)
Dielectric Strength, Short Time Volts/ Mil D-149 500 - 600 410 480 540 500 - 650
Volume Resistivity OHM-CM D-257 1015 4 x 1016 4.9 x1016 4.5 x 1016 ›1017
Dielectric Constant, 60 Hz ——- D-150 3.7 3.3 3.2 3.0 2.0 - 2.1
103 ——- D-150 ——- ——- ——- ——- 2.0 - 2.1
106 ——- ——- 3.25 3.0 2.0 - 2.1
Water Absorbtion, Immersion — 24 hours % D-570 0.5 - 0.6 .08 - .09 .15 .01 .02 0 - .05
Saturation % D-570 2 - 2.5 .40 .50 .03 ——-
205
TECHNICAL DATA
Property Units Test PVC PVDF Polyamide- Polycarbonate

Method imide
ASTM
Specific Gravity ——- D-792 1.47 1.78 1.41 1.20
Tensile Strength, 73°F PSI D-638 7,000 5,200 -7,400 18,000 9,500
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-638 350,000 - 348,000 700,000 320,000
1,000,000
Elongation, 73°F % D-638 50 -150 50 - 250 5 - 18 100
Flexural Strength, 73°F PSI D-790 12,500 10,750 26,000 - 30,700 14,200
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-790 300,000 - 800,000 300,000 730,000 350,000
Shear Strength, 73°F PSI D-732 9,240 ——- 16,000 - 18,500 9200
Compressive Strength PSI D-695 10,830 8.0 - 10.0 30,000 - 32,000 11,000
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73° PSI D-695 ——- ——- 450,000 - ——-
680,000
Coefficient of Friction ——- ——- ——- 0.24 .35 0.38
Hardness, Rockwell, 73°F ——- D-785 R115 R83 M119 R118
Durometer, 73°F ——- D-676 D82 76 - 80 M119 - 120 D80 - 85
Tensile Impact 73°F ft. lb. / In. D-256 ——- ——- ——- ——-
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./ in. / F° D-696 5.6 x 10-5 7.1 x 10-5 1.7 x 10-5 3.7 x 10-5
Deformation Under Load (122°F, 2,000 psi) % D-621 ——- ——- ——- 0.3
Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D-648 165 183 - 244 532 270
66 psi °F D-648 135 - 180 280 285
Melting Point °F D-789 360 345 N.A. 310
Continuous Service Temperature in Air °F ——- 160 285 500 250

(Maximum)
Dielectric Strength, Short Time Volts/ Mil D-149 350 - 500 280 600 380
Volume Resistivity OHM-CM D-257 1012 2 x10 14 8x 1016 ›1015
Dielectric Constant, 60 Hz ——- D-150 3-4 9 4.2 3.17
103 ——- D-150 ——- 7.46 4.2 3.1

106 ——- 6.10 3.9 2.96
Water Absorbtion, Immersion — 24 hours % D-570 .05 .04 .33 .15
Saturation % D-570 ——- .10 .33 .35
206
TECHNICAL DATA
Property Units Test Polyimide Polypro- Polystyrene Polysulfone
Method pylene
ASTM
Specific Gravity ——- D-792 1.34 .90 1.03 - 1.10 1.24
Tensile Strength, 73°F PSI D-638 12,500 4,500 1500 - 7000 10,200
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-638 300 - 400,000 16,500 - 140,000 - 360,000
100,000 500,000
Elongation, 73°F % D-638 7.5 200 - 700 2 - 60 50 - 100
Flexural Strength, 73°F PSI D-790 13,000 - 23,000 6,000 - 8,000 3,000 - 12,000 15,400
Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-790 450,000 17,000 - 150,000 - 390,000
100,000 460,000
Shear Strength, 73°F PSI D-732 13,000 5,710 ——- ——-
Compressive Strength PSI D-695 19,000 6,720 2700 - 3600 ——-
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73° PSI D-695 350,000 ——- ——- ——-
Coefficient of Friction ——- ——- .29 ——- ——- .37

Hardness, Rockwell, 73°F ——- D-785 M120 80 - 102 10 - 90 R120
Durometer, 73°F ——- D-676 ——- ——- ——- ——-
Tensile Impact 73°F ft. lb. / In. D-256 ——- ——- ——- ——-
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./ in. / F° D-696 2 x 10-5 9.58 x 10-5 1.9 - 4.4 3.1 x 10-5
Deformation Under Load (122°F, 2,000 psi) % D-621 0.14 ——- ——- ——-
Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D-648 592 130 160 - 200 345
66 psi °F D-648 ——- 210 180 - 220 358
Melting Point °F D-789 N.A. 335 212 371
Continuous Service Temperature in Air °F ——- 580 180 140 - 175 300
(Maximum)
Dielectric Strength, Short Time Volts/ Mil D-149 500 500 - 660 300 - 600 420
Volume Resistivity OHM-CM D-257 ——- 1017 1016 5 x 1016
Dielectric Constant, 60 Hz ——- D-150 ——- 2.3 ——- 3.1
103 ——- D-150 ——- 2.5 - 4.5 3.1
106 3.55 ——- ——- 3.03
Water Absorbtion, Immersion — 24 hours % D-570 .24 - .34 .03 .05 - .07 0.3
Saturation % D-570 1.2 ——- ——- .62
207
TECHNICAL DATA
Property Units Test UHMW Ultem®

Method
ASTM
Specific Gravity ——- D-792 .94 1.27
Tensile Strength, 73°F PSI D-638 4,000 - 6,000 15.2
Tensile Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-638 80,000 - 100,000 430,000
Elongation, 73°F % D-638 200 - 500 60
Flexural Strength, 73°F PSI D-790 ——- 21,000

Flexural Modulus of Elasticity, 73°F PSI D-790 100,000 - 200,000 480,000
Shear Strength, 73°F PSI D-732 3500 15,000
Compressive Strength PSI D-695 ——- 20,300
Compressive Modulus of Elasticity, 73° PSI D-695 ——- 420,000
Coefficient of Friction ——- ——- .2 - .25 ——-

Hardness, Rockwell, 73°F ——- D-785 R67 M109
Durometer, 73°F ——- D-676 ——- ——-
Tensile Impact 73°F ft. lb. / In. D-256 1000 ——-
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion in./ in. / F° D-696 7.2 x 10-5 3.45 x 10-5
Deformation Under Load (122°F, 2,000 psi) % D-621 6-8 ——-

(6 hrs)
Deflection Temperature 264 psi °F D-648 118 392
66 psi °F D-648 170 410
Melting Point °F D-789 266 ——-
Continuous Service Temperature in Air °F ——- 160 - 180 340

(Maximum)
Dielectric Strength, Short Time Volts/ Mil D-149 710 830
Volume Resistivity OHM-CM D-257 1013 6.7 x 1017
Dielectric Constant, 60 Hz ——- D-150 2.3 3.15
103 ——- D-150 3.15

106 ——-
Water Absorbtion, Immersion — 24 hours % D-570 ‹0.01 .25
Saturation % D-570 ——- 1.25
208
TECHNICAL DATA
Explanation of Mechanical Properties
Tensile Strength Toughness is required in such applications as insulators
The word tensile means “to pull apart.” Tensile strength is where a piece of nylon tubing is slipped over a wire lug, and
the resistance of material being pulled apart and is crimped with force so that the tubing is mechanically fastened
expressed in lbs. per square inch. One square inch of to the wire lug and in cases where snap fits are to be made
marshmallow would require very little force or total lbs. to pull between parts.
it apart. Because plastics have much greater strength, the
force required to pull apart 1 square inch of plastic may range Modulus
from 1,000 to 50,000 psi. Steel and other structural alloys The term modulus may be applied to either tensile,
have tensile strengths that run as high as hundreds of compressive, flexural or torsional actions. It defines the
thousands of pounds per inch. number of lbs. per square inch required to cause
deformation, elongation, flexure, etc. in material. In other
Applying Tensile Strength words, it represents stiffness. Imagine a rubber band and a
To illustrate the use of tensile strength, picture a circular piece of string four inches long. Placing a 1 lb. weight on the
cross section of tubing. Assume that the internal pressure rubber band will cause stretching or elongation, whereas the
exerted equally in all directions along the I.C. is 1,000 psi. same weight on the string would cause little or no visual
Since the tubing wall must be strong enough to support the elongation. Assume the rubber band stretched to double its
internal pressure, the strength of the 2 walls must at least be original length. The relative modulus of the material is found
equal to the force exerted inside the tube. In other words, at by dividing the 1 lb. force by the elongation in terms of
burst, the I.D. of the tube times the pressure of the fluid percentage. We therefore have 1 lb. over percentage in
contained must equal the wall thicknesses x the tensile decimal form of 1/1=1. Assume the four inch length of string
strength of the material. Since the material must have at least has stretched .040”. This represents an elongation of 1%.
1,000 psi tensile strength, the choice would be nylon since a Dividing this into the 1 lb. load, we have 1/.01=100. The
greater safety factor exists over materials with a lower tensile relative modulus of the string is 100 times higher than that of
such as Teflon®. the rubber band. In actual practice, the modulus would be
expressed in psi; consequently, the modulus for a material
Elongation like string might be about 100,000 psi.
This property which is always associated with tensile In determining the compressive or flexural modulus, the
strength, is the increase in original length at fracture, same type of units are involved except that we are dealing
expressed as a percentage. For example, as a strip of wiring with compressive deformation and flexural displacement.
paper can be pulled apart with almost no visual stretching or
“elongation,” a piece of taffy may be stretched several times Applying Modulus
its original length before breaking. Assume that the taffy is 4” Consider a nylon bearing having a 1/2” wall which is
long and stretches to a total length of 12” before breaking, going to support a load of 2,000 psi. One of the
the elongation would be 200%. considerations is how much additional clearance will be
developed due to elasticity of the bearing. In this case, the
Applying Elongation modulus of the material is found by dividing the load by the
Consider the application of Teflon tape applied by resulting deformation which is expressed in percentage. The
wrapping with considerable tension in the wire and cable modulus of Nylon 66 in compression, is approximately
field. Actually, these tensions represent portions of the tensile 400,000 psi. To find the percentage of deformation, divide the
strength of the material. Consequently, elongation occurs. In 2,000 psi load by 400,000 with the resulting answer of .5%.
order to obtain a tight, void free interface between Multiply this by the 1/2” wall thickness and find that a
overlapping layers of tape, both the tension and the deformation of 2 1/2 mils will ocur. Tensile modulus is
elongation are important factors. Tensile strength and important in the design of a hydraulic system utilizing
elongation are also important where toughness is required. A pressure tubing. During pressure build-up the tubing
material which has a high tensile and a relatively high degree stretches slightly and causes a slight lag in pressure build-up
of elongation, is a tougher material than one having a high over what might be epected if the tube was rigid.
tensile with low elongation.
209
TECHNICAL DATA
Explanation of Mechanical Properties
Flexural Strength As an example of the differences in compressive strength,
This property is also expressed in lbs. per square inch a 5 lb. weight placed on a 1” cube of marshmallow would
and is the same type of force applied in folding a sheet of seriously deform it, whereas the same weight on a 1” cube of
paper. The extended paper illustrated assumes a slight taffy will cause only slight deformation.
downward curvature while a piece of cloth will hang almost
perpendicular. This means the flexural strength of the paper Applying Compressive Strength
is considerably higher since it resists bending under its own Compressive strength is important in plastic bearing
weight. applications. The load to be carried by the bearing must be
well within the compressive strength characteristics of the
Applying Flexural Strength material. However, at this point one must consider other
This property is applied in applications where the plastic properties such as the modulus and deformation under load
is being bent or continually flexed as in plastic gearing. In of the bearing material. It is apparent what would happen if
determining the load which a single gear tooth must carry, nylon (with a compressive strength of approximately 15,000
consider the flexural strength of the material selected. psi) was selected to support a load of 12,000 psi. Recalling
that compressive strength is a value at failure, the 12,000 psi
Hardness load would crush the bearing beyond use. Compressive
There is really very little that can be said about this strength can be used to distinguish the better of 2 materials,
property since there is no exact term which defines values of but once the material has been selected, other
hardness. In some cases the diameter of the indentation of a considerations must be made.
small ball on the material being tested is taken as a hardness
measurement. In other cases it is the penetration of a sharp Yield Point
point. Generally a harder surface provides better wear and There are various types of yield points: compressive,
abrasion resistance in a material. tensile, flexural, and torsional. The term simply means the
point at which material under compression, tension, etc. will
Tensile Impact no longer return to its original dimensions after removal of
The test involves breaking the sample in tension at very stress. You can visualize yield point by taking a wooden
high speeds. The sample is normally broken before any matchstick and gently bending it until a slight fracture occurs.
apparent elongation occurs. In certain applications, the Prior to this fracture, for all visual purposes, a matchstick will
tensile impact test can be more readily correlated to field return to its original straightness. In actual practice, plastic
experience and engineering requirements. The speed of materials under tension, compression, etc. show a small
impacting has a very definite effect on impact strength. Some degree of fracture at the yield point. They consequently will
materials increase in impact strength with increasing speed not return to their original dimensions because the internal
while others decrease. physical structure has now been slightly modified.
Compressive Strength
This property is the maximum load in lbs. which a 1”
square section of material will support without fracturing. It is
a less meaningful term than tensile strength, primarily
because some of the malleable materials, Teflon® for
example, really do not exhibit fracturing. Consequently,
compressive strength will continue to increase as deformation
of the sample occurs. The meaningful compressive properties
would be better expressed in terms of the force in lbs. per
square inch required to deform a given material prior to
reaching its yield point.
210
TECHNICAL DATA
Explanation of Thermal Properties
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion Applying Deformation Under Load
This term deals with the amount of growth which occurs in In a bearing application, deformation under load
a material when it is heated, and is normally expressed in contributes to total bearing clearance. For example, a
terms of in/in/ºF. Visualize a mercury thermometer where a Fluorosint® bearing having a 1/2” wall, operating at 200º F
few degrees temperature rise causes a very substantial under a 1,200 psi. load, will deform .2%. Multiplying this .2%
growth in the column of mercury but has no visual effect on by the wall thickness tells us the bearing clearance will be
the glass container. increased by a factor of 1 mil. If you had recommended
Teflon® for this application, not taking into consideration the
Applying Coefficient of Linear deformation under load, the effect on clearance would be
Thermal Expansion approximately 28 times as great, and a clearance of 28 mils
Thermal expansion for plastics is 4 to 8 times higher than would result within the first day of operation.
other engineering materials, and requires close attention in
certain design areas. Materials which exhibit high thermal Heat Distortion
expansion could cause instability in electronic tuning devices This property has little or no practical engineering
where a change in temperature could cause inaccurate tuning meaning. It is simply a comparison of various materials. It is
due to thermal expansion of components. Fluorosint® exhibits the temperature at which a sample bends a given number of
a coefficient of thermal expansion that matches and makes mils under a given load. This value can only be used to
an ideal insulating companion to aluminum. separate materials having widely different heat distortion
Thermal expansion must also be considered in bearings at points. For example, 2 materials having a heat distortion point
elevated temperature. Bearings which are completely housed of 150º F. and 175º F are not very different. You should
will show a closing-in of the I.D., and, for proper bearing consider other properties such as deformation under load and
performance, this close-in must be considered in order to modulus.
prevent seizure of the rotating shaft.
Deformation Under Load

This property tells us what percentage of deformation will
occur in a material under a given load in a given period of
time.
The time element is critical. While 1% deformation might
be indicated under the standard 24 or 48 hour exposure,
leaving the sample under the load for a 2 week period may
show substantially higher deformation. The lower the
deformation under load, the more likelihood there is that the
value will not change with increased time. After placing the
piece of furniture on a run and immediately removing it, little or
no indentation can be seen. However, after allowing the object
to stand overnight, a substantial indentation is present.
This property indicates the major portion of the creep
which will occur over long periods of time, but which would not
be evident in a short test.
Plastics exhibit creep characteristics which are uncommon
in other engineering materials. When measuring properties,
consider that differences would be seen if the tests were
carried out over long periods of time.
211
TECHNICAL DATA
Explanation of Electrical Properties
Dielectric Strength Applying Volume Resistivity
Dielectric strength differs from tensile or compressive The volume resistivity of almost all plastics is extremely
strength in that the force is applied electrically rather than high and need not be considered in most applications.
mechanically. This electrical force, rather than acting on the However, it must be considered when dealing with sensitive
entire mass, acts upon portions of the molecules. Dielectric electronic measuring equipment. There are instruments
strength is expressed in volts per mil and represents the which will measure voltages and currents as small as 10-13.
number of volts required to cause an electrical breakthrough This value is close to the value for volume resistivity of
of the sample. As the voltage increases, the molecule plastics. If you were to apply nylon as an insulator in such an
approaches a failure point. Portions of the molecule fly off instrument, the resistivity of the plastic itself could cause
and carry a charge or conduct a current. You may have had serious errors in the equipment. Therefore, it is important to
the experience of placing a piece of paper between the have a material with considerably higher volume resistivity
electrodes on a spark generating machine in a high school than 1010. You should consider materials such as Teflon®
laboratory, and finding that upon removal the paper was and Q200.5.
perforated with small blackened holes. You may also have
experienced placing other materials between the electrodes, Dielectric Constant
and found that such perforations did not appear. Assuming This property describes the ability of a material to store an
that the materials were of the same thickness, the one which electric charge and is sometimes referred to as specific
was not perforated would have a higher dielectric strength. capacitance. This value is commonly associated with
electronic capacitors which are nothing more than 2 metallic
Applying Dielectric Strength electrodes separated by an insulating material such as
Dielectric strength is of primary importance in the Teflon® or nylon. Picture dielectric constant as a larger build
application of plastics in wire or cable covering. Normally, the up of electrons on the surface of the nylon capacitor since the
heavy sections encountered in other applications are more dielectric constant of nylon is several times that of Teflon®. If
than adequate to withstand the voltage. As thickness of we use the same voltage source to charge the capacitors,
insulation increases, the dielectric strength in volts per mil upon shorting them out we would expect twice the work out of
increases at a different rate for each material. Consequently, the capacitor having the higher dielectric constant due to that
in thin sections, Teflon® exhibits a higher dielectric strength fact that current x volts = watts or, work equivalent.
than nylon. Keep this in mind when recommending insulating
materials. Dielectric Loss Tangent
In order to discuss dielectric loss tangent, it is necessary
Volume Resistivity to look inside of hte plastic molecule to understand why it has
The volume resistivity of a material is its ability to impede a higher dielectric constant. Picture the molecules as a
the flow of electricity expressed in ohms per centimeter. This random arrangement of small magnets. Under applied
measurement is always made on a 1 centimeter cube. voltage these molecules will attempt to arrange themselves in
Wire, for example, is a conductor having negligible a uniform fashion. Materials having a higher dielectric
volume resistivity and electrical current occurs constant therefore organize themselves more uniformly than
instantaneously. This electrical current can be simply defined those having a lower dielectric constant.
as motion of electrons. As one electron moves, the next one The dielectric loss tangent is the ease of difficulty
moves in turn to carry the electrical current. This could be withwhich molecular ordering occurs. Materials having a
pictured as a series of dominoes standing on end, spaced so higher dielectric loss tangent have molecules which must
that if one falls the next will fall in turn. move in an atmosphere of higher viscosity. Consider a
Electron movement in plastics is virtually impossible due material which stores 1,000 electrons. This material will
to the complex nature of the molecule. The more readily the actually require 1,000 plus a certian percentage of electrons
current flows, the lower the volume resistivity. Copper wire more due to dielecric loss.
would have a very low volume resistivity, while insulating
materials are considerably higher.
212
TECHNICAL DATA
Explanation of Electrical Properties
The product of dielectric constant and dielectric loss is
directly proportional to the energy lost in charging a material.
In other words if 2 different materials both have a dielectric
loss of .001 but one has a dielectric constant of 2 and the
other 4 the second materials will actually use twice the
energy of the first.
Applying Dielectric Constant and

Dielectric Loss Tangent
Dielectric constant and loss must be considered
together. The dielectric loss of materials should be as low as
possible to prevent excess power consumption. In some
cases it is desirable to have a low dielectric constant. In
other cases a high dielectric constant is desirable, assuming
that the dielectric loss in both cases is relatively low. An
example where a low dielectric constant is desirable is
insulating material for coaxial cable. Imagine a coaxial cable
many hundred of feet long. Even though power losses per
foot may be extremely low, as the cable becomes longer, this
power loss becomes a very important fator. Therefore, as
low a dielectric constant as possible must be utilized in order
to minimize energy losses.
To convert temperature, use the following calculation:
°F = (°C x 9/5) + 32
°C = (°F- 32) x 5/9
Temperature Conversion
°C °F °C °F
-70 -74 110 230
-60 -76 120 248
-50 -58 130 266
-40 -40 140 284
-30 -22 150 302
-20 -4 160 320
-10 14 170 338
0 32 180 356
10 50 190 374
20 68 200 392
30 86 210 410
40 104 220 428
50 122 230 446
60 140 240 464
70 158 250 482
80 176 260 500
100 212 300 572
213
TECHNICAL DATA
Bonding Basic Information
Surface Tension Adhesion vs. Stress
The surface tension of substrates affects the bondability When considering the proper selection of an adhesive,
and/or wetting out of an adhesive. If a given substrates’ sur- one needs to carefully examine many things. One of the
face tension is lower than the adhesive being applied, the most important considerations is the type of stress the adhe-
adhesive will not “wet” or spread correctly. The low surface sive will have to withstand. Stress is the force pulling bonded
tension of the substrate will cause the adhesive to bead up. materials apart. The basic type of stress are illustrated be-
Conversely, if an adhesive has a lower surface tensino than low:
the substrate, the adhesive will wet/spread over the surface
allowing for maximum bond area and strength. (Poor bonds Cleavage Stress: This type of stress is
resulting from this condition can be improved by using a sur- concentrated at one end of a joint and
face treatment.) occurs when a prying force is placed on
the adhesive bond.
Basic Joints
Joint -The area in which adhesive can be applied to join
two substrates together. Compressive Stress: Compressive
stress occurs when two substrates are
Butt Joint: The adhesive squeezed or pressed together.
bond in a butt joint is
formed by adhering two
substrates end to end. Peel Stress: In order for peel stress to
occur, at least one of the substrates
Cylindrical Joint: This joint must be flexible. The stress occurs as
bonds two cylindrical substrates the flexible substrate is being peeled or
end to end. lifted away from the other substrate.
Joggle Lap Joint: A joggle joint

features at least one bent or Shear Stress: As two bonded sub-
curved substrate. Also referred to strates are being forced to slide over
as an offset joint. each other, shear stress occurs. The
stress direction is parallel to the adhe-
Lap Joint: This joint is formed sive. As shear stress occurs, the ends
when one substrate partially over- of the bond resist a greater amount of
laps another to create the bond the stress than will the middle of the bond.
area.
Scarf Joint: When the ends of two Tensile Stress: This type of stress
substrates are cut at an angle and exerts an equal force over the entire
bonded at those ends, a scarf joint joint. The direction of tensile stress is
is formed. By cutting the joint at this type of angle, the bond straight and apart from the adhesive
area is increased. bond. (Elongation of the object can
occur with this type of stress.)
Strap Joint (Single & Double): This joint is actually a com-
bination of a butt joint and a lap joint. A single strap joint is
formed with only one lap joint on one side of the butt joint.
The double obviously occurs on both sides.
214
TECHNICAL DATA
Surface Treatments During adhesive failure the adhesive will commonly be on
In order to successfully bond or to increase the bond one surface or the other in any given spot throughout the
strength between some substrates, a surface treatment may bond.
be required. Some of the more common surface treatments
are described below: Common Problems—Many times the substrate may
have been dirty, oily, or have contained a mold release
Adhesive Abrading: This process involves the abrading of on them. Chemically treating, solvent wiping, or
a substrate’s surface in the presence of an adhesive. Once abrading the surface can correct this.
completed, the two substrates are placed together to allow
the adhesive to cure. Cohesive Failure: Cohesive failure results when the adhe-
sive itself separates under a stress load. To identify this type
Corona Discharge: By exposing a substrate to a corona of failure, examine the substrates and look for adhesive on
discharge, the surface is roughened which allows for better both substrate surfaces at any given point throughout the
wetting and reactivity of the surface. bond area.
Flame Treatment: Increased wettability, which results in Common Problems—Unless the bond is under ex-
increased bondability, can be accomplished by oxidizing the treme impact or high stress loads, cohesive failure is
surface through exposure to flame. unlikely to occur. If it does occur, try to identify alter-
native substrates which would transmit less shock or
Plasma Treatment: When ions of a gas, such as O2, N2, or try bonding a thin rubber pad between the substrates.
He2 are exposed at low pressure to a substrate surface, the
bondability of the substrate is increased. Substrate Failure: When a substrate cracks, breaks, tears,
etc. as one tries to separate bonded parts, substrate failure
Primers: Surface primers generally improve bondability by has occurred. During this failure, the bonded area remains
acting chemically bridging an adhesive to the substrate. intact.
Primers are usually a reactive chemical held within a solvent.
They are typically brushed or sprayed upon the substrate Common Problems—The adhesive in this case has
and then allowed to flash off. been demonstrated to be stronger than the material
being bonded so in order to increase the overall
Surface Roughening: A simple method of increasing the strength of the assembly, one would have to change
bondability of substrates by roughening the surface, thereby materials or redesign the part.
increasing the number of mechanical interlocking cells.
Surface Failure: This failure normally occurs on soft sub-
Activators/Accelerators strates. It can be identified by examining the adhesive in the
These chemicals can be applied directly to a surface, bond area, which will be lightly covered with particles from
substrate, or mixed with an adhesive to speed up the curing the substrate.
of an adhesive.
Common Problems—the adhesive in this case has
Bond Failure been demonstrated to be stronger than the material
When conducting bond tests, it is critical to understand being bonded so in order to increase the overall
the different types of failures which may occur, as well as, strength of the assembly, one would have to change
how to correct the failure. Four basic types of failure are as materials or redesign the part.
follows:
Adhesive Failure: This failure occurs when the adhesive

fails to adhere to the substrate surface. One can detect ad-
hesive failure by mating the failed parts to examine the adhe-
sive in the bond area.
215
TECHNICAL DATA
TROUBLESHOOTING
Problem Probable Cause(s) Possible Solution(s)
Bond Failure at R.T. • Unclean or unsuitable surface • Solvent wash with compatible
solvent
Poor adhesion to one surface • Release agent or coating on surface • Abrade surface
Bond failure after aging expo- • Migration of internal components of • Abrade to increase surface area
sure to high temperatures substrates (Plasticizers, oils, etc.) • Investigate alternate substrates
Whitening or colored contami- • Over application of adhesive • Reduce amount

nation near bond area (a.k.a. • Poor ventilation • Ventilate assembly area and/or
blooming/chlorosis) assembled parts
• Excessive heat and humidity • Same as above
• Slow cure of fillet • Accelerate cure with pre or post-
applied accelerator
Electrical discontinuity of • Over application • Reduce amount
changes in electrical properties • Heating of assembled part
of electrical device • Slow fillet cure • Accelerate cure of fillet
Crazing of materials/devices • Crazing of plastic parts due to ex- • Investigate alternative materials
cess liquid adhesive or slow cure
• Dimensional change in adhesive due • Increase cure speed with faster
to temperature cycling adhesive or accelerator
Slow fixture and cure • Inhibiting (acidic) surface • Neutralize surface

• Low part temperature • Raise working temp
• Over application of adhesive • Reduce amount
Application variability • Part dimensional variation or part • Surface preparation

surface variation
• Application technique change • Adjust/modify/retrain
• Conditions of assembly change • Call technical support
(temperature, etc.)
216
217
MACHINING GUIDE FOR ENGINEERED PLASTICS
This chart is available printed on Lexan® Sheet. If you would like to receive a copy, please call 1-800-627-2102 or fax your request to 1-816-421-8206.
PLASTIC
1-800-627-2102 TURNING SAWING MILLING DRILLING
Clearance Rake Speed Feed Clearance Rake Pitch Speed Clearance Rake Speed Feed Clearance Rake Speed Feed
Angle Angle Ft./Min. In./Rev. Angle Angle Teeth/In. Ft./Min. Angle Angle Ft./Min. In./Rev. Angle Angle Ft./Min. In./Rev.
650 - 850 - 980 - 160 -
ABS 5-15 25-30 .005-.020 15-30 0-5 .07-.31 5-10 0-10 8-12 10-30 .008-.012
1,640 1000 1,640 650
980 - 1,640 - 820 - 160 -
ACETALS 6-8 0-5 .004-.015 20-30 0-5 .07-.19 5-15 5-15 .004-.016 5-10 15-30 .004-.012
1,970 2,625 1,640 650
450 - 2,500 - 300 - 150 -
ACRYLIC 10-20 0-5 .005-.010 10-20 0-10 15 0-5 .003-.010 12-15 0-5 .002-.050
600 4,000 600 200
NORYL 1,500 - 1,500 - 160 -
5-10 6-8 .004-.020 15-30 5-8 .11-.31 980 10-20 5-15 8-10 10-20 .008-.012
2,500 2,000 650
500 - 1,500 - 1,000 - 180 -
NYLON 5-10 0-5 .002-.016 20-30 0-5 .07-.19 7-15 0-5 .004-.016 10-15 0-5 .004-.015
700 3,000 3,000 450
600 - 2,500 - 500 - 400 -
.004-.016 3-10 0-5 .002-.004 9-15 .002-.012
PEEK 1,000 4,000 750 500
500 - 1,000 - 1,300 - 160 -
POLYCARBONATE 5-10 6-8 .004-.020 15-30 5-8 .11-.31 10-20 5-15 .002-.004 8-10 10-20 .008-.012
700 2,500 2,000 330
980 - 160 -
POLYESTER 5-10 0-5 .008-.015 15-30 5-8 .11-.31 980 5-15 0-5 980 5-10 10-20 .008-.015
TECHNICAL DATA
1,300 330
600 - .0015- 1,650 - 1,000 - 200 -
POLYOLEFIN 15-25 0-15 15 0-8 10-20 0-10 .06-.02 10-20 0-5 .004-.020
800 .025 5,000 3,000 600
1,150 - 2,500 - 820 - 65 -
POLYSULFONE 6 0 .004-.012 15-30 0-4 .07-.19 2-10 1-5 .002-.004 3-10 10-20 .004-.012
1,300 4,000 1,640 260
490 - .004-.012 820 - 490 -
PVDF 10 5-8 20-30 5-8 .11-.19 980 5-15 5-15 10-16 5-20 .004-.012
1,640 1,640 650
TEFLON 400 - 8,000 - 1,000 - 200 -
15-30 0-5 .002-.010 20-30 0-5 7-15 3-15 .004-.016 20 0-10 .002-.010
700 12,000 3,000 500
500 - 3,000 - 1,300 - 150 -
ULTEM 6-10 0-5 .005-.020 0-5 .39 .002-.004 9-15 10-20 .005-.015
2,000 5,000 2,000 300
THESE ARE SUGGESTED GUIDELINES ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS ABSOLUTE. REGAL RECOMMENDS RUNNING A TEST WORKPIECE BEFORE STARTING A PRODUCTION RUN.
TECHNICAL DATA
Machining Thermoplastics
Sawing Reaming
Most saws used for metals (including manual and roller Reaming can be done on thermoplastics to obtain very
hack saws, hand, circular, and jig saws) can also be used on accurate holes. Using a standard reamer .001” to .002” over
plastics. It must be remembered, however, that reciprocating the size of the finished hole will allow for “fall in.” Tolerances
saws generate considerable heat which can lead to cracking as close as ±0005” can be held in thru holes 1/4” in diameter
and very rough surfaces. A cooling agent (liquid or com- or less where the length of the hole does not exceed one drill
pressed air) is usually needed (product dependent), unless diameter.
the cut is very short. Fluted reamers are recommended for trouble-free side
Circular saws may be used for making straight cuts in wall shearing. For interrupted cuts, such as those with key-
sheet and plate, and traveling circular or panel saws are ways, splines, etc., a helical flute reamer with right hand
good for sawing stacks of several sheets. If hollow ground spiral cuts are recommended. For finishing a hole in soft
blades with a set are used to minimize friction, the buttress plastic to close tolerance, use a single point boring tool or a
type tooth form, having a 45° to 60° clearance and a 0° front secondary drilling.
rake is recommended. Hollow ground circular saw blades Although reaming may be done dry, using a water or
without set produce a smoother cut, but will exhibit more light cutting oil coolant will enhance the finish. (before using
rapid wear because of the lesser side clearance, resulting in any type of coolant containing oil, check with the
unsatisfactory surface after a short period of use. Blade di- manufacturer).
ameter and number of teeth per inch will vary with the thick-
ness and the properties of the material being cut; however, 3 Turning, Milling and Boring
to 6 teeth per inch 1/32” to 1/8” thick, is a good general pur- When employing these machining techniques, it is
pose blade. important that sharp tools with generous clearances be used
Band saws can be used for straight cuts and irregular or so that only the cutting edge touches the material. In
curved contours, and their long blade lengths cause less addition, 0° to 5° negative rakes on the tool are recom-
overheating. For best results use a skip tooth or buttress mended.
type tooth having a zero front rake and (raker) sets of teeth. For short runs, regular or chrome-plated high speed
Thick stock can be cut using 4 to 6 teeth per inch. steel is acceptable. For long production runs, tungsten
Both band and jig saws should have enough set to give carbide and diamond bit tools are recommended. For best
good clearance to the back of the blade. Plastics tend to results, hone carbide tools with a very fine 400 grit diamond
close in behind the cutting edge unless enough set is used. wheel after grinding.
Chrome plating reduces friction and gives a better finish. When machining TFE (Teflon®), make sure that the
tools are centered accurately. Because Teflon® is relatively
Drilling soft and flexible, it will deflect from its center and follow the
Remember that drilling generates more heat than any misaligned tool. This can cause a convcave, torn threads,
other operation. To avoid gumming, melted surfaces on the tapered holes, and other inaccuracies in the finish.
drilled hole, and cracks around the hole, be sure to stop and
clear the chips from the drill regularly and use an air or water- Cut - Off
spray mist to cool the area that is being machined. Cut off operations are performed with conventional tools
In general, a slow spiral (low helix) drill or general modified for plastics. The cut-off blade is ground to suit a
purpose drill ground to a point angle of 118° with a lip variety of conditions and materials. It must also have ample
clearance of 9° to 15° is recommended. In either case, the clearance to prevent rubbing and overheating, as well as be
lip rake should be ground off and the web thinned. set square to the work to prevent a concave or convex
Blunt angles (115° - 130°) are better for thin-walled surface.
pieces, as they prevent the outside diameters from Burrs can be caused by the cut-off blade unless the work
expanding. piece is prepared with a chamfer. To do this, form a “V” in
the surface of the work with a cutter mounted on the machine
cross slide. This will chamfer both sides of the work piece
and eliminate the problem.
218
TECHNICAL DATA
Machining Thermoplastics
Blanking / Piercing Spindle speeds for both tapping and threading should be
Parts such as washers, grommets, and cams 3/32” or below those used for drilling and turning, or the first few
less in thickness can be economically produced by punching, threads may tear. Chamfering the hole prior to tapping and
blanking, or stamping from extruded strip or profile shapes. providing a positive feed for the first few threads can reduce
Accurately aligned, minimum punch and die side clearances this problem. Threads may be cut with a single point tool.
should be used in all blanking operations to prevent extrusion Heavy cuts can be used for the initial pass and reduced to
of the material at the edges of the cut. Because plastics 0.007” to 0.010” in the final pass. Class I and II threads may
extrude and recover more than metals, allowances for the both be cut in one pass.
produced part size must be made, and it is suggested that a
test die first be made. Tolerances to ± 1 / 64” can easily be
met.
Shearing
Guillotine squaring shears, preferably power operated,
are used for shearing plastic. Blade angle should be parallel,
but a variance up to 1 1 / 2° is allowed.
Tapping / Threading
Since plastics are notch sensitive, sharp V-threads
should be avoided. A thread with a rounded root, such as a
British Standard series (Whitworth Thread) or American
Standard Unified Thread form with rounded root is
recommended.
For tapping holes, high speed oversize taps, such as H-3
oversize for small diameters, up to H-5 for larger diameters
are suggested. For deep holes (over 3: 1), four flute taps are
recommended for greater chip clearance. Taps for all
thermoplastics should have maximum back clearance with a
pitch diameter of 0.005”, unless a tight fit is required. Taps
should be nitrated or chromeplated, and all new taps should
be honed to remove burrs.
Bottom taps should be avoided when possible. If
necessary, however, they should be modified by grinding a
50° chamfer angle on the face measured from the axis of the
tap.
After tapping, a chamfering operation is sometimes
necessary to remove burrs. Chips from tapping can be
removed from the bottom of the tapped hole by redrilling with
the tap drill. For maximum strength and dimensional stability,
all tapped parts should be annealed to relieve the stresses of
the tapping procedure.
219
TECHNICAL DATA
Welding Basic Information
Welding is the fusion of thermoplastics by heat and PP (Polypropylene). To avoid separation of rod and
pressure. The bond achieved, depending on the type of substrate during the melted state, the parts must be held in
weld, is general as strong (90%) as the original material. place until the product color returns to its original
Typical thermoplastic welding applications: appearance. This rod does not soften all the way through
making corner welds difficult. When multiple welds are
• Ductwork • Gaskets • Valves
required, it is recommended that the weld and the areas
• Fan Housings • Conduit • Hoods
Fittings • Drums
surrounding the weld be heated and then slowly cooled. This
• Scrubbers
• Tables • Pails • Graduates process is called annealing, and is a recognized process to
• Screns • Flues • Plenums lengthen the time of the weld.
• Chick Hatchery Boxes • Displays • Pipe Fittings
• Dampers • Pipes • Tanks PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride). To achieve an effective weld
• Waste Canisters • Drains • Storage Tanks with PVC it is imperative to avoid scorching or discoloration.
• Pan • Sinks • Dippers Note: Never attempt to weld over cement.
• Etching Tanks • Stands • Filter Housings
• Grills • Beams • Slide Gates PVDF (Polyvinyl Fluoride). Welds with PVDF are very
• Vanes • R.V.s • Hangers strong and can be achieved by hand or automatic feed.
• Fixtures • Vents • Lines
• Fauces
Annealing is recommended to extend the life of the weld.
• Trays • Pitchers
• Etching Machines • Stack Caps • Blower Housings
• Manifolds • Louvers
ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene). With a good
• Frames
• Bumpers esthetic value, this product can be finished by sanding and
painting.
Common Weldable Thermoplastic TYPES OF WELDS
Materials
HDPE (high density polyethylene). HDPE welds very Outside Corner Welds Single “V” Butt Welds
well and is the most common form. LDPE (low density
polyethylene) also welds well, but is a much softer and
flexible product. It is important to note that you can weld a
higher density with a lower density rod, but you cannot weld
a lower density with a higher density rod. UHMW (ultra high
molecular weight polyethylene) requires a special welder, Double “V” Butt Welds Edge Welds
rod, and tip for effective welding. Consult with your plastics
distributor for specifics. Cross link formulations of
polyethylene (thermoset materials) are not weldable.
CPVC (Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride). The

plasticizer in CPVC requires sanding or scraping of both the
Inside Corner Welds Fillets and Corner Welds
rod and the surface to be welded in order to obtain a good
weld. Removal chemically is not recommended due to
possible material softening or residue.
Note: Guard against scorching to avoid significant
weaking of the weld.
TPUR (Thermoplastic Polyurethane). A strong bond

is possible with TPUR once a proper cure time is determined.
Immediately after welding, with no curing time, the bond will
pull loose. A test piece is recommended to test the strength
of the bond at five minute intervals.
TECHNICAL DATA
Welding Basic Information
STANDARD WELDING CHART

PLASTIC TYPE TEMP (E.) AIR/PSI
Polypropylene (PP) 790° 3 to 5
Polyethylene (PE) 725° 3 to 5
Acrylonitrile Butadiene
Styrene (ABS) 790° 3 to 5
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) 790° 3 to 5
Chlorinated Polyvinyl
Chloride (CPVC) 890° 3 to 5
Polyvinyl Fluoride
(PVDF) 790° 3 to 5
Polyurethane (TPUR) 625° 3 to 5
Rod Sizing Chart

Base Material Welding Rod Size
Thickness (diameter)
1/16” 1/8”
1/8” 1/8”
3/16” 3/16”
1/4” 3 rods of 5/32”
For thicknesses
greater than 1/4”, use 5/32” or 3/16”
multibeads to fill.
Welding Tips:
• Only thermoplastics can be welded.
• Thermoset plastics cannot be welded.
• Hot-air welding should not be confused

with the heat sealing of film or thin
sheets.
• Materials must be at least 1/16” thick to

be successfully hot-air welded.
• If there is a question as to the

weldability of a material, the supplier or
the manufacturer should be asked for
their recommendations on weld method.
221
TECHNICAL DATA
Conversion Chart
FRACTIONS DECIMALS MILLIMETERS FRACTIONS DECIMALS MILLIMETERS
.015625 00.396875 .515625 13.096875

.03125 00.79375 .53125 13.49375
.046875 01.190625 .546875 13.890625
.0625 01.5875 .5625 14.2875
.078125 01.984375 .578125 14.684375
.09375 02.38125 .59375 15.08125
.109375 02.778125 .609375 15.478125
.125 03.175 .625 15.875
.140625 03.571875 .640625 16.271875
.15625 03.96875 .65625 16.66875
.171875 04.365625 .671875 17.065625
.1875 04.7625 .6875 17.4625
.203125 05.159375 .703125 17.859375
.21875 05.55625 .71875 18.25625
.234375 05.953125 .734375 18.653125
.250 06.35 .750 19.05
.265625 06.746875 .765625 19.446875
.28125 07.14375 .78125 19.84375
.296875 07.540625 .796875 20.240625
.3125 07.9375 .8125 20.6375
.328125 08.334375 .828125 21.034375
.34375 08.73125 .84375 21.43125
.359375 09.128125 .859375 21.828125
.375 09.525 .875 22.225
.390625 09.921875 .890625 22.621875
.40625 10.31875 .90625 23.01875
.421875 10.715625 .921875 23.415625
.4375 11.1125 .9375 23.8125
.453125 11.509375 .953125 24.209375
.46875 11.90625 .96875 24.60625
.484375 12.303125 .984375 25.003125
.500 12.7 1.000 25.4
This chart is available on adhesive-backed

Lexan. Request a copy at 1-800-627-2102 or
fax your request to 1-816-421-8206.
222
TECHNICAL DATA
Conversion Tables
Product Formula
Acrylic L x W x GA. x .0432 = LBS./Sheet
Expanded PVC L x W x GA x .035 = LBS./Sheet
Polyethylene Sheet Stock (HDPE) L x W x GA. x .035 = LBS./Sheet
PET L x W x GA. x .04795 = LBS./Sheet
PETG L x W x GA. x .04608 = LBS./Sheet
Polycarbonate Film/Sheet L x W x GA. x .04333 = LBS./Sheet
Polyester L x W x GA. x .0507 = LBS./Sheet
Rigid Vinyl L x W x GA. x .049 = LBS./Sheet
OPS L x W x GA. x .03765 = LBS./Sheet
Styrene L x W x GA. x .039 = LBS./Sheet
Polyethylene Banner Films
.008 Poly Print I L x W ÷ 3750 = LBS./Banner
.010 Poly Print I L x W ÷ 3000 = LBS./Banner
.008 Strata Print II L x W ÷ 3500 = LBS./Banner
.010 Strata Print II L x W ÷ 2800 LBS./Banner
General Formulas
To Figure MSI (1000 square inches) L x W ÷ 1000 = MSI
To Figure Square Feet L x W ÷ 144 = Square Feet
To Figure Lbs./Sheet L x W ÷ Sq. Inches Per Pound
To Convert Millimeters and Inches Millimeters x .03937 = Inches
Inches x 25.4 = Millimeters
To Figure Square Meters L x W ÷ 1550 = Square Meters
To Figure Square Yards L x W ÷ 1296 = Square Yards
Typical Density is in Grams/CC - To Convert .03605184 x Density (Grams/CC) = A
L x W x GA. x A = LBS./Sheet
Temperature Conversion Conversion Tables for Units
°C °F °C °F To Convert Into Multiply By To Convert Into Multiply By

Centimeters Feet 3.281 x .01 Meters Inches 39.37
-70 -74 110 230 Centimeters Meters 0.01 Meters Kilometers 0.001
-60 -76 120 248 Centimeters Inches 0.3937 Meters Yards 1.094
-50 -58 130 266 Centimeters Millimeters 10.0 Millimeters Inches 0.03937
-40 -40 140 284 Centigrade Fahrenheit (C° x 9/5) + 32° Millimeters Mils 39.37
-30 -22 150 302 Cubic Feet Cubic Inches 1,728.0 Mils Inches 0.001
-20 -4 160 320 Cubic Feet Cubic Yards 0.03704 Ounces Grams 28.349527
Cubic Inches Cubic Feet 5.787 x .0001 Ounces Pounds 0.0625
-10 14 170 338
Feet Centimeters 30.48 Pints Gallons 0.125
0 32 180 356 Feet Meters 0.3048 Pints Quarts 0.5
10 50 190 374 Grams Ounces 0.03527 Pounds Grams 453.5924
20 68 200 392 Grams Pounds 2.205 x .001 Pounds Ounces 16.0
30 86 210 410 Inches Centimeters 2.540 Sq. Centimeters Sq. Inches 0.1550
40 104 220 428 Inches Millimeters 25.40 Sq. Centimeters Sq. Meters 0.0001
50 122 230 446 Inches Mils 1,000.0 Sq. Feet Sq. Inches 144.0
Kilograms Grams 1,000.0 Sq. Inches Sq. Feet .006944
60 140 240 464 Kilograms Pounds 2.205 Sq. Inches Sq. Centimeters 6.452
70 158 250 482 Kilometers Mils 0.6214 Sq. Mils Sq. Inches .000001
80 176 260 500 Meters Centimeters 100.0 Yards Meters 0.9144
100 212 300 572 Meters Feet 3.281
To convert temperature, use the following calculations:

°F = (°C x 9/5) + 32 °C = (°F- 32) x 5/9
223
TECHNICAL DATA
Plastics Identification Chart
PLASTICS MATERIALS
Press a soldering iron
Thermoplastics Softens or a hot rod (500°F) Thermosets
against the sample
Burn a small corner of the sample
Self-extinguishing Continues to burn
Drop a small Material Melamine Phenol Urea Polyester Silicone Epoxy
Floats Sinks Dap
sample in water Observations
formaldehyde formaldehyde formaldehyde
Yellow with Yellow with Bright yellow
Yellow Yellow with Yellow Yellow
Color of flame blue tip greenish blue blue edges
edge
Faint odor of Sour None Pungent
Odor Fish like Phenol Formaldehyde
PP, PE All others phenol cinnamon amine
Other Swells and May or may not Swells and Black smoke Continues to Black smoke
Black smoke
characteristics cracks be self-exiting cracks with soot burn
Burn a small corner of the sample Self-extinguishing
No flames Continues to burn
ABS Acrylics Nylon
Acetals Polycarbonate
Cellulose acetate PPO
PTFE
Cellulose acetate Polysulfone
CTFE
Butyrate PVC
PVF
FEP Cellulose propionate
Cellulose nitrate
Polystyrene
Polyurethane
Polyester
Drips Drips Drips
Yes No Yes No Yes No
PE PP FEP CTFE PTFE PVF ABS Acetal Cellulose Cellulose Cellulose Polystyrene Polyester Cellulose Poly-
Material Polysul-
acetate acetate propionate nitrate urethane Polycar-
Nylon PPO PVC
butyrate fone bonate
Observations
Blue with Blue with Blue with Blue Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow with Pale Yellow
.... .... .... .... Blue with Orange Orange Yellowish
Color of flame yellow tip yellow tip yellow with with blue blue edges yellow Yellow with green
yellow tip or Yellow orange
edges sparks tip edges
Paraffin Acrid or Burnt Acetic Burnt Acidic Acrid Formal- Vinegar Rancid Burnt Illuminating Burning Camphor Faint Burnt Hydro-
Odor diesel hair acid hair dehyde butter sugar gas or rubber apple wool or Odor of Phenol Phenol chloric
fumes marigold hair sulphur acid
Speed of burning Slow Slow
Fast Slow .... .... .... .... Slow Slow Slow Slow Fast Fast Fast Fast Fast Slow
slow < 3 inches Slow Fast
fast > 3 per min.
Other Melts & Black Black Some Some Dense Black Sample Slight Black Black Difficult
.... .... .... .... .... White
drips smoke No Smoke smoke smoke black smoke smoke burns black Froths smoke smoke to ignite
characteristics smoke
with soot with soot with soot smoke with soot with soot completely smoke with soot with soot smoke
224
TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications
Title Specification # Title Specification #
Rubber, Sheet, Solid A-A-1719 Plastic Moldings - Melamine - Formaldehyde, Mineral Filled AMS 3640E
Plastic Sheet (Household Wrap) A-A-1742 Plastic Moldings, Thermosetting - Phenol-Formaldehyde Macerated,
Plastic Sheet and Strip (for use in contact with food) A-A-1742A Fabric Filled AMS 3641D
Plastic Sheet (Meat Wrapping) A-A-1766 Plastic Moldings, Laminated, Thermosetting Resin, Glass Fabric
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified A-A-1827 Reinforced, Heat Resistant, 500°F AMS 3642D
Plastic Sheet, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Coated, Paper-backed A-A-2681 Plastic Moldings, Thermosetting, Glass Roving Filled Silicone, Heat
Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene, Terephthalate (for cartographic operations) A-A-56021 Resistant AMS 3643B
Rubber, Ethylene Propylene, Hydrazine Base Fluid Resistant AMS329A-79 Polytrifluorochloroethylene, Compression Molded - Heavy Sections,
Rubber, Silicone, General Purpose AMS 3303G-75 Unplasticized (Kel-F) AMS 3645B
Rubber, Silicone Extreme Low Temperature Resistant AMS 3332B-76 Polyfluoroethylenepropylene Film 7 Sheet AMS 3646A-77
Rubber, Silicone, Lubricating Impression Set Resistant, Electrical grade AMS 3356C-78 Polychlorotrifluoroethylene Tubing, Unplasticized AMS 3647A-77
Rubber, Synthetic Ethylene Propylene Terpolymer, General Purpose AMS 3260-73 Polycholotrifluoroethylene Film, Unplasticized AMS 3648A-77
Rubber Compound, Room Temperature Vulcanizing, 15,000 Polytetrafluoroethylene AMS 3649B-77
Centiposes Viscosity Durometer AMS 3362A-65 Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, Rods, Sheets, and Molded Shapes AMS 3650C
Rubber Compound, Silicone Room Temperature Vulcanizing, 50,000 Film, Polytetrafluoroethylene Non-critical Grade AMS 3651C-66
Cntiposes Viscosity Durometer AMS 3363B-74 Tubing, Electrical Insulation, Standard Walll, Extruded
Rubber Compound, Room Temperature Vulcanizing, 50,000 Polytetrafluoroethylene AMS 3652A-66
Centiposes Viscosity, Short Pot Life Durometer AMS 3364A-65 Tubing, Electrical Insulation, Thin Wall, Extruded Polytetrafluoroethylene AMS 3653C-63
Rubber Compound, Silicone room Temperature Vulcanizing, 35,000 Polytetrafluoroethylene Extrusions, Normal Strength, As Sintered,
Centiposes Viscosity Durometer AMS 3365B-65 Radiographically Inspected AMS 3654A-65
Rubber Compound, Silicone Room Temperature Vulcanizing, 55,000 Extruded Polytetrafluoroethylene - Tubing, Electrical Insulation, Thin Wall
Centiposes Viscosity Durometer AMS 3366B-65 (Teflon®) AMS 3655 B
Rubber compound, Silicone Rom Temperature Vulcanizing, Film, Polytetrafluoroethylene, General Purpose Grade AMS 3656C-78
1,200,000 Centiposes Viscosity Durometer AMS 3367A-65 Polytetrafluoroethylene Extrusions, Radiographically Inspected, Premium
Fibre Sheet - Vulcanized AMS 3564B Strength, As Sintered AMS 3657C
Polyurethane Foam, Flexible - Open Cell Medium Flexibility, 2.5 lb. Polytetrafluoroethylene Extrusions, Radiographically Inspected, Premium
per cu. ft. AMS 3570A Strength, Stress Relieved AMS 3658C
Plastic Castings - Methyl Methacrylate, General Purpose AMS 3580 Polytetrafluoroethylene Extrusions, Premium Strength, Stress Relieved AMS 3659C
Plastic Castings - Methyl Methacrylate, Heat Resistant AMS 3581 Polytetrafluoroethylene Moldings, As Sintered, General Purpose Grade AMS 3660B
Plastic Sheet, Copper Faced - Paper Reinforced Phenol- Polytetrafluoroethylene Film, General Purpose Grade AMS 3661C
Formaldehyde AMS 3590A Sheet, Polytetrafluoroethylene, Glass Fabric Reinforced AMS 3662A-76
Plastic Sheet, Copper Faced - Glass Fabric Reinforced Fabric, Glass - Vinyl Coated, Porous AMS 3663
Polytetrafluoroethylene AMS 3598A Fabric Glass - Vinyl Coated AMS 3664B
Plastic Sheet, Copper Faced - Glass Fabric Reinforced Epoxy Resin AMS 3601B Plastic Sheet & Strip, Modified Vinyl, Foamed, Closed Cell AMS 3666B-78
Plastic Sheet - Post Forming, Cotton Fabric Reinforced Phenol- Polytetrafluoroethylene Sheet - Molded, As Sintered, General Purpose
Formaldehyde AMS 3605D Grade AMS 3667C
Plastic Sheet and Plate - Cotton Fabric Reinforced Phenol- Polytetrafluoroethylene - Moldings, Premium Grade, As Sintered AMS 3668B
Formaldehyde AMS 3607C Polyamide-imide Bar, Rod, and Shapes, Molded or Extruded AMS 3670
Plastic Sheet - Methyl Methacrylate, General Purpose AMS 3608 Insulation, Sound & Thermal - Resin Bonded Glass Fiber, Medium
Plastic Sheet - Methyl Methacrylate, Heat Resistant AMS 3609 Filament AMS 3676C
Sheet - Water Vapor Resistant, Flexible, Transparent AMS 3610C Fabric, Polybenzimidazole (PBI) Polyamide Fiberglass, Polytetrafluoro-
Plastic Sheet - Polycarbonate AMS 3611A ethylene (PTFE) Impregnated, AMS 3677
Polyester Film Electrical Grade, General Purpose AMS 3612 Sintered AMS 3680C
Plastic Tubing - Cotton Fabric Reinforced Phenol-Formaldehyde AMS 3615B Insulation, Thermal - Silica Fiber AMS 3681B
Plastic Moldings & Extrusions - Polyamide (Nylon) AMS 3617 Adhesive, Electrically Conductive - Silver - Organic Resin AMS 3682D
Plastic Moldings & Extrusions - Polystyrene AMS 3620B Coating, Electrically Conductive - Silver - Organic Resin AMS 3685A
Plastic Moldings & Extrusions - Cellulose Acetate, General Purpose AMS 3622A Adhesive - Synthetic Rubber - Buna “N” Type AMS 3690B
Elastomeric Tubing - Electric Insulation, Irradiated Polychloroprene, Adhesive Compound - Epoxy, Room Temperature Curing AMS 3691B
Flexible, Heat Shrinkable, 1.750 to 1 Shrink Ratio AMS 3623 Adhesive Compound - Epoxy, Medium Temperature Application AMS 3692B
Plastic Moldings & Extrusions - Cellulose Acetate Butyrate AMS 3624A Adhesive Compound - Epoxy, High Temperature Application AMS 3693C
Elastomeric Tubing - Electrical Insulation, Crosslinked Silicone, Adhesive Modified - Epoxy, Mod. Heat Resistant, 250°F Curing, Film Type
Pigmented, Flexible, Heat Shrinkable, 1.750 to 1 AMS 3625 Sandwich Structures - Glass Fabric Resin, Low Pressure Molded, Heat AMS 3710C
Plastic Moldings & Extrusions - Methyl Methacrylate AMS 3626C Resistant AMS 3720A
Plastic Moldings & Extrusions - Methyl Methacrylate, Heat Resistant AMS 3627 Paper Honeycomb - 60 lb. Paper AMS 3722A
Plastic Extrusions and Moldings, Polycarbonate, General Purpose AMS 3628B-79 Paper Honeycomb - 125 lb. Paper AMS 3730
Tubing - Extruded - Polyvinyl Chloride, High Temperature, Electrical Potting Compound - Foamed Epoxy Type, Amine Hardened AMS 3731B
Insulation AMS 3629 Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type AMS 3731/1B
Plastic Extrusions - Flexible - Polyvinyl Chloride AMS 3630C Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type, Unfilled, Room Temperature
Plastic Extrusions - Flexible, High Temperature, Polyvinyl Chloride AMS 3631 Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type, Filled, Heat Cure, Low CTE, AMS 3731/2C
Plastic Tubing - Electrical Insulation, Irradiated Polyvinylidene Thermal Shock Resistant
Fluoride, Heat Shrinkable, Semi-Rigid, 2 to 1 Shrink Ratio AMS 3632B Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type, Filled, Heat Cure, AMS 3731/3B
Plastic Tubing - Electrical Insulation, Irradiated Polyolefin Heat Machinable
Shrinkable AMS 3633 Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type, Filled, Room Temperature AMS 3731/5B
Plastic Tubing - Electrical Insulation, Polyolefin, Dual Wall, Semi- Cure, Low Exo Therm
Rigid,Heat Shrinkable AMS 3634 Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type, Filled, Room Temperature AMS 3731/7B
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene Sheet, Molded, Unplasticized AMS 3635B-78 Cure, Low Shrinkage AMS 3731/9B
Plastic Tubing - Electrical Insulation, Irradiated Polyolefin, Heat Potting Compound, Epoxy, Flexible, Thermal Shock Resistant, Heat Cure
Shrinkable, Pigmented, Flexible, 2 to 1 Shrink Ratio AMS 3636B Potting Compound, Epoxy, Bisphenol A-Type, Unfilled, Room AMS 3731/10B
Plastic Tubing - Electrical Insulation, Irradiated Polyolefin, Clear, Temperature Cure, Semi-Flexible AMS 3734A
Flexible, Heat Shrinkable, 2 to 1 Shrink Ratio AMS 3637B Superceded by AMS 3731 and 3731/10 AMS 3735B
Plastic Tubing, Electrical Insulation, Irradiated Polyolefin, Semi-Rigid, Superceded by AMS 3731 and 3731/2 AMS 3736A
Pigmented, Heat Shrinkable, 2 to 1 Shrink Ratio AMS 3638F Superceded by AMS 3731 and 3731/7 AMS 3737A
Plastic Tubing, Electrical Insulation, Irradiated Polyolefin, Clear, Semi- Sueprseded by AMS 3731 and 3731/1 AMS 3738B
Rigid, Heat Shrinkable, 2 to 1 Ratio AMS 3639F Superceded by AMS 3731 and 3731/5 AMS 3740B
Superceded by AMS 3731 and 3731/3 AMS 3750A
225
TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications
Copper Wire - Polytetrafluoroethylene Covered, Miniature AMS 3780 Plastic, Rigid Cellular, Apparent Density Of ASTM D 1622-63R75
Copper Wire - Magnet, Single Film Insulated, High Temperature AMS 3781 Plastic, Ethylene, Environmental Stress Cracking Of ASTM D 1693-70R75
Cloth - Airplane - Cotton, Mercerized, 50 Lb. Breaking Strength AMS 3802E Plastic Sheeting, Transparency Of ASTM D 1746-70R78
Cloth - Airplane - Cotton, Mercerized, 65 Lb. Breaking Strength AMS 3804D *Plastics, Rigid Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) ASTM D 1788-81
Cloth - Airplane - Cotton, Mercerized, 80 Lb. Breaking Strength AMS 3806E Plastics, Rigid Cellular, Compressive Properties Of ASTM D 1821-73
Tape - Adhesive - Cloth Back AMS 3810A Plastics, Ignition Properties Of ASTM D 1929-77
Braid Flat, Nylon - Electrical Tying, Synthetic Rubber Coated AMS 3815D Plastics, Rigid Cellular, Response Of, To Thermal & Humid Aging ASTM D 2126-75
Braid Flat, Nylon - Electrical Tying Wax Coated AMS 3816C Plastics, Ring Or Tubular, Apparent Tensile Strength Of, By Split Disc
Braid Flat, Nylon - Electrical Tying Resin Coated AMS 3817C Method ASTM D 2290-76
Fabric, Glass (181) - Chrome Treated AMS 3825 *Plastics, Reinforced, Apparent Horizontal Sheer Strength Of, By
Glass Roving, Epoxy Resin, Preimpregnated, Type ‘E” Glass AMS 3828B Short Beam Method ASTM D 2344-76
Cloth-Silica, “B” Stage Phenolic Resin Impregnated High Pressure Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80, Threaded Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
Molding AMS 3830 (PVC) ASTM D 2464-76
Fabric, Glass (181) - Decorative Grade AMS 3835 Plastics, Indentation Hardness Of, By Means Of A Barcol Impressor ASTM D 2583-75
Superceded by AMS 3677 AMS 3839E Plastics, Indentation Hardness Of, By Means Of a Barcol Impressor ASTM D 2583-81
Superceded by AMS 3677 AMS 3840D Rubber, Hard, Tension Testing Of ASTM D2707-72
Asbestos Fiber Reinforced-Polytetrafluoroethylene Sheet, TFE *Plastics, Structural Reinforced, Interlaminar Shear Strength Of, At
Fluorocarbon Resin AMS 3842 Elevated Temperatures ASTM D 2733-70R76
Polytetrafluorooethylene Sheet, Asbestos Fiber Reinforced, High Plastics, Measuring The Density Of Smoke From The Burning Or .
Compressibility, Low Density AMS 3843C Decomposition Of ASTM D 2843-77
Fire Resistant Properties for Aircraft Materials AMS 3851A Plastics, Measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration To Support
Flame Resistant Properties for Aircraft Materials AMS 3852A Candle Like Combustion Of, (Oxygen Index) ASTM D 2863-77
Flame Resistant Treatment for Interior Fabrics AMS 3855A Plastics, Tensile Properties Of ASTM D 2990-77
Asbestos Felting - “B” Stage Phenolic Resin Impregnated, Low Plastics, Rigid Cellular, Flame Height, Time Of Burning, & Loss Of
Pressure Molding AMS 3858D Weight Of, in a Vertical Position ASTM D 3014-76
Ceramic - Moldings & Extrusions, Dense Ultra-High Alumina Rubber, Hydrolytic Stability Of ASTM D3137-75
(99% A1203) AMS 3870D Plastic, Packaging/Packing ASTM D 3692-80
Crystalized Glass Ceramic AMS 3880C * Plastic Panels, Polyester, Glass Fiber Reinforced - 12 Feb 80 ASTM D 3841-80
Plastic And Electrical Insulating Materials, Impact Resistance Of ANSI/ASTM D 256-78E Plastic Materials, identification Of ASTM D 4000-82
Plastics, Tensile Properteis Of, By Use Of Microtensil Specimens ANSI/ASTM D 638-80 Plastic, Methods Of Testing FED-STD-406A
Plastic, Rigid, Compressive Properties Of ANSI/ASTM D 695-80 Rubber, Sampling And Testing FED-STD-601
Plastics, Coefficient Of Linear Thermal Expansion Of ANSI/ASTM D 696-79 NOTICE 7
*Plastic Sheeting, Thin, Tensile Properties Of - 31 Aug 79 ANSI/ASTM B 882-79 Plastic Filling Instruments and Contouring Instruments, Dental GG-P-001278A
Plastics, Sampling Of ANSI/ASTM D1898- Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Cellulose Acetate Butyrate L-P-249C
68R9E Polyethylene Pipe L-P-315
*Plastic, Unidirectional Reinforced, Inplane Sheer Stress Strain Pipe and fittings, plastic (PVC, drain, waste and vent) L-P-320
Response Of ANSI/ASTM D 3518-76 Pipe and fittings, plastic (acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS) drain,
Plastics, Transparent Organic, Index Of Refraction Of ASTM D 542-50R70 waste and vent) L-P-322
Plastic, Water Absorption Of ASTM D 543-67RBE Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Cellulose Acetate Butyrate L-P-349C
Plastics, Resistance Of, to Chemical Reagents ASTM D 543-87R78 Plastic Molding Material (Propylene Plastics, Injection & Extrusion) L-P-349B
Plastic To Chemical Reagents, Resistance Of ASTM D 570-81 Plastic Film, Sheet and Strip (Polyvinyl Chloride, Copolymer Of
*Plastics, Flexible, Flammability ASTM D 588-74 Vinylidene Chloride and Vinyl Chloride, Or Polyethylene) L-P-370C
Plastics Under Load, Deformation Of ASTM D 621-64 Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride L-P-375C
Plastics, Rate Of Burning and/or Extent & Time Of Burning Of Polyethylene Terephthalate Plastic Film L-P-377A
Self-supporting Plastics In a Horizontal Position ASTM D 635-81 Plastic Sheet and Strip, Polyester L-P-377B
Plastic Sheet, Flat Transparent, ce Irregularities of ASTM D 637-50R70 Polyethylene Plastic Film Thin Gauge L-P-378A
*Plastics, Deflection Temperature Of, Under Flexural Load ASTM D 646-72 Plastic Sheet and Strip, Thin Gauge, Polyolefin L-P-378D
Plastic, Deflection Temperature Of, Under Flexural Load ASTM D 648-82 Plastic Molding Material, Methacrylate L-P-380C
Plastics, Flexural Fatique Of, By Constant Amplitude Of Force ASTM D 671-71R8E Plastic Material, Polyester Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Low Pressure
Plastics, Mar Resistance Of ASTM D 673-70 Laminated L-P-383
Plastic, Rigid, Compressive Properties Of ASTM D 695-80 Plastic Molding & Extrusion Material, Polychlorotrifluoroethylene L-P-385C
Plastics, Shear Strength Of ASTM D 732-78 Plastic Material, Cellular, Urethane (Flexible) L-P-386C
Plastics & Elastomers, Brittleness Temperature Of, by Impact ASTM D 746-79 Plastic Sheet Laminated Thermosetting (For Designation Plate) L-P-387
*Plastics, Rigid, In a Horizontalion, Incandescence Resistance Of ASTM D 757-77 INT AMD 2
Plastics & Electrical, Insulatinrials, Rockwell Hardness Of ASTM D 785-85R70 Plastic Sheet Laminated Thermosetting (For Design Plates) L-P-387A
Plastics & Electrical Insulating Materials, Flexural Properties Of INT AMD 2 (SH)
Unreinforced & Reinforced ASTM D 790-81 Plastic Molding Material, FEP Fluroro-carbon, Molding & Extrusion L-P-389A
Plastics, Specific Gravity & Density Of, By Displacement ASTM D 792-66R75 Plastic, Molding and Extrusion Material, Polyethylene and
*Plastics Containing Chlorine, Short Time Stability At Elevated Copolymers (Low, Medium, and High Density) L-P-390C
Temperatures Of ASTM D 793-49R76 Plastic Sheets, Rods and Tubing, Rigid Cast, Methacrylate
Plastic, Standard Definitions Of Terms Relating To ASTM D 883-80C (Multiapplication) L-P-391D
Plastic, Bearing Strength Of ASTM D 953-80 Plastic Molding Material, Acetal, Injection and Extrusion L-P-392A
Plastics, Transparent, Haze & Luminous Transmittance Of ASTM D 1003-6-61R70 Plastic Molding Material, Polycarbonate, Injection and Extrusion L-P-393A
*Plastics, Sheet, Warpage Of ASTM D 1181-56R71 Polypropylene Material for Injection Moldings and Extrusion L-P-394A
Plastics, Loss Of Plasticizer From, (Activated Carbon Methods) ASTM D 1203-87R74 Plastic Molding (and Extrusion) Material, Nylon, Glass Fiber
Plastic Materials, Resistance To Abrasion Of ASTM D1242-56R75 Reinforced L-P-395C
*Plastic Sheeting Flexible Thin, Rate of Burning and/or Extent & Time Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polystyrene L-P-396B
Of Burning, Supported on a 45º Incline- 1 Jul 77 ASTM D 1433-77 Plastic Molding Material, Cellulose Acetate L-P-397C
Plastics, Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE) ASTM D 1430-81 Plastic Molding Material, Styrene-butadiene L-P-398B
Plastic, Outdoor Weathering Of ASTM D 1435-75R9E Plastic Molding & Extrusion Material, Styrene Acrylonitrile Copolymers L-P-399B
Rubber, Property Elongation At Specific Stress ASTM D1456-81 Urea-Formaldehyde Molding Material L-P-401
Plastics, Operating Light & Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon Arc Plastic Molding Material, Polytetrafluorethylene (Tfefluorocarbon) L-P-403C
Type) For Exposure Of ASTM D 1499-84R77 Plastic, Polyamide (Nylon), Rigid, Rods, Tubes, Flats, Molded and
*Plastic, Corrugated Reinforced, Tranverse Load Of, Panels ASTM D 1502-60 Cast Parts L-P-410A
Plastics, Density Of, By the Density-gradient Technique ASTM D 1505-88 Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-1041) L-P-501
Plastics, Viacat Softening Temperature Of ASTM D 1525-76 Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-1036) L-P-503
226
TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications
Plastic Sheet and Film, Cellulose Acetate L-P-504D Fiber, Rod (Sheet) for Small Arms Buffer Disks MIL-F-13526
Shatter-Resistant, Rigid, Reinforced, Translucent Corrugated Sheet, Faucets, Polyethylene MIL-F-14547
Polyester, Acrylic or Combination L-P-505B Fiberboard, Solid, Non-Corrosive, Fungi Resistant for Interior Blocking MIL-F-26862B
Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D1463) L-P-506A Glass Laminated, Flat (Except Aircraft) MIL-G-3787E
Acrylic Sheet, Extruded L-P-507 Glass Fiber Base Laminate Epoxy Resin MIL-G-21792A
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Decorative and Nondecorative L-P-508H Havelock, Plastic MIL-H-19793B
Plastic Sheet, Rod and Tube, Laminated, Thermosetting L-P-509A Hose Assembly, Tetrafluoroethylene, High Temperature, Power Plant
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-535) L-P-510A Aircraft MIL-H-25597B
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting Cotton Fabric Base, Hose, Tetrafluoroethylene, High Temperature, Medium Pressure MIL-H-27267
Phenolic Resin L-P-511 (1) Hose Assembly, Tetrafluoroethylene, Pneumatic, High Pressure MIL-H-38390A
Plastic Sheet (Sheeting), Polyethylene L-P-512C Insulation, Electrical, Synthetic, Resin Composition, Non-Rigid MIL-I-631D
Thermoset Phenolic Sheet, Paper Reinforced L-P-513A Fiberglass Thermal Insulation Board MIL-I-742F
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-528B) L-P-514A Insulation, Electrical, Plastic-Sealer MIL-I-3064
Plastic sheet, polystyrene, modified L-P-515 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Glass-Fiber (resin-filled) and Cord,
Plastic Sheet & Plastic Rod, Thermosetting, Cast L-P-516A Fibrous-Glass MIL-I-3158D
Plastic Sheet, Scribe-coated L-P-517C (1) Insulation Sleeving, Flexible, Treated MIL-I-3190F
Plastic Sheet, Tracing, Glazed and Matte Finish L-P-519C Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-fusing MIL-I-3825B
Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D3368) L-P-523D Insulation Sleeving, Flexible, Electrical MIL-I-7444D
Polyethylene, Laminated, Nylon Reinforced Sheet L-P-524 Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24391) MIL-I-7798A
Plastic Strip, Dental Matrix L-P-525A Insulation Sheet, Cellular, Plastic, Thermal MIL-I-14551
Plastic sheet, Styrene-Acrylonitrile L-P-526 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive MIL-I-15126F
Plastic Sheet, Styrene-Butadiene L-P-527B Inhibitor, Cellulose Acetate, Extruded MIL-I-17276A
Cancelled (Superceded by A-A-2681) L-P-528B Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-3190) MIL-I-18057A
Plastic Sheet (Sheeting), Plastic Strip, Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-22444) MIL-I-18622A
Vinyl Chloride Vinyl Acetate Copolymer, Rigid L-P-535E Insulation Tape, Glass Fabric, TFE Coated MIL-I-18746B
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-1036) L-P-540 Plastic Sheet, Teflon TFE and Glass Cloth, Laminated MIL-I-19161A
Plastic Sheet & Insulation Sheet, Electrical (Laminated, Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure Sensitive, High Temperature Glass MIL-I-19166C
Thermosetting, Paper Base, Phenolic Resin) L-P-543C Insulation Sheets, Electrical, Pasted Mica, Silicone Bonded MIL-I-19526
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-315) L-P-545 Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible Vinyl, Treated Glass Fiber MIL-I-21557B
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-390) L-P-590 Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible, Low Temperature MIL-I-22076B
Plastic Molding Material, Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Vinyl Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Non-Rigid Teflon TFE Resin MIL-I-22129C
Chloride-vinyl Acetate Copolymer, Rigid L-P-1035A Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-Bonding, Silicone Rubber Treated Bias
Plastic Rod Solid, Plastic Tubes and Tubing, Heavy Walled, Polyvinyl Weave or Sinusoidal Weave Glass, Cable Splicing, Naval Shipboard MIL-I-22444C
Chloride, Rigid L-P-1036A Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible, Heat Shrinkable MIL-I-23053D
Plastic Sheets And Strips (Polyvinyl Fluoride) L-P-1040B Insulation Tape, Electrical, High Temperature, Teflon, Pressure Sensitive MIL-I-23594C
Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Vinylidene Chloride Vinyl Insulation Electrical, High Temperature, Bonded, Synthetic Fiber Paper MIL-I-24204A
Chloride Copolymer L-P-1041A Insulation Tape, Electrical, Plastic Pressure-Sensitive MIL-I-24391C
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-M-14) L-P-1125 Insulation, Plastics, Laminated, Thermosetting: General Specification For MIL-I-24768
Chlorotrifluoroethylene Copolymer Extruded L-P-1174 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Cloth, Melamine-Resin
Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D1788) L-P-1183B (GME) MIL-I-24768/1
Plastic Polyamide (Nylon) Rigid, Rod, Tube, Flat and Molded Parts L-P-00410 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Cloth, Epoxy-Resin
Plastic Strip, Dental Matrix L-P-00525B (GEE) MIL-I-24768/2
Plastic For Aerospace Vehicles Part 1 Reinforced Plastics MIL-HDBK 17A-1 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Cloth, Epoxy-Resin
NOTICE 1 # 11 # (GEB) MIL-I-24768/3
Plastic For Flight Vehicles Part 2 Transparent Glazing Materials MIL-HDBK 17A-2 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Cloth, Melamine-Resin
Plastic, Processing Of MIL-HDBK 139 (GMG) MIL-I-24768/8
Plastic Coating Compound, Strippable, Hot and Cold Dip MIL-HDBK 696 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Nylon Fabric Base, Phenolic
Plastics MIL-HDBK 700A Resin (NPG) MIL-I-24768/9
Adhesive, Acrylic Monomer Base, For Acrylic Plastic MIL-A-8576A Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Paper Base, Phenolic Resin
Adhesive, Plastic Sheet MIL-A-24084 (PBE) MIL-I-24768/10
Adhesive Acrylic Monomer & Polymer Base, for Acrylic Plastics MIL-A-25055 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Paper Base, Phenolic Resin
Board, Composition, Water-Resistant, Solid MIL-B-3106 (PBG) MIL-I-24768/11
Container, Ammunition, Fiber Spirally Wound MIL-C-2439B Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Paper Base, Phenolic Resin
(ASG) - Cloth, Polyethylene, Leno MIL-C-4222B (PBM) MIL-I-24768/12
Cellulose Acetate Butyrate MIL-C-5537A Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base,
Cord, Nylon, Cordless MIL-C-7515B Phenolic Resin (FBE) MIL-I-24768/13
Cloth, Coated Asbestos MIL-C-7637B Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base,
Core Material, Plastic Honeycomb Laminated Glass Fabric Base (for Phenolic Resin (FBG) MIL-I-24768/14
aircraft structural applications) MIL-C-8073A Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base,
Coating Compound, Metal Pre-treatment, Resin Acid MIL-C-8514C Phenolic Resin (FBI) MIL-I-24768/15
Cloth, Glass, Finished, for Polyester Resin Laminates MIL-C-9084B Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Cotton Fabric Base,
Cellulose Nitrate Plastic (celluloid or pyroxylin type) for use in ammunition MIL-C-15567 Phenolic Resin (FBM) MIL-I-24768/16
Cover, Plastic, Shipboard Lighting Fixture Protective MIL-C-17954 Insulation, Plastic, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Cloth, Silicone Resin
Cloth, Polyethylene, Aluminum Foil & Nylon Leno (radar reflective) MIL-C-18097 (GSG) MIL-I-24768/17
Curtain, Shower, Vinyl Film MIL-C-18336C Luminescent Material & Equipment (Non-Radioactive) MIL-L-3891A
Cleaning & Polishing Compound Transparent Plastic Aircraft Materials MIL-C-18767B Light Panel, Plastic Plate Lighting MIL-L-7806A
Capacitors Fixed Plastic (or paper plastic) Dielectric (hermetically sealed Lacquer, Acrylic-Nitrocellulose Gloss (for aircraft use) MIL-L-19537C
in metallic, ceramic or glass cases) MIL-C-19978B Molding Plastics and Molded Parts, Thermosetting MIL-M-14G
Clamp, Loop, Plastic, Wire Support MIL-C-21565A Adhesive, Epoxy MIL-M-14042B
Epoxy-Polyamide Chemical & Solvent Resistant for Weapon Systems MIL-C-22750A Molding Plastic, Polytetrafluorethylene, TFE-Fluorocarbon Resin MIL-M-14077A
Coating System, Epoxy-Polyamide Chemical & Solvent Resistant MIL-C-22751B Mats, Fibrous Glass, for Reinforcing Plastic MIL-M-15617A
Cushioning Material, Packaging, Synthetic Fibers MIL-C-26296 Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-410A) MIL-M-19098
Cloth, Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon, High Strength, Flexible MIL-C-43006B Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D4066) MIL-M-20693B
Cloth, Coated and Laminated, Chloroprene on Nylon MIL-C-53028 Polychlorotrefluorethylene Resin for Molding MIL-M-21470
Fiber Sheet, Vulcanized MIL-F-10336C Molding Plastic & Molded Plastic Parts, Asbestos-Fiber Filled Arc & Flame-
Film, Flexible Vinyl MIL-F-10400A Resistant Phenolic Resin MIL-M-21556
227
TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-1183) MIL-M-22544 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards),
Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D4066) MIL-N-18324D Base Material GH, Glass Base, Epoxy Resin, Heat Resistant &
Nylon Plastic, Flexible Molded or Extruded MIL-N-18352 Flame Retardant, Copper Clad (0.031 in. & Over) MIL-P-13949/5A
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-516) MIL-P-77 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards),
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-387) MIL-P-78A Base Material GY, Glass Base, Polytetrafluorethylene Resin,
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24768/8, 10, 11, 13, 14, and 16) MIL-P-79C Flame Retardant, For Microwave Application, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/14
Acrylic Sheet, Anti-Electrostatic Coated MIL-P-80 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring), General MIL-P-13949F (1)
Plastic Coating Compound, Strippable Hot Dripping MIL-P-149C Specification For SUPP 1
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24768/17) MIL-P-997D Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal-CLAD (For Printed Wiring Boards),
Laminated Plastic Sheet, Copper-Clad MIL-P-1394C Base Material GB, Glass Base, Epoxy Resin, Heat Resistant,
Cancelled (Superceded to L-P-590) MIL-P-3054A Copper Clad (0.031 in. and Over) MIL-P-13949/2A
Non-Rigid Polyamide (Nylon) Resin MIL-P-3086 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal-Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards),
Cancelled (Superceded to L-P-513A) MIL-P-3115C Base Material GR, Glass Base, Polytetrafluoroethylene Resin,
Plastic Material, Molding, Rigid Thermoplastic, Aniline, Formaldehyde Flame Retardant, For Microwave Applications, Copper-Clad MIL-P-13949/7C
for use in Electronic Communications MIL-P-3408 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal-Clad (for Printed Wiring Boards),
Plastic Material, Molding, Rigid Thermoplastic, Polydichlorostyrene, Base Material GX, Glass Base, Polytetrafluoroethylene Resin,
For Use in Electronic, Communications, & Allied Electrical Flame Retardant, For Microwave Application, Copper-Clad MIL-P-13949/9B
Equipment MIL-P-3409 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal-clad (For Printed Wiring boards),
Plastic Material, Molding, Rigid Thermoplastic, Polyvinylchloried and Base Material, GF, Glass Base, Epoxy Resin, Flame Retardant,
Copolymers Thereof; for use in Electronic Communications Copper-Clad MIL-P-13949/4B
and Allied Equipment MIL-P-3410 Plastic Sheet, Base Material GT, Blass Base, Polytetrafluoroethylene
Plastic Sheet, Polyvinylchloride, Plasticized Elastomeric MIL-P-3584A Resin, Flame Retardant, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949-88
Resin, Phenol-Formaldehyde, Laminating MIL-P-3745 Plastic Sheet, Base Material PX, Paper Base, Epoxy Resin, Flame
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-P-21922, L-P-390, L-P-512A, Retardant, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/1
L-P-378A) MIL-P-3803 Plastic Sheet, Laminated, ;Materials (For Printed jWiring boards), GF
Plastic Molding Material, Asphalt, Asbestos Filled MIL-P-4309B Base Matrial, Glass Cloth, Resin Preimpregnated (B-Stage) MIL-P-13949/12
Plastic Sheet (Sheeting) Pressure Sensitive, Adhesive Coated, Plastic Sheet, Laminated, metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards Base
Cellulose Acetate, Transparent MIL-P-4614B Material GH, Glass Base, Epoxy Resin, heat Resistant & Flame
Plastic Film, Polyethylene, For Balloon Use MIL-P-4640A Retardant, Copper Clad (0.031 in & Over) MIL-P-13949/5A
Plastic, Sheet, Acrylic, Heat Resistant MIL-P-5425D Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards),
Plastic, Phenolic, Graphited, Sheets, Rods, Tubes, and Shapes MIL-P-5431A Base Material GP, Glass Base, Polytetrafluoroethylene Resin,
Plastic Sheet, Vinyl Copolymer, Thin MIL-P-6265A Flame Retardant, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/6C
Plastic Sheet and Film, Vinyl Copolymers MIL-P-6264B Plastic Sheet, Laminated, metal Clad (For Printed Wiring boards),
Plastic, Working and Installation Of Transparent sheet, General Base Material Gy, Glass Base, Polytetrafluorethylene Resin,
Specification For MIL-P-6997B NOTICE 2 Flame Retardant, For Microwave Application, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/14
Plastic Parts, Aircraft Exterior, General Requirements and Tests for MIL-P-7094A Plastic Sheet, Laminated, metal CLad (For Printed Wiring) General MIL-P-13949F (2)
Rain-Erosion Protection Of NOTICE 1 # 11 # Specifications For SUPP1
Plastic Materials, Polyester Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Low Pressure Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal-Clad (for Printed Wiring Boards),
Laminated MIL-P-8013C Base Material GB, Glass, Base, Epoxy Resin, Heat Resistant,
Plastic, Self-sealing and Non-self-sealing Tank Backing Material MIL-P-8045B Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/2A
Thermoset Phenolic Resin Sheets and Tubes, Asbestos Paper and Plastic Sheet, Laminated, metal-Clad (For Printed Wiring boards),
Cloth Reinforced (see L-P-509A) MIL-P-8059A Base Material GR, Glass Base, Polytetrafluorethylene resin,
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified MIL-P-8184B Flame Retardant, For Microwave Application, Copper-clad MIL-P-13949/7C
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified MIL-P-8184C Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal-Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards),
Polyester Base, Cast Transparent Sheet, Thermosetting MIL-P-8257 Base Material GF, Glass Base, Epoxy Resin, Flame Retardant,
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-511) MIL-P-8587A Copper-Clad MIL-P-13949/4B
Plastic, Sheet, Colored, Instrument Flying Training MIL-P-8655A Plastic Sheet, Laminated, metal-Clad (For Printed jWiring boards),
Plastic Laminate and Sandwich Construction Parts, Aircraft Structural, Base Material GX, GlassBase, Polytetrafluorethylene Resin.
Process Specification Requirements MIL-P-9400B Flame Retardant, For Mocrowave Application, Copper-Clad MIL-P-13949/9B
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-P-26514) MIL-P-9969 Plastic, Cellulose-Acetate, Sheets and Film MIL-P-14118
Plastic, Cellulose Acetate Molding Material & Molded Parts MIL-P-10408A Plastic Film, Nonrigid, Transparent MIL-P-14591D
Plastic, Phenolic, Fabricated Parts MIL-P-10420A Plastic Sheet and Strip (Polyolefin) (For Use in Ammunition) MIL-P-14790
Protractor, Rectangular (Plastic, 1 3/4 inches by 6 inches) MIL-P-11720B Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24768/13, 14, 15, and 16) MIL-P-15035C
Plastic Material, Cellular, Elastomeric MIL-P-12420C Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24768/1) MIL-P-15037E
Plastic Sheet, Filled Phenolic, Uncured MIL-P-13436A Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24768/9) MIL-P-15047C
Polystyrene Sheet, Rod, Tube MIL-P-13491 Plastic Material, Unicellular (Sheets and Tubes) MIL-P-15280H
Padding Materials, Resilient (for packaging of ammunition) MIL-P-13607 Plastic Mix, Refractory, Fire Clay, Super Duty MIL-P-15731D
Plastic Sheet, Base Material PX, Paper Base, Epoxy Resin, Flame Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-380) MIL-P-16413
Retardant, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/1 Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-349) MIL-P-16414
Plastic Sheet, Base Material GE, Glass Base, Epoxy Resin, General Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-397) MIL-P-16416
Purpose, Copper-CLAD MIL-P-13949/3A Plastic, Thermosetting, Pulp-Filled Preforms MIL-P-16617B
Plastic Sheet, Base Material GT, Glass Base Polytetrafluoroethylene Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-410) MIL-P-17091
Resin, Copper-CLAD MIL-P-13949/8B Plastic, Laminate, Decorative, High Pressure MIL-P-17171D
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Materials (For Printed Wiring Boards), GF Cellulose Acetate Sheet MIL-P-17276
Base Material, Glass Cloth, Resin Preimpregnated (B-Stage) MIL-P-13949/12 Plastic Laminates, Fibrous Glass Reinforced, Marine Structural MIL-P-17549D
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Materials (For Printed Wiring Boards), GI Insulation Sleeving, Flexible Silicone Rubber Coated Glass MIL-P-18057A
Base Material, Glass Coth, Resin Preimpregnated (B-Stage) MIL-P-13949/13 Plastic Sheet, Vinyl, Flexible, Transparent, Optical Quality MIL-P-18080A
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Materials (For Printed Wiring Boards), GE Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24768/2, 3) MIL-P-18177C (1)
Base Material, Glass Cloth, Resin Preimpregnated (B stage) MIL-P-13949/11 Plastic Material, Laminated Phenolic, For Bearings (Water or Grease
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards), Lubrication) MIL-P-18324D
Base Material GP, Glass Base, Polytetrafloroethylene Resin, Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Glass Cloth Polytetrafluoroethylene Resin MIL-P-19161A
Flame Retardant, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/6C Plastic Sheets, Polyethylene, Virgin and Borated, Neutron Shielding MIL-P-19336C
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring Boards), Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D1710) MIL-P-19468A
Base Material GT, Glass Base, Polyimide Resin, Heat Plastic Molding Material (Polystyrene Foam, Expanded Bead) MIL-P-19644C
Resistant, Copper Clad MIL-P-13949/10A Plastic Material, Molding, Acrylic, Colored and White, Heat Resistant,
For Lighting Fixtures MIL-P-19735B
228
TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-M-14) MIL-P-19833B Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polysulfone MIL-P-46120A
Plastic Sheet, Acrylo-nitrite Butadiene Styrene Copolymer, Rigid MIL-P-19904A Plastic Sheet and Coating Material, Para-xylylene Polymers MIL-P-46121B
Plastic, Plastisol (For Coating Metallic Objects) MIL-P-20689C Plastic Molding Material and Plastic Extrusion Material, Polyvinylidene
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-391) MIL-P-21105C Fluoride Polymer and Copolymer MIL-P-46122B
Plastic Sheet, Cellulose Acetate, Optical Quality MIL-P-21094B Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Ionmer Resins MIL-P-46124B
Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D4549) MIL-P-21347D Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polyphenylene Oxide Modified MIL-P-46129A
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-385) MIL-P-21470 Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polyphenylene Oxide,
Plastic Rods and Tubes, Polyethylene MIL-P-21922B Modified, Glass Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-46131B
Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam-in-place, Rigid 2 and Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Poly(aryl Sulfone Ether) Resin
4 lbs. Per Cubic Foot MIL-P-21929B Thermoplastic MIL-P-46133A
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-512) MIL-P-22035 Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Acetal, Glass Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-46137A
Insulation Sleeving, Electrical, Flexible, Low Temperature MIL-P-22076A Plastic Sheet, Polycarbonate MIL-P-46144B
Cancelled (Superceded by ASTM D4066) MIL-P-22096B Plastic Molding Material, Polyterephthalate Thermoplastic, Glass
Plastic Sheet and Film, Teflon (TFE) MIL-P-22241B Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-46161A
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-P-22241) MIL-P-22242 Plastic Laminates, Glass Reinforced (For Use in Armor Composites) MIL-P-46166
Plastic Film, Polyester, Polyethylene Coated (For I.D. Cards) MIL-P-22270 Plastic, Sheet Molding Compound, Polyester, Glass Fiber Reinforced
Plastic Tubes and Tubing, Polytetrafluorethylene, (Tfefluorocarbon (For General Purpose Applications) MIL-P-46169A
Resin), Heavy Walled MIL-P-22296B Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polyamide Imide MIL-P-46179
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-I-24204) MIL-P-22324A Plastic Molding Material, Polyamide (Nylon), Glass Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-46180
Plastic Sheet, Vibration Damping (Type MI-d2) MIL-P-22581B (1) Plastic Molding Material, Polyamide (Supertough Nylon) MIL-P-46181
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-390C) MIL-P-22748A Plastic Molding & Extrusion material, Polyetherimide (PE) MIL-P-46184
Plastic Coating Compound, Strippable - Electroplating MIL-P-23242B Plastic Material, Foamed Polyurethane For Encapsulating Electronic
Plastic Sheets, Virgin & Borated Polyethylene MIL-P-23536A Components MIL-P-46847A
Plastic Tiles, Vibration Damping MIL-P-23653C Plastic Molding Material, Epoxy, Glass Fiber MIL-P-46892A
Plastic Sheet, Cast, Acrylic, Shipboard Application (Illumination and Plastic, Sheet, Polyolefin, Spunbonded MIL-P-47075
Signal Lighting) MIL-P-24191C Plastic Laminates, Glass Fabric Base Epoxy Resin, Structural Shapes MIL-P-47135
Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Rigid, Void Filler, Plastic Bonded HMX (95/5) Powder (For Use in Ammunition) MIL-P-50854
Pour-in-Place, Large Scale and Installation Of MIL-P-24249 Plastic Sheet, Polypropylene Polyethylene Laminate Film MIL-P-51402
Plastic Material, Unicellular, Sheet, Elastomeric MIL-P-24333 Plastic Sheet, Vinyl, Flexible MIL-P-51403
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting Electrical-Insulating Sheet, Plastic Sheets, Vinyl Chloride Polymer and Copolymer Flexible MIL-P-51406
Polyester Glass-mat Grade Gpo N-1 (Classes 130, 155, 180) MIL-P-24364/1 (2) Plastic Sheet, Polyethylene Butene 1 Copolymer MIL-P-51431
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Electrical Insulating Sheet, Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polyethylene Butene 1
Polyester Glass-mat Grade Gpo-n3 MIL-P-24364/3 (1) Copolymer, High Density MIL-P-51431
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Electrical Insulating Sheet, Plastic Tube, Polyethylene Butene 1 Copolymer MIL-P-51433
Glass Mat MIL-P-24364 (1) Thermoset Phenolic Resin Tube, Nylon Reinforced MIL-P-52189
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified, Laminated MIL-P-25374A Cancelled (Superceded by A-A-56021) MIL-P-55010A
Plastic Material, Heat Resistant, Low Pressure Laminated Glass Plastic Sheet and Laminates, Flexible, for Environmental Protective
Fiber Base, Polyester Resin MIL-P-25395A Storage and Shipping Systems MIL-P-58102
Plastic Material, Glass Fiber Base-epoxy Resin, Low Pressure Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Ethyl Cellulose, For Rocket
Laminated MIL-P-25421B Grain Inhibiting Materials MIL-P-63462
Plastic Material, Phenolic Resin, Glass-fiber Base, Laminated MIL-P-25515C Plastic Molding Material, Asbestos Phenlolic MIL-P-81255A
Plastic Materials, Silicone Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Low Pressure Plastic, Molding Material, Polycarbonate, Glass Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-81390
Laminated MIL-P-25518B Plastic Sheets, Flexible, Weather Resistant, Heat Sealable, For
Plastic, Sheets and Parts, Modified Acrylic Base, Monolithic, Crack Outdoor Storage Use MIL-P-81598A
Propagation Resistant MIL-P-25690A Plastic Material, Polyester Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Filament
Plastic Materials, Asbestos Base, Phenolic Resin, Low or High Wound Tube MIL-P-82540
Pressure Laminates MIL-P-25770A Plastic Film, Conductive, Heat Sealable, Flexible MIL-P-82646
Polyurethane Foam, Rigid or Flexible, for Packaging MIL-P-26514F Plastic Molding Material, Glass Phenolic MIL-P-82860
Plastic Tubes and Tubing, Polyethylene MIL-P-26692 Plastic Sheet, Polycarbonate, Transparent MIL-P-83310
Plastic Sheet, FEP Fluorocarbon Unfilled, Copper-Clad MIL-P-27538 Plastic Board (For Packaging Applications) MIL-P-83668
Tape, Anti-Seizing, Teflon (TFE) MIL-P-27730A Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam-in-place, Rigid (3 lbs.
Plastic Strip, Denture Trial Pack MIL-P-36464 Per Cubic Foot Density) MIL-P-83379A
Plastic Strip, Dental Surface Protection, Mouthguard MIL-P-36895 Rubber, Fabricated Parts MIL-R-3065D
Plastic Material, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, For Aerospace Rope, Polyethylene MIL-R-4874
Identification and Marking MIL-P-38477A Resin, Polyester, Low Pressure, Laminating MIL-R-7575B
Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene (For Bouyancy Applications) MIL-P-40619A Resin, Polyester, Low Pressure, Laminating MIL-R-7575C
Thermoset Phenolic Resin Rod, Nylon Reinforced MIL-P-43037 Retainer, Packing, Hydraulic and Pneumatic, Tetrafluoroethylene Resin MIL-R-8791
Plastic Molding Material, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, High Resin Phenolic, Low Pressure Laminating MIL-R-9299A
Temperature Resistant MIL-P-43038B Resin Epoxy, Low Pressure, Laminating MIL-R-9300A
Plastic Molding Material, Pre-mix, Polyester, Glass Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-43043C Rubber, Shaft Covering Materials (For Marine Propeller Shafts) MIL-R-15058G (2)
Plastic Potting and Impregnating Material, Polybutene MIL-P-43045B Rubber, Fluorosilicone Elastomer, Oil And Fuel Resistant, O Rings,
Plastic Molding Material (Plotting and Impregnating), Polyethylene, Class 1, Grade 60 MIL-R-25988/3 (1)
Low Molecular Weight MIL-P-43081B Rubber, Fluorosilicone Elastomer, Oil And Fuel Resistant, O Rings,
Plastic Tubing (Flexible, Polyurethane Film) MIL-P-43604A Class 1, Grade 80 MIL-R-25988/4 (1)
Plastic Coating Compound, Strippable, Cold Dipping, 120ºF MIL-P-45021B Rubber, Fluorosilicone Elastomer, Oil and Fuel Resistant, O Rings,
Plastic Sheet, Rods, Tubes and Discs, Polychlorotrifluorethylene MIL-P-46036B Class 3 MIL-R-25988/2 (1)
Rubber, Fluorosilicone Elastomer, Oil And Fuel Resistant, Sheets,
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-P-25515C) MIL-P-46040A
Strips, Molded Parts, And Extruded Shapes MIL-R-25988A (3)
Plastic Sheet, Flexible Vinyl MIL-P-46041
Rubber, Fluorosilicone Elastomer, Oil and Fuel Resistant, O Rings,
Cancelled (Superceded by L-P-410) MIL-P-46060
Class 1, Grade 70 MIL-R-25988/1A
Plastic Embedding Compound, Epoxy Resin System MIL-P-46067B
Rubber, Hard (Ebonite), Natural Or Synthetic, Sheet, Strip, Rod,
Plastic Filler Compound, Epoxy, For Honeycomb Panels MIL-P-46094
Tubing, and Molder Parts MIL-R-45036D
Plastic Molding Material, Polyropylene, Glass Fiber Reinforced MIL-P-46109C
Rubber, Sponge, Silicone, Closed Cell MIL-R-46089B
Plastic Foam, Polyurethane (For Use in Aircraft) MIL-P-46111C
Rubber, Silicone, Room Temperature Curing MIL-R-47211 (1)
Plastic Sheet & Strip, Polyimide MIL-P-46112B
Rubber, Fluorocarbon Elastomer, High Temperature, Fluid, And
Plastic Molding and Extrusion Material, Polyphenylene Oxide MIL-P-46115B Compression Set Resistant MIL-R-83248 (2)
229
TECHNICAL DATA
Specifications

Compresison Set Resistant, O Rings, Class 1, 75 Hardness MIL-R-83248/1A
Compression Set Resistant, O Rings, Class 2, 90 Hardness MIL-R-83248/2
Rubber, Silicone, High Strength, Cabin Pressure Seal Material,
Diaphragm Type MIL-R-83283
Rubber, Ethylene-propylene, General Purpose MIL-R-83285
Rubber, Polyurethane, Castable, Humidity Resistant MIL-R-83397A
Rubber, Ethylene-proplyene, Hydrazine Resistant MIL-R-83412A
Rubber, Ethylene-propylene, Hydrazine Resistant, O Rings Sizes and
Tolerances MIL-R-83412/1
Rubber, Fluorocarbon Elastomer, Improved Performance At Low
Temperature MIL-R-83485 (1)
Rubber, Fluorocarbon Elastomer, Improved Performance At Low
Temperatures, O Rings, Sizes And Tolerances MIL-R-83485/1
Sandwich Construction, Plastic Resin, Glass Fabric Base, Laminated
Facings & Honeycomb Core for Aircraft Structural Applications MIL-S-9041A
Tape, Asbestos MIL-T-4117A
Tape, Textile and Webbing, Textile, Reinforcing, Nylon Mil-T-5038
Cancelled (Superceded by MIL-T-23594) MIL-T-22742
Film Tape, Pressure Sensitive MIL-T-23142B
Tape, Pressure Sensitive, Filament Reinforced, Plastic Film MIL-T-43036B
Webbing, Textile, Nylon, Tubular MIL-W-5625E
Wire, Electrical Polyetrafluoroethylene Insulated, Copper, 600 Volt MIL-W-7139
Window, Observation, Acrylic Base, Anti-Electrostatic, Transparent
(for indicating instrument) MIL-W-80C
Fiberglass Yarn, Cord Sleeving, Tape & Cloth MIL-Y-1140H
Plastic Coating Compound, Strippable (Hot Dipping) QPL-149-12
Plastic-material, Laminated, Thermosetting, Electrical Insulation,
Sheets, Glass Cloth, Silicone Resin QPL-997-71
Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Rigid, Void Filler, QLP-2429
Foam-in-place, Large Scale And Installation Of NOTICE 1
Plastic Film, Polyethylene, For Balloon Use QPL-4640-4
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Heat Resistant QPL-5425-14
Plastic, Acrylic Sheet, Modified QPL-8184-12
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Metal Clad (For Printed Wiring), General
Specification For QPL-13949-9
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass-cloth,
Melamine-resin QPL-P-15037-61
Plastic Material, Unicellular (Sheets and Tubes) QPL-15280-9
Plastic Mix, Refractory (Superduty, Fire-clay) QPL-15731-40
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Glass Fiber Base,
Epoxy-resin QPL-18177-89
Plastic Material, Laminated-phenolic, For Bearings (Water Or Grease
Lubrication) QPL-18324-30
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Glass Cloth Polytetrafluoroethylene Resin QPL-19161-20
Plastic Rods, Polytetrafluorethylene, Molded and Extruded QPL-19468-36
Plastic, Plastisol Molding, Extruding, Coating and Dipping Compound QPL-20689 NOTICE 1
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Paper-base, Epoxy-resin QPL-22324-24
Plastic Tiles, Vibration Damping QPL-23653-16
Plastic Sheet, Laminated, Thermosetting, Electrical Insulating Sheet,
Glass Mat QPL-24364 NOTICE 1
Plastic Sheet, Acrylic, Modified, Laminated QPL-25374-4
Plastic, Sheets and Parts, Modified Acrylic Base, Monolithic, Crack
Propagation Resistant QPL-25690-1
Plastic Sheet, Flexible, Weather Resistant For Outdoor Storage Use QPL-81598-3
Plastic Film, Conductive, Heat Sealable, Flexible QPL-82646-1
Plastic Material For Use In Housings Of Motor Vehicle Lighting
Devices SAE J29-72
Rubber, Silicone Z-Z-R-765B (1)
230
TECHNICAL DATA
Comparative Pricing
Relative Cost of Thermoplastic

Materials
COST RATIO PRODUCT
(Based on Nylon Natural
with a cost factor of 1.)
1 NYLON - Natural
1.1 NYLON - Moly-filled
2.4 NYLON - Glass-filled
5.1 NYLON / KEVLAR® Fiber
2.3 NYLON 6 / 12
1.2 ACETAL
4.4 DELRIN® AF - Teflon®-filled
3.1 DELRIN® 500 CL - Lubricated
2.8 DELRIN® 570 - Glass-filled
1.7 POLYCARBONATE - Machine Grade
5.8 POLYCARBONATE - Glass-filled
1.8 POLYPHENYLENE OXIDE (PPO) - NORYL®
3.3 POLYSULFONE
4.6 POLYETHERIMIDE (PEI) - ULTEM®
3.2 THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER (TPE)
23.1 POLYETHERETHERKETONE (PEEK)
1.5 ABS- Natural
1.5 POLYBUTYLENE TEREPHTHALATE (PBT) -
Thermoplastic Polyester
2.5 POLYURETHANE - Machine Grade
2.8 POLYURETHANE - Unfilled Opaque
8.6 POLYVINYLIDENE FLUORIDE (PVDF) - KYNAR®
231
APPENDIX
Index and Cross Reference
ABS .........................................................................84 Mirror, Polycarbonate .............................................. 66
Acetal .................................................................85-88 Nylon..................................................................95-97
Acrylic ................................................................10-41 PBT (Thermoplastic Polyester).............................. 131
Adhesives.................................................64, 147-149 PET (Thermoplastic Polyester).............................. 132
Anaerobic Adhesives .............................................147 PETG .................................................................42-46
Application Tape.............................................175-177 PVC ............................................................... 128-129
ASM & ASTM Specifications ..........................224-229 Phenolics ......................................................... 99-100
Belting .....................................................................71 Plastics Identification Chart ................................... 223
Bonding Basics...............................................213-215 Polishes .................................................................. 78
Cements ................................................................149 Polyamide-imide............................................. 101-102
Chairmats ................................................................76 Polybenzimidazole (PBI) ....................................... 103
Cleaners ..................................................................78 Polycarbonate ................................................ 104-106
Comparative Materials Chart ..........................202-207 Polyester ........................................................ 131-132
Comparative Prices ...............................................230 Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) ........................ 107-108
Computer Vinyl ......................................................174 Polyetherimide (PEI) ...................................... 109-110
Conversion Charts / Tables ............................221-222 Polyethylene .................................................. 111-117
Convex Mirrors ........................................................74 Polyimide ....................................................... 118-119
Copolyester (PETG) ...........................................42-46 Polyphenylene Sulfide (PPS) ......................... 121-122
CPVC ....................................................................128 Polyphenylsulfone (PPSU) .................................... 123
Cyanoacrylate ................................................147-148 Polysulfone ........................................................... 126
Digital Media ..................................................178-179 Polyurethane ......................................................... 127
Electrical Properties, Explanation ...................211-212 Polyvinylchloride (PVC) .................................. 128-129
Engineered Plastics ..........................................84-132 Polypropylene ................................................ 124-125
Epoxies .................................................................148 Reel Materials ................................................ 150-151
Fabrication Tools .....................................................79 Shapes
Fabrics ...............................................................71-72 Acrylic .............................................................. 41
Film ................................................................161-174 Polycarbonate .................................................. 66
Flexible Tubing ........................................................70 Teflon ............................................................... 92
Fluorocarbons ....................................................91-94 Silicones
Foamboards ...................................................156-158 GE Construction..........................................67-69
Glossary .........................................................182-201 GE One-Part .......................................... 134-137
Graphic Arts Materials ....................................150-181 GE Two-Part ........................................... 138-141
Hot Melts ........................................................148-149 Shin-Etsu One-Part ................................. 142-143
Industrial Products..............................................10-83 Shin-Etsu Two-Part ................................. 144-145
Laminating......................................................180-181 Vulkem® Construction ..................................... 69
Lighting Lenses / Louvers...................................76-77 Specifications—ASM, ASTM, Military ............. 224-229
Machining Basics ...........................................217-218 Teflon® ..............................................................91-94
Machining Chart ....................................................216 Thermoplastic Elastomer (TPE) ............................ 130
Mechanical Properties, Explanation................208-209 Tubing ..................................................................... 70
Military Specifications .....................................224-229 Urethane ............................................................... 149
Mirror, Acrylic ..........................................................40 Vinyl Strip Doors ................................................74-75
Mirror, Convex .........................................................74 Welding ..............................................................80-82
APPENDIX
Trademarks Click on trademark name to locate within document
Acetron is a registered trademarks of DSM Engineering Plastic Products. MC is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products.
Acrylite is a registered trademark of CYRO Industries Meguiar’s is a registered trademark of Meguiar’s, Inc.
Alucobond is a registered trademark of Swiss Aluminum Ltd. MightyCore is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
atoglas is a trademark of Elf Atochem, S.A. Mr. Clean is a registered trademark of Proctor & Gamble.
Bienfang is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation. NORRENE is a registered trademark of Norton.
Celazole is a registered trademark of Hoechst Celanese Corporation. Noryl is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Celcon is registered trademark of Celanese Corporation. Nylatron is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products.
CleanStat is a registered trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc. Nylawear is a registered trademark of A. L. Hyde Company
ChampLine is a trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc. ORACAL is a registered trademark of LIG International, Inc.
Clorox is a registered trademark of the Clorox Company. OptiMount is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
ColorQuik is a trademark of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Palmolive Liquid is a registered trademark of Colgate Palmolive.
Company. PEEK is a trademark of Victrex PLC.
Coroplast is a registered trademark of the Coroplast Division of Great Pillocore is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Pacific Enterprises, Inc. Plexiglas is a registered trademark Elf Atochem, S.A.
Corzan is a registered trademark of The B. F. Goodrich Company Polypenco is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic
Delrin is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Products.
Company Print Guard is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Downy is a registered trademark of Proctor & Gamble. Print Shield is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Dripgard is a trademark of General Electric Company. ProSeal is a trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Duratron is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products. Proteus is a registered trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.
Eastar is a registered trademark of Eastman Chemical. Quick Stik is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Ensicar is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Radel is a registered trademark of BP Amoco.
Ensifone is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Ryton is a registered trademark of Phillips Petroleum Company.
Ensikem is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Sanalite is a registered trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.
Ensilon is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Scotchcal is a trademark of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Ensipro is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Company.
Ensital is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Seal is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Ensitep is a registered trademark of Ensinger Industries, Inc. Semitron is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products.
Ertalyte is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products. SilGlaze is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Fantastik is a registered trademark of Dowbrands, Inc. SilPruf is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Floor Guard is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation. Single Step is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Floor Grip is a trademark of Hunt Corporation. Sintra is a registered trademark of Alusuisse Composites, Inc.
Fluorosint is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products. Solvay is a registered trademark of Solvay.
Fome-Cor is a registered trademark of International Paper Company. Spar-Cal is a registered trademark of Spartan International, Inc.
Formula 409 is a registered trademark of the Clorox Company. Spectar is a trademark of Eastman Chemical.
Gatorblanks is a registered trademark of International Paper Company. Spray ’N Wash is a registered trademark of Proctor & Gamble.
Gatorcel is a registered trademark of International Paper Company. Stoplight is a trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Gatorfoam is a registered trademark of International Paper Company. Techtron is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products.
Gatorplast is a registered trademark of International Paper Company. Teflon is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and
HYLAR 5000 is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc. Company.
Hyzod is a registered trademark of Sheffield Plastics, Inc. Tend is a registered trademark of Regal Plastic Supply Company
Hydcor is a registered trademark of A. L. Hyde Company Tivar is a registered trademark of Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.
Hytrel is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and ThermaShield is a trademark of Hunt Corporation.
Company Thermoclear is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Hydex is a registered trademark of A. L. Hyde Company 3M is a registered trademark of Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing
Hydel is a registered trademark of A. L. Hyde Company Company.
Implex is a registered trademarks and is a trademark of Elf Atochem, S.A. Top Job is a registered trademark of Proctor & Gamble.
Jet Guard is a registered trademark of Hunt Corporation. Torlon is a registered trademark of BP Amoco.
JetMount is a registered trademark of International Paper Company. Tremco is a registered trademark of Tremco, Inc.
Joy is a registered trademark of Proctor & Gamble. Ultem is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Ketron is a registered trademark of DSM Engineering Plastic Products. Ultraform is a registered trademark of BASF.
Kevlar is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and UltraGlaze is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Company UltraPruf is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Komacel is a registered trademark of Kömmerling. Valox is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
Komatex is a registered trademark of Kömmerling. Vekton is a registered trademark of Chemplast, Inc.
Kydex is a registered trademark of the Kleerdex Company. Vulkem is a registered trademark of MAMECO International, Inc.
Kynar is a registered trademark Elf Atochem, S.A. Windex with Ammonia D is a registered trademark of the Drackett
Kynar 500 is a registered trademark of Pennwalt Corporation. Products Company.
Lexan is a registered trademark of General Electric Company. Wisk is a registered trademark of the Drackett Products Company.
Lexgard is a registered trademarks of General Electric Company. Zytel is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
Lucite is a registered trademark of Ineos Acrylics.
233
APPENDIX
Acknowledgements
The following companies have assisted in the development of this plastics reference guide by
providing product specific and general technical information.
A. L. Hyde Company International Paper Company
Alusuisse Composites, Inc. Kleerdex Company
Coroplast Division, Great Pacific Kömmerling USA, Inc.

Enterprises
ORACAL®
Cyberbond L.L.C.
Polycast High Performance
CYRO Industries Plastics, Inc.
DSM Engineering Plastic Poly Hi Solidur, Inc.

Products
R Tape Corporation
Sheffield Plastics, Inc.
Seeyle, Inc.
Elf Atochem North America, Inc.,
atoglas™ division Shin-Etsu Silicones of America, Inc.
Ensinger Engineering Products SPAR-CAL®
General Electric Company Thermoplastic Processes, Inc.

GE Structured Products
GE Silicones Tremco®, Inc.
Hunt Corporation W. F. Lake Corporation
I.A.P.D. (International Association Wegner North America, Inc.

of Plastic Distributors)
Zeus Industrial Products
Ineos Acrylics
234
CUSTOMER SERVICE AND PRODUCT
ALL UNDER ONE ROOF.
Portland
La Crosse
Waterloo
San Francisco Des Moines

Denver Omaha
Denver N. Kansas City
Colorado Springs Kansas City St. Louis
Wichita Springfield
Los Angeles Tulsa Joplin
Albuquerque Nashville
San Diego Phoenix Oklahoma
City
Tijuana
Mexicali Dallas Shreveport
Ft. Worth Dallas Shreveport
Juarez El Paso
Austin
Houston Baton Rouge
San Antonio
Divisional Corporate Offices

Stocking Branches
Film Conversion Centers
PLASTIC

Plastics Handbook PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Plastics Handbook PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Plastics Handbook PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PLASTIC

PLASTICS REFERENCE HANDBOOK

PLASTICS REFERENCE HANDBOOK

N. KANSAS CITY, MO 64116

N. KANSAS CITY, WICHITA, KS 67214 DES MOINES, IA 50325

JOPLIN, MO 64801 OKLAHOMA CITY, OK 73127 WATERLOO, IA 50707

SPRINGFIELD, MO 65802 TULSA, OK 74145 NASHVILLE, TN 37210

ST. LOUIS, MO 63132 OMAHA, NE 68108 LA CROSSE, WI 54603

Visit Regal Plastic Supply Company

REGAL GRAPHICS - FILM DIVISION

FLEXIBLE TUBING ................................................................................................................................................ 70

FABRICS, BELTS, TAPES .................................................................................................................................... 71 - 73

ADHESIVES & SEALANTS

GRAPHIC ARTS PRODUCTS

Low density polyethylene

Arom Cumene Phenolic derivatives

The Monomers & Polymers

The Product as We See It

DATE MATERIAL ORIGINAL TYPICAL USE

The information contained herein provides product data, suggestions, and

Regal Plastic Supply Company makes no warranties either expressed or

Sufficient verification and testing to determine the

• Are there thickness variances? If so, how much?

Plexiglas® G Acrylic Sheet Plexiglas® UVT Acrylic Sheet

Plexiglas® Q Acrylic Sheet

Plexiglas® UF-5 Acrylic Sheet

NOTE: For product colors, thicknesses and sheet

Baseball Steel-tipped dart

COLORS AND PATTERNS

White Translucent Densities

Solar Control Tints

*NOTE - P-95 is available in all Plexiglas G colors on a made-to-order basis.

**NOTE - pallets only.

• ICBO Research Recommendation No. 1084

Plexiglas® acrylic sheet is not approved as an

Both Plexiglas G and MC acrylic sheet, colorless and all

Implex® Impact Acrylic Sheet is paintable using standard 48” x 96” 9 9 9 9 9 9 9

Colors: Available in Standard Plexiglas® MC selection. See

ACRYLITE® GP acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GAR acrylic sheet

ACRYLITE® OP-4 acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GP Sheet Fluorescents

ACRYLITE® GP P-95 acrylic sheet ACRYLITE® GP FLW acrylic sheet

ACRYLITE® 237 acrylic sheet

ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY

ACRYLITE® FFX acrylic sheet

heat. Ammonium Hydroxide (10%) R R Lacquer Thinner N N

Ammonium Hydroxide (Conc.) R R Methyl Alcohol (30%-FF)(50%- LR LR

continuous service, 160°F (71°C). Citric Acid (10%) R R Olive Oil R R

Diethyl Ether N N Sodium Carbonate (20%) R R

Ethyl Alcohol (30%-FF)(50%-GP) LR LR Sodium Hydroxide (60%) R R

2-Ethylhexyl Sebacate R Sulfuric Acid (Conc.) N N

WEIGHT Hydrochloric Acid R R Xylene N N

Hydrofluoric Acid (25%-FF)(40%- N N

PRODUCT AVAILABILITY ACRYLITE® 237 acrylic sheet

LUCITE® L Acrylic Sheet FORMING

BREAKAGE RESISTANCE PAINTING

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY

LUCITE-TUF™ Acrylic Sheet

*10 lb. dart

Comparison of Coefficients of Thermal Expansion